04/05/2022 - Formal Meeting - Meeting MaterialsSALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
REVISED AGENDA
FORMAL MEETING
April 5,2022 Tuesday 7:00 PM
Council Chambers
451 South State Street Room 326
Salt Lake City,UT 84111
SLCCouncil.com
CITY COUNCIL MEMBERS:
Dan Dugan,Chair
District 6
Darin Mano,Vice Chair
District 5
Victoria Petro-Eschler
District 1
Alejandro Puy
District 2
Chris Wharton
District 3
Ana Valdemoros
District 4
Amy Fowler
District 7
Generated:18:41:53
The Council has returned to a hybrid meeting approach.The hybrid meeting
enables people joining remotely or in-person to listen to the Council meeting and
participate during public comment items.
Public Comments:The public can give comments to the Council during the
meetings online through Webex or in-person in Room 326 of the City and County
Building.In-person attendees can fill out a comment card and online participants
will register through Webex in order to be added to the comment queue.
Agenda &Registration Information:For more information,including
Webex connection information,please visit www.slc.gov/council/virtual-meetings.
(A phone line will also be available for people whose only option is to call in.)
Public Health Information:Masks are no longer required in City Facilities,
but are welcome for any attendees who prefer to continue using them.We will
continue to monitor the situation take any reasonable precautions for the public
and staff.
Please note:Dates not identified in the FYI -Project Timeline are either not applicable or not yet
determined.
WELCOME AND PUBLIC MEETING RULES
A.OPENING CEREMONY:
1.Council Member Darin Mano will conduct the formal meeting.
2.Pledge of Allegiance.
3.Welcome and Public Meeting Rules.
4.The Council will approve the work session meeting minutes of May 4,2021;March
1,2022;and March 8,2022 as well as the formal meeting minutes of March 1,
2022.
B.PUBLIC HEARINGS:
Items B1 –B6 will be heard as one public hearing
1.Grant Application:Building Resilient Infrastructure and Communities
(BRIC)Grant/Sub-Application
The Council will accept public comment for a grant application request from the
Utah Department of Emergency Management to FEMA,U.S.Department of
Homeland Security.Public Utilities has requested federal funds to reduce seismic
and flooding hazards at the City Creek Water Treatment Plant.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -n/a
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,April 5,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -n/a
Staff Recommendation -Close and refer to future consent agenda.
2.Grant Application:2021 Assistance to Firefighters (AFG)Grant
The Council will accept public comment for a grant application request from the
Fire Department to FEMA/U.S.Department of Homeland Security.If awarded,
this grant would fund the purchase of Wildland Firefighting Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE).
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -n/a
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,April 5,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -n/a
Staff Recommendation -Close and refer to future consent agenda.
3.Grant Application:Innovating for Efficient Service Delivery Grant –
State Justice Institute (Justice Court)
The Council will accept public comment for a grant application request from the
Justice Court to the State Justice Institute (SJI).If awarded,this grant would fund
the contract with the National Center for State Courts,a nonprofit that supports
courts with research,assessments,and training,to perform a governance and
judicial leadership analysis.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -n/a
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,April 5,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -n/a
Staff Recommendation -Close and refer to future consent agenda.
4.Grant Application:Utah State Cancer Plan Implementation Grant
The Council will accept public comment for a grant application request from the
Mayor’s office to the Utah Cancer Awareness Network.If awarded,this grant
would fund the distribution of furnace filters and individual electric air purifiers to
at-risk populations on the West Side of the City.This will be done through Love
Your Block surveying and school clinic health screenings to identify participants,
then distribute products,engagement materials and/or vouchers.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -n/a
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,April 5,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -n/a
Staff Recommendation -Close and refer to future consent agenda.
5.Grant Application:Bureau of Emergency Service and Preparedness
(BEMS)Per Capita Allocation
The Council will accept public comment for a grant application request from the
Fire Department to the Bureau of Emergency Medical Service &Preparedness.If
awarded,this grant would fund medical supplies for the Fire Department.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -n/a
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,April 5,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -n/a
Staff Recommendation -Close and refer to future consent agenda.
6.Grant Application:Coverdell Forensic Science Improvement Grant –
Salt Lake Police Department’s Crime Lab Accreditation Fee
The Council will accept public comment for a grant application request from the
Police Department to the Utah Department of Public Safety.If awarded,this grant
would fund the annual accreditation fee for the Police Department’s Crime Lab for
2022.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -n/a
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,April 5,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -n/a
Staff Recommendation -Close and refer to future consent agenda.
7.Ordinance:Stealth Towers Text Amendments
The Council will accept public comment about a proposal that would amend the
Salt Lake City Zoning Ordinance to allow Stealth Wireless Telecommunication
Facilities taller than 35 feet (up to 75 feet)in height within the Public Lands (PL)
Zoning District.Stealth facilities are currently limited to 35 feet in height.This
request is specifically related to a proposal by the applicant to construct a stealth
cellular tower at the Pioneer Police Precinct at 1040 West 700 South,but the
proposed text amendment would apply to properties within the PL district
citywide.Petition No.:PLNPCM2020-00284
The Planning Commission forwarded a negative recommendation,therefore an
ordinance has not been drafted.If the Council decides to approve the zone
amendment,an ordinance would be drafted and considered for approval.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 22,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,March 22,2022
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,April 5,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,April 19,2022
Staff Recommendation -Refer to motion sheet(s).
8.Ordinance:Zoning Map Amendment at Western Gardens 550 South
600 East
The Council will accept public comment and consider adopting an ordinance that
would amend the zoning of the property located at 550 South 600 East from CN
(Neighborhood Commercial District)to FB-UN2 (Form Based Urban
Neighborhood District).The parcel is currently occupied by the Western Gardens
commercial center.This proposal would facilitate redevelopment of this parcel
into a multifamily residential project.The zoning map amendment does not
require an amendment to the Central Community Master Plan.Consideration may
be given to rezoning the property to another zoning district with similar
characteristics.Petition No.:PLNPCM2021-00420
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 22,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,March 22,2022
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,April 5,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,April 19,2022
Staff Recommendation -Refer to motion sheet(s).
C.POTENTIAL ACTION ITEMS:
1.Ordinance:Rezone at approximately 2333 West North Temple Street
The Council will consider adopting an ordinance that would amend the zoning
map pertaining to a parcel at approximately 2333 W North Temple Street to
remove the Airport Flight Path Protection (AFPP)Overlay District Influence Zone
A.The property is currently occupied by a commercial building,the Airport Inn,
and associated parking.This proposal would allow the Airport Inn to operate a
new model of extended-stay hotels as transitional housing to advance the City’s
overall goals related to homelessness.Consideration may be given to rezoning the
property to another zoning district with similar characteristics.Petition
No.:PLNPCM2021-00915
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,March 22,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,April 5,2022
Staff Recommendation -Refer to motion sheet(s).
D.COMMENTS:
1.Questions to the Mayor from the City Council.
2.Comments to the City Council.(Comments are taken on any item not scheduled
for a public hearing,as well as on any other City business.Comments are limited
to two minutes.)
E.NEW BUSINESS:
1.Resolution:Annexation at approximately Rose Park Lane and 2350
North (Hunter Stables)
The Council will consider accepting the Hunter Stables annexation application and
petition located at approximately Rose Park Lane and 2350 North.The City
Council has 14 days from the date of receipt (March 24,2022)by the Recorder’s
office to accept or deny the Petition,which includes the application.This particular
Petition is being added to the agenda for Council consideration again,as a result of
the County Council's recent resolution agreeing to support Salt Lake City in the
annexation proposed.
If no action is taken within the 14-day window,the Petition will be considered
accepted.Accepting the Petition is not approval of the annexation request.
Acceptance begins the next step in the annexation process which includes notices
sent to property owners,a protest period and the final consideration by the
Council.The designation of the zoning of the property will be considered
throughout the process and defined in the ordinance considered by the Council.
The Council has the option to request Planning Commission review the petition in
their public meeting,and forward a recommendation on the proposed annexation
and zoning.Petition No.:PLNPCM2021-01124
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,April 5,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,April 5,2022
Staff Recommendation -Refer to motion sheet(s).
F.UNFINISHED BUSINESS:
NONE.
G.CONSENT:
1.Ordinance:Public Lands Twenty-Year Master Plan,Reimagine Nature
The Council will set the date of Tuesday,April 19,2022 at 7 p.m.to accept public
comment and consider an ordinance that would adopt the City’s Twenty-Year
Public Lands Master Plan,Reimagine Nature.This is a Citywide long-range vision
for creating a sustainable system of parks,natural lands,and urban forests,
including special places like the Salt Lake City Cemetery and the Regional Athletic
Complex.The scope,scale and form of implementation will be determined through
development of individual projects and initiatives in coming years,beginning with
more detailed Public Lands Department Five-Year Strategic Plans.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,April 5,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,April 5,2022
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,April 19,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,May 3,2022
Staff Recommendation -Set date.
2.Grant Holding Account Items (Batch No.5)Associated with BAM No.7
for Fiscal Year 2021-22
The Council will consider approving Grant Holding Account Items (Batch No.5)
for Fiscal Year 2021-22 Associated with Budget Amendment No.7.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -n/a
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,April 5,2022
Staff Recommendation -Approve.
3.Resolution:Redistricting City Council District Boundaries
The Council will set the date of Tuesday,April 19,2022 at 7 p.m.to accept public
comment and consider adopting a resolution that would change some City Council
district boundaries based on the results of the 2020 Census.Redistricting occurs
every decade to create substantially equal populations between the districts to
ensure fairer representation.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,April 12,2022 and Tuesday,April 19,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,April 5,2022
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,April 19,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -TBD
Staff Recommendation -Set date.
4.Board Appointment:Sugarhouse Park Authority Board of Trustees
–Richard Layman
The Council will consider approving the appointment of Richard Layman to the
Sugarhouse Park Authority Board of Trustees for a term ending April 5,2026.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,April 5,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,April 5,2022
Staff Recommendation -Approve.
5.Board Appointment:Historic Landmark Commission –Amanda De
Lucia
The Council will consider approving the appointment of Amanda De Lucia to the
Historic Landmark Commission for a term ending April 5,2026.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,April 5,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,April 5,2022
Staff Recommendation -Approve.
6.Board Appointment:Utah Performing Arts Center Agency –Katie
Hansen
The Council will consider approving the appointment of Katie Hansen to the
UPACA Board for a term ending April 5,2026.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,April 5,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,April 5,2022
Staff Recommendation -Approve.
H.ADJOURNMENT:
CERTIFICATE OF POSTING
On or before 1:00 pm,April 4,2022,the undersigned,duly appointed City Recorder,does hereby
certify that the above notice and agenda was (1)posted on the Utah Public Notice Website created
under Utah Code Section 63F-1-701,and (2)a copy of the foregoing provided to The Salt Lake
Tribune and/or the Deseret News and to a local media correspondent and any others who have
indicated interest.
CINDY LOU TRISHMAN
SALT LAKE CITY RECORDER
Final action may be taken in relation to any topic listed on the agenda,including but
not limited to adoption,rejection,amendment,addition of conditions and variations
of options discussed.
The City &County Building is an accessible facility.People with disabilities may make requests for
reasonable accommodation,which may include alternate formats,interpreters,and other auxiliary
aids and services.Please make requests at least two business days in advance.To make a request,
please contact the City Council Office at council.comments@slcgov.com,801-535-7600,or relay
service 711.
PENDING MINUTES –NOT APPROVED
The City Council of Salt Lake City,Utah,met in Work Session on Tuesday,May 4,2021 in an
Electronic Meeting,pursuant to the Chair’s determination and Salt Lake City Emergency
Proclamation No.2 of 2020(2)(b).
The following Council Members were present:
Amy Fowler,Ana Valdemoros,Chris Wharton,Daniel Dugan,Darin Mano,James Rogers
The following Council Members were absent:
Andrew Johnston
Present Legislative leadership:
Cindy Gust-Jenson,Executive Director;Jennifer Bruno,Deputy Director;Lehua Weaver,Associate
Deputy Director
Present Administrative leadership:
Mayor Erin Mendenhall;Rachel Otto,Chief of Staff;Lisa Shaffer,Chief Administrative Officer
Present City Staff:
Katherine Lewis –City Attorney,Ben Luedtke –Senior Public Policy Analyst,Robert Nutzman
–Administrative Assistant,DeeDee Robinson –Deputy City Recorder,Ben Kolendar –Economic
Development Director,Blake Thomas –Community &Neighborhoods Director,Chief Mike Brown
–Police Chief,Debra Alexander –Human Resources Director,Laura Briefer –Public Utilities
Director,Mary Beth Thompson –Chief Financial Officer,Allison Rowland –Public Policy Analyst,
Kimberly Chytraus –Senior City Attorney,Tim Doubt –Police Officer,Ken Anderson –Building
Services Manager,Alma Sweeny –Police Lieutenant,Shellie Dietrich –Fiancial Manager
Council Member Fowler presided at and conducted the meeting.
The meeting was called to order at 4:00 pm.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,May 4,2021
1
Work Session Items
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,May 4,2021
2
1.Informational:Updates from the Administration ~3:30 p.m.
30 min.
The Council will receive an update from the Administration on major items or projects,
including but not limited to:
•COVID-19,the March 2020 Earthquake,and the September 2020 Windstorm;
•Updates on relieving the condition of people experiencing homelessness;
•Police Department work,projects,and staffing,etc.;and
•Other projects or updates.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Recurring Briefing
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -n/a
Minutes:
Mayor Mendenhall provided updates regarding:
COVID-19 Updates
•COVID-19 endgame metrics recently met (State of Utah receiving 1,656,025 prime
vaccine doses)
•City vaccination statistics
•Partners in the Park:vaccination clinics/events
•Employee leave totals as of May 1,2021:Emergency Responder Pandemic Leave (ERPL)
–1,282 total utilization (514 employees),Federal Families First Coronavirus
Act/Emergency Pandemic Leave (FFFCA/EPL)–305 total utilization
Homelessness Updates
•Partnership with The Other Side Academy to create The Other Side Village
•Creation of SLC Corps (volunteer program)–First project to collect kitchen supplies for
residents at The Magnolia in partnership with The Road Home
•City assistance with development of The Magnolia (new permanent supportive housing
–slated to open Summer 2021)
•Resource fair occurred on April 27 on 600 West with limited interest in shelter options
•Abatement at 600 South 400 West happening today (closed to camping)
•Resource center occupancy numbers (percentage of beds occupied/unoccupied each
night)
Rachel Otto provided information on enforcing the camping ordinance based on tools/data
utilized on current shelter/bed capacity.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,May 4,2021
3
2.Informational:Updates on Racial Equity and Policing ~4:00 p.m.
20 min.
The Council will hold a discussion about recent efforts on various projects City staff are
working on related to racial equity and policing in the City.The conversation may include
issues of community concern about race,equity,and justice in relation to law enforcement
policies,procedures,budget,and ordinances.Discussion may include:
•An update or report on the Commission on Racial Equity in Policing;and
•Other project updates or discussion.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Recurring Briefing
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -n/a
Minutes:
Allison Rowland noted the Racial Equity in Policing (REP)Commission would be meeting
May 5,2021,at 5:00 pm and a listening session was scheduled for May 19,2021 at 6:00 pm.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,May 4,2021
4
3.Ordinance:Permitting Certain Outdoor Business Activities and Use of
Certain Temporary Structures ~4:20 p.m.
20 min.
The Council will receive a briefing about a temporary land use ordinance that would allow
restaurants and retail establishments that hold a current business license to conduct temporary
outdoor restaurant dining and retail activities on private property and utilize temporary
structures to facilitate outdoor dining and retail activities.The proposed ordinance would allow
the land use aspects of the Mayor’s emergency proclamations related to outdoor dining and retail
to continue once the emergency proclamation allowed under H.B.294 expires.The temporary
ordinance would be in effect for six months.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,May 4,2021
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,May 4,2021
Minutes:
Katherine Lewis and Kimberly Chytraus provided a high level overview,including:
exercise of emergency powers extension for temporary land use covering outdoor
retail/restaurant activities and temporary structures;outdoor dining on private property in
parking lots and side yards (that may not normally be allowed by zoning code),outdoor retail
business to expand on private property (both covered under Emergency Proclamation No.11),
continuing to allow temporary structures on private property for no longer than 45 days a
year (covered under Emergency Proclamation No.17),and how the Administration would
continue to meet goals moving forward out of the emergency proclamations (changes to
administrative policy for uses in the public right of way).
Ben Kolendar added there was a high amount of local businesses utilizing this
accommodation,allowing businesses to recover from the pandemic.
Council Member Mano suggested further discussion regarding extending these uses on a
permanent basis.
Council Member Fowler noted the Council was set to take action on this topic during the
Formal Meeting.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,May 4,2021
5
4.Informational:Policing Discussion:Officer Training and Promotions ~4:40 p.m.
40 min.
The Council is holding an ongoing series of discussions about policing and related topics in
the City.This briefing focuses on police officer training and promotions including how the
City’s trainings go beyond State requirements and recent changes to the promotion process.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,May 4,2021
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -n/a
Minutes:
Benjamin Luedtke provided a history of past discussions (noted information could be
found on Council’s REP Commission webpage and YouTube),provided background on the
topic (FY2015 Council funded a use of force simulator,training for officers),and REP
Commission having recently issuing training recommendations (target outreach to increase
diversity,Crisis Intervention Training (CIT)for all officers,and creation of training for
officers to learn about history/culture of the City’s diverse neighborhoods).
Chief Mike Brown and Alma Sweeny spoke regarding Salt Lake City Police Department
(SLCPD)Academy and accomplishments,including:training hours required by POST,
SLCPD In-house academy pros/cons (train officers to a higher standard,train and certify
larger number of recruits,limited training facilities/resources),department impacts related
to increased mandatory training (critical training needs have increased,training time and
staffing was limited,etc.),potential new training,specialized training/certifications,required
training/certifications (POST 40 hours annual training,no less than 16 on trimester training,
specialty training including crisis intervention,bias-based policing,etc.),impacts on training
(training canceled last year or without in-person training,online training efficacy was limited,
limited staffing inhibiting ability to present/attend training,etc.).
Debra Alexander provided information regarding promotional differences including:new
procedures set into place February 2021,improvements/advantages,including:efficiency-
time to conduct the process greatly reduced,expansion –The Rules allow the hiring official to
choose from a larger/diverse field,eligibility-allow dept to recruit,key differences of CSC vs.
Rules (specifically for an applicant for promotion).
Mayor Mendenhall thanked the Council for taking the action to remove the CSC and create
the new approach within the SLCPD.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,May 4,2021
6
5.Ordinance:Budget Amendment No.8 for Fiscal Year 2020-21 ~5:20 p.m.
30 min.
The Council will be briefed about Budget Amendment No.8 for the Fiscal Year 2020-21
Budget.Budget amendments happen several times each year to reflect adjustments to the
City’s budgets,including proposed project additions and modifications.The proposed
amendment includes funding for Crisis Intervention Team (CIT)training certifications and
re-certifications,hiring a class of lateral police officers,and a donation to Switchpoint to
create a shelter for low-income seniors and veterans,among other changes.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,May 4,2021
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,April 20,2021
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,May 4,2021 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,May 18,2021
Minutes:
Benjamin Luedtke provided a general budget update and the following items:
•A1 –$315,000 from holding account to hire 12 lateral police officers,
•A2 –$117,000 from police training holding account (2nd holding account)to
accelerate the CIT training (in the form of over-time),
•A3 –$2 M for Switchpoint (shelter for low-income seniors/veterans)to
purchase/operate the Airport Inn;100 units,onsite treatment services provided
•Council added item regarding RCV public awareness campaign –$100,000 ($50 k from
fund balance and $50 k from external sources)
Mary Beth Thompson provided information regarding sales tax revenues (between July-
February FY21)which was around 10.5%above budget.
Chief Mike Brown,Shellie Dietrich,and Tim Doubt provided information regarding
SLCPD staffing/calls for service,including:separations/retirements/resignations (2016 to
2021),calls for service continuing to go up (2016 to 2021),and department leaves by month
increasing,hiring of 30 full-time employees in FY22 (lateral hires).
Council Member Fowler asked for clarification on the holding account for the $2.8 million
and the intent for that holding account.Mr.Luedtke stated the funds were resulted from the
hiring freeze.
Council Member Wharton asked if the proposal would result in more officers for the SLCPD.
Mayor Mendenhall stated they were not additional officers if was filling vacancies that have
existed in the department over the years.
Council and Chief Brown discussed the number of officers needed to fill the existing vacant
positions in the Police Department,and the recommendations of the Racial Equity in Policing
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,May 4,2021
7
Commission regarding the need for additional officers.
Council Member Wharton questioned if the Administration was comfortable with the straw
poll concept.Concern was raised by Mayor Mendenhall regarding using the funds from
general fund.
Lisa Shaffer thanked the Racial Equity in Policing Commission for their support for the
proposal.
Straw poll:Support to provide $314,000 from general fund rather than the
holding account to (A1 –lateral class of officers).All Council Members present
were in favor.
6.Ordinance:Budget Amendment No.9 for Fiscal Year 2020-21 ~5:50 p.m.
20 min.
The Council will be briefed about Budget Amendment No.9 for the Fiscal Year 2020-21
Budget.Budget amendments happen several times each year to reflect adjustments to the
City’s budgets,including proposed project additions and modifications.The proposed
amendment includes funding for building office space to accommodate expansion of the
Emergency Management Division,technology upgrades for the 911 Department,and
reimbursements to the Fire Department,among other changes.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,May 4,2021
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,May 4,2021
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,May 18,2021 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,June 1,2021
Minutes:
Item not held.
7.Informational:Ken Anderson -City Building Official and Director of the
Building Services Division ~6:10 p.m.
10 min.
The Council will receive an introduction from Ken Anderson as the new City Building Official
and Director of the Building Services Division.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,May 4,2021
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -n/a
Minutes:
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,May 4,2021
8
Council Member Fowler introduced Ken Anderson,Director of Building Services.
Ken Anderson introduced himself,provided a brief history of his work with the City,and
thanked the Council for all the work they do.
8.Board Appointment:Public Utilities Advisory Committee (PUAC)
–Dani Cepernich ~6:20 p.m.
5 min.
The Council will interview Dani Cepernich prior to considering appointment to the PUAC for a
term ending January 20,2025.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,May 4,2021
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,May 4,2021
Minutes:
Interview was held.Council Member Fowler said Dani Cepernich’s name was on the Consent
Agenda for formal consideration.
9.Ordinance:2058 North 2200 West Zoning Map Amendment
Follow-up Written Briefing
The Council will receive a written briefing about an ordinance that would rezone property at
2058 North 2200 West from Agricultural District (AG-2)to Light Manufacturing (M-1).The
amendment would accommodate future commercial land uses such as retail and service type
businesses not permitted under the current zoning.No specific site development proposal has
been submitted at this time.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 26,2019 and Tuesday,May 4,2021
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,June 11,2019
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,July 9,2019 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,May 18,2021
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,May 4,2021
9
Minutes:
Written briefing only.No discussion was held.
Standing Items
10.Report of the Chair and Vice Chair
Report of Chair and Vice Chair.
Minutes:
Item not held.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,May 4,2021
10
11.Report and Announcements from the Executive Director
Report of the Executive Director,including a review of Council information items and
announcements.The Council may give feedback or staff direction on any item related to City
Council business,including but not limited to;
•Council District 2 Vacancy Update;
•Agenda Packet Days;and
•Scheduling Items.
Minutes:
Information Needed By Staff
A.Council District 2 Vacancy Update &Questions for Applicants
Prior to the initial interview date of Thursday,May 13,2021,questions from the Council
are emailed to the applicants through the Recorder’s Office.Applications are due by
Monday,May 10th by noon.Staff suggested that the questions be emailed to applicants
by 5 p.m.that day and request that they be returned by Wednesday,May 12 at 3:00
p.m.
B.Does the Council approve of the proposed schedule?
No discussion was held.
•These are the questions that were used to fill the District 5 Vacancy in
2020.What new questions would Council Members like to use?
1.What do you think are the top issues facing District 5 and how would you approach each
of them?
2.With limited budget resources and unlimited wants,prioritize what you see as the top
three infrastructure needs for Salt Lake City over the next five years and explain your
choices.
3.What do you believe your role is as a City Council Member?
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,May 4,2021
11
4.What is an example of a City project or program that you think was a success,and why
do you think it was successful?
5.What are the most important values you will bring to your time on the City Council?
6.What else would you like the Council to know that you have not had a chance to share?
No discussion was held.
For Your Information
B.Agenda Packet Days Shift to Fridays during Budget Season
Friendly reminder,to help accommodate turnaround of information between the
Administration and the Council during budget,agenda packets are published on
Fridays instead of Thursdays after the Mayor presents the recommended budget.This
shift would begin on May 7th for the May 11th Council meeting and end after the budget
is adopted.
No discussion was held.
12.Tentative Closed Session
The Council will consider a motion to enter into Closed Session.A closed meeting described
under Section 52-4-205 may be held for specific purposes including,but not limited to:
a.discussion of the character,professional competence,or physical or mental health of
an individual;
b.strategy sessions to discuss collective bargaining;
c.strategy sessions to discuss pending or reasonably imminent litigation;
d.strategy sessions to discuss the purchase,exchange,or lease of real property,
including any form of a water right or water shares,if public discussion of the transaction
would:
(i)disclose the appraisal or estimated value of the property under consideration;
or
(ii)prevent the public body from completing the transaction on the best possible
terms;
e.strategy sessions to discuss the sale of real property,including any form of a water
right or water shares,if:
(i)public discussion of the transaction would:
(A)disclose the appraisal or estimated value of the property under
consideration;or
(B)prevent the public body from completing the transaction on the best
possible terms;
(ii)the public body previously gave public notice that the property would be
offered for sale;and
(iii)the terms of the sale are publicly disclosed before the public body approves
the sale;
f.discussion regarding deployment of security personnel,devices,or systems;and
g.investigative proceedings regarding allegations of criminal misconduct.
A closed meeting may also be held for attorney-client matters that are privileged pursuant to
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,May 4,2021
12
Utah Code §78B-1-137,and for other lawful purposes that satisfy the pertinent requirements of
the Utah Open and Public Meetings Act.
Minutes:
Item not held.
Meeting adjourned at:6:58 pm.
Minutes Approved:
_______________________________
City Council Chair
_______________________________
City Recorder
This document is not intended to serve as a full transcript as other items may have been discussed;
please refer to the audio or video for entire content pursuant to Utah Code §52-4-203(2)(b).
To listen to the audio recording of the meeting or view meeting materials,please visit Salt Lake City
Public Body Minutes library,available at www.data.slc.gov,selecting the Public Body Minutes hyperlink.
If you are viewing this file in the Minutes library,use the links on the right of your screen within the
‘Document Relationships’information to listen to the audio or view meeting materials.
This document along with the digital recording constitutes the official minutes of the City Council Work
Session meeting held Tuesday,May 4,2021.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,May 4,2021
13
PENDING MINUTES –NOT APPROVED
The City Council of Salt Lake City,Utah,met in Work Session on Tuesday,March 1,2022.
The following Council Members were present:
Ana Valdemoros,Amy Fowler,Darin Mano,Chris Wharton,Daniel Dugan,Victoria Petro-Eschler,
Alejandro Puy
Present Legislative leadership:
Cindy Gust-Jenson,Executive Director;Jennifer Bruno,Deputy Director;Lehua Weaver,Associate
Deputy Director
Present Administrative leadership:
Mayor Erin Mendenhall;Rachel Otto,Chief of Staff;Lisa Shaffer,Chief Administrative Officer
Present City Staff:
Ben Luedtke –Senior Public Policy Analyst,Brian Fullmer –Constituent Liaison,Policy Analyst,
Katherine Lewis –City Attorney,Chief Mike Brown –Police Chief,Cindy Lou Trishman –Salt Lake
City Recorder,Andrew Johnston –Director of Homelessness Policy and Outreach,Michelle Barney
–Minutes &Records Clerk,Nick Tarbet –Senior Public Policy Analyst,Taylor Hill –City Council
Staff,Laura Briefer –Public Utilities Director,Kelsey Lindquist –Senior Planner,Nick Norris
–Planning Director,Allison Rowland –Public Policy Analyst,Kimberly Chytraus –Senior City
Attorney,Paul Nielson –Senior City Attorney,Weston Clark –Office of the Mayor,Senior Advisor,
Lorena Riffo Jenson –Deputy Director Economic Development,Boyd Ferguson –Senior City
Attorney,Aaron Barlow –Prinipal Planner,Jonathan Larsen –Director of Transportation,Matt
Cassel –City Engineer,Ravi Sharma –Mayor's Love Your Block Program,Darely Flores –Mayor's
Love Your Block Program
Council Member Dan Dugan presided at and conducted the meeting.
The meeting was called to order at 2:10 pm
Work Session Items
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
1
1.Informational:Updates from the Administration ~2:00 p.m.
30 min.
The Council will receive an update from the Administration on major items or projects,
including but not limited to:
•COVID-19,the March 2020 Earthquake,and the September 2020 Windstorm;
•Updates on relieving the condition of people experiencing homelessness;
•Police Department work,projects,and staffing,etc.;and
•Other projects or updates.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Recurring Briefing
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -n/a
Minutes:
Mayor Mendenhall reviewed the decrease in the COVID-19 cases in Salt Lake City,Salt Lake
County was in the “medium”transmission category and hospitalizations were declining.Salt
Lake County Health Department had updated mask recommendations,vaccination numbers
were steady;overall the numbers of cases and vaccinations were looking promising.
Andrew Johnston reviewed:
•The homeless statistics for Salt Lake City:
•Capacity limits of the shelters
•Scheduled cleaning and abatements would be focused around the Jordan River
•Available resources for those experiencing Homelessness such as transportation,housing
and storage for personal items
•The number of beds being used at the various shelters,St Vincent de Paul 93 people,
scattered motel rooms 24/7 referral only from HRCs,high needs temporary housing
program 122 people,and Redwood overflow 127 people
•The MVP Housing Program would be modeled after the current Ramada Inn Program,
a proposal for 200 plus beds for aging individuals,the medically frail needing recuperative
care,experiencing underlying health concerns or compromised immune systems
•The proposal was to make the program long term and permanent
•Salt Lake County had offered funding,and staff was working to obtain funding from the
State
Council,Mr.Johnston,and Mayor Mendenhall discussed the classification of housing that
would be created by the program and how the plan differed from the Inn Between and the
Pointe.
Mayor Mendenhall introduced HB440 –Homeless Services Amendments stating there were
two parts to consider -Part 1 State Homeless Mitigation Fund and Part 2 Salt Lake
County/Cities seasonal overflow plan requirement.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
2
Council Members,Mayor Mendenhall,and Mr.Johnston discussed the options for addressing
homelessness after the legislative session to make better decisions on how to balance
the issue,the ongoing need for discussions with providers,long term plan involving other cities
–including the ways Council Members could be more involved.
Mayor Mendenhall stated she did not want to dive into the bill as concerns were still being
addressed and the bill was not favorable for Salt Lake City in its current state.The support
shown from other municipalities to Salt Lake City regarding homelessness was a special
moment in the county where other cities were willing to be a part of the conversation,their
support may not last,the language in the bill to dis-incentivize having resources for
homelessness and the controls the legislature wanted to put on cities if they did offer
permanent services.
Council Members commended the Mayor for her work regarding homelessness and noted if the
ultimate goal was to prevent people from freezing,the shelter needed to be sufficient to meet
the needs of the people it served.
Weston Clark,Darely Flores and Ravi Sharma (Love your Block Team)presented the
Love Your Block –Jordan River Neighborhood Initiative program,how the program worked,
the grants that would be offered,the area of coverage for the program,and how the program
would help to improve the Westside of Salt Lake City.
Council Members expressed support for the program and thanked the team for their work.
Chief Mike Brown reviewed the Use-of-Force Report:
•The Salt Lake City Police Department (SLCPD)was constantly striving to take a data-
driven approach to policing
•SLCPD’s Policy stated use-of-force was “applying physical techniques or tactics,chemical
agents,or weapons to another person.”
•It was not considered use-of-force when someone allowed themselves to be searched,
escorted,handcuffed or restrained
•The Salt Lake City Police Department used force in less than 1%of all calls handled in 2021
(Force was only used in 0.57%of all calls in 2021)
•In 2021,SLCPD use-of-force was 13.52%below what was expected when considering the
increase in other relevant variables
•The average subject involved in a use-of-force incident in 2021 was a white male age 34
•In nearly half (43%)of the use-of-force incidents in 2021,SLCPD officers experienced
active aggression from the subject
•Defensive resistance (fleeing,resisting handcuffing,barricading,etc)was the highest
experienced resistance level in another 43%of cases
•The full Use-of-Force report was available at www.slcpd.com/2022/02/25/slcpd-releases-
use-of-force-for2021/
Council and Chief Brown discussed the definition of use-of-force and clarified the percentage
rates for the report.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
3
Laura Briefer reviewed the Salt Lake City Drought and Water Supply Forecast Conditions:
•US Drought Monitor –Nearly 9.7%of Utah in severe and extreme drought,near or above
average runoff projection.
•Increased soil moisture (more efficient runoff)
•Snowpack at or below average
•Three month (March,April,May)precipitation outlook below normal
•Three month (March,April,May)temperature outlook above normal
•Seasonal drought projection through May 31 persistent drought
•Stage 2 Drought Response pursuant to the drought constituency plan
•Reservoir storage was being monitored –Deer Creek Reservoir was looking positive for the
next year
2.Informational:Equity Update TENTATIVE
-
The Council will hold a discussion about various initiatives led by the City's Office of Equity and
Inclusion.These initiatives include,but are not limited to,improving racial equity and justice
in policing.Discussion may also include updates on the City's other work to achieve equitable
service delivery,decision-making,and community engagement through the Citywide Equity
Plan,increased ADA resources,language access,and other topics addressed in the ongoing
work of the Human Rights Commission and the Racial Equity in Policing Commission.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Recurring Briefing
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -n/a
Minutes:
Item not held.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
4
3.Ordinance:Assessment for the Central Business Improvement Area –22
(CBIA-22)~2:30 p.m.
15 min
The Council will receive a briefing regarding the Assessment Ordinance for the Central Business
Improvement Area 2022 (CBIA-22).The City established the Central Business Improvement
Area (CBIA)in 1991 as a mechanism to fund marketing,promotions,advocacy,and other
initiatives in Downtown Salt Lake City through a special assessment on commercial property
within a designated area.This approval would re-establish a special assessment on properties
within the same boundaries as 2019 for a three-year period and it breaks out a second
assessment for holiday lighting (same boundaries as 2019,maps attached).This process is the
final action by the City Council to establish the CBIA-22 which would begin on April 22,2022.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Minutes:
Ben Luedtke reviewed the purpose of the Central Business Improvement Area (CBIA);
the approval would re-establish a special assessment on properties within the
established boundaries for a three-year period and broke out a second assessment for
holiday lighting,final action by the Council was to formalize the assessment levy for the
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
5
CBIA-22 which,if adopted,would begin on April 22,2022,The Board of Equalization
recommended removing holiday lighting assessment on properties owned by a single owner
which would reduce the CBIA-22 total revenue by $1,048.78 as well as removing the
assessment of four other properties owned by a single owner currently disputing Salt Lake
County’s valuation,it was unlikely the budget would be insufficient –even if all the properties
were given a lower assessment,however,if the budget was insufficient –other funds that
might be used to fulfill the budget included:1)any surplus remaining in existing accounts,2)
the reserve withheld,and/or;3)reduced contractor fees.
Lorena Riffo Jensen stated the process had lasted a year,was very thorough,allowed the
Commission to work with many other departments,and created a great sense of community.
Council Member Dugan stated the ordinance would be addressed in the Formal Session,and
due to the receipt of an appeal,the appellant would be available to comment and the discussion
would be continued at that time.
4.Ordinance:Amendment to Require Notice for Permits to Work in the
Public Way Follow-up ~2:45 p.m.
20 min.
The Council will receive a follow-up briefing on proposed amendments to City code that would
require notice for permits to work in the public way.The Council has requested that Engineering
codify and expand the policy that adjacent property owners are notified of work being performed
in the right of way.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,January 12,2021;Tuesday,February 9,2021;Tuesday,January 11,2022;and
Tuesday,March 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,December 8,2020
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,January 19,2021 and Tuesday,February 1,
2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -TBD
Minutes:
Nick Tarbet reviewed the public comments at the February 1,2022 meeting regarding public
noticing for permits to work in the public right of way;potential changes for consideration to
clarify the definition of adjacent property owners;questions regarding who would be
responsible to pay for noticing;Lumen/Century Link’s and Verizon’s comments regarding the
notification process and requirements.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
6
Council Member Petro-Eschler asked if signs could be posted along the street indicating the
work to be conducted as well as notifying the property owners.Matt Cassel stated that could
be an option as the intent was to notify people about work in the area.
Kimberly Chytraus gave the example of a Google Fiber installation job where barriers were
used indicating work was being done however,that type of noticing was not verifiable which
was a must.
Council,Mr.Cassel,Mr.Tarbet,and Ms.Chytraus discussed when a verified notice would or
would not be needed due to the work being done above/below ground,the current ordinance
and what language was being included in the new proposal,underground trenching that could
cause damage to existing water and sewer lines,how to notify residents that damages could
happen and the practices put in place to prevent damaging water and sewer services.
Council Members asked for contractor contact information to be posted to assist residents if
there were issues with construction,inquired about the process and timing for noticing,
if notices were needed for maintenance on services,if the permit process was the trigger for the
notification process,and why some types of the services were in the air versus underground.
A straw poll to keep the requirement for verifiable notices for all work,whether
above or below ground in the form of a flyer at every door including apartment
complexes was supported unanimously by those present.
A straw poll to support the applicant paying for the cost of the notifications was
supported unanimously by those present.
A straw poll to require notification to all residents in the area on installation and
maintenance to any existing/new services done in the public way,and if there was
a permit pulled or a roadway/driveway/alleyway blocked was supported
unanimously by those present.
5.Ordinance:Special Event Permits of Less than 31 Days ~3:05 p.m.
20 min.
The Council will receive a briefing about a proposal for two identical ordinance amendments to
two existing sections of Salt Lake City Code (Section 2.58.040 and Section 2.90.070).The
objective is to extend the maximum length of a special event permit for park use from 20 to 31
days,but only in exceptional cases.These permits would be made available only if the Mayor
approves any such special event for a reason identified in writing.Note that although these
amendments would affect sections of Code titled “Sale of Significant Parcels of Real
Property”(Section 2.58.040),and “Removal of Lands from the Open Space Lands
Inventory”(Section 2.90.070),the proposed amendments would make no changes to the
processes of sale or removal of open space lands.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,March 22,2022 at 7 p.m.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
7
TENTATIVE Council Action -TBD
Minutes:
Allison Rowland presented the proposed Ordinance the advantages and disadvantages to
this change,as identified by the Public Lands Department include the following:
•Park gatherings attracted new users,brought regular users back repeatedly and,by
increasing positive activity,reduced negative park uses
•Special events could also restrict public use of space,generate trash and litter,stress
lawns,and damage park infrastructure
•The Mayor would determine if the public benefit of an event was of great enough value to
allow for up to a ten-day extension as an exception to the usual process
Boyd Ferguson suggested changing the wording in lines 78 and 141 to state if the permit was
for more than 21 days or more than 31 days the Mayor needed to be involved.
Council and Ms.Rowland discussed the possible motions for the proposal,confirming that the
Council was not required to hold a public hearing.
6.Ordinance:Amendment to Rename the Housing and Neighborhood
Development Division (HAND)as the Housing Stability Division ~3:25 p.m.
20 min.
The Council will receive a briefing about an ordinance amendment that would rename the Housing
and Neighborhood Development Division as the Housing Stability Division.The Directors of
Community and Neighborhoods (CAN)Department and Housing and Neighborhood Development
Division (HAND)have decided to rename the Housing Stability Division to better reflect the mission
of the division.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,March 22,2022
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
8
Minutes:
Council Member Fowler shared that she was interested in a full briefing on the policy questions
listed in the staff report including an update on the functionality of the Housing Trust Fund
Advisory Board and other impacts to the Division.Council stated they wanted a briefing on
item number 1 and answers to the potential questions listed in the attachment for this item.
7.Ordinance:Rezone at approximately 2333 West North Temple Street ~3:45 p.m.
20 min.
The Council will receive a briefing about a proposal that would amend the zoning map
pertaining to a parcel at approximately 2333 W North Temple Street to remove the Airport
Flight Path Protection (AFPP)Overlay District Influence Zone A.The property is currently
occupied by a commercial building,the Airport Inn,and associated parking.This proposal
would allow the Airport Inn to operate a new model of extended-stay hotels as transitional
housing to advance the City’s overall goals related to homelessness.Consideration may be given
to rezoning the property to another zoning district with similar characteristics.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,March 22,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,April 5,2022
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
9
Minutes:
Brian Fullmer introduced the Ordinance for a rezone at approximately 2333 West North
Temple Street.
Kelsey Lindquist presented the petition amending the zoning map:
•To remove property at 2333 West North Temple from the Airport Flight Path Protection
(AFPP)Influence Zone A
•The proposal was to allow transitional housing in the extended stay hotel as part of the
City’s goals related to homelessness.
•If adopted by the Council,the operator of the facility would be able to adjust its business
model at the location from a hotel to multi-family housing with stays longer than 30 days.
Council Member Petro-Eschler stated she felt this was a backdoor way to allow a shelter in an
area where a shelter was not allowed.Ms.Lindquist stated the property would use a voucher
program and would not see the turnover of normal shelters.
Council Member Fowler stated she agreed with Council Member Petro-Eschler that the
proposal was creating something that would not otherwise be supported by the Council,
including the temporary use and potential adjustments to land use regulation to suggest a more
permanent change.
Council Member Mano reviewed the history of the property,stated he saw the proposal as if a
property owner was looking to use a building for a use that was not allowed under the zoning
and was trying to change the Zoning to allow the use.
Council Member Valdemoros stated the property could be used for other uses due to its
location,adding concern of locating another potential shelter on the Westside.
Council Members and Ms.Lindquist discussed the way the proposal came about,standards of
review,location of the property in relation to the flight path overlay;services that would be
provided at the location;why people would be allowed to live in the area when the current
zoning was trying to protect people from the flight path,the zoning was to keep residential
housing from noise the airport generated;the petition was initiated by the city not the property
owner therefore,conditions regarding sound barriers could not be required.The only time the
sound restricting updates would be required would be when upgrades were made to the
building.Council asked Ms.Lindquist if the property owner had made the sound limiting
updates during the renovations of the building.Nick Norris stated Planning would contact the
property owner to obtain that information.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
10
8.Tentative Break ~4:05 p.m.
20 min.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -n/a
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -n/a
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
11
9.Ordinance -Street Vacation at 601 South 900 East ~4:25 p.m.
20 min.
The Council will receive a briefing about a proposal that would partially vacate the public right
of way on 600 South and on 900 East adjacent to the corner property located at 601 South 900
East.This request would not impact the adjacent sidewalk or streets.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,March 22,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,April 5,2022
Minutes:
Brian Fullmer presented the Ordinance for a Street Vacation at 601 South 900 East.
Aaron Barlow presented the proposal to vacate the public right-of-way between the sidewalk
and property line at 601 South 900 East:
•The subject parcel was on the southeast corner of 600 South and 900 East.
•If approved by the Council,the property would be sold to the homeowners at market value
(amount TBD).
•It should be noted no physical changes to the sidewalk or street are included in this
proposal.
•Pedestrian and vehicular traffic an on the sidewalk and street would not be impacted if the
property was vacated and sold.
Council Member Mano asked for more information about the positive recommendation and
Planning Commission approval on the item.
Cindy Gust Jenson asked if the property owners had participated in the City’s revocable lease
program,and if code enforcement had contacted the property owner.
Nick Norris stated policies regarding what could and could not be in the right of way were
being updated,and reviewed past practices of landowners encroaching on the right-of-way.
Council Members,Ms.Gust Jenson,Mr.Barlow and Mr.Norris discussed the height of the
front yard fence and if it met the standards of the ordinance,when the fence was installed and
why it was allowed in the first place,and if the lease program for residential areas still existed
or if it changed and when that happened.
Council Member Mano stated he was worried when something similar was allowed on 14th
Avenue that it might set a precedent and now was concerned that decision was being used to
make these types of issues allowable.
Ms Gust Jenson asked if the Council would like to discuss the proposal with the City Attorneys
and what policy was applied to the petition.Mr.Barlow stated it was the Council policy for
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
12
street vacations adopted in 1999,and some encroachments might have been allowed prior to
the policies being put in place.
Council requested City Attorney’s input on the proposal before moving forward.
10.Informational:20 MPH Default Speed Limit on City Streets ~4:45 p.m.
30 min
The Council will receive a briefing from a local nonprofit,Sweet Streets SLC,about a proposal
to change the City default speed limit from 25 mph to 20 mph on all streets not posted
otherwise.The City's default speed limit is set in City Code.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -n/a
Minutes:
Taylor Anderson,Myron Wilson and Johnnae Nardone (Sweet Streets Organization)
presented the Sweet Streets Salt Lake City presentation regarding lowering speeds in
neighborhoods from 30 mph to 20mph,why it should be a priority,if it would work,research
data supporting the lower speed limits,other cities that had implemented such plans,number
of traffic incidents in Salt Lake City,the effectiveness of the proposal and how to implement
the plan throughout Salt Lake City.
Council Member Puy expressed support of the proposal,as it was an important issue in his
district and wanted to review the data collected.
Council Member Petro-Eschler expressed support but was worried about dictating what was
best for the residents,asked what public outreach was done for the proposal and how was the
proposal being presented to the public.
Mr.Anderson reviewed the outreach and response from the Westside neighborhoods.
Council Member Puy expressed support for the program,and noted the lack of current
enforcement regarding speeding in neighborhoods,and the benefits of decreasing speeding
throughout the City.
Council Member Mano expressed support of the proposal and asked for a straw poll to
determine if the proposal should move forward.
Council Member Wharton asked how other cities had announced the speed limit changes in
neighborhoods.Mr.Anderson stated they would need to review public outreach from other
cities and return to the Council.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
13
Council Member Fowler expressed support and suggested having the Transportation Division
assist with the public outreach for the proposal,expressed appreciation regarding the
reference Traffic Violence (not just a traffic accident),and noted Complete Streets had been a
priority in Salt Lake City and this was one tool to accomplish those goals.
Ms.Nardone reviewed the proposed public outreach for the proposal.
Council Member Dugan asked if there were areas where speeds had been reduced in a blanket
effort and if it was even a possibility.Mr.Anderson stated they would look to Transportation
for their recommendation on that kind of proposal.
Jon Larsen stated they were working to reduce the speed limits by five miles per
hour,evaluating individual areas;changing speeds alone was more symbolic and could be
incorporated with the Livable Streets program along with changing street designs to make the
streets more human centered.
A straw poll to support the proposal was unanimously supported by those
present.
11.Informational:State Legislative Briefing ~5:15 p.m.
30 min
The Council will be briefed about issues affecting the City that may arise during the 2022 Utah
State Legislative Session.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,February 1,2022;Tuesday,February 8,2022;and Tuesday,March 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -n/a
Minutes:
Kate Bradshaw (Legislative Lobbyist Consultant)discussed the ongoing issues with HB 440
-Homeless Services Amendments:
•A second substitute bill was approved by the House which was still problematic for Salt
Lake City’s concerns
•The problems with the bill were a flex and preemptive provisions that would apply to Salt
Lake City
•The summer provisions were taken out,there was a section of the mitigation funding that
would go to the city that was hosting the overflow facility that could be used for other
services.
•Attention was turned to lobbying in the Senate to try to make changes to the bill and get it
returned to the House.
•The time to engage with the Community Councils and neighborhoods that host the
shelters was now.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
14
Council Members and Ms.Bradshaw discussed which cities were effected by HB440 as South
Salt Lake and Salt Lake City were the only entities the preemptive measures applied to.It was
noted that Representative Eliason was the sponsor of the bill and other cities were standing
with Salt Lake.
Ms.Bradshaw reviewed other bills that affected Salt Lake City:HB 462 which combined
three bills,the original HB 462,Stationary of Plans and Commission on Housing Affordability
bills;The Inland Port bill was being watched as it moved through the process,HB476 relating
to ordinances regarding horse drawn carriages and selling puppies and kittens versus
adoptions (Representative Joel Ferry was not supportive of the suggested amendments from
Salt Lake City).
12.Board Appointment:Housing Trust Fund Advisory Board –Katie
Darter ~5:45 p.m.
5 min
The Council will interview Katie Darter prior to considering appointment to the Housing Trust
Fund Advisory Board for a term ending December 29,2025.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Minutes:
Interview held.Council Member Dugan said Katie Darter’s name was on the Consent Agenda
for formal consideration.
13.Board Appointment:Business Advisory Board –Kristina Olivas ~5:50 p.m.
5 min
The Council will interview Kristina Olivas prior to considering appointment to the Business
Advisory Board for a term ending December 28,2026.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,March 1,2022
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
15
Minutes:
Interview held.Council Member Dugan said Kristina Olivas’name was on the Consent Agenda
for formal consideration.
14.Board Appointment:Airport Board –John Bradshaw ~5:55 p.m.
5 min
The Council will interview John Bradshaw prior to considering appointment to the Airport
Board for a term ending June 30,2025.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Minutes:
Interview held.Council Member Dugan said John Bradshaw’s name was on the Consent
Agenda for formal consideration.
15.Board Appointment:Library Board –Sarah Reale ~6:00 p.m.
5 min
The Council will interview Sarah Reale prior to considering appointment to the Library Board
for a term ending June 30,2025.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,March 1,2022
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
16
Minutes:
Interview held.Council Member Dugan said Sarah Reale’s name was on the Consent Agenda
for formal consideration.
Standing Items
16.Report of the Chair and Vice Chair
Report of Chair and Vice Chair.
Minutes:
Council Member Dugan reported on the Redistricting Committee meetings and
encouraged Council Members to participate in the process and the public remapping tool that
was available on the City’s website.
17.Report and Announcements from the Executive Director -
-
Report of the Executive Director,including a review of Council information items and
announcements.The Council may give feedback or staff direction on any item related to City
Council business,including but not limited to;
•St.Patrick’s Day Parade;and
•Scheduling Items.
Minutes:
Cindy Gust Jenson reviewed the conflict in schedule between the Council and the St.
Patrick’s Day parade,and noted the opportunity to meet with the Congressional Delegation,
working with the Mayor’s office for topics of discussion.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
17
18.Tentative Closed Session
The Council will consider a motion to enter into Closed Session.A closed meeting described under
Section 52-4-205 may be held for specific purposes including,but not limited to:
a.discussion of the character,professional competence,or physical or mental health of an
individual;
b.strategy sessions to discuss collective bargaining;
c.strategy sessions to discuss pending or reasonably imminent litigation;
d.strategy sessions to discuss the purchase,exchange,or lease of real property,including
any form of a water right or water shares,if public discussion of the transaction would:
(i)disclose the appraisal or estimated value of the property under consideration;or
(ii)prevent the public body from completing the transaction on the best possible
terms;
e.strategy sessions to discuss the sale of real property,including any form of a water right
or water shares,if:
(i)public discussion of the transaction would:
(A)disclose the appraisal or estimated value of the property under
consideration;or
(B)prevent the public body from completing the transaction on the best
possible terms;
(ii)the public body previously gave public notice that the property would be offered
for sale;and
(iii)the terms of the sale are publicly disclosed before the public body approves the
sale;
f.discussion regarding deployment of security personnel,devices,or systems;and
g.investigative proceedings regarding allegations of criminal misconduct.
A closed meeting may also be held for attorney-client matters that are privileged pursuant to Utah
Code §78B-1-137,and for other lawful purposes that satisfy the pertinent requirements of the
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
18
Utah Open and Public Meetings Act.
Minutes:
Item not held.
Meeting adjourned at 5:55 pm
Minutes Approved:
_______________________________
City Council Chair
_______________________________
City Recorder
This document is not intended to serve as a full transcript as other items may have been discussed;
please refer to the audio or video for entire content pursuant to Utah Code §52-4-203(2)(b).
To listen to the audio recording of the meeting or view meeting materials,please visit Salt Lake City
Public Body Minutes library,available at www.data.slc.gov,selecting the Public Body Minutes
hyperlink.If you are viewing this file in the Minutes library,use the links on the right of your screen
within the ‘Document Relationships’information to listen to the audio or view meeting materials.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
19
This document along with the digital recording constitutes the official minutes of the City Council
Work Session meeting held Tuesday,March 1,2022.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
20
PENDING MINUTES –NOT APPROVED
The City Council of Salt Lake City,Utah,met in Formal Session on Tuesday,March 1,2022 in a
hybrid meeting (in-person and electronic).
The following Council Members were present:
Daniel Dugan,Darin Mano,Amy Fowler,Ana Valdemoros,Chris Wharton,Victoria Petro-
Eschler,Alejandro Puy
Present Legislative leadership:
Cindy Gust-Jenson,Executive Director;Jennifer Bruno,Deputy Director;Lehua
Weaver,Associate Deputy Director
Present Administrative leadership:
Mayor Erin Mendenhall;Rachel Otto,Chief of Staff;Lisa Shaffer,Chief Administrative Officer
Present City Staff:
Katherine Lewis –City Attorney,Cindy Lou Trishman –City Recorder,DeeDee Robinson
–Minutes and Records Clerk,Ben Luedtke –Senior Public Policy Analyst,Sylvia Richards
–Public Policy Analyst,Thais Stewart –Deputy City Recorder,Isaac Canedo –Council Staff,
Taylor Hill –City Council Staff,Boyd Ferguson –Senior City Attorney
Council Member Dugan presided at and conducted the meeting.
The meeting was called to order at 7:03 pm.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
1
A.OPENING CEREMONY:
1.Council Member Dan Dugan will conduct the formal meeting.
Minutes:
Council Member Dugan welcomed all in attendance to the meeting and detailed the hybrid
meeting format.
2.Pledge of Allegiance.
Minutes:
The Pledge of Allegiance was recited and the American Flag and Pledge text was displayed
on the screen.
3.Welcome and Public Meeting Rules.
Minutes:
Council Member Dugan reviewed the rules of decorum.
4.The Council will approve the work session meeting minutes of January 18,2022 as
well as the formal meeting minutes of February 15,2022.
Motion:
Moved by Council Member Fowler,seconded by Council Member Mano to
approve the Work Session Meeting Minutes of January 18,2022 as well as the
Formal Meeting Minutes of February 15,2022.
AYE:Daniel Dugan,Darin Mano,Amy Fowler,Ana Valdemoros,Chris Wharton,Victoria
Petro-Eschler,Alejandro Puy
Final Result:7 –0 Pass
5.The Mayor will present recommendations to the Council regarding proposed
Community Development Block Grant (CDBG)funding,Emergency Shelter Grant
(ESG)funding,Home Investment Partnerships Program (HOME)funding,and
Housing Opportunities for Persons with AIDS (HOPWA)funding.
Minutes:
Mayor Mendenhall said these funds provided stability to the City and residents of Salt
Lake City and strategically helped ease challenges (COVID-19,housing affordability,
increases in unsheltered individuals),all recommended funding items advanced the City’s
goals listed in the HUD 2020-2024 Consolidated Plan (affordable housing,homeless
services,access to transportation,building a resilient community,behavioral health),as
well as some of the Administration’s (Mayor’s)goals of 2022.She thanked the resident
advisory boards/citizen volunteers for their input/recommendations,the Housing
Stability Division for ensuring compliance/providing guidance,and the Council for
considering the recommended items for funding.
Council Member Fowler thanked the Mayor for providing the funding opportunities and
noted her appreciation for the opportunity to award these funds to deserving
organizations and for the community’s input on funding recommendations.
B.PUBLIC HEARINGS:
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
2
1.Resolution:Art Barn Public Benefits Analysis
The Council will accept public comment and consider adopting a resolution that
would authorize the waiver of lease fees for the use of the Art Barn by the Salt Lake
City Arts Council Foundation.The Salt Lake City Arts Council Foundation &Arts
Council Division is requesting to continue utilizing 54 Finch Lane,or the “Art
Barn”as the administrative headquarters,housing 6.5 Arts Council FTEs and
multiple seasonal and part-time employees,as well as to provide a home for the
Finch Lane Art Gallery and its numerous exhibitions.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,February 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,February 1,2022
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,March 1,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,March 22,2022
Staff Recommendation -Refer to motion sheet(s).
Minutes:
Sylvia Richards provided a brief introduction to the resolution.
There were no public comments.
Motion:
Moved by Council Member Fowler,seconded by Council Member Mano to
close the public hearing,suspend the rules,and adopt Resolution 5 of 2022 to
authorize the waiver of lease fees for the use of the Art Barn by the Salt Lake
City Arts Council Foundation.
AYE:Daniel Dugan,Darin Mano,Amy Fowler,Ana Valdemoros,Chris Wharton,Victoria
Petro-Eschler,Alejandro Puy
Final Result:7 –0 Pass
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
3
2.Ordinance:Budget Amendment No.6 for Fiscal Year 2021-22
The Council will continue to accept public comment and consider adopting an
ordinance that would amend the final budget of Salt Lake City,including the
employment staffing document,for Fiscal Year 2021-22.Budget amendments
happen several times each year to reflect adjustments to the City’s budgets,
including proposed project additions and modifications.The proposed
amendment includes funding for new Arts Council employees,adding a second
sergeant to the Special Victims Unit,and additional Emergency Rental Assistance
Program funding from the Federal Government,among other items.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,February 1,2022;Tuesday,February 8,2022;and Tuesday,
February 15,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,February 1,2022
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,February 15,2022 and Tuesday
March 1,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -TBD
Staff Recommendation -Refer to motion sheet(s).
Minutes:
Benjamin Luedtke provided a brief introduction to the ordinance.
There were no public comments.
Discussion ensued regarding drought and air quality being a issue (conditions being too
dry)for fireworks and alternative options for the funding for Motion 2 (Item A-7 –Adopt
July Fireworks Budget).
Council Member Puy expressed concern regarding fire safety,air quality,and said there
were other ways to celebrate/use the funding.
Motion:
Moved by Council Member Fowler,seconded by Council Member Mano to
close the public hearing and adopt Ordinance 6 of 2022:Budget Amendment
No.6 for Fiscal Year 2021-22 including the employment staffing document
only for items as shown on the motion sheet (partial adoption).
(1st Action –Motion 1)
AYE:Daniel Dugan,Darin Mano,Amy Fowler,Ana Valdemoros,Chris Wharton,Victoria
Petro-Eschler,Alejandro Puy
Final Result:7 –0 Pass
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
4
Motion:
Moved by Council Member Petro-Eschler,seconded by Council Member Puy
to approve item A-9 as part of Ordinance 6 of 2022:Budget Amendment No 6
for Fiscal Year 2021-22 to create three new Arts Council new full time
position.
(4th Action)
AYE:Daniel Dugan,Darin Mano,Ana Valdemoros,Chris Wharton,Victoria Petro-
Eschler,Alejandro Puy
NAY:Amy Fowler
Final Result:6 –1 Pass
Motion:
Moved by Council Member Fowler,seconded by Council Member Puy to to
defer discussion on Item A-7 for Budget Amendment No 6 to a future
meeting.
Vote was not held
(3rd attempted action)
Final Result:0 –0
Motion:
Moved by Council Member Mano,seconded by Council Member Wharton to
adopt Item A-7 as part of Ordinance 6 of 2022:Budget Amendment No 6 for
FY 2021-22 to provide funding for a City fireworks event.
(2nd Action)
AYE:Daniel Dugan,Darin Mano,Chris Wharton
NAY:Amy Fowler,Ana Valdemoros,Victoria Petro-Eschler,Alejandro Puy
Final Result:3 –4 Fail
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
5
3.Postponed –One-year Action Plan for Community Development Block
Grant &Other Federal Grants for Fiscal Year 2022-23
Due to public information not being available,this item is rescheduled
to March 22,2022 at 7 p.m.
The Council will accept public comment and consider a resolution adopting the
Mayor’s funding recommendations and an appropriations resolution that would
adopt the One-Year Annual Action Plan for Fiscal Year 2022-23.The plan
includes Community Development Block Grant (CDBG)funding,HOME
Investment Partnership Program funding,Emergency Solutions Grant (ESG)
funding,Housing Opportunities for Persons with AIDS (HOPWA)funding.The
resolution would approve an Interlocal Cooperation Agreement between Salt Lake
City and the U.S.Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD).
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 8,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,February 15,2022
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,March 22,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -TBD
Staff Recommendation -Refer to motion sheet(s).
Minutes:
The postponed language was read into the record;no one was present for comment on
this item.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
6
C.POTENTIAL ACTION ITEMS:
1.Ordinance:Rezone and Master Plan Amendment for the Former Fire
Station No.3 Property
The Council will consider adopting an ordinance that would amend the zoning
map pertaining to properties located at 1085 East Simpson Avenue,1095 East
Simpson Avenue,1097 East Simpson Avenue,and 1104 East Sugarmont Drive to
rezone those properties from PL (Public Lands)District to CSHBD1 (Sugar House
Business District),and would amend the Sugar House Community Plan Future
Land Use Map.The purpose for the proposal is to consolidate the subject
properties with the property to the east for future development.Both properties
are owned by the Redevelopment Agency of Salt Lake City.There is no
development proposal associated with this request.Consideration may be given to
rezoning the property to another zoning district with similar characteristics.
Petition No.:PLNPCM2021-01007 and PLNPCM2021-00914
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,February 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,February 1,2022
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,February 15,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Staff Recommendation -Refer to motion sheet(s).
Motion:
Moved by Councilmember Fowler,seconded by Councilmember Mano to
adopt Ordinance 7 of 2022:Rezone and Master Plan Amendment for the
Former Fire Station No.3 Property.
AYE:Daniel Dugan,Darin Mano,Amy Fowler,Ana Valdemoros,Chris Wharton,Victoria
Petro-Eschler,Alejandro Puy
Final Result:7 –0 Pass
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
7
2.Ordinance:Rezone at 1193 West California Avenue
The Council will consider adopting an ordinance that would amend the zoning of
property located at approximately 1193 West California Avenue from R-1/7,000
(Single Family Residential District)to R-1/5,000 (Single Family Residential
District).If approved,the property owner intends to subdivide the property,
remove the existing home and construct two new homes,potentially with attached
ADUs.The owner anticipates retaining ownership of both
properties.Consideration may be given to rezoning the property to another zoning
district with similar characteristics.Petition No.:PLNPCM2021-00709
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,February 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,February 1,2022
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,February 15,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Staff Recommendation -Refer to motion sheet(s).
Motion:
Moved by Councilmember Mano,seconded by Councilmember Wharton to
adopt Ordinance 8 of 2022:Rezone at 1193 West California Avenue.
AYE:Daniel Dugan,Darin Mano,Amy Fowler,Ana Valdemoros,Chris Wharton,Victoria
Petro-Eschler,Alejandro Puy
Final Result:7 –0 Pass
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
8
3.Ordinance:Rezone at 2060 North 2200 West
The Council will consider adopting an ordinance that would amend the zoning
map pertaining to one parcel of property located at 2060 North 2200 West Street
to rezone the property from AG-2 (Agricultural District)to M-1 (Light
Manufacturing District).The amendment is to implement the master plan zoning
and to accommodate future commercial land uses.No specific site development
proposal has been submitted at this time.Consideration may be given to rezoning
the property to another zoning district with similar characteristics.Petition
No.:PLNPCM2021-00575
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,February 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,February 1,2022
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,February 15,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Staff Recommendation -Refer to motion sheet(s).
Motion:
Moved by Councilmember Petro-Eschler,seconded by Councilmember
Fowler to adopt Ordinance 9 of 2022:Rezone at 2060 North 2200 West.
AYE:Daniel Dugan,Darin Mano,Amy Fowler,Ana Valdemoros,Chris Wharton,Victoria
Petro-Eschler,Alejandro Puy
Final Result:7 –0 Pass
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
9
D.COMMENTS:
1.Questions to the Mayor from the City Council.
Minutes:
There were no questions.
2.Comments to the City Council.(Comments are taken on any item not scheduled
for a public hearing,as well as on any other City business.Comments are limited
to two minutes.)
Minutes:
Tom Bunce (appelant –CBIA 22 Downtown Board of Equalization Hearing)
spoke on his request to the Board of Equalization/Council to consider reducing the
fee with respect to the Downtown Central Business Assessment and his rationale
for the request;the property was mostly non-street facing,tenants vacated the
property by 6:00 pm,his business only marginally benefited from the assessment,
etc.
Cindy Cromer spoke regarding development agreements and the perils
associated with using them;spoke on details of a recently approved development
agreement,and hoped their would be further public hearings for the topic.
Marcus Hahne requested a new quiet zone for trains be installed on the westside
of the City (tracks running east of Redwood Road and north of 200 South),and
reasoning for the request;trains sounding horns for long periods and late at night.
Jason Seaton expressed disappointment in the City’s ability to fix the issues
facing the Poplar Grove neighborhood;problems with speeding,safety issues with
homeless in the park (fires,crime,and trash),and felt it was becoming
increasingly more unsafe to walk in his neighborhood.
E.NEW BUSINESS:
NONE.
F.UNFINISHED BUSINESS:
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
10
1.Ordinance:Assessment for the Central Business Improvement Area –
22 (CBIA-22)
The Council will consider adopting an ordinance that would confirm the equalized
assessment list and levying an assessment against certain properties in the Salt
Lake City,Utah Central Business Improvement Assessment Area No.DA-CBIA-22
(the Assessment Area),for the purpose of financing certain economic promotion
activities in the downtown area over the next three years,and related matters.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Staff Recommendation -Refer to motion sheet(s).
Motion:
Moved by Councilmember Wharton,seconded by Councilmember Fowler to
adopt Ordinance 10 of 2022 Assessment for the Central Business
Improvement Area –22 (CBIA-22)
AYE:Daniel Dugan,Darin Mano,Amy Fowler,Ana Valdemoros,Chris Wharton,Victoria
Petro-Eschler,Alejandro Puy
Final Result:7 –0 Pass
Minutes:
Boyd Ferguson provided legal expertise on the matter of the assessment,confirmed that
the Board of Equalization had deemed Mr.Bunce’s property as being benefited from the
assessment,and said it was ultimately up to the Council for the final decision.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
11
G.CONSENT:
1.Ordinance:Special Event Permits of Less than 31 Days
The Council will set the date of Tuesday,March 22,2022 at 7 p.m.to accept public
comment and consider adopting an ordinance that would amend Section 2.58.040
of the Salt Lake City Code,relating to the sale of significant parcels of real
property,and Section 2.90.070 of the Salt Lake City Code,relating to the removal
of lands from the open space lands inventory.Proposed changes to these two
ordinances would allow special events lasting less than 31 days to occur on City
property with the approval of the Mayor for a reason identified by the Mayor in
writing.Note that although these amendments would affect sections of Code titled
“Sale of Significant Parcels of Real Property”(Section 2.58.040),and “Removal of
Lands from the Open Space Lands Inventory”(Section 2.90.070),the proposed
amendments would make no changes to the processes of sale or removal of open
space lands.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,March 22,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -TBD
Staff Recommendation -Set date.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
12
2.Ordinance:Rezone at approximately 2333 West North Temple Street
The Council will set the date of Tuesday,March 22,2022 at 7 p.m.to accept public
comment and consider adopting an ordinance that would amend the zoning map
pertaining to a parcel at approximately 2333 W North Temple Street to remove the
Airport Flight Path Protection (AFPP)Overlay District Influence Zone A.The
property is currently occupied by a commercial building,the Airport Inn,and
associated parking.This proposal would allow the Airport Inn to operate a new
model of extended-stay hotels as transitional housing to advance the City’s overall
goals related to homelessness.Consideration may be given to rezoning the
property to another zoning district with similar characteristics.Petition
No.:PLNPCM2021-00915
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,March 22,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,April 5,2022
Staff Recommendation -Set date.
3.Ordinance -Street Vacation at 601 South 900 East
The Council will set the date of Tuesday,March 22,2022 at 7 p.m.to accept public
comment and consider adopting an ordinance that would partially vacate the
public right of way on 600 South and on 900 East adjacent to the corner property
located at 601 South 900 East.This request would not impact the adjacent
sidewalk or streets.Petition No.:PLNPCM2021-00614
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,March 22,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,April 5,2022
Staff Recommendation -Set date.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
13
4.Ordinance:Homeless Resource Center and Homeless Shelter Text
Amendments
The Council will set the date of Tuesday,March 22,2022 at 7 p.m.to accept public
comment and consider adopting an ordinance that would amend the Salt Lake
City Zoning Code by removing Homeless Resource Centers and Homeless Shelters
as conditional uses from the land use tables for the CG General Commercial,D-2
Downtown Support,and D-3 Downtown Warehouse/Residential Zoning Districts,
modify 21A.33.010 to clarify when listed land uses are prohibited,modify the
applicability section of 21A.36.350 Qualifying Provisions for Homeless Resource
Centers and Homeless Shelters,and modify the definitions of homeless resource
centers and homeless shelters in 21A.62.Petition No.:PLNPCM2021-01033
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 8,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,March 22,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -TBD
Staff Recommendation -Set date.
5.Board Appointment:Housing Trust Fund Advisory Board –Katie
Darter
The Council will consider approving the appointment of Katie Darter to the
Housing Trust Fund Advisory Board for a term ending December 29,2025.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Staff Recommendation -Approve.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
14
6.Board Appointment:Business Advisory Board –Kristina Olivas
The Council will consider approving the appointment of Kristina Olivas to the
Business Advisory Board for a term ending December 28,2026.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Staff Recommendation -Approve.
7.Board Appointment:Airport Board –John Bradshaw
The Council will consider approving the appointment of John Bradshaw to the
Airport Board for a term ending June 30,2025.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Staff Recommendation -Approve.
8.Board Appointment:Library Board –Sarah Reale
The Council will consider approving the appointment of Sarah Reale to the Library
Board for a term ending June 30,2025.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Staff Recommendation -Approve.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
15
9.Board Reappointment:Business Advisory Board –Darin Piccoli
The Council will consider approving the reappointment of Darin Piccoli to the
Business Advisory Board for a term ending December 28,2026.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council
discussion)
Briefing -n/a
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Staff Recommendation -Approve.
Motion:
Moved by Council Member Fowler,seconded by Council Member Wharton to
adopt the Consent Agenda.
A friendly amendment to the motion was proposed by Council Member Mano to
remove Item G1 –pursuant to the Work Session discussion.Council Members
Wharton and Fowler accepted the proposed amendment.
AYE:Daniel Dugan,Darin Mano,Amy Fowler,Ana Valdemoros,Chris Wharton,Victoria Petro-Eschler,
Alejandro Puy
Final Result:7 –0 Pass
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
16
H.ADJOURNMENT:
Meeting adjourned at 8:10 pm.
Minutes Approved:
_______________________________
City Council Chair
_______________________________
City Recorder
This document is not intended to serve as a full transcript as other items may have been
discussed;please refer to the audio or video for entire content pursuant to Utah Code
§52-4-203(2)(b).
To listen to the audio recording of the meeting or view meeting materials,please visit Salt Lake
City Public Body Minutes library,available at www.data.slc.gov,selecting the Public Body
Minutes hyperlink.If you are viewing this file in the Minutes library,use the links on the right of
your screen within the ‘Document Relationships’information to listen to the audio or view
meeting materials.
This document along with the digital recording constitutes the official minutes of the City
Council Formal meeting held Tuesday,March 1,2022.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 1,2022
17
PENDING MINUTES –NOT APPROVED
The City Council of Salt Lake City,Utah,met in Work Session on Tuesday,March 8,2022.
The following Council Members were present:
Ana Valdemoros,Amy Fowler,Darin Mano,Chris Wharton,Daniel Dugan,Victoria Petro-
Eschler,Alejandro Puy
Present Legislative leadership:
Cindy Gust-Jenson,Executive Director;Jennifer Bruno,Deputy Director;Lehua
Weaver,Associate Deputy Director
Present Administrative leadership:
Mayor Erin Mendenhall;Rachel Otto,Chief of Staff;Lisa Shaffer,Chief Administrative Officer
Present City Staff:
Katherine Lewis –City Attorney,Cindy Lou Trishman –Salt Lake City Recorder,Andrew
Johnston –Director of Homelessness Policy and Outreach,Michelle Barney –Minutes &Records
Clerk,Nick Tarbet –Senior Public Policy Analyst,Sam Owen –Public Policy Analyst,Taylor Hill
–City Council Staff,Nick Norris –Planning Director,Weston Clark –Office of the Mayor Senior
Advisor,Sophia Nicholas –Sustainability Deputy Director
Council Member Dan Dugan presided at and conducted the meeting.
The meeting was called to order at 4:40 pm
Work Session Items
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 8,2022
1
1.Informational:Updates from the Administration ~4:00 p.m.
30 min.
The Council will receive an update from the Administration on major items or projects,
including but not limited to:
•COVID-19,the March 2020 Earthquake,and the September 2020 Windstorm;
•Updates on relieving the condition of people experiencing homelessness;
•Police Department work,projects,and staffing,etc.;and
•Other projects or updates.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Recurring Briefing
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -n/a
Minutes:
Rachel Otto presented the number of COVID-19 cases and vaccinations in Salt Lake City.
Weston Clark presented Community Engagement Highlights,inviting Council to visit the
www.slc.gov/feedback/website offering ways to engage with the City;reviewed the
City’s active engagement efforts and the status of various projects.
Andrew Johnston reviewed:
•Statistics of those experiencing homelessness in Salt Lake City
•Scheduled cleaning and abatements focused around the Jordan River (delayed due to
weather)
•Resource fair scheduled for Friday,March 11 from 9:30 to 12:30 at Day Riverside
Library
•Number of beds being used at various shelters,St Vincent de Paul –80,scattered
motel rooms 24/7 referral only from HRCs,high needs temporary housing program –
150 people,and Redwood overflow –127 people
•Timeline and funding for the Temporary Overflow shelter,ending in April
2022,relocation of residents to the resource centers starting next week,early to mid-
April the night to night beds would be discontinued ending the shelter use.
•Medically Vulnerable People Housing Program (MVP)being created to address the
needs of homeless individuals who were aging,medically frail,needed recuperative
care,experiencing underlying health conditions,or with compromised immune
systems.
Council and Mr.Johnston discussed:
•Funding,space requirements and partnerships for the MVP program
•Intentions of use of the temporary shelter to be adjusted to housing similar to the
Airport Inn (suggestion to discuss with the property owner)
•Concerns with abatements,continuous movement of people an ongoing problem
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 8,2022
2
•Abatements being a collaboration between City and County Health Departments
•Allowing places for people to camp if they were not near neighborhoods,options to
address individuals living in encampments
•City’s no camping ordnance and its effect on the abatement process
•Struggles of helping individuals experiencing homelessness with the current services
and resources
•Volunteers of America program disbursing funds for small repairs of RVs
•The need for 300 additional beds to house the homeless
•Importance of reforming the thinking of how to address homelessness,housing first
works with the stability of people knowing their items were safe and would still be
there when they returned
•Ideas other states were using to address homeless issues such as camps with small
structures
•Concerns over homeless individuals becoming violent to protect camps along the
Jordan River
2.Informational:State Legislative Briefing ~4:30 p.m.
30 min
The Council will be briefed about issues affecting the City that may arise during the 2022
Utah State Legislative Session.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,February 1,2022;Tuesday,February 8,2022;Tuesday,March 1,2022;
and Tuesday,March 8,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -n/a
Minutes:
Kate Bradshaw (Legislative Lobbyist Consultant)stated during the 2022 Legislative
Session -513 bills were passed,SLC reviewed and tracked 392 bills with 600 responses
from various departments.She thanked City Staff that assisted with the legislative session
to make it run smoothly and track all the activities at the Capitol.
Council Members and Ms.Bradshaw discussed bills regarding:
•Transportation/UTA project
•Union Pacific Electric switchers
•Funding for the City Cemetery
•Affordable Housing
•Appropriations that were/were not granted for Salt Lake City
•Water Conservation and ties to Land Use was the theme for the 2022 Session
Council Members thanked legislators for meeting with them and listening to the Council’s
concerns,the lobbying team and City staff for their work,dedication and time spent at the
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 8,2022
3
session.
3.Informational:Equity Update ~5:00 p.m.
20 min.
The Council will hold a discussion about various initiatives led by the City's Office of Equity
and Inclusion.These initiatives include,but are not limited to,improving racial equity and
justice in policing.Discussion may also include updates on the City's other work to achieve
equitable service delivery,decision-making,and community engagement through the
Citywide Equity Plan,increased ADA resources,language access,and other topics
addressed in the ongoing work of the Human Rights Commission and the Racial Equity in
Policing Commission.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Recurring Briefing
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -n/a
Minutes:
Item not held.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 8,2022
4
4.Informational:Sustainability Updates ~5:20 p.m.
30 min
The Council will receive briefing on three Sustainability initiatives,each relating to
customer electricity service in the City:the Community Renewable Energy Agency &
program (CREA),as well as two planning documents related to the City's proposed
franchise agreement renewal with Rocky Mountain Power (RMP).The focus of this briefing
will be on the CREA and RMP planning documents,and not the RMP franchise agreement.
The renewable energy program is expected to have ratepayer impacts to Salt Lake City
electricity users.The two planning documents noted above could result in fiscal impacts to
the City.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 8,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -n/a
Minutes:
Sam Owen introduced the Clean Energy Statement and clarified the timeline for the
proposals,and stated there were any Council members that had questions or wanted small
group meetings to further discuss the proposals to please reach out to Staff to make
arrangements.
Sophia Nicholas presented the Renewable Energy Update:
Agenda
•SLC Clean energy and climate goals
•Community Renewable energy program –timeline and Council collaboration
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 8,2022
5
•Salt Lake City and Rocky Mountain Power (RMP)
◦Clean Energy Cooperation Statement
◦Clean Energy Implementation Plan
Salt Lake City’s Clean Energy and Climate Goals
•Achieve an amount equivalent to 100%of the annual electric supply for participating
customers from renewable energy source by 2030
•Achieve 100%renewable energy for municipal operations by 2032
•Reduce community greenhouse gas emissions 80%by 2040 (from 2009 baseline)
Implementation of the City’s Renewable Energy Goals
•The Community Renewable Energy Program (Agency Communities,RMP)–Many
elements and timelines dictated by state law and code
•Salt Lake City’s relationship with RMP
◦Clean Energy Cooperation Statement
◦Clean Energy Implementation Plan
•Community Renewable Energy Program consisting of
◦CREA -15 Communities collaborating with Elected Officials,Community
Organizations,Industry and Business,and Residents
◦CREA Board –Utah Division of Public Utilities,Utah Office of Conservation
Services
◦Rocky Mountain Power
◦All combined to create the Public Service Commission
Agency Recommended Schedule of Council /Commission Briefings or Action
•April 2022 –Briefing on required ordinance –informal feedback on ordinance
language
•April 2022 –Council Members distributed Community Energy Survey –wider survey
responses
•June 2022 –Present final Utility Agreement for vote and/or administrative signature
(depending on municipal practice)–Utility Agreement signed by participating
communities
•August 2022 –Briefing on submitted Program Application –familiarity with Program
as submitted
•January 2023 –Briefing on approved Program and transmit ordinance for a vote –
familiarity with program as approved
•March 2023 –Vote on Ordinance –Adopt ordinance within 90 days of Programs
approval to finalize participation
Public Outreach
•“Ask me anything”–May 2021
•Low-income stakeholder meeting –August 2021
•Business stakeholder meeting –September 2021
•Scientific survey –March 2022
•Community partner engagement –March to May 2022
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 8,2022
6
◦Low-Income Plan policies development
◦Communications Plan development
◦Community meetings
•Community survey –April to May 2022
•Publicize final program details –July to December 2022
◦Website
◦Summer tabling
◦Informational town halls
•Council ordinance public process –January to March 2023
Salt Lake City –Rocky Mountain Power Clean Energy Documents
•Clean Energy Cooperation Statement
◦Signed by Mayor and RMP CEO (non-binding)
◦Identifies City goals and general areas where the City would like
RMP’s collaboration to achieve the goals
•Clean Energy Implementation Plan
◦Not signed (jointly agreed to by RMP and Sustainability Staff)
◦Did not obligate City to appropriate money
◦Could identify projects that would benefit from appropriations via budget process
◦Annual updates posted to Sustainability website
•Timeline for Franchise agreement processing and approval
•There was an opt out option for the program
Council and Ms.Nicholas discussed condensing and clarifying the information for
the community,the webpage and surveys that would help the community understand the
programs.
5.Ordinance:Homeless Resource Center and Homeless Shelter Text
Amendments ~5:50 p.m.
30 min.
The Council will receive a briefing about a proposal that would amend the Salt Lake City
Zoning Code by removing Homeless Resource Centers and Homeless Shelters as conditional
uses from the land use tables for the CG General Commercial,D-2 Downtown Support,and
D-3 Downtown Warehouse/Residential Zoning Districts,modify 21A.33.010 to clarify when
listed land uses are prohibited,modify the applicability section of 21A.36.350 Qualifying
Provisions for Homeless Resource Centers and Homeless Shelters,and modify the
definitions of homeless resource centers and homeless shelters in 21A.62.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 8,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -Tuesday,March 1,2022
Hold hearing to accept public comment -Tuesday,March 22,2022 at 7 p.m.
TENTATIVE Council Action -TBD
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 8,2022
7
Minutes:
Nick Tarbet introduced the Ordinance for Homeless Resource Center (HRC)and
Homeless Shelter Text Amendments.The proposal would prohibit homeless resources
centers and homeless shelters in the City by removing the uses from land use tables in the
CG,D-2 and D-3 zoning districts for a period of time.Planning Staff assured Council Staff
the intent is not to remain as permanent prohibitions,but is the first of three planned
phases to help the City establish an updated process for location shelters in HRCs.The Utah
Legislature’s passage of HB440 Homeless Services Amendments will require some
adjustments to the consideration and plan ahead –as one component of the bill
required cities in Salt Lake County,through the Conference of Mayors,to come up with a
winter overflow plan by September 1,2022.
Nick Norris presented the Homeless Resource Center and Homeless Shelter Code
Changes
Goals:
•Better process for approving permanent HRCs /Shelters
•Improved regulations
•Create processes/regulations for emergency shelters
Proposal:
•Part 1 -Prohibit the uses in the City for the time being,only impacting the CG,D-2 and
D-3 Zoning Districts
◦What happened to existing facilities
◦Could continue to operate
◦Did not impact temporary shelters already approved
◦Pending ordinance notice
◦Applies for 180 Days
◦April 2,2022
◦Could pause any proposed application
◦If no changes were adopted within the 180 window the following was possible:
◦Anyone could propose a new shelter/resource center in the CG,D-2 and D-3
Zoning Districts
◦City would be required to to accept and process the application
◦Would be limited to the existing regulations
•Part 2 -Update regulations and approval process
◦Process
◦Pros and cons
◦Options
◦Conditional use process
◦Overlay zone
◦Zoning map amendments to authorize new centers
◦Floating zone
◦Certain milestones met before regulations go into effect
◦Site specific and operational requirements
◦Safety
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 8,2022
8
◦Impacts to nearby properties
◦Impact to City services
◦Improved reporting
◦Timeline
◦Internal Evaluation:March 2022
◦Stakeholder Initial Engagement :April 2022
◦Draft proposal:April /May 2022
◦Public Input:May /June 2022
◦Planning Commission:June 2022
◦Council:after June 2022
•Part 3 -Temporary and Seasonal (and HB440)
◦City Council Legislative Intent proposed:The Council may initiate a legislative
action asking the Administration to review and return with recommendations for
prohibiting temporary shelters until other jurisdictions in Salt Lake County
permitted them,HB440 would impact what the City did
◦Rotation of hosting
◦Plan in place before September 2022
◦Flexing of existing beds if no plan
◦City should consider consistent regulations
◦Differentiate the use from permanent to seasonal or time limited
◦Establish criteria (Pre HB440)
◦City share,bus county share
◦Impacts to City resources
◦Impacts to neighbors
◦What happened when the use was not operating
◦Timeline
◦Community input:February /March 2022
◦Update proposal:April 2022
◦Public Input:May 2022
◦Planning Commission:June 2022
◦Council:after June 2022
Council,Mr.Tarbet,and Mr.Norris discussed:
•Similarities/differences in the floating and overlay zoning
•Definition of stake holder in the proposed ordinance
•How often conditional use permits were reviewed and enforced
•Clarified the timeline and decision process
•Methods to hold the City accountable if the proposal was not approved but resulted in
the conditional uses being added back into the code
•If the proposal could be approved and implemented by the end of 2022,allowing time
to review the proposal and ensure the proper steps were considered
•Reviewing the zoning map for additional areas where homeless services could be
located
•Propose ordinance #2 included language that conditional uses were allowed in more
zones than currently allowed promoting geographical equity
◦Substantive changes to the ordinance without conversing with the Planning
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 8,2022
9
Commission might cause issues and would need further review
•City’s use of ARPA funds allotted from the State to help address housing for the
homeless
•Homelessness at its core was a humanitarian crisis and it was important to keeping the
conversation compassionate and there needed to be parameters
•Need to be open to other options to address homelessness
•The timeline for the proposal and the option to approve two ordinances
•Ordinance needed to be intentional
6.Dinner Break ~6:20 p.m.
30 min.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -n/a
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -n/a
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 8,2022
10
7.Informational:2021 Accessory Dwelling Unit Annual Report ~6:50 p.m.
30 min.
The Council will receive a briefing about the 2021 Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU)annual
report.The annual report includes the number of applications,addresses for each
application submitted,and a brief explanation of reasons any applications for an ADU was
denied.
FYI –Project Timeline:(subject to change per Chair direction or Council discussion)
Briefing -Tuesday,March 8,2022
Set Public Hearing Date -n/a
Hold hearing to accept public comment -n/a
TENTATIVE Council Action -n/a
Minutes:
Nick Norris presented the 2021 Accessory Dwelling Unit Annual Report:
•Trends throughout the city from 2019 –2021
•Square footage of ADUs has fluctuated,due to internal ADUs
•Height has increased yearly
•2/3 of all ADUs are providing on-site parking
•The number of conditional use ADUs in each district
•Largest concentrated area for ADUs surrounded area near Liberty Park
•Planning Commission’s Initiation
◦February 2022
◦Change ADUs to permitted uses
◦Update city code to match state code for internal ADUs
◦Clarify existing regulations
•Process and Steps
◦March 2022:Internal Analysis
◦April 2022 Draft changes
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 8,2022
11
◦May 2022
◦Planning Commission briefing
◦Engagement started
◦July 2022 Planning Commission recommendation
◦August 2022 Transmittal process starts
Council and Mr.Norris discussed:
•Comments from constituents wanting to make ADUs easier to construct
•Parking an initial concern;the report illustrated it is less of an issue
•ADUs are a way to address the Missing Middle housing needs
•Ways to accommodate ADUs where the codes are not met
•Short term rentals are a concern to residents living around or next to ADUs
•Enforcement on short term rentals
•Planning Department’s back log of applications and how best to process them
•Removing the reference to primary dwelling as a limiting factor in square footage and
height limits
•ADU ordinance in relation to alley ways and allowing additional square footage
and height
•Use of ADU access to activate the alley way and improve the area
Council requested an additional follow up briefing on the ADU proposed ordinance.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 8,2022
12
Standing Items
8.Report of the Chair and Vice Chair
Report of Chair and Vice Chair.
Minutes:
Item not held.
9.Report and Announcements from the Executive Director -
-
Report of the Executive Director,including a review of Council information items and
announcements.The Council may give feedback or staff direction on any item related to
City Council business,including but not limited to;
•Mosquito Abatement Subcommittee;
•Residents for Watershed Conversation Group;and
•Scheduling Items.
Minutes:
Cindy Gust Jenson noted the applications for board members to serve on the Mosquito
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 8,2022
13
Abatement Board were prepared for review,and requested volunteers for the
subcommittee.Council Members Dugan,Petro-Eschler,and Mano volunteered.
Ms.Gust Jenson announced that Public Utilities invited Council Members to recommend a
person from each district to participate in the Watershed Management Plan update to
participate in the Stakeholder Committee,and Sam Owen would be the contact person
10.Closed Session -
-
The Council will consider a motion to enter into Closed Session.A closed meeting described
under Section 52-4-205 may be held for specific purposes including,but not limited to:
a.discussion of the character,professional competence,or physical or mental health
of an individual;
b.strategy sessions to discuss collective bargaining;
c.strategy sessions to discuss pending or reasonably imminent litigation;
d.strategy sessions to discuss the purchase,exchange,or lease of real property,
including any form of a water right or water shares,if public discussion of the
transaction would:
(i)disclose the appraisal or estimated value of the property under
consideration;or
(ii)prevent the public body from completing the transaction on the best
possible terms;
e.strategy sessions to discuss the sale of real property,including any form of a water
right or water shares,if:
(i)public discussion of the transaction would:
(A)disclose the appraisal or estimated value of the property under
consideration;or
(B)prevent the public body from completing the transaction on the best
possible terms;
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 8,2022
14
(ii)the public body previously gave public notice that the property would be
offered for sale;and
(iii)the terms of the sale are publicly disclosed before the public body approves
the sale;
f.discussion regarding deployment of security personnel,devices,or systems;and
g.investigative proceedings regarding allegations of criminal misconduct.
A closed meeting may also be held for attorney-client matters that are privileged pursuant to
Utah Code §78B-1-137,and for other lawful purposes that satisfy the pertinent requirements
of the Utah Open and Public Meetings Act.
Minutes:
Closed Session Started at 8:08 pm
Held via Webex and in the Work Session Room (location)
Council Members in Attendance:Council Members Dugan,Fowler,Petro-Eschler,Puy,
Mano,Wharton and Valdemoros
City Staff in Attendance:Katherine Lewis,Mary Beth Thompson,Cindy Gust-Jenson,
Jennifer Bruno,Lehua Weaver,Cindy Lou Trishman,Beatrix Sieger,Taylor Hill,Berenice
Zuenguaz,Nathan Kobs,Brendan Cochrane,Aaron Bentley,Blake Thomas,Danny Walz,
Jorge Chamorro,Laura Briefer,Lorena Riffo Jenson,Sophia Nicholas,Tracey Fletcher.
Closed Session ended at 8:34 pm
Motion:
Moved by Council Member Wharton,seconded by Council Member Mano to
enter into a Closed Session for discussion regarding deployment of security
personnel,devices,or systems,and advice of counsel.
AYE:Ana Valdemoros,Amy Fowler,Darin Mano,Chris Wharton,Daniel Dugan,Victoria
Petro-Eschler,Alejandro Puy
Final Result:7 –0 Pass
Motion:
Moved by Council Member Fowler,seconded by Council Member Wharton to
exit the Closed Session and adjourn the meeting.
AYE:Ana Valdemoros,Amy Fowler,Darin Mano,Chris Wharton,Daniel Dugan,Victoria
Petro-Eschler,Alejandro Puy
Final Result:7 –0 Pass
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 8,2022
15
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 8,2022
16
Meeting adjourned at 8:34 pm
Minutes Approved:
_______________________________
City Council Chair
_______________________________
City Recorder
This document is not intended to serve as a full transcript as other items may have been
discussed;please refer to the audio or video for entire content pursuant to Utah Code
§52-4-203(2)(b).
To listen to the audio recording of the meeting or view meeting materials,please visit Salt Lake
City Public Body Minutes library,available at www.data.slc.gov,selecting the Public Body Minutes
hyperlink.If you are viewing this file in the Minutes library,use the links on the right of your
screen within the ‘Document Relationships’information to listen to the audio or view meeting
materials.
This document along with the digital recording constitutes the official minutes of the City Council
Work Session meeting held Tuesday,March 8,2022.
MINUTES OF THE SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
Tuesday,March 8,2022
17
Page 1
MOTION SHEET
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Sylvia Richards, Policy Analyst
DATE:April 5, 2022
RE: MOTION SHEET FOR PUBLIC HEARING
The Council will conduct a Public Hearing and may consider the following motion:
Motion 1 – Close and Refer
I move that the Council close the Public Hearing and refer Items B-1 through B-6 to a
future Consent Agenda for action.
Project Timeline:
Public Hearing: Apr. 5, 2022
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
COUNCIL.SLCGOV.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
COUNCIL
STAFF REPORT
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
www.slccouncil.com/city-budget
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Sylvia Richards, Budget Analyst
DATE:April 5, 2022
RE: PUBLIC HEARING FOR GRANT
APPLICATION SUBMISSION
PROJECT TIMELINE:
Briefing: Not required.
Set Date: Not required.
Public Hearing: Apr. 5, 2022
Potential Action: TBD
_________________________________________________________________
ISSUE AT-A-GLANCE
The Administration has submitted six grant applications. In an effort to ensure that the City
Council, Council staff and the public has adequate opportunity to see and comment on them,
the grant application notifications will be included in the Council meeting agendas under
Public Hearings. There won’t be a set date since this is not a required hearing.
1.Building Resilient Infrastructure and Communities (BRIC) Grant Sub-
Application
Purpose/Goal of the Grant: If awarded, the grant monies will be used to fund the
reduction of seismic and flooding hazards at the City Creek Water Treatment Plant.
Grant Amount: $39,300,000
Requested by: Public Utilities Department
Funding Agency: FEMA, U.S. Department of Homeland Security in collaboration with
Utah Department of Emergency Management/Applicant
Match Requirement: $13,100,000 – Sources: A combination of the Department’s annual
budget and financial forecasting. The grant has a performance period of 48 months.
The Administration included the following cost detail in the transmittal:
Page | 2
2021 BRIC SLC CCWTP Cost Estimate
Item Cost Federal Request Match
Demolition $ 2,520,000 $ 1,890,000 $ 630,000
Construction $ 44,080,000 $ 33,060,000 $ 11,020,000
Design &
Engineering
$ 3,500,000 $ 2,625,000 $ 875,000
Contract $ 2,300,000 $ 1,725,000.00 $ 575,000
Project Total $ 52,400,000 $ 39,300,000 $ 13,100,000
Questions from Council staff and responses from the Administration:
Would the new treatment plant be built next to the current one? How would the transition
between the two treatment plants be handled? It would be helpful to share with the Council any
impacts to public access such as if a portion of City Creek Canyon would be closed to recreation
activities or if the City would go without use of drinking water from City Creek for a time.
The new water treatment plant will be built in the same footprint as the existing plant. In order to
continue to provide high quality drinking water to our constituents, we will use a direct filtration
process using portions of the flocculation basins and the filters of the existing treatment plant.
This approach will eliminate the need for an extended full plant shutdown, with the exception of
approximately 2 – 3 weeks for startup and operational testing of new facilities. Further, it will
allow our water treatment plant operators time to become familiar with and optimize treatment
processes in the new facilities prior to shut down of the flocculation basins and existing filter
building.
During the construction of the new treatment plant, we anticipate City Creek Canyon will be open
to recreational users below the treatment plant. The project includes replacement of existing
piping and construction of new piping within the roadway between the existing drying beds to the
operations building of the plant. The safety of users of the canyon is a priority, therefore we do
anticipate the need to also close the canyon below the plant on an as needed basis to transport
large equipment and supplies to the treatment plant construction site. These closures will be
temporary, and we will provide notice in advanced to let users know through signage, website,
social media, and other avenues. We are also considering having the contractor construct a
walking/biking path around the construction work to provide continued pedestrian/bicycle
access above the treatment plant.
The grant funds have not yet been awarded. The CCWTP 2021 BRIC Notice of Intent (NOI) was
submitted in May 2021. We submitted a full application in September 2021, in addition to a Utah
Department of Public Safety Division of Emergency Management (DEM) Request for Information
(RFI) in October 2021. Also, in December 2021, we had a productive meeting with DEM and FEMA
to answer questions and receive guidance on how to further improve our BRIC application. The
final application incorporating this feedback was successfully submitted on January 10th, 2022.
The proposed budget is $52.4 million with a 30% match, thus a federal ask of $36,380,000.
According to DEM, Utah Submitted total of $296 million with $181 million in federal share:
14 project subapplications (~ $295 million total / ~ $180 million federal share)
9 project scoping subapplications (~ $1.3 million total) / ~ $1 million federal share)
Page | 3
1 mitigation plan subapplication
The FEMA National Review panel is where subapplications are scored on the qualitative criteria.
This is scheduled to occur in, March 2022. The National Review Panel will include representatives
from relevant federal agencies as well as state, local, tribal, and territorial partners. A project’s
cumulative score from both qualitative and technical evaluations will determine its priority order
among all projects considered in the national competition.
FEMA may select a subapplication out of priority order (as determined by the total points scored)
based on one or more of the following factors:
(1)Availability of funding;
(2)Duplication of subapplications;
(3)Program priorities and policy factors, including to benefit disadvantaged communities as
referenced in EO 14008; or
(4)Other pertinent information, including past performance on other FEMA awards or grant
balances.
Last year, FEMA announced BRIC 2020 subapplication selection on July 1st, 2021. Thus, we expect
the BRIC 2021 subapplication selection for award to occur around the same time, approximately
July 2022. Please note, if selected, we cannot award the project to a contractor until we have
officially been awarded the grant, which could be late this year or even early 2023.
Staff Recommendation: Please refer to motion sheet.
Grant Application Submission Notification
TO: Jennifer Bruno, Cindy Gust-Jensen, Rachel Otto, Lisa Shaffer, Mary Beth Thompson
CC: Laura Briefer, Elizabeth Gerhart, Sandee Moore, Melyn Osmond, SLC Recorder, Sylvia Richards, Marian Rice,
DeeDee Robinson, Linda Sanchez, Jordan Smith, John Vuyk, Lehua Weaver, Sarah Behrens
FROM: Sarah Behrens
DATE 3 February 2022
SUBJECT: Building Resilient Infrastructure and Communities (BRIC)
FUNDING AGENCY: FEMA, U.S. Department of Homeland Security
GRANT PROGRAM: 2021 BRIC/Sub Application
AMOUNT REQUESTED: $39,300,000
DEPARTMENT APPLYING: Public Utilities
COLLABORATING AGENCIES: Utah Department of Emergency Management/Applicant
DATE SUBMITTED: January 26, 2022
SPECIFICS:
Technical Assistance (Training) Equipment Only
Provides FTE Position(s)
Existing New Overtime Requires Funding After Grant
Explanation:
Match Required _30% ($13,100,000)________ In- Kind and Cash
New Program (City not performing function now)
GRANT DETAILS:
Public Utilities has requested federal funds to mitigate seismic and flooding hazards at the City Creek Water
Treatment Plant. It is anticipated the match sources will be a combination of the department’s annual budget
and financial forecasting. The grant has a performance period of 48 months.
2021 BRIC SLC CCWTP Cost Estimate
Item Cost Federal Request Match
Demolition $ 2,520,000 $ 1,890,000 $ 630,000
Construction $ 44,080,000 $ 33,060,000 $ 11,020,000
Design &
Engineering $ 3,500,000 $ 2,625,000 $ 875,000
Contract $ 2,300,000 $ 1,725,000.00 $ 575,000
Project Total $ 52,400,000 $ 39,300,000 $ 13,100,000
Page 1
MOTION SHEET
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Sylvia Richards, Policy Analyst
DATE:April 5, 2022
RE: MOTION SHEET FOR PUBLIC HEARING
The Council will conduct a Public Hearing and may consider the following motion:
Motion 1 – Close and Refer
I move that the Council close the Public Hearing and refer Items B-1 through B-6 to a
future Consent Agenda for action.
Project Timeline:
Public Hearing: Apr. 5, 2022
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
COUNCIL.SLCGOV.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
COUNCIL
STAFF REPORT
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
www.slccouncil.com/city-budget
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Sylvia Richards, Budget Analyst
DATE:April 5, 2022
RE: PUBLIC HEARING FOR GRANT
APPLICATION SUBMISSION
PROJECT TIMELINE:
Briefing: Not required.
Set Date: Not required.
Public Hearing: Apr. 5, 2022
Potential Action: TBD
_________________________________________________________________
ISSUE AT-A-GLANCE
The Administration has submitted six grant applications. In an effort to ensure that the City
Council, Council staff and the public has adequate opportunity to see and comment on them,
the grant application notifications will be included in the Council meeting agendas under
Public Hearings. There won’t be a set date since this is not a required hearing.
2.2021 Assistance to Firefighters (AFG) Grant
Purpose/Goal of the Grant: If awarded, the grant monies will be used to fund the
purchase of Wildland Firefighting Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). The requested
equipment is limited to one full set for seated positions on Wildland Response vehicles. The
Department indicates that firefighters will be sharing the equipment.
Grant Amount: $115,473
Requested by: Fire Department
Funding Agency: FEMA/U.S. Department of Homeland Security
Match Requirement: $11,457 – Source: Existing Fire Department Wildland budget
Staff Recommendation: Please refer to motion sheet.
Grant Application Submission Notification
TO: Jennifer Bruno, Cindy Gust-Jensen, Rachel Otto, Lisa Shaffer, Mary Beth Thompson
CC: Elizabeth Gerhart, Karl Lieb, Sandee Moore, Melyn Osmond, Clint Resmussen, SLC Recorder, Sylvia Richards,
DeeDee Robinson, Linda Sanchez, Jordan Smith, John Vuyk, Lehua Weaver
FROM: Sarah Behrens
DATE 3 February 2022
SUBJECT: 2021 Assistance to Firefighters application
FUNDING AGENCY: FEMA/U.S. Department of Homeland Security
GRANT PROGRAM: Assistance to Firefighters (AFG)
AMOUNT REQUESTED: $115,472.73
DEPARTMENT APPLYING: Fire Department
COLLABORATING AGENCIES:
DATE SUBMITTED: January 21, 2022
SPECIFICS:
Technical Assistance (Training) Equipment Only
Provides FTE Position(s)
Existing New Overtime Requires Funding After Grant
Explanation:
Match Required __10% _$11,457.27______ In- Kind and Cash
New Program (City not performing function now)
GRANT DETAILS:
The Fire Department is requesting funds to purchase Wildland Firefighting Personal Protective Equipment
(PPE). The requested PPE is limited to one full set of PPE for seated positions on Wildland Response vehicles.
Firefighters will be sharing PPE.
Page 1
MOTION SHEET
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Sylvia Richards, Policy Analyst
DATE:April 5, 2022
RE: MOTION SHEET FOR PUBLIC HEARING
The Council will conduct a Public Hearing and may consider the following motion:
Motion 1 – Close and Refer
I move that the Council close the Public Hearing and refer Items B-1 through B-6 to a
future Consent Agenda for action.
Project Timeline:
Public Hearing: Apr. 5, 2022
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
COUNCIL.SLCGOV.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
COUNCIL
STAFF REPORT
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
www.slccouncil.com/city-budget
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Sylvia Richards, Budget Analyst
DATE:April 5, 2022
RE: PUBLIC HEARING FOR GRANT
APPLICATION SUBMISSION
PROJECT TIMELINE:
Briefing: Not required.
Set Date: Not required.
Public Hearing: Apr. 5, 2022
Potential Action: TBD
_________________________________________________________________
ISSUE AT-A-GLANCE
The Administration has submitted six grant applications. In an effort to ensure that the City
Council, Council staff and the public has adequate opportunity to see and comment on them, the
grant application notifications will be included in the Council meeting agendas under Public
Hearings. There won’t be a set date since this is not a required hearing.
3. Innovating for Effective Service Delivery – State Justice Institute (SJI) Grant
Purpose/Goal of the Grant: If awarded, the grant monies will be used to identify and
implement best practices for serving a diverse population. The Justice Court has
implemented several programs to better serve the unsheltered with open cases with the
Court. For instance, during the pandemic, the Court provided virtual hearings and trials for
vulnerable and underserved populations. The result of this process will be a framework to
support effective and innovative practices by streamlining and restructuring services.
Grant Amount: $50,000 (The total project cost is $75,000.)
Requested by: Justice Court
Funding Agency: State Justice Institute (SJI)
Match Requirement: $25,000 – Source: $5,000 from Justice Court budget, and
$20,000 of in-kind judicial and court staff time)
Questions from Council staff and responses from the Administration:
Page | 2
a.Please identify the performance indicators/measures for this process.
While there are no distinct measures or Key Performance Indicators pertaining to the
project, there is the list of project tasks and deliverables that NCSC is responsible for
completing.
Task 1 – Preliminary Meeting (This task was completed on Feb. 22nd)
Task 2 – Review of Organizational Structure and Practices (currently ongoing)
Task 3 – Remote Interviews with Court Leaders and Staff (anticipated to occur in mid to late
March)
Task 4 – Preparation of Draft Report (this deliverable will likely be completed by the end of
April)
Task 5 – Meet with Court to Present Recommendations (anticipated in early to mid-May)
Task 6 – Preparation of Final Report (this deliverable is due no later than June 30th per the
agreement)
b.Will a consultant from the State Justice Institute be involved?
No, there will be no SJI consultant. The consultants will be from the National Center for
State Courts, (NCSC).
Staff Recommendation: Please refer to motion sheet.
Grant Application Submission Notification
TO: Jennifer Bruno, Cindy Gust-Jensen, Rachel Otto, Lisa Shaffer, Mary Beth Thompson
CC: Elizabeth Gerhart, Judge Landeau, Sandee Moore, Melyn Osmond, Curtis Preece, SLC Recorder, Sylvia
Richards, DeeDee Robinson, Linda Sanchez, Jordan Smith, John Vuyk, Lehua Weaver
FROM: Sarah Behrens
DATE 14 February 2022
SUBJECT: Innovating for Effective Service Delivery
FUNDING AGENCY: State Justice Institute (SJI)
GRANT PROGRAM: Innovating for Effective Service Delivery
AMOUNT REQUESTED: $50,000
DEPARTMENT APPLYING: Justice Court
COLLABORATING AGENCIES:
DATE SUBMITTED: January 31,2022
SPECIFICS:
Technical Assistance (Training) Equipment Only
Provides FTE Position(s)
Existing New Overtime Requires Funding After Grant
Explanation:
Match Required _50% ($25,000) ____________ In- Kind and Cash
New Program (City not performing function now)
GRANT DETAILS:
The Salt Lake City Justice Court is contracting with the National Center for State Courts, a nonprofit that
supports courts with research, assessments, and training, to perform a governance and judicial leadership
analysis.
The goal is to refine and implement best practices for delivering services to a diverse population. The Justice
Court has implemented several programs to better serve the unsheltered with open cases with the Court. The
pandemic has also had challenges in providing virtual hearings and trials to vulnerable and underserved
populations. The end result will be a strong underlying framework to support effective and innovative
practices by streamlining and restructuring services.
The total project cost is $75,000.
1. $50,000 – SJI grant
The match is met with,
2. $5,000 cash from the existing Justice Court budget.
3. $20,000 of in-kind Judicial and court staff time.
Page 1
MOTION SHEET
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Sylvia Richards, Policy Analyst
DATE:April 5, 2022
RE: MOTION SHEET FOR PUBLIC HEARING
The Council will conduct a Public Hearing and may consider the following motion:
Motion 1 – Close and Refer
I move that the Council close the Public Hearing and refer Items B-1 through B-6 to a
future Consent Agenda for action.
Project Timeline:
Public Hearing: Apr. 5, 2022
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
COUNCIL.SLCGOV.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
COUNCIL
STAFF REPORT
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
www.slccouncil.com/city-budget
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Sylvia Richards, Budget Analyst
DATE:April 5, 2022
RE: PUBLIC HEARING FOR GRANT
APPLICATION SUBMISSION
PROJECT TIMELINE:
Briefing: Not required.
Set Date: Not required.
Public Hearing: Apr. 5, 2022
Potential Action: TBD
_________________________________________________________________
ISSUE AT-A-GLANCE
The Administration has submitted six grant applications. In an effort to ensure that the City
Council, Council staff and the public has adequate opportunity to see and comment on them, the
grant application notifications will be included in the Council meeting agendas under Public
Hearings. There won’t be a set date since this is not a required hearing.
4.Utah State Cancer Plan Implementation Grant (NEW PROGRAM)
Purpose/Goal of the Grant: The City is partnering with the Department of
Sustainability, community-based organizations, and local health clinics to distribute
products, engagement materials and/or vouchers to at-risk populations living on the City’s
west side. According to the transmittal, this initiative addresses exacerbated health issues,
specifically cancer mortality associated with poor indoor air quality. If awarded, the grant
monies will be used to purchase filters and air purifiers, which will be distributed using
school health clinic screenings and the Love Your Block VISTA Team surveying. The target
population is primarily Census Tract 1028.1.
Grant Amount: $20,000
Requested by: Office of the Mayor, in collaboration with the Department of Sustainability
and Intermountain Healthcare
Funding Agency: Utah Cancer Awareness Network
Match Requirement: $5,000 – Source: Mayor’s Office staff time
Questions from Council staff and responses from the Administration:
Page | 2
a.What are the performance measures for this new program?
Outcomes may include the following: Reduced exposure to allergens, reduced hospital
utilization, and improved health outcomes. Other potential beneficial outcomes include
improved asthma management, improved quality of life, and improved air quality.
b.Is this grant program expected to be ongoing or are they one-time funds?
One-time funds; this is a trial grant.
c.Why was Census Tract 1028 prioritized for this new program?
Because west side residents are most affected by poor air quality.
d.If the program is ongoing, then will other westside Census Tracts be eligible for indoor air
purifiers and filters?
As mentioned above, this is a trial grant.
Staff Recommendation: Please refer to motion sheet.
Grant Application Submission Notification
TO: Jennifer Bruno, Cindy Gust-Jensen, Rachel Otto, Lisa Shaffer, Mary Beth Thompson
CC: Elizabeth Gerhart, Sandee Moore, Melyn Osmond, SLC Recorder, Sylvia Richards, DeeDee Robinson, Jordan
Smith, John Vuyk, Lehua Weaver, Sarah Behrens
FROM: Sarah Behrens
DATE 14 February 2022
SUBJECT: Indoor Air Quality Initiative
FUNDING AGENCY: Utah Cancer Awareness Network
GRANT PROGRAM: Utah State Cancer Plan Implementation
AMOUNT REQUESTED: $20,000
DEPARTMENT APPLYING: Office of the Mayor
COLLABORATING AGENCIES: Department of Sustainability, Intermountain Healthcare
DATE SUBMITTED: February 11, 2022
SPECIFICS:
Technical Assistance (Training) Equipment Only
Provides FTE Position(s)
Existing New Overtime Requires Funding After Grant
Explanation:
Match Required __$5,000 ____________ In- Kind and Cash
New Program (City not performing function now)
GRANT DETAILS:
Salt Lake City Corporation is partnering with the SLC Department of Sustainability, grassroots Community
Based Organizations, and local health clinics to distribute furnace filters and individual electric air purifiers to
at-risk populations on the West Side of SLC. We hope to get indoor air quality improvement resources and
engagement materials so that at risk residents can be more comfortable. This will be done through Love Your
Block surveying and school clinic health screenings to identify participants, then distribute products,
engagement materials and/ or vouchers. The target population on the Westside, primarily Census tract
1028.1. The Initiative will utilize the Love Your Block VISTA team to engage the neighborhood.
The Initiative addresses exacerbated health issues, specifically cancer mortality associated with poor indoor
air quality.
The $5,000 match is met with Mayor’s Office staff time to administrate the initiative.
Page 1
MOTION SHEET
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Sylvia Richards, Policy Analyst
DATE:April 5, 2022
RE: MOTION SHEET FOR PUBLIC HEARING
The Council will conduct a Public Hearing and may consider the following motion:
Motion 1 – Close and Refer
I move that the Council close the Public Hearing and refer Items B-1 through B-6 to a
future Consent Agenda for action.
Project Timeline:
Public Hearing: Apr. 5, 2022
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
COUNCIL.SLCGOV.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
COUNCIL
STAFF REPORT
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
www.slccouncil.com/city-budget
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Sylvia Richards, Budget Analyst
DATE:April 5, 2022
RE: PUBLIC HEARING FOR GRANT
APPLICATION SUBMISSION
PROJECT TIMELINE:
Briefing: Not required.
Set Date: Not required.
Public Hearing: Apr. 5, 2022
Potential Action: TBD
_________________________________________________________________
ISSUE AT-A-GLANCE
The Administration has submitted six grant applications. In an effort to ensure that the City
Council, Council staff and the public has adequate opportunity to see and comment on them, the
grant application notifications will be included in the Council meeting agendas under Public
Hearings. There won’t be a set date since this is not a required hearing.
5.Bureau of Emergency Service and Preparedness (BEMS) Per Capita Allocation
FY2023
Purpose/Goal of the Grant: If awarded, the grant monies will be used to purchase
medical supplies for the Fire Department.
Grant Amount: $ TBD (approximately $10,000/annually)
Requested by: Fire Department
Funding Agency: Bureau of Emergency Service and Preparedness (BEMS)
Match Requirement: $5,000 – Source: Fire Department staff time
Staff Recommendation: Please refer to motion sheet.
Grant Application Submission Notification
TO: Jennifer Bruno, Cindy Gust-Jensen, Rachel Otto, Lisa Shaffer, Mary Beth Thompson
CC: Elizabeth Gerhart, Karl Lieb, Sandee Moore, Melyn Osmond, SLC Recorder, Sylvia Richards, Clint Rasmussen,
DeeDee Robinson, Linda Sanchez, Jordan Smith, John Vuyk, Lehua Weaver, Sarah Behrens
FROM: Sarah Behrens
DATE 28 January 2022
SUBJECT: BEMS 2023 Allocation
FUNDING AGENCY: Bureau of Emergency Medical Service & Preparedness
GRANT PROGRAM: Per Capita Allocation FY2023
AMOUNT REQUESTED: TBD
DEPARTMENT APPLYING: Fire Department
COLLABORATING AGENCIES:
DATE SUBMITTED: January 26, 2022
SPECIFICS:
Technical Assistance (Training) Equipment Only
Provides FTE Position(s)
Existing New Overtime Requires Funding After Grant
Explanation:
Match Required __ ____________ In- Kind and Cash
New Program (City not performing function now)
GRANT DETAILS:
The application for the annual allocation has been submitted. The amount will be determined later in 2022.
The Fire Department receives approximately $10,000 each year. The funds are spent on medical supplies.
Page 1
MOTION SHEET
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Sylvia Richards, Policy Analyst
DATE:April 5, 2022
RE: MOTION SHEET FOR PUBLIC HEARING
The Council will conduct a Public Hearing and may consider the following motion:
Motion 1 – Close and Refer
I move that the Council close the Public Hearing and refer Items B-1 through B-6 to a
future Consent Agenda for action.
Project Timeline:
Public Hearing: Apr. 5, 2022
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
COUNCIL.SLCGOV.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
COUNCIL
STAFF REPORT
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
www.slccouncil.com/city-budget
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Sylvia Richards, Budget Analyst
DATE:April 5, 2022
RE: PUBLIC HEARING FOR GRANT
APPLICATION SUBMISSION
PROJECT TIMELINE:
Briefing: Not required.
Set Date: Not required.
Public Hearing: Apr. 5, 2022
Potential Action: TBD
_________________________________________________________________
ISSUE AT-A-GLANCE
The Administration has submitted six grant applications. In an effort to ensure that the City
Council, Council staff and the public has adequate opportunity to see and comment on them,
the grant application notifications will be included in the Council meeting agendas under
Public Hearings. There won’t be a set date since this is not a required hearing.
6.Paul Coverdell Forensic Science Improvement – Crime Lab Accreditation Fee
(Subaward)
Purpose/Goal of the Grant: If awarded, the grant monies will be used to fund the
annual accreditation fee for the Police Department’s Crime Lab for 2022.
Grant Amount: $7,500
Requested by: Police Department
Funding Agency: Utah Department of Public Safety (pass through from U.S. DOJ Bureau
of Justice Assistance)
Match Requirement: - 0 -
Staff Recommendation: Please refer to motion sheet.
Gr ant Application Submission Notification Memo
TO: Jennifer Bruno, Cindy Gust -Jenson, Rachel Otto, Lisa Shaffer, Mary Beth Thompson, Cindy Lou
Trishman
CC: Sarah Behrens, Mike Brown, Jennifer Covino, Shellie Dietrich, Elizabeth Gerhart, Mark Kittrell,
Sandee Moore, Jaysen Oldroyd, Melyn Osmond, Recorder Routing; Sylvia Richards, DeeDee
Robinson, Linda Sanchez, John Vuyk, Lehua Weaver
FROM: J ordan Smith
DATE: March 8, 2022
SUBJECT: FY2021 Paul Coverdell Forensic Science Improv ement Grant
FUNDING AGENCY: Utah Department of Public Safety (pass through from U.S. DOJ Bureau
of Justice Assistance)
GRANT PROGRAM: Paul Coverdell Forensic Science Improvement Grant Program
REQUESTED AMOUNT: $7,500
DEPARTMENT APPLYING: Police Department
COLLABORATING AGENCIES: N/A
SPECIFICS:
E quipment/Supplies
Technical Assistance (Training)
Provides FTE Position
Existing New Overtime Requires Funding After Grant
Explanation:
Match Required: In-Kind and/or Cash
Other – See grant details below
GRANT DETAILS:
The Salt Lake City Police Department is proposed as a sub-awardee in the Utah Department of Public Safety ,
Bureau of Forensic Services (UBFS) application for the FY 21 Paul Coverdell Forensic Science Improvement
Grant Program. The state’s application includes $7,500 for the Salt Lake City Police Department Crime Lab
2022 Annual Accreditation Fee through ANAB (ANSI National Accreditation Board) under ISO/IEC 17020.
Item B8
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
MOTION SHEET
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Brian Fullmer
Policy Analyst
DATE:April 5, 2022
RE: Stealth Wireless Facilities Zoning Text Amendment
PLNPCM2020-00284
MOTION 1 (close and defer)
I move that the Council close the public hearing and defer action to a future Council meeting.
MOTION 2 (continue hearing)
I move that the Council continue the public hearing to a future Council meeting.
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM:Brian Fullmer
Policy Analyst
DATE:April 5, 2022
RE: Stealth Wireless Facilities Zoning Text Amendment
PLNPCM2020-00284
BRIEFING UPDATE
At the March 22 briefing a Council Member asked if the Planning Division’s main concern with the
proposal is lack of clarity and if they envision a path to the point where this would be acceptable, with
clarification or an improved proposal.
Planning staff stated telecommunication towers are allowed throughout the city in one form or another.
Their recommendation of denial is because the proposal is for one tower in one location. Consideration of
allowing stealth towers in the Public Lands zone citywide should be a more comprehensive evaluation of
cellular regulations to determine if they currently meet the needs of the City and providers. That is
Planning’s preferred approach rather than an individual site approach as is the approach of the current
petition.
When asked if the Planning Division has the bandwidth for a more comprehensive evaluation, the response
was they do not currently. However, Planning also stated there are a variety of avenues for cell towers to be
erected citywide in nearly every zoning district. Cell towers in neighborhoods are some of the most
controversial land use items the Planning Division sees. They feel a policy change is not warranted without
a broader discussion.
Another Council Member question was why the proposal is to allow stealth towers in the PL district, and
whether it is more common to locate the towers at schools rather than commercial districts, and what is the
process? Planning staff responded saying the specific request is to place a stealth tower at the Pioneer
Police Precinct which is in the PL zone. The property owner where a cell tower is proposed needs to agree
Item Schedule:
Briefing: March 22, 2022
Set Date: March 22, 2022
Public Hearing: April 5, 2022
Potential Action: April 19, 2022
Page | 2
with placing a tower on their property. The City would need to agree with installing a tower at the Pioneer
Precinct, and the school district would decide whether to allow cell tower placement at schools.
A Council Member expressed dislike for stealth towers and would prefer traditional towers that are not
taller or more prolific than they already are.
The applicant addressed the Council and stated cellular coverage in the Pioneer Precinct area is poor and
they have heard from constituents and area workers who are supportive of the proposal in order to improve
cell service. Options other than stealth towers, such as equipment mounted on light towers were
considered, but the City reportedly wasn’t interested in those. The applicant stated there are several pine
trees in the area from 23 feet to 61 feet tall. They felt a “monopine” stealth tower is the best option for the
area based on surrounding vegetation. It was stated the tower needs to be taller than the natural and built
environment to get the desired coverage. Other options would not provide this coverage.
The applicant stated City code is somewhat silent on stealth towers other than allowing placement in most
zoning districts. They were unaware of height limits. Based on discussions with Planning staff the applicant
believes conditional use is the best option because community groups could have a say in the process which
wouldn’t be the case if the towers were a permitted use.
The PL zone was chosen by the applicant because prior to widespread small cell infrastructure installation,
schools, churches, and parks are the only places in residential areas where cell towers can be located.
The following information was provided for the March 22, briefing. It is provided
again for background purposes.
The Council will be briefed about a request from Cellco Partnership (dba Verizon Wireless) to amend the
Salt Lake City zoning ordinance to allow stealth cellular towers up to 75 feet tall as a conditional use in the
Public Lands (PL) zoning district citywide. Stealth towers are currently limited to 35 feet in height and are
allowed in all zoning districts provided they are “completely disguised as another object concealed from
view thereby concealing the intended use and appearance of the facility” (Chapter 21A.40.090.E Salt Lake
City Code).
To qualify as a stealth facility, a tower needs to meet the following requirements:
1. “Conform with the dimensions of the object it is being disguised as,”
2. “Be in concert with its surroundings,” and
3. Meet “the provisions contained in section 21A.36.020, [including] tables 21A.36.020.B
and 21A.36.020.C.”
Chapter 21A.36.020.C regulates lot and bulk controls requiring lots and structures meet “the lot area, lot
width, yards, building height and other requirements established in the applicable district regulations.”
Exceptions are allowed for height, and certain obstructions in a required yard. Height exceptions for
church steeples, elevator/stairwell bulkheads, flagpoles, and light poles for sports fields are allowed.
Wireless facilities disguised as trees, or another object not listed in the height exception table are not
permitted obstructions beyond the maximum height of a zoning district.
The request is associated with the applicant’s proposal to construct a stealth cell tower at the Pioneer Police
Precinct located at 1040 West 700 South, but the requested text amendment would apply to all properties
within the PL zoning designation citywide.
Page | 3
The applicant first proposed constructing an 80-foot stealth wireless facility disguised as an evergreen tree
(known as a “monopine”) at the Pioneer Police Precinct. Planning staff told the applicant non-government
structures in the PL zone were limited to 35 feet and the request for an 80-foot tower would be denied. The
proposal was then modified to allow stealth cell towers up to 60 feet tall in all zoning districts within the
city. After reviewing the Planning staff report and receiving community feedback, the applicant asked for
additional time to review their proposal, as well as Planning staff and community concerns. The current
proposal is to allow stealth wireless facilities up to 75 feet in the PL zoning district.
PL properties are located throughout the city and are often located near smaller-scale neighborhoods
consisting of single- and two-family, or small commercial districts such as Neighborhood Commercial
shown in the image below. Uses in the PL zone are typically government owned or operated facilities
including schools, libraries, and fire stations. These zoning districts generally limit building height to 30
feet or less.
Image courtesy Salt Lake City Planning Division
Page | 4
Planning staff provided the following image comparing the proposed 75-foot height of stealth towers in the
PL zoning district to building heights in a variety of adjacent zoning districts.
Image courtesy Salt Lake City Planning Division
The Planning Commission reviewed this proposal at its December 8, 2021 meeting and held a public
hearing. There was one comment at the hearing expressing concern about potential radiation near schools,
and stated the proposed tower was not in concert with the area. Planning staff noted there were letters to
the Commission from the East Liberty Park Community Organization and Yalecrest Community Council
(both opposed). The Commission voted 5-0 to forward a negative recommendation to the City Council. One
Commissioner abstained but did not say why.
Goal of the briefing: Review the proposed master plan and zoning map amendments, determine if the
Council supports moving forward with the proposal.
POLICY QUESTIONS
1. The Council may wish to discuss more how a tower is determined to be “in concert with the
surroundings.”
2. The Council may wish to ask the Administration whether there would be requirements such as
setbacks or step backs to mitigate impact to adjacent properties.
3. The Council may wish to consider whether there is interest in limiting stealth towers in small
neighborhood pocket-parks, and if so, ask whether there could be some minimal parcel size
associated with applications.
4. Is the Council supportive of the proposed zoning map amendment?
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Planning staff provided the following comparison of existing and proposed stealth wireless facility
standards.
EXISTING REGULATIONS PROPOSED CHANGES
Definition of “Stealth Antenna”: An antenna completely
disguised as another object, or otherwise concealed from
view, thereby concealing the intended use and appearance
No change
Page | 5
of the facility. Examples of stealth facilities include, but are
not limited to, flagpoles, light pole standards, or
architectural elements such as dormers, steeples, and
chimneys.
Criteria for determining if an antenna is “stealth”:
The antenna must conform to the dimensions of
the object it is being disguised as.
The location of the stealth facility must be in
concert with its surroundings
No change
The height of stealth antennas is limited to the maximum
building height of the underlying zoning district unless they
are disguised as the following:
Chimney-can extend above the maximum height
limit of the zone only the amount that is required
to meet building regulations.
Church steeples or spires - no height limit
Elevator/stairway tower or bulkhead - can
extend up to 16 feet above the maximum height
limit in the commercial, manufacturing,
downtown, FB-UN2, RO, R-MU, RMF-45, RMF-
75, RP, BP, I, UI A, PL, and PL-2 districts.
Flagpole - may apply for conditional use approval
to exceed the maximum building height of the
zone.
Light poles for sports fields - allowed up to 90 feet
or higher with special exception approval.
Stealth antennas in the PL Public Lands Zoning District
taller than 35 feet (up to 75 feet in height) would require
Conditional Use approval from the Planning Commission.
All other stealth towers that meet the existing dimension
regulations would still be allowed by-right.
Stealth Antennas are allowed in all zoning districts, subject
to the dimensions mentioned above.
Conditional Use approval would be required for stealth
antennas taller than 35 feet (up to 75 feet in height) in the
PL Public Lands District.
Planning staff identified six key considerations related to the proposal which are found on pages 5-7 of the
Planning Commission staff report. They are summarized below. For the complete analysis, please see the
staff report.
Consideration 1-Rationale for Denial Recommendation
The following issues regarding the proposed ordinance were found by Planning staff:
1. Standards would not result in predictable outcomes. The regulations would allow any type of
stealth facility, not only “monopines.” An applicant could request a stealth facility out of character
with the surrounding area such as an elevator bulkhead (see consideration 2 below).
2. The PL District is generally located within neighborhoods with shorter maximum heights. Towers
as tall as 75 feet could be out of scale with the neighborhoods.
3. Requiring conditional use approval for these towers would require additional Planning staff and
Planning Commission time and resources. Utah State Code makes denying conditional use
applications challenging.
4. Proposed language is difficult to interpret (see consideration 6 below).
Planning staff noted the following:
The ordinance already allows stealth cellular facilities in many other contexts in every zoning
district, and State Code requires the city to approve small cell facilities in the public right of way.
The proposed text amendment is a response to the denial of the proposed facility at the Pioneer
Police Precinct. It does not include a thorough analysis of community needs, potential adverse
impacts, or unintended consequences.
Page | 6
Consideration 2-Compatibility with Current City Plans, Policies, and Zoning Standards
Current City Code allows stealth wireless facilities taller than the maximum height in a zoning district if
they are disguised as a structure or object already allowed to do so (e.g., church steeple, chimney, elevator
or stairway or bulkhead). Planning staff found reliance on conditional use standards to mitigate potential
impacts of stealth facilities in the PL Zone may not offer protections to residents from adverse effects of
future stealth towers. They further found the proposal does not further objectives within the City’s adopted
plans and policies.
Planning staff noted three factors to evaluate when analyzing stealth wireless facilities’ compatibility with
current City plans, policies, and zoning standards.
1. Neighborhood Character – most neighborhood plans focus on neighborhood character and impact
of future development. Stealth towers can be a desirable alternative to traditional wireless antennas
within established neighborhoods. Limiting stealth towers to the PL zoning district may be a
method of installing necessary wireless infrastructure consistent with neighborhood plans.
However, the proposal relies on conditional use standards when considering neighborhood
character.
2. Views of Landscapes and Distinctive Urban Features – Plan Salt Lake, the Central City and East
Bench neighborhood plans, along with the Capitol Hill Protective Area Overlay all discuss
preservation of viewsheds within the city. Impact to viewsheds should be considered when new
wireless facilities are being established. Under the proposed amendment, it is unclear to what
extent the requirement to “be in concert with its surroundings” would enable prevention of a
stealth tower installation within an established view corridor.
3. Equitable Access to Cellular Services – Plan Salt Lake discusses the necessity of cell service access.
The Planning Commission staff report states:
If a cell provider is unable to get coverage in a low-income neighborhood because current
regulations prevent it, does the City have a responsibility to provide opportunities to
expand that coverage into marginalized communities? This is an important question
when reviewing zoning regulations for privately provided infrastructure.
Planning staff notes the applicant’s maps (found on pages 63-65 of the Planning Commission staff
report) demonstrates a need for improved cell service near the proposed tower at the Pioneer Police
Precinct. However, Planning found the applicant did not indicate how allowing towers up to the
proposed height will improve equitable cellular access in other parts of the city.
The Planning Commission staff report stated:
Because the applicant has not provided an analysis to support this request, staff cannot
determine if the proposed amendment is compatible with the adopted plans and policies of
the City. The above discussion and the analysis in Attachment D [pages 36-41] show that
the applicant has not provided enough information to determine the long-term impacts of
their proposal.
Consideration 3–Best Practices for Zoning Ordinance Revisions
It is Planning staff’s opinion best practices for zoning ordinance revisions include a holistic approach and
response to community needs and concerns. They found the proposed text amendment is responding to
standards preventing one project at one location. An analysis of long-term effects of the proposal was not
provided by the applicant. Planning stated:
With this piecemeal approach that lacks at least a surface-level analysis of impacts, Staff cannot
provide any information on any potential long-term effects this proposal may have on stealth
Page | 7
facilities within the City. Attempting to circumvent existing regulations by modifying them
without appropriate analysis of impacts is not the best practice for revising a zoning ordinance.
Consideration 4 – Conditional Uses
Utah State Code requires conditional use approval if reasonable conditions mitigate anticipated
detrimental impacts. Planning staff noted under the proposed text amendment, each case would need to be
presented to the Planning Commission and would utilize additional Planning staff and Planning
Commission resources. They also discussed the potential of establishing false community expectations a
stealth antenna application could be denied based on neighborhood input.
Consideration 5 – Federal Regulations Regarding Wireless Communication Facilities
Federal rules limit the City’s ability to regulate wireless facilities to only location, aesthetics, and structural
safety. Decisions cannot be made based on health concerns or environmental effects of radio frequency
emissions.
Consideration 6 – Clarity of Proposed Amendment Language
Planning staff noted existing language in City Code is vague and there have been issues interpreting it.
They believe the proposed language would be more challenging to interpret without additional
clarification.
ZONING STANDARDS ANALYSIS
Attachment D (pages 36-41) of the Planning Commission staff report outlines zoning map amendment
standards that should be considered as the Council reviews this proposal. The standards and findings are
summarized below. Please see the Planning Commission staff report for additional information.
Factor Finding
Whether a proposed text amendment is consistent
with the purposes, goals, objectives, and policies of
the city as stated through its various adopted planning
documents.
Mixed finding.
The proposed
amendment is
either partially, or
not consistent with
the goals and
policies of
applicable master
plans.
Whether a proposed map amendment furthers the
specific purpose statements of the zoning ordinance.
Mixed finding.
The proposal either
furthers or
partially furthers
the applicable
purpose statements
of the zoning
ordinance.
Whether a proposed text amendment is consistent
with the purposes and provisions of any applicable
overlay zoning districts which may impose additional
standards.
The proposed
amendment is
consistent with the
purposes and
provisions of all
relevant overlay
districts.
Page | 8
The extent to which a proposed text amendment
implements the best current, professional practices of
urban planning and design.
The proposed
amendment does
not implement the
best current urban
planning and
design practices.
CITY DEPARTMENT REVIEW
Attachment G (page 136 of the Planning Commission staff report) contains a list of City departments that
reviewed the proposed text amendment and associated comments, which are included below.
Engineering: “My understanding is that the proposed stealth towers are not small cell wireless
facilities and would only occur on private property.”
The Attorney’s Office “does not recommend considering changes to the height of stealth antenna
section of City Code without a more comprehensive look at all of the Chapter 21A zoning sections.”
Zoning: “Current code allows for flag poles to reach 60’ in height with a conditional use. Church
steeples/spires have no height limit. Light poles for sports fields can reach 90’ by right and taller with a
Special Exception. Any stealth antenna facility disguised as one of those three could exceed the height
limit of the underlying zoning district. The assertation that the code as currently written does not allow for
stealth poles to exceed the maximum height of the underlying zoning district is inaccurate.
The proposed text amendment would allow all stealth facilities (not just the monopines) to exceed the
height limit of the underlying zoning district. If the intent is to allow just monopines to be 60’, then the text
amendments concerning height should be specifically for monopines rather than all stealth facilities.”
Urban Forestry: “Salt Lake City does have trees that are greater than 60’ tall, and some even
pushing 100’. However, the average tree height in our City is probably closer to 30’ than 60’.
Perhaps even more concerning (to me) is where these towers will be located. If the intention is to place
them within City R.O.W. (on City park strips) then we have the added issue of the towers taking away
valuable tree planting space. It would be worse still if somehow it was permissible to actually remove
(or drastically prune) existing city trees to accommodate these towers.
But please note that (in the interest of maximizing the potential of Salt Lake City to grow trees, on its
public property) the Urban Forestry Division is very opposed to the loss of existing tree ‘planting
locations’ just as we are opposed to the loss of existing trees.”
Other responding City departments (Transportation, Public Utilities, Building Services/Building Services
(Fire)) had no concerns with the proposal.
PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
• September 2, 2021-Application submitted in current form.
• May 14, 2020-Petition assigned to Aaron Barlow, Principal Planner (note: previous version of the
application was assigned to the planner this date).
• October 5, 2021-Information about petition sent to all Salt Lake City recognized community
organizations. The Sugar House, Greater Avenues, and Yalecrest Councils invited the applicant
and Planning staff to attend their meetings. The Sugar House, East Liberty Park, Yalecrest and
Page | 9
Greater Avenues councils sent letters to Planning opposing the proposal.
• October 5, 2021- Proposal posted for online open house through December 1, 2021.
• November 22, 2021-Sent to Planning Commission.
• December 8, 2021-Planning Commission public hearing. There was one comment at the public
hearing in opposition to proposal. The Commission voted 5-0 to forward a negative
recommendation to the City Council, with one Commissioner abstaining.
• February 8, 2022-Transmitted to City Council.
• Note-Because the proposal was forwarded to the Council with a negative recommendation it was
not sent to the Attorney’s Office for an ordinance to be drafted.
ERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY
Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS
Blake Thomas
Director
SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 404 WWW.SLC.GOV
P.O. BOX 145486, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5486 TEL 801.535.6230 FAX 801.535.6005
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
________________________ Date Received: _________________
Lisa Shaffer, Chief Administrative Officer Date sent to Council: _________________
______________________________________________________________________________
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: February 1, 2022
Dan Dugan, Chair
FROM: Blake Thomas, Director, Department of Community & Neighborhoods
__________________________
SUBJECT: Petition PLNPCM2020-00284 - Request to Allow Stealth Wireless
Telecommunication Facilities taller than 35 feet (up to 75 feet) in height within
the PL – Public Lands Zoning District
STAFF CONTACT: Aaron Barlow, Principal Planner
801-535-6182, aaron.barlow@slcgov.com
DOCUMENT TYPE: Ordinance
RECOMMENDATION: The Planning Commission has recommended that the City Council
deny the request to amend the Salt Lake City Zoning Ordinance to allow Stealth Wireless
Telecommunication Facilities taller than 35 feet (up to 75 feet) in height within the PL – Public
Lands Zoning District.
BUDGET IMPACT: None
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: Pete Simmons of Cellco Partnership (dba Verizon Wireless)
submitted a request to amend the Salt Lake City Zoning Ordinance to allow Stealth cellular towers
up to 75 feet in height as a Conditional Use in the PL Public Lands Zoning District. Stealth
facilities are currently limited to 35 feet in height. This request is specifically related to a proposal
by the applicant to construct a stealth cellular tower at the Pioneer Police Precinct at 1040 West
700 South, but the proposed text amendment would apply to properties within the PL district
citywide.
Under current regulations in Section 21A.40.090.E of the Zoning Ordinance, stealth wireless
facilities are permitted in all zoning districts provided they are “completely disguised as another
object concealed from view thereby concealing the intended use and appearance of the facility.”
To qualify as a stealth facility, a tower needs to do the following:
1. “Conform with the dimensions of the object it is being disguised as,”
2. “Be in concert with its surroundings,” and
Lisa Shaffer (Feb 2, 2022 14:42 MST)02/02/2022
02/02/2022
Page 2 of 3
3. Meet “the provisions contained in section 21A.36.020, [including] tables 21A.36.020.B
and 21A.36.020.C.”
Section 21A.36.020 of the Zoning Ordinance regulates lot and bulk controls. It requires that all
lots and structures must meet “the lot area, lot width, yards, building height and other requirements
established in the applicable district regulations.” Exceptions are allowed for certain obstructions
in a required yard (table 21A.36.020.B) and height (table 21A.36.020.C). Allowed height
exceptions include church steeples, elevator/stairwell bulkheads, flagpoles, and light poles for
sports fields. Wireless facilities disguised as trees (or anything else not listed in the height
exceptions table) are not a permitted obstruction beyond the maximum height of a zoning district.
In response to the perceived limitations that the Zoning Ordinance placed on stealth wireless
communication facilities, the applicant submitted a text amendment application to modify sections
21A.32.070 (PL Public Lands District) and 21A.40.090.E (Wireless Telecommunication
Facilities) of the City’s zoning regulations to allow stand-alone stealth cell towers up to 75 feet
tall as a Conditional Use in only the PL Public Lands Zoning District.
At their meeting on December 8, 2021, the Planning Commission voted to send a negative
recommendation to the City Council regarding this proposal because it did not meet the standards
for a zoning text amendment. Specifically, they provided a negative recommendation because the
proposal would also impact residential districts adjacent to properties within the PL district, and
the proposal was a response to a single issue in the ordinance and did not address stealth facilities
more broadly. Additional information regarding this request can be found in Staff’s report for the
Commission. Draft ordinances are not provided with requests that have received a negative
recommendation from the Planning Commission.
PUBLIC PROCESS:
Community Council Notice: A notice of application was sent to all Salt Lake City Recognized
Community Organizations on October 5, 2021, regarding the proposed text amendment. The
Recognized Organizations were given 45 days to respond with any concerns or to ask the applicant
to discuss the proposed amendment at one of their meetings. Three Community Councils
(Sugarhouse, Greater Avenues, and Yalecrest) invited the applicant and Staff to their meetings.
The Sugar House and Greater Avenues Community Councils sent official responses that are
included with Staff’s report to the Planning Commission.
Public Open House: The petition was posted to the Planning Division’s Online Open House
webpage from October 5 to December 1, 2021. Staff received 58 comments from the public, two
of which were in support of the request and the rest opposed. They are included with Staff’s report
to the Planning Commission.
Planning Commission Meeting: On December 8, 2021, the Planning Commission held a public
hearing regarding the proposed zoning text amendment. The only comment was from Judi Short,
representing the Sugar House Community Council, who brought up concerns that she had received
from the neighborhood. The commission voted to provide a negative recommendation to the City
Council with a unanimous vote of 5-0, with one commissioner abstaining.
Planning Commission (PC) Records
a) PC Agenda of December 8, 2021 (Click to Access)
b) PC Minutes of December 8, 2021 (Click to Access, item begins on page 7)
c) Planning Commission Staff Report of December 8, 2021 (Click to Access Report)
Page 3 of 3
EXHIBITS:
1) Project Chronology
2) Notice of City Council Hearing
3) Comments not included with PC Staff Report
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
2. NOTICE OF CITY COUNCIL HEARING
3. COMMENTS NOT INCLUDED WITH PC STAFF REPORT
1.Project Chronology
PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
Petition: PLNPCM2020-00284
September 2, 2021 Mr. Simmons submits petition in its current form
October 4, 2021 Petition posted to the Planning Division’s Online Open House
webpage; The public comment period ended November 18, 2021
November 23, 2021 Planning Commission hearing notice posted on City and State
websites.
December 8, 2021 Planning Commission reviewed the petition and conducted a public
hearing. The commission then voted 5-0 to send a negative
recommendation to the City Council.
January 12, 2022 Planning Commission ratified the minutes of the December 8, 2021
meeting
2. Notice of City Council Public Hearing
NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING
The Salt Lake City Council is considering Petition PLNPCM2020-00284 - Request to
Allow Stealth Wireless Telecommunication Facilities in the PL – Public
Lands Zoning District – Pete Simmons, representing Cellco Partnership (dba Verizon
Wireless), is requesting to amend section(s) of title 21A.32.070 PL Public Lands District
and 21A.40.090.E Wireless Telecommunication Facilities to increase the allowed height
of stealth wireless telecommunication facilities to 75 feet in the PL Public Lands Zoning
District. Specifically, this request would allow stealth wireless telecommunication
facilities taller than 35 feet in the PL district as a conditional use. The PL district is located
city-wide, so this request would affect all Council Districts. (Staff contact: Aaron Barlow
at 801-535-6182 or aaron.barlow@slcgov.com).
As part of their study, the City Council is holding an advertised public hearing to receive
comments regarding the petition. During this hearing, anyone desiring to address the City
Council concerning this issue will be given an opportunity to speak. The hearing will be
held:
DATE:
TIME: 7:00 p.m.
PLACE: This will be an electronic meeting pursuant to Salt Lake City Emergency
Proclamation No.2 of 2020(2)(b). Please visit slc.gov/council/news/featured-
news/virtually-attend-city-council-meetings-2/ to learn how you can share
your comments live during electronic City Council meetings. If you would like
to provide feedback or comments via email or phone, please contact us
through our 24-hour comment line at 801-535-7654 or by email at
council.comments@slcgov.com.
If you have any questions relating to this proposal or would like to review the file, please
call Aaron Barlow at 801-535-6182 between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m.,
Monday through Friday or via e-mail at aaron.barlow@slcgov.com.
The City & County Building is an accessible facility. People with disabilities may make
requests for reasonable accommodation, which may include alternate formats,
interpreters, and other auxiliary aids and services. Please make requests at least two
business days in advance. To make a request, please contact the City Council Office at
council.comments@slcgov.com, 801-535- 7600, or relay service 711.
3. Comments not included with PC Staff Report
ELPCO (East Liberty Park Community Organization) elpcoslc@gmail.com www.facebook/com/ELPCO
December 7, 2021
Dear Salt Lake City Planning Commissioners:
I am writing to oppose the Stealth Towers Text Amendment (PLNPCM2020-00284) on the agenda for the
December 8 meeting.
ELPCO is the East Liberty Park Community Organization, a recognized community organization in Salt Lake City
representing the 4,000 households between Liberty Park and East High School.
ELPCO has been tracking this issue since the initial proposal in 2020 (PLNPCM2020-00284) by Verizon
Wireless to allow stealth towers up to 60 feet tall as conditional uses (i.e., allowable) in all zoning districts.
Along with the Planning Department and several other community councils, we opposed the initial proposal in a
letter dated May 19, 2021, writing, “We believe this proposal goes too far in revising the zoning code and
raising height restrictions to exceed local limits. We believe height limits are one of the most important design
elements of local zoning.”
Now, Verizon has returned with a curtailed proposal to allow taller (75 feet) antennas in more limited areas
(Public Lands-PL districts).
The first thing ELPCO did was seek input from our community. The majority of responses we received have
been favorable or ambivalent to the proposal.
• “Let them install towers so all of us can have service in the area!” wrote BL.
• MH wrote: “Can I put one in my back yard? I can’t get a signal in my house.”
• LB opposes the amendment, writing “We already have their ugly brown cell towers along our
park strips, notably here on the East Bench. This proposal is another step in the wrong
direction.”
• DS replied: “That's the price of technology. If you oppose this don't complain about poor
signal.”
• On Nextdoor.com, DD replied: “I don’t see what the issue is. I don’t see anyone objecting to
electrical poles, and I even tried to rally people to push the city to bury all electrical (which
received a collective groan).”
Improving wireless connectivity and reliability is important to many of our community members. And unlike
utilities, proximity to infrastructure matters when it comes to better cellular service.
Next, we looked at the impact within ELPCO.
There are three major Public Lands-PL districts in ELPCO: East High School, Emerson Elementary, and the SLC
Fire Station #5 on 900 South. Nearby PL districts include Hawthorne Elementary on 700 East and the USPS
Post office on 1100 East. The PL parcel with the densest residential setting is Emerson Elementary, although
any antenna there would likely be sited in the athletic area east of the school and adjacent to the RB zoning
along 1100 East. As a result, the immediate residential impacts of this amendment appear to be limited in
ELPCO… except for the visual impact of a 75-foot metallic brown pine tree with antenna-like foliage jutting
above the 30-foot rooftops of houses so that we can download that 4K Hallmark holiday movie a little bit faster.
ELPCO (East Liberty Park Community Organization) elpcoslc@gmail.com www.facebook/com/ELPCO
Because the potential stealth antennas would be so much taller than any other existing structure in the
neighborhood, this visual impact cannot be ignored.
Lastly, we considered the impact of this amendment on the overall zoning code and application. And based on
this review, we decided to oppose this amendment.
First, the motivation for this amendment appears to be the city’s denial to Verizon to build an 80-foot stealth
antenna at the Pioneer Police Precinct (zoned PL). We don’t think it is wise to change zoning for the entire city
based on the circumstances of one application in a single parcel. Raising the local height restriction for cellular
antennas might work for the Pioneer Police Precinct, but it doesn’t mean that similar zoning changes will
conform with conditions in ELPCO or other neighborhoods with dense, low-scale residential housing.
Second, the scope of the amendment is broad enough to allow Verizon or other wireless carriers to construct
antennas in multiple formats that are not in line with the local height limits and building conditions of
neighborhoods. The juxtaposition of a 75-foot antenna looming above a row of 30-foot rooflines is entirely
plausible under this amendment.
Third, we all know that “conditional use” actually means “this train has already left the station.” Conditional use
applications are not an efficient or truthful approach to zoning decisions. As a result, the wireless carriers
should collaborate with the SLC Planning Department to craft a new zoning code that provides clear,
unconditional height limits based on existing and adjacent zoning without the trapdoor of conditional use to
allow for unforeseen and harmful impacts.
Salt Lake City is facing wireless infrastructure development on multiple fronts. From the proliferation of 5G
monopoles to the demand for self-driving cars and better, faster wireless service, these complex pressures
require a broad, collaborative process to address wireless infrastructure in the city. This is what we called for
in our May 19 letter about the first proposal by Verizon:
“We would also like to see a broader coalition—beyond just wireless carriers—engaged in efforts to
address equity issues between wireline (i.e., wired Internet access) and wireless connectivity. We know
that many residents of ELPCO and other city neighborhoods rely on wireless networks for Internet access
in their homes. We also know this need has increased during the pandemic. But resolving this issue should
engage more actors than wireless carriers, including city agencies, local nonprofits, and the Salt Lake City
Schools. And real and lasting change must involve additional reforms beyond easing zoning and height
limits for cell towers.”
As a result, I request the SLC Planning Commission deny the Stealth Towers Text Amendment (PLNPCM2020-
00284) until it can be considered in context with all of the wireless infrastructure decisions within the city.
Sincerely,
Jason Stevenson
ELPCO, co-chair
1
Barlow, Aaron
From:Margo <becker.margo@gmail.com>
Sent:Monday, December 6, 2021 10:20 PM
To:Barlow, Aaron
Subject:(EXTERNAL) Oppose stealth towers
Hi.
Please add me to the list of those opposed to Verizon’s proposal for taller stealth towers on public lands.
Thanks!
Margo Becker
December 8, 2021
Dear Salt Lake Planning Commissioners:
I am writing to oppose the Stealth Towers Text Amendment (PLNPCM2020-00284) which you
will discuss tonight at your Commission meeting.
In May, when Verizon requested permitted uses to install 60-foot stealth towers in all zoning
across Salt Lake except residential zones, I sent an opposition letter to both the Planning
Commission and City Council. This was my argument: “The 60-foot height is unprecedented in
most low-density commercial zones like CN-Neighborhood Commercial and CB - Community
Business. If the Commission is a pushover for this 60-foot stealth monopole request, then surely
they will give Verizon carte blanche to build a 5G tower forest throughout Salt Lake City.”
Verizon withdrew that request but is back with another – a “conditional use” proposal to place
75-foot stealth (disguised) wireless towers in PL (Public Lands) zones –anywhere in the city.
I urge you to deny the request on these grounds:
1. Conditional use means Verizon has free reign to place their towers indiscriminately in PL
zones throughout the city. It’s the proverbial “keys to the car.” Once granted, Verizon
can pretty much do what they want, which is troubling. This will tie the city’s hands and
hold back residents from determining, or having a say in precisely how many, where and
when these towering behemoths will be placed.
2. Don’t buy the argument that PL zones are in non-descript corners of the city that are
hidden and that no one cares about. We have three PL zones in the beautiful, residential
neighborhood of Yalecrest -- Unitah Elementary School on 1300 South and 1500 East,
Bonneville Elementary School on 1900 East and Harvard Avenue, and the East High
School baseball park at the Southwest corner of Yalecrest on 900 South. Both schools
are surrounded on four sides by single-family homes. There is a neighborhood near the
ball park. We are opposed to 75-foot wireless towers in our beautiful neighborhood.
3. Property devaluation. Have you seen comparative photos of what a 75-foot tower looks
after construction? (See photos below) A 2014 survey by the National Institute for
Science, Law and Public Policy supported the idea that cell towers hurt interest in real
estate properties and value, according to the institute’s website. If you approve this,
you will have to justify your reasoning to 2,750+ homeowners in Yalecrest who live near
Unitah Elementary, Bonneville Elementary and the East High School baseball park.
4. These stealth towers are UGLY. (See pictures below) There is no way to “disguise” a 75-
foot-tall wireless tower and make it look beautiful. They pierce the horizon and scream
“I don’t fit in.”
5. Our understanding is if Verizon is granted conditional use, it opens the door for other
carriers to have the same privileges. There are at least four other major carriers – AT&T,
T-Mobile, US Cellular, and Sprint Nextel. Could we see a veritable forest of these 75-
foot towers? Please think carefully about the consequences.
We support the recommendation from our community council colleague Jason Stevenson, chair
of ELPCO: “Wireless carriers should collaborate with the SLC Planning Department to craft a
new zoning code that provides clear, unconditional height limits based on existing and adjacent
zoning without the trapdoor of conditional use to allow for harmful impacts.” We strongly urge
you to deny this conditional use request.
Respectfully,
Janet (Jan) Hemming
Chair
Yalecrest Neighborhood Council
Item B9
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
MOTION SHEET
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Brian Fullmer
Policy Analyst
DATE:April 5, 2022
RE: Western Gardens Zoning Map Amendment
PLNPCM2021-00420
MOTION 1 (close and defer)
I move that the Council close the public hearing and defer action to a future Council meeting.
MOTION 2 (continue hearing)
I move that the Council continue the public hearing to a future Council meeting.
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM:Brian Fullmer
Policy Analyst
DATE:April 5, 2022
RE: Western Gardens Zoning Map Amendment
PLNPCM2021-00420
BRIEFING UPDATE
At the March 22 briefing a Council Member asked why the Historic Landmark Commission didn’t provide a
recommendation. Planning staff stated the Planning Commission did not include the request and the
Landmark Commission is not required to make a recommendation.
A Council Member asked about potential RDA funding availability for affordable housing units if the
developer is inclined to include them. Council staff contacted RDA staff who indicated they will look into
this option and then reach out to the developer to discuss.
Other questions were focused on height, density, and parking requirements. Planning staff stated height
limits depend on the type of development. This proposal is for multifamily residential which has a four
story, 50-foot height limit, with no density maximum. There is not a minimum parking requirement.
Planning further stated the current CN zoning designation has a 35-foot height maximum and there are
parking minimums. CN zoning does not permit multifamily residential, but mixed-use developments with
residential are allowed.
A Council Member expressed general support for additional density but reiterated a desire for better
zoning options to get correctly scaled zoning for projects that may not be an ideal fit within the FB-UN2
designation. According to Planning staff, the FB-UN2 zone is intended for locations with good transit
access, which is located close to this project.
Item Schedule:
Briefing: March 22, 2022
Set Date: March 22, 2022
Public Hearing: April 5, 2022
Potential Action: April 19, 2022
Page | 2
Planning staff noted if the Council adopts the zoning map amendment, because this location is within a
local historic district, the Historic Landmark Commission has discretion to include additional
requirements on building scale, setbacks, and potentially others to help ensure a development fits within
the area’s historic context.
A Council Member discussed neighbor concerns about the requested zoning designation. It was stated the
need for additional housing, with associated changes to the neighborhood is a difficult balance to reach.
The applicant addressed the Council and stated he is partnering with the property owner who is retiring
and desires to close the garden center. He said there is general community support for multifamily housing
at this location. The most frequent concern he heard was about scale of the development and how it would
fit the neighborhood character. He discussed required step-backs when FB-UN2 projects abut residential
zoning districts. He believes FB-UN2 is an appropriate transition between single family residential, as is
the case to the south and west of the subject property, and the apartments and commercial uses to the
north and east. The developer stated no housing or historic buildings will be removed as part of the
proposed development.
The following information was provided for the March 22, briefing. It is provided
again for background purposes.
The Council will be briefed about a proposal to amend the zoning map for property located at 550 South
600 East from its current Neighborhood Commercial (CN) to Form Based Urban Neighborhood District
(FB-UN2). This request would facilitate the redevelopment of the parcel into a multifamily project
consistent with the goals of the urban neighborhood development zones and proximity to transit. Western
Garden Center has been located on this property for many years. The property owner and developer are
working together on the proposed redevelopment project, though no specific development plans have been
submitted.
Multifamily developments are not permitted under the existing CN zoning designation but are a permitted
use in the FB-UN2 zoning district. The applicant originally proposed changing the zoning designation to
Residential Office (RO) at a presentation to the Central City Neighborhood Council but modified the
proposal to FB-UN2 following community and Planning staff comments at the meeting.
The Planning Commission held a public hearing at its December 8, 2021 meeting. Planning staff
recommended and the Planning Commission forwarded a positive recommendation to the City Council.
The applicant requested Historic Landmark Commission review of the proposal because this property is
within the Central City Local Historic District. The Commission reviewed the proposal at its January 6,
2022 meeting. At that meeting the developer stated they would not remove any historic structures or
housing on the property. The Commission provided little direction to the applicant other than an
expectation they would be respectful of surrounding neighbors. No recommendation was provided to the
City Council.
Page | 3
Area zoning map with subject property outlined in red.
Goal of the briefing: Review the proposed zoning map amendment, determine if the Council supports
moving forward with the proposal.
POLICY QUESTIONS
1. The applicant stated they would not remove any historic structures on the property. Would the
Council like to ask the applicant if they would consider including that condition in a development
agreement?
2. Based on the feedback provided by the Historic Landmark Commission, the Council may wish to
ask what neighborhood impacts may be expected by the future development.
3. Is the Council supportive of the proposed zoning map amendment?
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The Council is only being asked to consider the rezoning of the property. No plans have been submitted to
the City nor is it within the scope of the Council’s authority to review the plans. Because the zoning of a
property can outlast the life of a building, any rezoning application should be considered on the merits of
changing the zoning of that property, not simply based on a potential project.
Planning staff identified three key issues related to the proposal which are found on pages 7-8 of the
Planning Commission staff report. They are summarized below. For the complete analysis, please see the
staff report.
Issue 1-The redevelopment of the subject property is a multi-step and complex project. The
rezone of the property is only the first step in the overall redevelopment.
A series of applications associated with the proposed redevelopment would need to be filed for City
consideration. The property is in the Central City Local Historic District and would be required to meet
standards of the Historic Preservation Overlay Zone. New construction on the property would require
Historic Landmark Commission approval. Planned development approval is a possibility depending on
design of new construction.
Issue 2-Why the FB-UN2 Zone and why would it be appropriate?
The FB-UN2 district aims to create an urban neighborhood providing the following:
Page | 4
Options for housing types
Options in terms of shopping, dining, and fulfilling daily needs within walking distance or
conveniently located near mass transit
Transportation options
Access to employment opportunities within walking distance or close to mass transit
Appropriately scaled buildings that respect the existing character of the neighborhood
Safe, accessible, and interconnected networks for people to move around in
Increased desirability as a place to work, live, play, and invest through higher quality form and
design
In the Planning Commission staff report staff stated “To summarize, the FB-UN2 zone is appropriate at
this location because there is the potential to realize all of the criteria specifically envisioned for creating an
attractive urban neighborhood. It allows for the mix of uses if desired, it allows for future development
flexibility, promotes creative solutions in design, and most importantly is located within close proximity to
mass transit. The request for a rezone to FB-UN2 is also consistent with Central Community Master Plan
policy.” They also found the property’s proximity to the Trolley Square Trax station is a primary reason FB-
UN2 zoning is appropriate.
Issue 3-The property proposed for rezoning is subject to the standards of the H – Historic
Preservation Overlay Zone.
As noted above, the subject property is in the Central City Historic District and subject to the H – Historic
Preservation Overlay District development standards. These standards are intended to ensure development
is compatible with the surrounding neighborhood and preserve historic neighborhood resources. The
Historic Preservation Overlay District standards for new development require compatibility with
surrounding structures and streetscapes. This may limit new structure height to less than the FB-UN2
zoning designation would typically allow. Planning staff noted development will need to be sensitive to the
variety of mass and scale on surrounding properties, including less dense residential development to the
south and west. Future development plans will be reviewed by the Historic Landmark Commission for
applicable development standards within the Historic Preservation Overlay District.
Planning staff concluded the zoning map amendment meets or can meet standards summarized in the
analysis of standards below.
MASTER PLAN CONSIDERATIONS
Attachment C (pages 15-17 of the Planning Commission staff report) includes master plan considerations
which are summarized below. Please see Planning’s staff report for the full analysis.
Central Community Master Plan
The Central Community Master Plan identifies the subject property as part of the Trolley Station Area due
to its proximity to Trax. The Trolley Station is part of an Urban Neighborhood Station Area which has
established development with a mixture of uses and can support increased residential density and
supporting commercial uses. New development typically occurs on underdeveloped or underutilized
properties. Compact developments are desired to focus new growth at the station while respecting existing
neighborhood scale and intensity.
Planning staff is supportive of the rezone and found it is consistent with the Trolley Station area goals in
the Master Plan.
H-Historic Preservation Overlay District
Page | 5
Planning staff included the Historic Preservation Overlay District purpose statement, which says:
In order to contribute to the welfare, prosperity and education of the people of Salt Lake City,
the purpose of the H- historic preservation overlay district is to:
1.Provide the means to protect and preserve areas of the city and individual structures
and sites having historic, architectural or cultural significance;
2.Encourage new development, redevelopment and the subdivision of lots in historic
districts that is compatible with the character of existing development of historic
districts or individual landmarks;
3.Abate the destruction and demolition of historic structures;
4.Implement adopted plans of the city related to historic preservation;
5.Foster civic pride in the history of Salt Lake City;
6.Protect and enhance the attraction of the city's historic landmarks and districts for tourists
and visitors;
7.Foster economic development consistent with historic preservation; and
8.Encourage social, economic and environmental sustainability.
Planning wanted to “put all interested parties on notice that the standards associated with the Overlay will
play a significant role in the future development of the subject property.”
Plan Salt Lake
Planning staff noted the following guiding principles outlined in Plan Salt Lake and found the proposed
rezone aligns with these along with policies and strategies in the Plan.
Growing responsibly while providing people with choices about where they live, how they live, and
how they get around.
A beautiful city that is people focused.
A balanced economy that produces quality jobs and foster an environment for commerce, local
business, and industry to thrive.
ANALYSIS OF STANDARDS
Attachment D (pages 18-19) of the Planning Commission staff report outlines zoning map amendment
standards that should be considered as the Council reviews this proposal. The standards and findings are
summarized below. Please see the Planning Commission staff report for additional information.
Factor Finding
Whether a proposed map amendment is consistent
with the purposes, goals, objectives, and policies of
the city as stated through its various adopted planning
documents.
Complies
Whether a proposed map amendment furthers the
specific purpose statements of the zoning ordinance.
Complies
The extent to which a proposed map amendment will
affect adjacent properties
Complies
Whether a proposed map amendment is consistent
with the purposes and provisions of any applicable
overlay zoning districts which may impose additional
standards.
Future
development will
need to meet
standards of
Historic
Preservation
Overlay
Page | 6
The adequacy of public facilities and services intended
to serve the subject property, including, but not
limited to, roadways, parks and recreational facilities,
police and fire protection, schools, stormwater
drainage systems, water supplies, and wastewater and
refuse collection.
Complies
(Infrastructure
may need to be
upgraded at
owner’s expense to
meet City
requirements.)
PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
• April 26, 2021-Application submitted.
• May 17, 2021-Petition assigned to Lex Traughber, Senior Planner.
• May 19, 2021-Notification sent to the Central Community Neighborhood Council (CCNC).
• Mat 28, 2021-Early notification sent to property owners and residents within 300’ of the subject
parcel.
• June 24, 2021-Application presentation at CCNC monthly meeting on rezone from CN to RO.
Following the meeting, in response to community and Planning staff feedback the applicant
decided to consider modifying their proposal.
• September 1, 2021-Application submitted to Planning to rezone property from CN to FB-UN2.
• November 23, 2021-applicant presentation to CCNC to change zoning from CN to FB-UN2.
• November 24, 2021-Property posted with signs for the December 8, 2021 Planning Commission
hearing. Listserv notification of Planning Commission agenda emailed. Agenda posted on the
Planning Division and State websites.
• December 8, 2021-Planning Commission public hearing. Six people spoke or had their comments
read at the hearing. All were opposed to the FB-UN2 zoning designation. The Commission voted
4-2 in favor of forwarding a positive recommendation to the City Council.
• December 9, 2021-Sent to Attorney’s Office.
• January 6, 2022-Applicant met with Historic Landmark Commission to review the proposal in a
work session. The Commission provided little feedback to the applicant.
• January 10, 2022-Planning Division received ordinance from Attorney’s Office.
• February 18, 2022-Transmittal received by City Council Office.
ERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY
Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS
Blake Thomas
Director
SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 404 WWW.SLC.GOV
P.O. BOX 145486, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5486 TEL 801.535.6230 FAX 801.535.6005
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
________________________ Date Received: _________________
Lisa Shaffer, Chief Administrative Officer Date sent to Council: _________________
______________________________________________________________________________
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: February 10, 2022
Dan Dugan, Chair
FROM: Blake Thomas, Director, Department of Community & Neighborhoods
__________________________
SUBJECT: Petition PLNPCM2021-00420
Western Gardens Zoning Map Amendment
550 S. 600 East
STAFF CONTACT: Lex Traughber, Senior Planner
(801) 5356184 or lex.traughber@slcgov.com
DOCUMENT TYPE: Ordinance
RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council amend the zoning map as recommended by the
Planning Commission.
BUDGET IMPACT: None
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: Tyler Morris, Cottonwood Residential, proposes to
amendment the zoning map to change the zoning for the 2.3 acre parcel noted above from CN –
Neighborhood Commercial to FB-UN2 – Form Based Urban Neighborhood District in its
entirety. The parcel is currently occupied by the Western Gardens commercial center. This
zoning map amendment change will facilitate the redevelopment of this parcel into a multifamily
residential project. The zoning map amendment does not require an amendment to the Central
Community Master Plan.
PUBLIC PROCESS:
●Early Notification – Notification of the proposal was sent to all property owners and
Lisa Shaffer (Feb 18, 2022 11:50 MST)02/18/2022
02/18/2022
tenants located within 300 feet of the subject parcels on December May 28, 2021. In
addition, the Central Community Neighborhood Council (CCNC) was also provided
notification on May 19, 2021.
● Central Community Neighborhood Council – The applicant presented and discussed
the proposal to rezone the property from CN to RO at the CCNC meeting on June 24,
2021. Planning Staff was in attendance. The applicant subsequently revised their request
to rezone the property from CN to FB-UN2. The applicant presented and discussed the
revised proposal with the CCNC on November 18, 2021. A letter from the CCNC is
attached in the Planning Commission Staff Report dated December 8, 2021.
● Planning Commission Meeting – On December 8, 2021, the Planning Commission held
a public hearing regarding the proposed zoning map amendment. The Planning
Commission voted to forward a positive recommendation regarding the proposal on to the
City Council for decision.
● Historic Landmark Commission Meeting – On January 6, 2022, the Historic
Landmark Commission held a work session regarding the proposed zoning map
amendment. The HLC provided little feedback to the applicant.
PLANNING AND HISTORIC LANDMARK COMMISSION RECORDS:
a) PC Agenda of December 8, 2021 (Click to Access)
b) PC Minutes of December 8, 2021 (Click to Access)
c) PC Staff Report of December 8, 2021 (Click to Access)
d) HLC Agenda of January 6, 2022 (Click to Access)
e) HLC Minutes of January 6, 2022 (Click to Access)
f) HLC Staff Memorandum of January 6, 2022 (Click to Access)
EXHIBITS:
1. PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
2. NOTICE OF CITY COUNCIL HEARING
3. ORIGINAL PETITION
4. MAILING LIST
5. ADDITIONAL PUBLIC COMMENT
SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE
No. _____ of 2022
(Amending the zoning of the property located at 550 South 600 East Street
from CN Neighborhood Commercial District to FB-UN2 Form Based Urban
Neighborhood District)
An ordinance amending the zoning map pertaining to the property located at 550 South
600 East Street from CN Neighborhood Commercial District to FB-UN2 Form Based Urban
Neighborhood District pursuant to Petition No. PLNPCM2021-00420.
WHEREAS, the Salt Lake City Planning Commission held a public hearing on December
8, 2021 on an application submitted by Tyler Morris, Cottonwood Residential, to rezone the
property located at 550 South 600 East Street (Tax ID No. 16-06-476-029) from CN
Neighborhood Commercial District to FB-UN2 Form Based Urban Neighborhood District
pursuant to Petition No. PLNPCM2021-00420; and
WHEREAS, at its December 8, 2021 meeting, the planning commission voted in favor of
forwarding a positive recommendation to the Salt Lake City Council on said application; and
WHEREAS, after a public hearing on this matter the city council has determined that
adopting this ordinance is in the city’s best interests.
NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah:
SECTION 1. Amending the Zoning Map. The Salt Lake City zoning map, as adopted
by the Salt Lake City Code, relating to the fixing of boundaries and zoning districts, shall be and
hereby is amended to reflect that the Property identified on Exhibit “A” attached hereto shall be
and hereby is rezoned from CN Neighborhood Commercial District to FB-UN2 Form Based
Urban Neighborhood District.
SECTION 2. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall become effective on the date of its
first publication.
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this ______ day of ______________,
2022.
______________________________
CHAIRPERSON
ATTEST AND COUNTERSIGN:
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
Transmitted to Mayor on _______________________.
Mayor's Action: _______Approved. _______Vetoed.
______________________________
MAYOR
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
(SEAL)
Bill No. ________ of 2022.
Published: ______________.
APPROVED AS TO FORM
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Date:__________________________________
By: ___________________________________
Paul C. Nielson, Senior City Attorney
January 10, 2022
EXHIBIT “A”
Legal Description for the Property to be Rezoned:
Address: 550 S.600 East
Tax ID No. 16-06-476-029
1011 S 6.5 RDS OF LOT 7 & ALL LOT 8 BLK 24 PLAT B SLC SUR ALSO COM AT NW COR SD LOT 7 E 10 RDS S 3.5 RDS W 10 RDS N 3.5 RDS 5429-2544 5520-0002 8498-3111
8498-3108 THRU 3110 9524-5493
Contains 99,317 sq feet or 2.28 acres more or less.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
2. NOTICE OF CITY COUNCIL HEARING
3. ORIGINAL PETITION
4. MAILING LIST
5. ADDITIONAL PUBLIC COMMENT
1. PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
Western Gardens Zoning Map Amendment
Petitions PLNPCM2021-00420
April 26, 2021 Petitions received by the City.
May 17, 2021 Petitions assigned to and received by Lex Traughber.
May 19, 2021 The Central Community Neighborhood Council (CCNC) was emailed
notification of the proposal.
May 28, 2021 Early notification mailed to property owners and tenants located
within 300 feet of the subject property boundaries.
June 24, 2021 The applicant formally presented the proposal to the CCNC at their
regularly scheduled monthly meeting. The applicant presented a
proposal to rezone the subject property from CN to RO at the CCNC
meeting. Planning Staff was in attendance. Subsequent to the meeting
on the basis of feedback from the community and Planning Staff, the
applicant decided to consider a modification to their proposal.
September 1, 2021 The applicant formally submitted the request to the Planning Division
to rezone the property from CN to FB-UN2.
November 18, 2021 The applicant formally presented the proposal to the CCNC to change
the zoning from CN to FB-UN2.
November 23, 2021 Notice of the Planning Commission’s December 8, 2021 Public
Hearing mailed to all property owners and residents within 300 feet of
the subject property.
November 24, 2021 Property posted with signs for the December 8, 2021 Planning
Commission hearing. Listserve notification of Planning Commission
agenda emailed. Agenda posted on the Planning Division and State
websites
December 8, 2021 Planning Commission Public Hearing. The Planning Commission
voted to forward a positive recommendation regarding the request on
to the City Council for a decision.
December 9, 2021 Sent a draft ordinance to the City Attorney’s Office for review reflecting
the Planning Commission’s recommendation regarding the zoning
map amendment. Requested review of the draft ordinance.
January 6, 2022 The applicant met with the Historic Landmark Commission (HLC) to
discuss the proposal in a work session. The HLC provided limited
feedback.
January 10, 2022 Received ordinance from the City Attorney’s Office.
February 4, 2022 Transmittal submitted to CAN.
2. NOTICE OF CITY COUNCIL HEARING
NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING
The Salt Lake City Council is considering Petition PLNPCM2021-00420 Western Gardens
Zoning Map Amendment– Tyler Morris, Cottonwood Residential, proposes to amendment the
zoning map to change the zoning for the 2.3 acre parcel noted above from CN – Neighborhood
Commercial to FB-UN2 – Form Based Urban Neighborhood District in its entirety. The parcel
is currently occupied by the Western Gardens commercial center. This zoning map amendment
change will facilitate the redevelopment of this parcel into a multifamily residential project. The
subject property is located in Council District 4 represented by Ana Valdemoro.
As part of their study, the City Council is holding two advertised public hearings to receive
comments regarding the petition. During these hearings, anyone desiring to address the City
Council concerning this issue will be given an opportunity to speak. The Council may consider
adopting the ordinance on the same night of the second public hearing. The hearing will be held
electronically:
DATE: Date #1 and Date #2
TIME: 7:00 p.m.
PLACE: **This meeting will not have a physical location.
**This will be an electronic meeting pursuant to the Salt Lake City Emergency
Proclamation. If you are interested in participating in the Public Hearing, please visit our
website at https://www.slc.gov/council/ to learn how you can share your comments during
the meeting. Comments may also be provided by calling the 24-Hour comment line at
(801)535-7654 or sending an email to council.comments@slcgov.com. All comments
received through any source are shared with the Council and added to the public record.
If you have any questions relating to this proposal or would like to review the file, please call
Lex Traughber at (801) 535-6184 between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Monday
through Friday or via e-mail at lex.traughber@slcgov.com
People with disabilities may make requests for reasonable accommodation no later than 48 hours
in advance in order to participate in this hearing. Please make requests at least two business days
in advance. To make a request, please contact the City Council Office at
council.comments@slcgov.com , 801-535-7600, or relay service 711.
3. ORIGINAL PETITION
PLNPCM2021-00420
Submittal Requirements:
1. A statement declaring the purpose for the amendment.
This proposed amendment of the zoning map is to change the zoning for the 2.3 acre parcel 16-06-476-029 from its current
Commercial Neighborhood (CN) use to Form Based Urban Neighborhood District (FB-UN2) in its entirety. This zoning map
amendment change will facilitate the potential sale and redevelopment of this parcel, as a partnership between the current
owner and Cottonwood Residential, into a multifamily project.
This site currently houses the Western Garden Center which has been a part of the community for multiple years. The
owners of this business view this redevelopment as a part of their retirement plan and would not plan to remain in business
in this location under different circumstances. The building located on this parcel has been confirmed as a non-contributing
structure within the historic overlay of this neighborhood.
The adjacent land use and zones within this block include CN, RO, RFM-35 and SR-3 as the block transitions from higher
density, commercial and mixed uses (CN and RO) to a more residential scale that continues further South (RFM-35 and SR-
3). The intent of this project to develop a multifamily project would strengthen this transition with an appropriate residential
use that provides its own parking, doesn’t compete but rather supports the adjacent commercial uses in Trolley Square and
supports a walkable, diverse neighborhood with access to grocery stores and established public transportation systems.
The zone change to FB-UN2 respects the Central Community Master Plan desire for a transitional zone from the high density
RO zoning to the north to the low density single family neighborhood to the south while allowing for multi-family housing
uses that meet the purpose statement for the zone. This location with the FB-UN2 rezone will create a people-oriented
place with diverse housing opportunities, convenient shopping and mass transit opportunities. There are opportunities for
employment within walking distance and the design will be an appropriately scaled building(s) that respect the existing
character of the neighborhood while increasing interconnection, access and safety. This zone addresses adjacency to
commercial vs. residential zones with specific step back, yard and height requirements that will create a natural transition.
Additionally the focus of this zone on form and how buildings are oriented to the public space means that concerns regarding
massing will be directly addressed.
2. A description of the proposed use of the property being rezoned.
The proposed new use of this property is a multifamily residential development.
This new development under the new FB-UN2 zoning is located within the Central City Neighborhood and Historic District.
This means that the plans for redevelopment will be subject to review by the Historic Landmark Commission (HLC) and the
character and form of the design will be reviewed for compliance with the Historic Design Guidelines for New Construction
Guidelines. This also allows the HLC to modify lot and bulk requirements per 21A.06.050.C.6. These requirements will
promote continuity of the historic character of the neighborhood as a part of this new development. Additionally the FB-
UN2 zone also has form requirements that the planning commission will review, providing two types of oversight.
It is the intent of the development to use these resources as an opportunity to create a unique community within the
neighborhood that is an asset to the existing amenities and respects the adjacent residential zones and the streetscape.
There will be no loss of historic structures or housing stock as a result of this development, in fact, housing stock will be
increased to help address the current housing crisis in Salt Lake City.
3. List the reasons why the present zoning may not be appropriate for the area.
The present zoning, CN, is a low density zone that does not allow for multifamily uses. Additionally the commercial use of
this location currently competes with the Trolley Square development while additional multi-family residential use would
support this use and provide an adjacent workforce to support the retail and commercial functions.
This location, adjacent to commercial, retail and public transportation resources promotes walkable, sustainable living in
the heart of the city. It creates a more appropriate transition to the adjacent low density residential neighborhood and
provides housing opportunities.
4. Is the request amending the Zoning Map?
Yes; Address – 550 600 E Suite, Salt Lake City, UT 84102; Parcel #16-06-476-029
5. Is the request amending the text of the Zoning Ordinance?
Not Applicable
4. MAILING LIST
NAME ADDRESS UNIT CITY STATE ZIP
EAST DOWNTOWN LLC 1014 VINE ST CINCINNATI OH 45202
EAST DOWNTOWN LLC 170 S MAIN ST # 1600 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84101
SMITH'S FOOD & DRUG CENTERS INC 1014 VINE ST CINCINNATI OH 45202
LIBERTY SQUARE PROPERTIES, LLC 6440 S WASATCH BLVD SALT LAKE CITY UT 84121
QUINNA, LLC 504 E 500 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
MICHAEL TRAN; VAN CAM PHU (JT)437 EAGLEPOINTE CIR NORTH SALT LAKE UT 84054
TODD L EVANS; JOANNE EVANS (JT)4005 W 6305 S TAYLORSVILLE UT 84129
AMBEL LLC PO BOX 58054 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84158
517 SOUTH 500 EAST LLC 672 E UNION SQ SANDY UT 84070
CIMC LANA MARIE, LLC 461 E 200 S # 102 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84111
CAROLYN R PEARCE 511 E HAWTHORNE AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
MIKE DIXON; KIM DIXON (JT)515 E HAWTHORNE AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
LYNN VALDEZ 3596 S 3340 W WEST VALLEY UT 84119
BRENDAN M MERRICK 525 E HAWTHORNE AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
RUTH A BROWN 529 E HAWTHORNE AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
JACQUELINE M ROBERTS 533 E HAWTHORNE AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
MARK SHANBRUN 539 E HAWTHORNE AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
TRUST NOT IDENTIFIED 2275 E PARLEYS TER SALT LAKE CITY UT 84109
TRUST NOT IDENTIFIED 2275 E PARLEYS TER SALT LAKE CITY UT 84109
LC VALENTINER ENTERPRISES 524 S 600 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
LC VALENTINER ENTERPRISES 524 S 600 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
CLAYTON PROPERTIES I LLC 550 S 600 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
517 SOUTH 500 EAST LLC 672 E UNION SQ SANDY UT 84070
DIABLO PROPTERTIES, LLC 24 APPIAN CT DONVILLE CA 94526
EELON HOLDINGS LLC SERIES 500 EAST 265 E NINTH AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84103
DIABLO PROPTERTIES, LLC 24 APPIAN CT DONVILLE CA 94526
NEWHOUSE UTAH, LLC 9650 S MCCARRAN BLVD RENO NV 89523
MICHAEL L JACOBS 559 S 500 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
EMILY COONROD; ARTHUR TURLAK (JT)1938 E HOLLYWOOD AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84108
DYLAN WINSLOW; JOAN WINSLOW (JT)565 S 500 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
MICHAEL KARSY; ODESSA B KARSY (JT)727 SOUTH ST # A PHILADELPHIA PA 19147
LP NORTH PARK UT APARTMENTS 321 CITRUS CIR WALNUT CREEK CA 94598
STEPHEN MONAGHAN; MARIA D L A SERRANO (JT)512 E HAWTHORNE AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
LACHELLE RICHARDSON JONES; SPENCER WAYNE JONES 516 E HAWTHORNE AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
LARRY M RICHARDSON 522 E HAWTHORNE AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
JOSHUA J PACE; JUSTIN L MARTIN 526 E HAWTHORNE AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
SVEN A MILLER 320 HUNTINGDON PIKE FRN JENKINTOWN PA 19046
LARRY M RICHARDSON 534 E HAWTHORNE AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
RANDI PEERY; JOHN G III HANLON (JT)538 E HAWTHORNE AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
JAMES MISKA 519 E 600 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
DAYSTAR HOMES LLC 523 E 600 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
LESLIE V NILSSON 521 W 1400 N FARMINGTON UT 84025
GRANT MICHAEL HAWLEY; MADISON LYNN SLACK (JT)533 E 600 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
GLEN C CHRISTIANSEN 14228 S NEWBURY PARK CIR DRAPER UT 84020
AMANDA J DAVIS; JOHN DAVIS (JT)543 E 600 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
545 EAST LC 1709 E PRINCETON AVE SALT LAKE CITY UT 84105
YA-JUNG LIN 553 E 600 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
561 EAST 600 SOUTH LLC 1332 S COLONIAL DR SALT LAKE CITY UT 84108
561 EAST 600 SOUTH LLC 1332 S COLONIAL DR SALT LAKE CITY UT 84108
560 SOUTH 600 EAST LLC 672 E UNION SQ SANDY UT 84070
560 SOUTH 600 EAST LLC 672 E UNION SQ SANDY UT 84070
SIXTH AND SIXTH LC 911 S MILITARY DR SALT LAKE CITY UT 84108
VIVI LLC 850 S MENDON CT SALT LAKE CITY UT 84105
ERNESTO GUSTAVO GUTIERREZ 2727 S WESTTEMPLE ST SOUTH SALT LAKE UT 84115
ERNESTO GUSTAVO GUTIERREZ 2727 S WESTTEMPLE ST SOUTH SALT LAKE UT 84115
TROLLEY SQUARE VENTURES LLC 630 E SOUTHTEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
DARRELL J MOORE; AMANDA K FINLAYSON (JT)603 S 500 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
BRIAN SPENCER; ALICIA SPENCER (JT)7722 S SABAL AVE COTTONWOOD HTS UT 84121
SCOTT & REBECCA BROWN FAMILY TRUST 12/8/2017 613 S 500 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
BORIS A KURZ 1203 S 900 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84105
WESTERN REGION NONPROFIT HOUSING CORPORATION223 W 700 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84101
KYLE H GISH; LINDSAY R GISH (JT)530 E 600 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
JOSHUA K JONES; STEVEN FINAU (TC)532 E 600 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
HEIDI MCNULTY 5267 W SUN BLOOM CIR HERRIMAN UT 84096
ERIK V VOGEL 2139 E ROCKLIN DR SANDY UT 84092
MBD LIMITED PARTNERSHIP 937 S LINCOLN ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84105
564 EAST 600 SOUTH LC 8980 S MELBURY CIR SANDY UT 84093
STUART A CLASON; TIFFANY W CLASON (JT)566 E 600 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
MARC A WARTENBERGER; MACKENZIE P WARTENBERGE 2505 WAUNONA WY MADISON WI 53713
NOAH ANDERS; AMANDA COSTA (JT)570 E 600 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
RONALD T ROMERO; TERRI L ROMERO (TC)578 E 600 S SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
KRISTEE S DOERFLER 620 S 600 E SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
MANUKA LLC PO BOX 526297 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84152
TROLLEY SQUARE VENTURES LLC 630 E SOUTHTEMPLE ST SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
ROBINSON PROJECT MANAGEMENT, LLC 5005 S 900 E MILLCREEK UT 84117
512 EAST 500 SOUTH LLC 672 E UNION SQ SANDY UT 84070
512 EAST 500 SOUTH LLC 672 E UNION SQ SANDY UT 84070
512 EAST 500 SOUTH LLC 672 E UNION SQ SANDY UT 84070
512 EAST 500 SOUTH LLC 672 E UNION SQ SANDY UT 84070
512 EAST 500 SOUTH LLC 672 E UNION SQ SANDY UT 84070
512 EAST 500 SOUTH LLC 672 E UNION SQ SANDY UT 84070
5TH & 5TH SOUTH CONDOMINIUM HOA 672 E UNION SQ SANDY UT 84070
TRACY FAMILY TRUST 08/23/2016 537 S 500 E #101 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
LINDSAY NEWTON; OLIVIA R TARIN (JT)537 S 500 E #102 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
KEVIN HERRMANN; BEVERLY HERRMANN (JT)138 E 12300 S DRAPER UT 84020
CHRISTOPHER PEART 537 S 500 E #104 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
RUDOLPH W PEART; LORRAINE PEART (JT)537 S 500 E #105 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
JONATHAN S HILLER; LAUREN H HILLER (JT)537 S 500 E #106 SALT LAKE CITY UT 84102
ROSE OWNERS ASSOCIATION 1222 W LEGACY CROSSING B CENTERVILLE UT 84014
Current Occupant 455 S 500 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 464 S 600 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 479 S 600 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 639 E 500 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 511 S 500 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 506 E 500 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 510 E 500 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 560 E 500 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 517 S 500 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 521 S 500 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 521 E HAWTHORNE AVE Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 510 S 600 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 512 S 600 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 518 S 600 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 519 S 500 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 530 E 500 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 541 S 500 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 530 E 500 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 540 E 500 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 557 S 500 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 553 S 500 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 567 S 500 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 577 S 500 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 530 E HAWTHORNE AVE Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 529 E 600 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 537 E 600 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 545 E 600 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 559 E 600 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 561 E 600 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 564 S 600 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 562 S 600 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 573 E 600 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 582 S 600 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 563 E 600 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 567 E 600 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 602 E 500 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 607 S 500 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 617 S 500 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 518 E 600 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 602 S PARK ST Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 608 S PARK ST Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 620 S PARK ST Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 564 E 600 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 568 E 600 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 607 S PARK ST Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 603 S 600 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 614 E 600 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 512 E 500 S #512A Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 512 E 500 S #512B Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 512 E 500 S #512C Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 514 E 500 S #514A Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 514 E 500 S #514B Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 514 E 500 S #514C Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 512 E 500 S Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 537 S 500 E #103 Salt Lake City UT 84102
Current Occupant 537 S 500 E Salt Lake City UT 84102
Lex Traughber 451 S. State Street, Rm 406 PO Box 1453 Salt Lake City UT 84114-5480
Tyler Morris - Cottonwood Residential 1245 Brickyard Road Suite 250 Salt Lake City UT 84106
5. ADDITIONAL PUBLIC COMMENT
From:Janet Hemming
To:Planning Public Comments; Clark, Aubrey; Traughber, Lex
Subject:(EXTERNAL) Opposition letter to Western Gardens rezone (PLNPCM2021-00420 )
Date:Wednesday, December 8, 2021 3:55:58 PM
Attachments:Western Gardens opposition letter.docx
Dear Salt Lake City Planning Commissioners:
Attached is a letter opposing the Western Garden rezone. I ask that you review it before your
Commission meeting tonight and that it be placed in the official record.
Respectfully,
Janet (Jan) Hemming
Chair,
Yalecrest Neighborhood Council
December 8, 2021
Dear Salt Lake City Planning Commissioners:
I oppose the petition of Tyler Morris, Cottonwood Residential, to rezone the Western Gardens
property at 550 South 600 East to FB-UN2 – Form Based Urban Neighborhood District
(PLNPCM2021-00420 ).
My opposition is based on the following:
• The Planning Department staff report says the zone change request “respects the
Central Community Master Plan.” How was that conclusion possibly reached because
this proposal is in direct conflict with the Central Community Master Plan and the
Preservation Plan created in 2012. The FB-UN2 zone allows for structures up to 50 feet
in height. This project would dwarf the buildings across the street at Trolley Square and
tower above the single-family homes on Hawthorne Avenue.
• This property is in an historic district and subject to the Historic Preservation Overlay
Zone. 50-foot structures are not permitted in historic districts.
• One of the most important statements in the staff report emphasizes that this property
“is adjacent to less intense residential development existing on to the south and west.
Future development of the subject property will need to be sensitive to this surrounding
mass and scale and will need to be particularly sensitive in terms of building heights and
setbacks.” Loud sirens should sound with this message because what this means is the
neighborhood is going to be overwhelmed with a gigantic, towering structure that has
no place in this location. It will negatively impact the nearby homes and residences. We
understand a 10-story structure is proposed and was originally going to be 12 stories.
Why is that not clearly disclosed in the staff report?
• The Salt Lake City’s Planning Department should be renamed “The Friendly Developer’s
Department.” As a taxpayer and voter, I was under the impression that the Planning
Department existed to preserve and develop our communities and neighborhoods in
wise ways– especially our historic places, not tear them down, or open the door to
behemoth construction projects.
• 21A.27.010.B.3 says local streets (600 E is not an arterial) should have relatively low
building height, similar to surrounding buildings. Surrounding buildings are 2-3 stories.
I am opposed to this petition, and hope as Commissioners you will consider the damaging consequences
this project will have on the concept of historic preservation, the surrounding neighborhood, and the
character of this great and beautiful city. As one who resides in an historic neighborhood, these kinds of
encroachments send a chilling message about our future and the degree to which the Planning
Commission values or doesn’t value historic districts.
Respectfully,
Janet (Jan) Hemming
Chair, Yalecrest Neighborhood Council
From:Jan Ellen Burton
To:Traughber, Lex
Subject:(EXTERNAL) Re: Western Gardens Property
Date:Wednesday, December 8, 2021 5:07:09 PM
I have enjoyed walking through the neighborhoods adjacent to Trolley Square. There is a
special feeling connected with old Salt Lake, much of which is sadly disappearing. I do not
counter the idea that the Western Gardens property may need to be replaced. However, the
depictions of the build-out on 600 East are disturbing, as there is little positive in the way of
architectural design. There is no attempt to integrate the new structures with the
neighborhood. I am reminded of the Soviet era cookie-cutter structures I have seen in Eastern
Europe--The design is not the same, but the end product appears as regimented.
From:
To:Planning Public Comments; Traughber, Lex
Cc:Clark, Aubrey; Tarbet, Nick; Oktay, Michaela; Thomas, Blake; Price, Angela; Norris, Nick; Valdemoros, Ana;
Mano, Darin; "Jesse Hulse"; Ballpark; Lopez, Eva
Subject:(EXTERNAL) Western Gardens Zoning Map Amendment Petition PLNPCM2021-00420
Date:Wednesday, December 8, 2021 5:58:32 PM
Dear Planning Division & Commission,
I join my fellow neighbors in Central City in opposition to this rezoning petition. While FB-UN2 has
great potential for the future, in its current state nothing should be rezoned to it until the problems
and flaws which it presents are addressed and fixed. We in the Central 9th have seen firsthand for
many years the unintended side effects of FB-UN2, we have seen no work done to address these
concerns and therefore oppose the zoning from being applied elsewhere until the serious work at
correction occurs. Major concerns with FB-UN2 include some of the following.
1. FB-UN2 allows very large projects with significant impact to neighborhoods to be built with
little to zero community engagement. Projects which will dramatically change the nature and
feel of an area permanently are allowed by right without any offsetting quality of life
improvements for those who already live or work in the neighborhoods where they are built.
2. In Central 9th we’ve seen how developers have taken advantage of FB-UN2 to build very poor-
quality projects which will not stand the test of time.
3. FB-UN2 discourages greenspace and trees. A simple walk around Central 9th would show
anyone the greenspace desert it’s helped create. It would be a terrible shame for such a lovely
greenspace as Western Garden to become the micro-unit nightmare of FB-UN2 units you see
on West Temple and throughout Central 9th, with no greenspace, no trees, no common space
for residents to enjoy, and certainly zero benefit to the quality of life for existing surrounding
residents and businesses.
4. FB-UN2 also has little influence in ground level engagement which might possibly offset some
of the extreme density it allows, but instead our experience is seeing mailboxes and laundry
rooms through ground level windows.
There are other issues with FB-UN2 which have been brought to planning and the administrations
attention for several years, yet we see no movement to make the minor tweaks and adjustments
which would make it a great zoning type for Salt Lake City. Until these serious concerns are
addressed and rectified, we cannot in good faith endorse it’s use in any part of the city.
Regards,
Paul Johnson
Chair, Central 9th Community Council
Item C1
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
MOTION SHEET
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Brian Fullmer
Policy Analyst
DATE:April 5, 2022
RE: Airport Flight Path Protection Influence Zone A (2333 West North Temple)
PLNPCM2021-00915
MOTION 1 (adopt with development agreement)
I move that the Council adopt the ordinance subject to the property owner entering into a development
agreement with the City that includes the following condition:
any new development or substantial remodel of existing development on the subject property shall be
constructed with air circulation systems of at least thirty (30) dBs of sound attenuation in sleeping
areas and at least twenty-five (25) dBs of sound attenuation elsewhere.
MOTION 2 (adopt without development agreement)
I move that the Council adopt the ordinance
MOTION 3 (reject)
I move that the Council reject the ordinance.
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM:Brian Fullmer
Policy Analyst
DATE:April 5, 2022
RE: Airport Flight Path Protection Influence Zone A (2333 West North Temple)
PLNPCM2021-00915
PUBLIC HEARING UPDATE
Four people spoke at the March 22 public hearing, three in support of the proposal, and one opposed. A
representative of the shelter operator stated the facility is a good, stable place for residents to live. She
thanked the City for its support. Others expressing support felt it is a good opportunity to provide
transitional and affordable housing. One person who spoke in support also expressed concern with the
process to create the shelter. They said the temporary overflow shelter was created without public input
and is now becoming permanent. A concern of continuing to concentrate poverty within certain
neighborhoods was also expressed.
The person opposed to the proposal stated zoning changes should not apply to only one property. The
airport influence zone on the other side of the airport should also allow housing. They feel not allowing
housing affordable for those who work in the area will lead to additional air quality issues due to longer
commutes.
The Council closed the public hearing and deferred action to a future Council meeting.
The following information was provided for the March 22, public hearing. It is
provided again for background purposes.
Item Schedule:
Briefing: March 1, 2022
Set Date: March 1, 2022
Public Hearing: March 22, 2022
Potential Action: April 5, 2022
Page | 2
BRIEFING UPDATE
At the March 1 briefing the Council expressed some concerns with the proposal including changing the
building’s use to one with which the Council might not agree.
In Fiscal Year 2021, the building was used as a temporary winter overflow shelter and the City provided
$750,000 of one-time Federal grant funds to help pay for operations. In Fiscal Year 2022, $3 million of
State grant funding to help the winter overflow shelter operator (the nonprofit Switchpoint) purchase and
renovate the property was processed through the City and approved by the City Council. The City also
provided $2 million from the General Fund and Funding Our Future to assist Switchpoint and make the
grant application more competitive.
It is now proposed to be permanent supportive housing for older adults experiencing homelessness. The
Council voiced a desire to not create a pattern of converting temporary shelters into permanent ones.
Others noted the process is similar to other property owners who are under contract or purchased property
and want to change the zoning designation allowing a different use.
A Council Member shared concern about nearby businesses that are struggling to stay open. While it was
acknowledged the population being served at this shelter would not likely have a negative impact, there
won’t be a significant benefit to the businesses.
Another Council Member stated the City is not being equitable in decisions about locations for this type of
housing. It was also expressed the influence zone designed to protect people from airport noise is being
removed to allow people to live there. It may give an impression the City cares less about the population
being served at this location.
A suggestion was made to have further discussion on differences between standalone deeply affordable
housing and homeless resource centers that provide wrap around services to residents.
A Council Member asked if sound attenuation improvements were made at the facility to mitigate airport
noise, or if the City could require it. Planning contacted the property owner and was told improvements
were made to the building for noise attenuation following City requirements. It appears conditions
recommended for a development agreement have been met, but the Council may still wish to consider a
development agreement so future building improvements maintain the noise attenuation. Airport staff also
suggested the Council include a development agreement requiring noise attenuation for this reason.
The following information was provided for the March 1, briefing. It is provided again
for background purposes.
The Council will be briefed about an Administration initiated petition amending the zoning map to remove
property at 2333 West North Temple from the Airport Flight Path Protection (AFPP) Influence Zone A in
Chapter 21A.34.040 Salt Lake City Code. The Airport Inn is currently located on the property and is
operating as a hotel. The proposal’s intent is to allow transitional housing in this extended-stay hotel as
part of the City’s goals related to homelessness.
Hotels and motels are allowed in the TSA-MUEC-C (Transit station Area District Mixed-Use Employment
Center-Core) and within the AFPP Influence Zone A. Under City Code rooms/dwelling units available for
rent or lease for less than 30 days are considered hotels or motels. Lease or rental periods of more than 30
days are typically considered residential use which is not allowed under the AFPP Influence Zone A. The
Department of Airports’ preferred method of addressing this issue is to modify the influence zone
boundary so it does not apply to the subject property. The Council adopted a temporary land use
Page | 3
regulation to allow it to operate an emergency winter overflow shelter in December 2020 (motion
attached). After the winter overflow period, the operator shifted to a hotel model focused on seniors and
veterans.
If adopted by the Council, the operator of the facility would be able to adjust its business model at this
location from a hotel to multi-family housing with stays longer than 30 days. A longer-term goal is to
accept housing vouchers for providing a more stable option for people transitioning out of homelessness.
Such uses are allowed within the TSA-MUEC-C zoning district. Other social services benefitting the
residents are also allowed under the zoning district.
Planning staff found the proposal meets standards, objectives, and policy considerations for zoning map
amendments. They recommended the Planning Commission forward a positive recommendation to the
City Council with the following condition:
A development agreement shall be recorded on the property that requires any new
development or substantial remodel of existing development to be constructed with air
circulation systems of at least thirty (30) dBs of sound attenuation in sleeping areas and
at least twenty-five (25) dBs of sound attenuation elsewhere.
The recommended sound attenuation is to help mitigate noise from nearby airport operations.
The Planning Commission reviewed this proposal at its December 15, 2021 meeting and held a public
hearing. There were no comments at the hearing and the Commission forwarded a unanimous positive
recommendation to the City Council for the proposal.
Page | 4
Aerial image with Airport Flight Path Protection Influence Zone A Overlay shaded red.
Subject property is in the red hashed area.
Image credit: Salt Lake City Department of Airports
Goal of the briefing: Review the proposed master plan and zoning map amendments, determine if the
Council supports moving forward with the proposal.
POLICY QUESTIONS
1. The proposed zoning map amendment would “carve out” the subject property creating an irregular
boundary line. Does the Council have concerns with this?
2. Removing the AFPP Influence Zone A overlay from the subject property would permit uses in the
TSA-MUEC-C zoning district listed in Key Consideration 1. Does the Council have concerns with
this?
3. The Council may wish to have a broader policy discussion as it relates to using hotels as transitional
housing for those exiting homelessness.
4. Is the Council supportive of the proposed zoning map amendment?
Page | 5
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Planning staff identified two key considerations related to the proposal which are found on pages 3-4 of the
Planning Commission staff report. They are summarized below. For the complete analysis, please see the
staff report.
Consideration 1-Development Potential
Removing the subject property from the AFPP Influence Zone A would allow any use permitted in the TSA-
MUEC-C zoning district. The zoning map amendment intent is not to allow any other type of residential
use than the transitional housing discussed above, removal of the influence zone overlay would allow
prohibited uses listed below:
Residential uses (note: single-family detached housing is not allowed in the TSA-MUEC-C zoning
district).
Commercial uses, except those constructed with air circulation systems and at least twenty-five
(25) dBs of sound attenuation.
Institutional uses such as schools, hospitals, churches, and rest homes.
Hotels and motels, except those constructed with air circulation systems and at least thirty (30)
dBs of sound attenuation in sleeping areas and at last twenty-five (25) dBs of sound attenuation
elsewhere.
Planning staff noted some institutional uses are allowed in the TSA-MUEC-C zoning district, but the
location and constraints associated with the zone are barriers to those standalone uses. Removal of the
Influence Zone A allows for onsite community serving uses associated with the Airport Inn such as a
community clinic.
Removal of the Influence Zone A would not impact setbacks or lot coverage, required under the zoning
designation. The base zone standards of the TSA-MUEC-C zoning district would still apply. Planning staff
suggested Influence Zone A sound attenuation requirements on future development as a condition of
approval. As noted above, the Planning Commission included this in its recommendation to the City
Council.
Consideration 2-Compatibility with Adjacent Properties
Adjacent parcels to the east, south and west are zoned TSA-MUEC-C, and across North Temple Street to
the north, parcels have Airport (A) zoning designation as shown in the image below.
Current development is predominantly commercial and light industrial as well as the airport. A large
commercial and research facility with associated parking areas is to the south and east of the subject parcel,
with car rental facilities to the west.
Page | 6
Area zoning map with subject parcel outlined in red
No new buildings are planned as part of the proposed zoning map amendment to remove the subject parcel
from the AFPP Influence Zone A. Existing rooms in the hotel are being remodeled during the transition to
an extended stay motel. Planning staff believes there would be minimal impact to the surrounding
community if the proposal is approved by the Council as occupancy numbers would not change. After
reviewing the proposal, it is Planning staff’s opinion the zoning change to remove the subject parcel from
the AFPP Influence Zone A is appropriate.
ANALYSIS OF STANDARDS
Attachment E (pages 11-12) of the Planning Commission staff report outlines zoning map amendment
standards that should be considered as the Council reviews this proposal. The standards and findings are
summarized below. Please see the Planning Commission staff report for additional information.
Factor Finding
Whether a proposed map amendment is consistent
with the purposes, goals, objectives, and policies of
the city as stated through its various adopted planning
documents.
The proposed
amendment is
generally
consistent with the
goals and policies
of applicable
master plans.
Whether a proposed map amendment furthers the
specific purpose statements of the zoning ordinance.
The proposal
generally furthers
the specific purpose
statements of the
zoning ordinance.
The extent to which a proposed map amendment will
affect adjacent properties
The change in
zoning is not
anticipated to
create any
substantial new
negative impacts
that wouldn’t be
Page | 7
anticipated with
the current zoning.
Whether a proposed map amendment is consistent
with the purposes and provisions of any applicable
overlay zoning districts which may impose additional
standards.
There is no
applicable overlay
district that
imposes additional
development
standards on this
property.
The adequacy of public facilities and services intended
to serve the subject property, including, but not
limited to, roadways, parks and recreational facilities,
police and fire protection, schools, stormwater
drainage systems, water supplies, and wastewater and
refuse collection.
The proposal does
not increase the
need for
improvements
beyond that
required by
existing zoning
allowances.
PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
• September 2, 2021-Application submitted
• September 28, 2021-Petition assigned to Krissy Gilmore, Senior Planner
• October 5, 2021-Information about petition sent to the Poplar Grove and Jordan Meadows
Community Council Chairs. The Jordan Meadows Community Council sent a letter expressing
concern about a precedent being set to remove other parcels from the influence zone.
• October 5, 2021-Early notification sent to property owners and residents within 300’ of the subject
parcel.
• October 18, 2021-Proposal posted for online open house through November 30, 2021.
• December 3, 2021-Planning Commission public hearing notice emailed to interested parties and
residents/property owners who requested notice. Planning Commission agenda posted to the
Planning Commission website and the State of Utah Public Notice webpage. Public hearing notice
posted on property.
• December 9, 2021-Sent to Planning Commission
• December 15, 2021-Planning Commission public hearing. There were no comments at the public
hearing and the Commission voted unanimously to forward a positive recommendation to the City
Council.
• December 20, 2021-Sent to Attorney’s Office
• February 11, 2022-Transmitted to City Council
ERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY
Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS
Blake Thomas
Director
SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 445 WWW.SLC.GOV
P.O. BOX 145487, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5487 TEL 801.535.7712 FAX 801.535.6269
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
________________________ Date Received: _________________
Lisa Shaffer, Chief Administrative Officer Date sent to Council: _________________
______________________________________________________________________________
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: February 10, 2022
Dan Dugan, Chair
FROM: Blake Thomas, Director, Department of Community & Neighborhoods
__________________________
SUBJECT: Zoning Map Amendment at approximately 2333 W North Temple Street, Petition
PLNPCM2021-00915
STAFF CONTACT: Krissy Gilmore, Senior Planner, Kristina.Gilmore@slcgov.com, 385-535-
7780
DOCUMENT TYPE: Ordinance
RECOMMENDATION: That the City Council follow the recommendation of the Planning
Commission to amend the zoning map to remove the property at 2333 W North Temple from the
Airport Flight Path Protection Overlay District Influence Zone A, described under City Code
21A.34.040.
BUDGET IMPACT: None.
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION:
Salt Lake City Mayor Erin Mendenhall initiated a petition to amend the zoning map to remove
the property at 2333 W North Temple from the Airport Flight Path Protection Overlay District
Influence Zone A, described under City Code 21A.34.040. The property is currently occupied by
a commercial building, the Airport Inn, and associated parking. The desired result is to allow the
Airport Inn to operate a new model of extended-stay hotels as transitional housing to advance the
City’s overall goals related to homelessness. For specific information regarding the proposal,
please refer to the Planning Commission Staff Report.
The current hotel/motel use is permitted in the base TSA-MUEC-C zoning district and within the
Airport Influence Zone A. The longer-term goal is to be able to accept housing vouchers for
Lisa Shaffer (Feb 11, 2022 12:03 MST)02/11/2022
02/11/2022
transitional housing to provide a more
predictable and stable option for those people
transitioning out of homelessness. An
extended stay motel is not eligible to accept
vouchers. The preferred path forward indicated
by the Department of Airports is to modify the
boundary of the Airport Overlay so that it
would not apply to this property. If adopted,
the nonprofit will switch their business model
and the hotel will be considered multi-family
housing, which is a permitted use in the TSA-
MUEC-C zoning district. It would also allow
them to offer other sorts of social services
because most social services that benefit the
residents of the facility are also permitted uses
in the TSA zoning district.
The result would allow the Airport Inn to
accommodate stays greater than 30 days as
transitional housing. The zoning code does not
include a land use that directly matches this
kind of supportive housing, whether
permanent, short term, or any time frame in
between those two. Under City Code,
units/rooms that are available for rental or
lease for periods of less than one month are
considered a hotel/motel, while dwellings that
are rented for periods of longer than one
month generally fall into a residential land use
and would prohibit the Airport Inn from
operating this model of transitional housing if
under the Airport Influence Zone A.
PUBLIC PROCESS:
• The Planning Division provided a 45-day comment period notice to the associated
community councils for the property, Poplar Grove and Jordan Meadows. The Westpointe
Community Council requested that the city attend one of their meetings to discuss the
proposal.
o The Westpointe Community Council provided a letter stating concern that the
proposed map amendment would set a precedence for future map amendments.
o No letter or other input was received from the Poplar Grove or Jordan Meadows
Community Council.
• Staff sent an early notification announcement of the project to all residents and property
owners living within 300 feet of the project site providing notice about the proposal and
information on how to give public input on the project on October 5, 2021.
• An online open house was held on the proposal from October 18th to November 30th.
Planning Commission (PC) Records
PC Agenda for December 15, 2021 (Click to Access)
PC Minutes of December 15, 2021 (Click to Access)
PC Staff Report for December 15, 2021 (Click to Access Staff Report)
EXHIBITS
1. Chronology
2. Notice of City Council Hearing
3. Petition Application
SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE
No. _____ of 2022
(Amending the zoning map pertaining to a parcel located at
approximately 2333 W North Temple Street to remove the AFPP Airport Flight Path Protection
Overlay District Influence Zone A))
An ordinance amending the zoning map pertaining to parcels located at approximately
2333 W North Temple Street to amend the zoning map to remove the AFPP Airport Flight Path
Protection Overlay District Influence Zone A pursuant to Petition No. PLNPCM2021-00915.
WHEREAS, the Salt Lake City Planning Commission held a public hearing on December
15, 2021 to consider a request by Salt Lake City Mayor Erin Mendenhall remove the AFPP
Airport Flight Path Protection Overlay District Influence Zone A from the subject parcel
pursuant to Petition No. PLNPCM2021-00915; and
WHEREAS, at its date meeting, the planning commission voted in favor of forwarding a
positive recommendation to the Salt Lake City Council on said application; and
WHEREAS, after a public hearing on this matter the city council has determined that
adopting this ordinance is in the city’s best interests.
NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah:
SECTION 1. Amending the Zoning Map. The Salt Lake City zoning map, as adopted
by the Salt Lake City Code, relating to the fixing of boundaries and zoning districts, shall be and
hereby is amended to reflect that one (1) parcel located at approximately 2333 W North Temple
Street (Parcel ID 08-33-452-004-0000), and as more particularly described on Exhibit “A”
attached hereto, shall be and hereby are rezoned to remove the AFPP Airport Flight Path
Protection Overlay District Influence Zone A from the parcel.
SECTION 2. Effective Date. This ordinance shall become effective on the date of its
first publication.
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this ______ day of ______________,
2022.
______________________________
CHAIRPERSON
ATTEST AND COUNTERSIGN:
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
Transmitted to Mayor on _______________________.
Mayor's Action: _______Approved. _______Vetoed.
______________________________
MAYOR
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
(SEAL)
Bill No. ________ of 2022.
Published: ______________.
Ordinance Removing Airport Influence Zone 2333 W North Temple
APPROVED AS TO FORM
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Date:__________________________________
By: ___________________________________
Paul C. Nielson, Senior City Attorney
January 31, 2022
Exhibit “A”
Legal Descriptions of
Parcels to be rezoned to remove the AFPP Zone A
Parcel No. 08-33-452-004-0000
0707 BEG 183 FT E & 523.4 FT N FR S 1/4 COR SEC 33, T 1N, R 1W, S L M; N 0^02'13" W 150 FT;
N 89^58'38" E 294 FT TO CEN OF CANAL; S 0^02'13" E ALG SD CANAL 342.78 FT; S 89^58'38" W
212 FT*
1) CHRONOLOGY
PROJECT CHRONOLOGY
Petition: PLNPCM2021-00915
September 2, 2021 Application for a Zoning Map Amendment.
September 28, 2021 Petition PLNPCM2021-00915 was assigned to Krissy
Gilmore, Senior Planner, for staff analysis and processing.
October 5, 2021 Notice sent to Recognized Community Organizations
informing them of the petition. Early notification of the
project was also sent to property owners and residents
within 300 feet of the proposal.
October 18, 2021 The proposal was posted for an online open house through
November 30, 2021.
December 3, 2021 Planning Commission public hearing notices emailed to
interested parties and residents/property owners who
requested notice. Agenda posted to the Planning
Commission website and the State of Utah Public Notice
webpage.
December 9, 2021 Planning Commission Staff Report posted.
December 15, 2021 Planning Commission held a public hearing and made a
positive recommendation to the City Council to approve the
proposed map amendment.
2) NOTICE OF CITY COUNCIL HEARING
NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING
The Salt Lake City Council is considering Petition PLNPCM2021-00915 – Mayor Erin
Mendenhall has initiated a petition to amend the zoning map to remove the property located at
approximately 2333 W North Temple from the Airport Flight Path Protection Overlay District
Influence Zone A, described under City Code 21A.34.040. The property is currently occupied by
a commercial building, the Airport Inn, and is zoned TSA-MEUC-C (Transit Station Area Mixed
Employment Center Station Core). The desired result is to allow the Airport Inn to operate a new
model of extended-stay hotels as transitional housing to advance the City's overall housing goals.
Information on this proposal can be found in the staff report prepared for the Planning
Commission accessible from this link -
http://www.slcdocs.com/Planning/Planning%20Commission/2021/12.%20December/00915.Staff
Report.pdf
As part of their study, the City Council is holding two advertised public hearings to receive
comments regarding the petition. During these hearings, anyone desiring to address the City
Council concerning this issue will be given an opportunity to speak. The Council may consider
adopting the ordinance on the same night of the second public hearing. The hearing will be held
electronically:
DATE: Date #1 and Date #2
TIME: 7:00 p.m.
PLACE: **This meeting will not have a physical location.
**This will be an electronic meeting pursuant to the Salt Lake City Emergency
Proclamation. If you are interested in participating in the Public Hearing, please visit our
website at https://www.slc.gov/council/ to learn how you can share your comments during
the meeting. Comments may also be provided by calling the 24-Hour comment line at
(801)535-7654 or sending an email to council.comments@slcgov.com. All comments
received through any source are shared with the Council and added to the public record.
If you have any questions relating to this proposal or would like to review the file, please call
Krissy Gilmore at 385-535-7780 between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Monday through
Friday or via e-mail at Kristina.gilmore@slcgov.com.
People with disabilities may make requests for reasonable accommodation no later than 48 hours
in advance in order to participate in this hearing. Please make requests at least two business days
in advance. To make a request, please contact the City Council Office at
council.comments@slcgov.com , 801-535-7600, or relay service 711.
3) PETITION APPLICATION
SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 406 WWW.SLC.GOV
PO BOX 145480 SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84114-5480 TEL 801-535-7757 FAX 801-535-6174
PLANNING DIVISION
DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY and NEIGHBORHOODS
MEMORANDUM
To: Mayor Erin Mendenhall
Cc: Lisa Shaffer, Chief Administrative Officer; Blake Thomas, Department of Community
and Neighborhoods Director; Michaela Oktay, Deputy Planning Director; Bill Wyatt,
Executive Director Department of Airports; Brady Fredrickson, Planning Director,
Department of Airports
From: Nick Norris, Planning Director
Date: August 23, 2021
Re: Initiating a zoning amendment to amend the Airport Influence Zone Map.
The Planning Division would like to request that a zoning map amendment be initiated to update an
area of the Airport Influence Zone to support the implementation of the City’s adopted policies
related to assisting people experiencing homelessness. The Department of Airports has been
working with Planning to accommodate the development of a new model of transitional housing for
people experiencing homelessness by working with nonprofit organizations to refurbish and utilize
existing extended-stay hotels. The proposal would include amending the Airport Overlay Map to
remove a limited area from the Airport Influence Zone A. The desired result is to facilitate the
feasibility of sustaining the new model of extended-stay hotels as transitional housing, work within
the existing coordinated-entry program, and create the ability for operators of such extended-stay
hotels the ability to utilize additional funding to advance the City’s overall goals related to
homelessness. The facility will still meet all current sound attenuation requirements.
The process will include an engagement process recommended by Planning and led by the
Department of Airports, which will include the community and other interested parties. The
Planning Division will help coordinate outreach through the city’s Recognized Organizations. After
the proposal is vetted through the engagement process, the proposal will be presented to the
Planning Commission for a public hearing and transmitted to the City Council. The anticipated
timeline is approximately 60 days for the public engagement process and 30 days for the Planning
Commission. The timeline is subject to available workloads of staff participating on the project,
planning commission agenda process, and if any unforeseen issues arise as part of the engagement
process.
The proposal includes a text amendment and zoning map amendment to remove a small area
adjacent to 2400 West and south of North Temple from the Airport Influence Zone A, described
under City Code 21A.34.040 and as depicted in in the maps attached.
This memo includes a signature block to initiate the petition if that is the decided course of action. If
the decided course of action is to not initiate the application, the signature block should remain
l Page 2
blank. Please notify the Planning Division when the memo is signed or if the decision is made to not
initiate the petition.
Please contact me at ext. 6173 or nick.norris@slcgov.com if you have any questions. Thank you.
Concurrence to initiate the zoning text and map amendment petition as noted above.
_____________________________________ ______________
Erin Mendenhall, Mayor Date
09/02/2021
COUNCIL STAFF
REPORT
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Nick Tarbet, Policy Analyst
DATE: April 5, 2022
RE:Annexation: 2350 North Rose Park Lane
PLNPCM2021-01124
PROJECT TIMELINE:
Briefing: April 5, 2022
Set Date:
Public Hearing:
Potential Action: April 5, 2022
ISSUE AT-A-GLANCE
The Council will receive a briefing about the Hunter Stables annexation application and petition located at
approximately Rose Park Lane and 2350 North. The application was submitted to the Salt Lake City
Recorder’s office on Mach 24, 2022.
The City Council has 14 days from the date of receipt by the Recorder’s office to accept or deny the Petition,
which includes the application. If no action is taken within the 14-day window, which expires on April 6,
2022, the petition will be considered accepted.
This petition to initiate the application process was initially heard and accepted by the City Council in
November 2021. However, the certification of a completed petition was withdrawn due to the County and
the applicant adjusting the map slightly.
The Petition has since been resubmitted and the Salt Lake County Council approved a resolution agreeing
to the annexation process at their March 22, 2022, meeting.
Accepting the Petition is not approval of the annexation request. Acceptance begins the next step in the
annexation process which includes notices sent to property owners, a protest period, and the final
consideration by the Council.
Page | 2
The designation of the zoning of the property will be considered throughout the process and defined in the
ordinance considered by the Council. The Council has the option to request Planning Commission review
in their public meeting, with a request for a recommendation on the proposed annexation and zoning.
POLICY QUESTIONS
The Council may wish to ask the Administration what happens with the petition if the Council
denies it acceptance.
If accepted, does the Council wish to request the Planning Commission review the petition as part
of the public process and forward a recommendation to the City Council?
If accepted, does the Council wish to request the Planning Staff review and forward options for
appropriate zoning districts for the Council to consider?
Item E1
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
MOTION SHEET
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Nick Tarbet
Policy Analyst
DATE:April 5, 2022
RE:Annexation: 2350 North Rose Park Lane
PLNPCM2021-01124
MOTION 1
I move the Council accept a petition to annex a parcel of land at 2350 north rose park lane for further
consideration.
MOTION 2
I move the Council deny a petition to annex a parcel of land at 2350 north rose park lane for further
consideration.
hƉĚĂƚĞĚϭϬͬϮϳͬϮϭ
$QQH[DWLRQWR6DOW/DNH&LW\
K&&/ h^ KE>z
WƌŽũĞĐƚη͗ZĞĐĞŝǀĞĚLJ͗ĂƚĞZĞĐĞŝǀĞĚ͗
WƌŽũĞĐƚEĂŵĞ͗
W> ^ WZKs/ d, &K>>Kt/E'/E&KZDd/KE
/ƐƚŚĞƐƵďũĞĐƚĂƌĞĂďŽƌĚĞƌŝŶŐƚŚĞĐƵƌƌĞŶƚďŽƵŶĚĂƌŝĞƐŽĨ^Ăůƚ>ĂŬĞŝƚLJ͍ FzĞƐFEŽ
ZĞƋƵĞƐƚ͗
>ŽĐĂƚŝŽŶŽĨ^ƵďũĞĐƚWƌŽƉĞƌƚLJ͗
EĂŵĞŽĨƉƉůŝĐĂŶƚ͗WŚŽŶĞ͗
ĚĚƌĞƐƐŽĨƉƉůŝĐĂŶƚ͗
ͲŵĂŝůŽĨƉƉůŝĐĂŶƚ͗Ğůůͬ&Ădž͗
ƉƉůŝĐĂŶƚ͛Ɛ/ŶƚĞƌĞƐƚŝŶ^ƵďũĞĐƚWƌŽƉĞƌƚLJ͗
Î WůĞĂƐĞŶŽƚĞƚŚĂƚĂĚĚŝƚŝŽŶĂůŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶŵĂLJďĞƌĞƋƵŝƌĞĚďLJƚŚĞƉƌŽũĞĐƚƉůĂŶŶĞƌƚŽĞŶƐƵƌĞĂĚĞƋƵĂƚĞ
ŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶŝƐƉƌŽǀŝĚĞĚĨŽƌƐƚĂĨĨĂŶĂůLJƐŝƐ͘ůůŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶƌĞƋƵŝƌĞĚĨŽƌƐƚĂĨĨĂŶĂůLJƐŝƐǁŝůůďĞĐŽƉŝĞĚĂŶĚ
ŵĂĚĞƉƵďůŝĐ͕ŝŶĐůƵĚŝŶŐƉƌŽĨĞƐƐŝŽŶĂůĂƌĐŚŝƚĞĐƚƵƌĂůŽƌĞŶŐŝŶĞĞƌŝŶŐĚƌĂǁŝŶŐƐ͕ĨŽƌƚŚĞƉƵƌƉŽƐĞƐŽĨƉƵďůŝĐ
ƌĞǀŝĞǁďLJĂŶLJŝŶƚĞƌĞƐƚĞĚƉĂƌƚLJ͘
s/>> KE^h>dd/KE
Î WůĂŶŶĞƌƐĂƌĞĂǀĂŝůĂďůĞĨŽƌĐŽŶƐƵůƚĂƚŝŽŶƉƌŝŽƌƚŽƐƵďŵŝƚƚŝŶŐƚŚŝƐĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ͘WůĞĂƐĞĞŵĂŝů
njŽŶŝŶŐΛƐůĐŐŽǀ͘ĐŽŵŝĨLJŽƵŚĂǀĞĂŶLJƋƵĞƐƚŝŽŶƐƌĞŐĂƌĚŝŶŐƚŚĞƌĞƋƵŝƌĞŵĞŶƚƐŽĨƚŚŝƐĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ͘
t, Z dK&/> d, KDW> d WW>/d/KE
ƉƉůLJŽŶůŝŶĞƚŚƌŽƵŐŚƚŚĞŝƚŝnjĞŶĐĐĞƐƐWŽƌƚĂů͘dŚĞƌĞŝƐĂƐƚĞƉͲďLJͲƐƚĞƉŐƵŝĚĞƚŽůĞĂƌŶ
ŚŽǁƚŽƐƵďŵŝƚŽŶůŝŶĞ͘
Z Yh/Z &
&ŝůŝŶŐĨĞĞŽĨΨϭ͕ϯϰϰ
WůƵƐĂĚĚŝƚŝŽŶĂůĨĞĞĨŽƌƌĞƋƵŝƌĞĚƉƵďůŝĐŶŽƚŝĐĞƐǁŝůůďĞĂƐƐĞƐƐĞĚĂĨƚĞƌƚŚĞĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶŝƐƐƵďŵŝƚƚĞĚ͘
^/'EdhZ
/ĨĂƉƉůŝĐĂďůĞ͕ĂŶŽƚĂƌŝnjĞĚƐƚĂƚĞŵĞŶƚŽĨĐŽŶƐĞŶƚĂƵƚŚŽƌŝnjŝŶŐĂƉƉůŝĐĂŶƚƚŽĂĐƚĂƐĂŶĂŐĞŶƚǁŝůůďĞƌĞƋƵŝƌĞĚ͘
^ŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞŽĨKǁŶĞƌŽƌŐĞŶƚ͗ĂƚĞ͗6$/7/$.(&,7<3/$11,1*ϮϯϱϬE͘ZŽƐĞWĂƌŬ>Ŷ͕͘^Ăůƚ>ĂŬĞŝƚLJ͕hƚĂŚϴϰϭϭϲ
:tĞǀĞůŽƉŵĞŶƚ͕>>͖ƚƚŶ͗͘:ĞĨĨƌĞLJ͘tƌŝŐŚƚ͕W͘ ͘ĂŶĚ:ĂLJŽůůǁŝŶŬĞů ϴϬϭͲϯϬϮͲϮϮϬϬ͖ϴϬϭͲϯϲϰͲϵϲϵϲ
ũĞĨĨΛũǁƌŝŐŚƚ͘ďŝnj͖ũĂLJďΛŐƌĂƐƐůŝŐƌŽƵƉ͘ĐŽŵ
ϯϱϳtĞƐƚϲϭϲϬ^ŽƵƚŚ͕DƵƌƌĂLJ͕hdϴϰϭϬϳ
ϴϬϭͲϯϴϲͲϲϴϮϬ͖ϴϬϭͲϯϲϰͲϵϲϵϲ
y
ŶŶĞdžϮϴ͘ϮϴĂĐƌĞƐŝŶƚŽ^Ăůƚ>ĂŬĞŝƚLJ͕ĨƌŽŵƵŶŝŶĐŽƌƉŽƌĂƚĞĚ^Ăůƚ>ĂŬĞŽƵŶƚLJ
KǁŶĞƌΘZĞƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĂƚŝǀĞ
March 24, 2022 (via email)Cindy Lou Trishman, City Recorder
Hunter Stables
PLNPCM2021-01124
hƉĚĂƚĞĚϭϬͬϮϳͬϮϭ^ƚĂĨĨZĞǀŝĞǁ^hD/dd>Z Yh/Z D Ed^
ϭ͘>ĞƚƚĞƌƌĞƋƵĞƐƚŝŶŐƚŚĞŶŶĞdžĂƚŝŽŶ
ϭ͘ůĞƚƚĞƌƌĞƋƵĞƐƚŝŶŐƚŚĞŶŶĞdžĂƚŝŽŶƐŚŽƵůĚďĞĂĚĚƌĞƐƐĞĚƚŽƚŚĞDĂLJŽƌŽĨ^Ăůƚ>ĂŬĞŝƚLJ͘
Ϯ͘WůĞĂƐĞĂŶƐǁĞƌƚŚĞĨŽůůŽǁŝŶŐƋƵĞƐƚŝŽŶƐŽŶĂŶĂƚƚĂĐŚĞĚƐŚĞĞƚͬƐ͗
ϭ͘ tŚĂƚŝƐƚŚĞĐƵƌƌĞŶƚƵƐĞŽĨƚŚĞůĂŶĚ͍
Ϯ͘ tŚĂƚƐĞƌǀŝĐĞƐĂƌĞĐƵƌƌĞŶƚůLJƉƌŽǀŝĚĞĚďLJĂŶŽƚŚĞƌŵƵŶŝĐŝƉĂůŝƚLJ͕ĐŽƵŶƚLJ͕ŽƌƐƉĞĐŝĂůĚŝƐƚƌŝĐƚ͍
ϯ͘ WůĞĂƐĞŝĚĞŶƚŝĨLJĂŶLJůĞŐĂůŽƌĨĂĐƚƵĂůďĂƌƌŝĞƌƐƚŚĂƚǁŽƵůĚŶĞŐĂƚŝǀĞůLJĂĨĨĞĐƚƚŚĞƉƌŽďĂďŝůŝƚLJŽĨ
ĂŶŶĞdžĂƚŝŽŶŽĨƚŚĞƐƵďũĞĐƚƉƌŽƉĞƌƚLJ͍
ϯ͘WůĞĂƐĞŝŶĐůƵĚĞǁŝƚŚƚŚĞĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ͗
ϭ͘ĚŝŐŝƚĂů^ŝĚǁĞůůŵĂƉŽĨƚŚĞĂƌĞĂ͘
Ϯ͘ĚŝŐŝƚĂů;W&ͿĐŽƉLJŽĨƚŚĞŶŶĞdžĂƚŝŽŶWůĂƚ͘
ϯ͘dŚĞŶŶĞdžĂƚŝŽŶWůĂƚƐŚŽƵůĚƐŚŽǁƚŚĞĨŽůůŽǁŝŶŐ͗
Ă͘ƚŚĂƚŝƚŚĂƐďĞĞŶƉƌĞƉĂƌĞĚĂŶĚĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĞĚďLJĂůŝĐĞŶƐĞĚůĂŶĚƐƵƌǀĞLJŽƌ͖
ď͘ĂĐĐƵƌĂƚĞůLJĚƌĂǁŶƚŽƐĐĂůĞ͖
Đ͘ĂĐŽŵƉůĞƚĞůĞŐĂůĚĞƐĐƌŝƉƚŝŽŶƚŚĞĂƌĞĂ͖
Ě͘ƚŽƚĂůĂĐƌĞĂŐĞŽĨƚŚĞĂƌĞĂ͖ĂŶĚ
Ğ͘ƐŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞďůŽĐŬƐĨŽƌƚŚĞŝƚLJ ŶŐŝŶĞĞƌ͕ŝƚLJƚƚŽƌŶĞLJ͕ŝƚLJZĞĐŽƌĚĞƌ͕
ĂŶĚ^Ăůƚ>ĂŬĞŽƵŶƚLJZĞĐŽƌĚĞƌ͘
ϰ͘EĂŵĞĂŶĚĂĚĚƌĞƐƐŽĨĂůůƉƌŽƉĞƌƚLJŽǁŶĞƌƐ͘
ϱ͘WĞƚŝƚŝŽŶǁŝƚŚƐŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞƐŽĨƉƌŽƉĞƌƚLJŽǁŶĞƌƐǁŚŽƐƵƉƉŽƌƚƚŚĞŶŶĞdžĂƚŝŽŶ͘
x ^ŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞƐƐŚŽƵůĚďĞĨƌŽŵƚŚĞƉƌŽƉĞƌƚLJŽǁŶĞƌƐĂŶĚŶŽƚĨƌŽŵƚŚĞƉƌŽƉĞƌƚLJƌĞŶƚĞƌƐ͘
x dŚĞƉĞƚŝƚŝŽŶƐŚŽƵůĚŝŶĐůƵĚĞƚŚĞŵĂũŽƌŝƚLJŽĨĂůůƉƌŽƉĞƌƚLJŽǁŶĞƌƐ͘
&/>>/E't/d,^>d>< KhEdz> Z<͛^K&&/
Î WůĞĂƐĞŶŽƚĞƚŚĂƚĂĐŽƉLJŽĨƚŚĞĐŽŵƉůĞƚĞĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶŵƵƐƚĂůƐŽďĞĨŝůĞĚǁŝƚŚƚŚĞ^Ăůƚ>ĂŬĞŽƵŶƚLJůĞƌŬ͛Ɛ
KĨĨŝĐĞĨŽůůŽǁŝŶŐZĞĐĞŝƉƚĂƚƚŚĞŝƚLJZĞĐŽƌĚĞƌ͛ƐŽĨĨŝĐĞ͘dŚĞŽƵŶƚLJůĞƌŬ͛ƐŽĨĨŝĐĞŝƐůŽĐĂƚĞĚĂƚ͗ϮϬϬϭ^ŽƵƚŚ^ƚĂƚĞ
^ƚƌĞĞƚ͕ZŽŽŵ^ͲϭϭϬϬ
/EKDW> d WW>/d/KE^t/>>EKd Wd
ͺͺͺͺͺͺ/ĂĐŬŶŽǁůĞĚŐĞƚŚĂƚ^Ăůƚ>ĂŬĞŝƚLJƌĞƋƵŝƌĞƐƚŚĞŝƚĞŵƐĂďŽǀĞƚŽďĞƐƵďŵŝƚƚĞĚďĞĨŽƌĞŵLJĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶĐĂŶďĞ
ƉƌŽĐĞƐƐĞĚ͘/ƵŶĚĞƌƐƚĂŶĚƚŚĂƚWůĂŶŶŝŶŐǁŝůůŶŽƚĂĐĐĞƉƚŵLJĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶƵŶůĞƐƐĂůůŽĨƚŚĞĨŽůůŽǁŝŶŐŝƚĞŵƐĂƌĞ
ŝŶĐůƵĚĞĚŝŶƚŚĞƐƵďŵŝƚƚĂůƉĂĐŬĂŐĞ͘
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
hƉĚĂƚĞĚϭϬͬϮϳͬϮϭ
W d/d/KEdKEE yWZKW Zdz/EdK^>d>< /dz:hZ/^/d/KE
;ƚŚŝƐƉĂŐĞŵĂLJďĞĚƵƉůŝĐĂƚĞĚŝĨŶĞĐĞƐƐĂƌLJͿ
EĂŵĞŽĨƉƉůŝĐĂŶƚ͗ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ
ĚĚƌĞƐƐŽĨƉƉůŝĐĂŶƚ͗ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ
ĂƚĞ͗ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ
127,&( 7KHUHZLOOEHQRSXEOLFHOHFWLRQRQWKHDQQH[DWLRQSURSRVHGE\WKLVSHWLWLRQEHFDXVH8WDKODZGRHV
QRWSURYLGHIRUDQDQQH[DWLRQWREHDSSURYHGE\YRWHUVDWDSXEOLFHOHFWLRQ
,I\RXVLJQWKLVSHWLWLRQDQGODWHUGHFLGHWKDW\RXGRQRWVXSSRUWWKHSHWLWLRQ\RXPD\ZLWKGUDZ\RXU
VLJQDWXUHE\VXEPLWWLQJDVLJQHGZULWWHQZLWKGUDZDOWRWKH6DOW/DNH&LW\5HFRUGHU,I\RXFKRRVHWR
ZLWKGUDZ\RXUVLJQDWXUH\RXVKDOOGRVRQRODWHUWKDQGD\VDIWHU6DOW/DNH&LW\UHFHLYHVQRWLFHWKDWWKH
SHWLWLRQKDVEHHQFHUWLILHG
ƐĂŶŽǁŶĞƌŽĨƉƌŽƉĞƌƚLJƐƵƉƉŽƌƚŝŶŐƚŚĞƉƌŽƉŽƐĞĚŶŶĞdžĂƚŝŽŶŝŶƚŽ^Ăůƚ>ĂŬĞŝƚLJ:ƵƌŝƐĚŝĐƚŝŽŶ͕/ĂŐƌĞĞƚŽƚŚĞ
ƉƌŽƉŽƐĞĚĂŶŶĞdžĂƚŝŽŶ͘
ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ
WƌŝŶƚEĂŵĞĚĚƌĞƐƐ^ŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞ ĂƚĞ
ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ
WƌŝŶƚEĂŵĞĚĚƌĞƐƐ^ŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞ ĂƚĞ
ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ
WƌŝŶƚEĂŵĞĚĚƌĞƐƐ^ŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞ ĂƚĞ
ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ
WƌŝŶƚEĂŵĞĚĚƌĞƐƐ^ŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞ ĂƚĞ
ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ
WƌŝŶƚEĂŵĞĚĚƌĞƐƐ^ŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞ ĂƚĞ
ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ
WƌŝŶƚEĂŵĞĚĚƌĞƐƐ^ŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞ ĂƚĞ
ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ
WƌŝŶƚEĂŵĞĚĚƌĞƐƐ^ŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞ ĂƚĞ
:tĞǀĞůŽƉŵĞŶƚ͕>>͖ƚƚŶ͗͘:ĞĨĨƌĞLJ͘tƌŝŐŚƚ͕W͘ ͘ĂŶĚ:ĂLJŽůůǁŝŶŬĞů
ϯϱϳtĞƐƚϲϭϲϬ^ŽƵƚŚ͕DƵƌƌĂLJ͕hdϴϰϭϬϳ
01/0 138z/7. 1z
233 z/ z53!z
/6-49z/ z2)3z)( vz
vz
vddz
"z oCz z z z ?CMZJz BlQrz do\bz BC^\dCz =ZBzd=rzeK=ez #z oCz =Vz =_Cz eKCz
\oZC_dz \DzeLCz ^_\z C_frz MBCZeMGCBz Mz eKCz =hg=@KCBz =^^QM@=eM\[z =[Bz eK=ez eKCz de=eCWCZedz KC_CMZz @\Ze=M[CBz
=[Bz eKCz MZH_X=fM\[z ^_\mMBCBz M[z eKCz =fg=@KCBz ^Q=Zdz =[Bz \eKC_z CpKM?Medz =_CzM[z =QQz _Cd^C@edz e_lCz =[Bz @\__C@ez
e\ez eKCz ?Cdez \EzWrz \l_z PZ\oQCBJC
z "z =Qd\z =@OZ\oQCBJCz eK=ez #z oCz K=mCz _C@CMmCBz o`MefC[z M[dkl@eM\Zdz
_CJ=_BMZJz eKCz ^_\@Cddz I_z oKM@Kz #z oCz =Wz =_Cz =^^QrM[Jz=ZBz eKCz2=Qez*=OCz Mfrz 0Q=[ZMZJz 2e=Fz K=nCz
MZBM@=eCBzeKCrz=_Cz=m=MQ=?QCze\z=ddMdezVCzMZzW=ON[JzeKNdz=^^QM@=eM\Zz
$ - +)-
%""-,'-
-
0_\^C_erz/o[C_z
0_]^C_irz/oZC_z
,\e=_rz
1CdMBMZJzM[z2=Sfz*=OCz\l[ftz 5e=Kz
+rz@\YMddM\[zCp^M_Cdz &zz
wz $z%z#z oCz<x A
Ta:z;z eKCz\oZC_zdz \DzeKCz_C=Qz ^_\^C`erz BCd@_M?CBz MZz eKCz =fj=@KCBz=^^QM@=eM\Zz B\z=leQz \_MuCBz=dzWrz\z _z =JC[edz '=sz\QQoMZPCRz z e\z_C^_CdCZezVCzldz
_CJ=_BMZJz eKCz =fj=@KCBz =^^QM@=eM\[z =[Bz g\z =^^C=_z \Zz Wrz z\l_z ?CK=QDz ?CH_Cz =[rz =BVM[Mde_=eMmCz \_z
QCJMdQ=eMmCz ?\Brz M[z eKCz Merz@\ZdMBC_MZJz eKMdz =^^QM@=eM\[z >Bze\z =@ez M[z=QQz _Cd^C@edz =dz \l_z =JCZez M[z V=eeC_dz
^C_f=MZMZJze\zeKCz=ef=@KCBz=^^QM@=eM\Zz
0_\^C_irz/o[C_z
0_\^C_erz/oZC_z
=hCyMdzB=rz\Dz
z z ^C_d\Z=Urz=^^C=_CBz ?CH_CzWCz
eKCz dMJZC_dz \DzeKCz =JCZez =lez cu=eM\Zz oKz BQrz =@P[\oQCBJCBz e\z XCz
eK=ezeKCrzCpC@leCBzeKCzd=WCz
$!!- + *-
&##-,(-
-
,\e=_tz
1CdMBMZJzMZz2=Qez*=OCz\lZerz5e=Kz
+rz@\VWNddM\ZzCq^M_Cdz
145 W 200 S – Salt Lake City, Utah 84111 – 801-364-9696 – www.grassligroup.com
0DUFK, 202
Mayor Mendenhall
Salt Lake City
451 S. State Street, Suite 306
Salt Lake City, Utah 84111
Subject: Annexation of Acres on 2664 North Rose Park Lane
Dear Mayor Mendehall,
We formally request the annexation of the above referenced parcel to be classified as RMF75
zoning. We have attended the Westpointe Community Council and presented our project twice
to gather input. We are now ready to proceed with Planning Commission review of our project.
Thank you for your consideration.
Sincerely,
Jay Bollwinkel, Principal
MGB+A, Inc.
145 W 200 S – Salt Lake City, Utah 84111 – 801-364-9696 – www.grassligroup.com
ϭ͘What is the current use of the land? – ŐƌŝĐƵůƚƵƌĞ
Ϯ͘What services are currently provided by another municipality, county, or special district? -
EŽŶĞ
ϯ͘Please identify any legal or factual barriers that would negatively affect the probability of
annexation of the subject property? – EŽŶĞ
tĞŚĂǀĞƌĞƐƵďŵŝƚƚĞĚƚŚŝƐĂŶŶĞdžĂƚŝŽŶƉĞƚŝƚŝŽŶƚŽŝŶĐůƵĚĞƚŚĞĂŶŶĞdžĂƚŝŽŶŽĨƚǁŽ;ϮͿƉƵďůŝĐůLJ
ƉĂƌĐĞůƐ͕ƉĞƌƚŚĞƌĞƋƵĞƐƚŽĨ^Ăůƚ>ĂŬĞŽƵŶƚLJ͘dŚĞƐĞƉĂƌĐĞůƐĂƌĞŽǁŶĞĚďLJ^Ăůƚ>ĂŬĞŝƚLJŽƌƉ͘
;ƉĂƌĐĞůηϬϴϭϱϭϬϬϬϯϬϬϬϬϬͿĂŶĚƚŚĞ^ƚĂƚĞŽĨhƚĂŚŝǀŝƐŝŽŶƐŽĨWĂƌŬƐΘZĞĐƌĞĂƚŝŽŶͲ;ƉĂƌĐĞůη
ϬϴϭϱϭϬϬϬϮϵϬϬϬϬͿ͘
Property Owners:
Jeff Wright
JWright Communities, LLC
357 W 6160 S
Murray, UT 84107
All ƉƌŝǀĂƚĞproperty owners support this annexation
1
PETITION FOR ANNEXATION
TO: CITY RECORDER’S OFFICE OF SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH
COUNTY CLERK’S OFFICE OF SALT LAKE COUNTY, UTAH:
The undersigned owner (the “Petitioner”) of a portion of the Property (defined below)
submits this Petition for Annexation (this “Petition”) and respectfully represents the following:
1.This Petition is made in accordance with the requirements of Utah Code § 10-2-
403.
2.The real property subject to this Petition: (i) contains land that is privately-owned
by the Petitioner, (ii) contains land that is publicly owned by Salt Lake City Corp.
and the State of Utah Division of Parks and Recreation, (iii) contains
approximately 28.28 acres, (iv) is located within the unincorporated area of Salt
Lake County, (v) is contiguous to the northern boundary of Salt Lake City’s
limits, and (vi) is more particularly described on Exhibit “A” attached hereto (the
“Property”).
3.The signature affixed hereto is that of the Petitioner and who, by so affixing its
signature, states and confirms that:
a.the Petitioner is the owner of all private land area within the Property;
b. the Property is accurately described and depicted on the recordable map,
attached hereto as Exhibit “A”, which was prepared by a licensed surveyor
and which is made a part hereof by such reference;
c.in accordance with Utah Code § 10-2-403(2)(a)(i)(A), a notice of intent to
file a petition was properly filed with the City Recorder of Salt Lake City,
Utah, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit “B”; and
d.in accordance with Utah Code § 10-2-403(2)(a)(i)(B), a notice was properly
mailed to each “affected entity”, including, without limitation, the public
entities that own a portion of the Property, a copy of which is attached
hereto as Exhibit “A” , as evidenced by that certificate of completion
attached hereto as Exhibit “C”.
4.The Petitioner hereby designates the following person as the sole sponsor, and the
contact sponsor, for this Petition. The sponsor’s contact information is as follows:
Jay Bollwinkel
145 W 200 S
Salt Lake City, UT 84101
jayb@grassligroup.com
5.The Property is not, in whole or in part, subject to any other petition for annexation
that was previously filed that has not been denied, rejected, or granted, in
accordance to Utah Code § 10-2-403(4).
2
WHEREFORE, Petitioner hereby requests that this Petition be considered, accepted, and
certified by the Salt Lake City Recorder in accordance with Utah Code § 10-2-405.
DATED this day of March 2022.
PETITIONER:
JWright Communities
By:
Name: Jeffery D. Wright
Its:
NOTICE: THERE WILL BE NO PUBLIC ELECTION ON THE ANNEXATION PROPOSED BY
THIS PETITION BECAUSE UTAH LAW DOES NOT PROVIDE FOR AN ANNEXATION TO
BE APPROVED BY VOTERS AT A PUBLIC ELECTION. IF YOU SIGN THIS PETITION AND
LATER DECIDE THAT YOU DO NOT SUPPORT THE PETITION, YOU MAY WITHDRAW
YOUR SIGNATURE BY SUBMITTING A SIGNED, WRITTEN WITHDRAWAL WITH THE
RECORDER OR CLERK OF SALT LAKE CITY. IF YOU CHOOSE TO WITHDRAW YOUR
SIGNATURE, YOU SHALL DO SO NO LATER THAN THIRTY (30) DAYS AFTER SALT
LAKE CITY RECEIVES NOTICE THAT THE PETITION HAS BEEN CERTIFIED.
CONTACT SPONSOR:
By:
Name: Jay Bollwinkel
Its:
23rd
3
EXHIBIT “A”
Recordable Map or Plat
[See Attached]
4
4852-6058-5424.4
5
EXHIBIT “B”
Notice of Intent to File Petition & Notice to Affected Entities
[See Attached]
6
7
8
9
10
11
EXHIBIT “C”
Certificate of Completion
[See Attached]
12
13
14
ERIN MENDENHALL DEPARTMENT of COMMUNITY
Mayor and NEIGHBORHOODS
Blake Thomas
Director
SALT LAKE CITY CORPORATION
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 404 WWW.SLC.GOV
P.O. BOX 145486, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5486 TEL 801.535.6230 FAX 801.535.6005
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
________________________ Date Received: _________________
Lisa Shaffer, Chief Administrative Officer Date sent to Council: _________________
______________________________________________________________________________
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: March 31, 2022
Dan Dugan, Chair
FROM: Blake Thomas, Director, Department of Community & Neighborhoods
__________________________
SUBJECT: PLNPCM2021-01124 Hunter Stables Annexation located at approximately 2350
North Rose Park Lane and as indicated in the attached information.
STAFF CONTACT: Nick Norris, Planning Director (nick.norris@slcgov.com or 801-535-6173)
DOCUMENT TYPE: Resolution
RECOMMENDATION: That the Council accept the annexation application by adopting the
resolution. If accepted, it means that the City will process the Annexation proposal and return to
the City Council for a final decision as prescribed by Utah Code.
BUDGET IMPACT: None at this time.
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: On September 23, 2021 the Notice of Intent to Annex was
received by the City Recorder’s office. Following the receipt of the County’s certification of
mailing (as required by State Code 10-2-403(2)) on October 27, 2021, the City Recorder’s
office provided the Petition to the applicant.
Upon receipt of the Petition on November 1, 2021, the County was notified by the petitioner
and notice was provided via email to the City Council of the completed Petition submission.
The Planning Division assigned PLNPCM2021-01124 to this application and the fee was paid.
On November 30, 2021 Salt Lake City Recorder withdrew the Certification on behalf of the
Petition, as it had been collectively identified to be reviewed by the County Council prior to the
City Council taking action. On March 22, 2022 the County Council approved a resolution
Lisa Shaffer (Apr 1, 2022 11:29 MDT)04/01/2022
04/01/2022
agreeing to support Salt Lake City in this specific Petition, and included a statement of intent
that in the future Salt Lake City will use its best efforts to annex all areas of unincorporated Salt
Lake County to the west and north of Hunter Stables. On March 24, 2022 the completed,
updated Petition was submitted to the City and the County. (Exhibit B)
The City Council is now tasked to determine if they accept the Petition by resolution or deny by
motion within the 14-day window from the date of the notice. For this reason, the Council has
provided the option to transmit the information and Petition speedily. If no action is taken
within the 14-day window, the Petition will be considered accepted.
If the Council accepts the Petition a 30-day period of noticing begins, and a Certification of
Petition requirements met is completed. Upon Certification, within 10 days the Recorder’s
office on behalf of the Council will mail a notice to each owner of real property locating within
the proposed annexation area and post physical notices, post notice on the Utah Public Meeting
Site, post on the website, and mail written notice to each affected entity. At this stage, protests
may be submitted regarding the annexation. If protests are filed, the City Recorder will
coordinate with appropriate entities and provide a written update to the City Council.
Upon resolving protests, or if no protests are filed, the City Council is required to hold a public
hearing. Prior to the public hearing, the Planning Division will provide a transmittal with the
proposed ordinance to annex the property with a proposed zoning. Adopting the zoning of the
property is done as part of the annexation process and is not subject to the typical zoning
process outlined in Utah Code or in City Ordinance. The rationale behind that is that the city
cannot apply zoning outside of the city boundaries and State Code requires all land within the
City to be zoned and therefore the zoning is adopted at the same time as the annexation is
approved.
State Code also does not require a recommendation from the Planning Commission on
annexations or on the proposed zoning associated with annexed land. However, the City
Council has the discretion to ask the Planning Commission for a recommendation.
The annexation process is not subject to the 45-day public notice required by City Code. Due to
noticing requirements outlined in Utah Code, applying the 45-day notice period may result in
the City Council not being able to comply with the timing requirements for annexations in State
Code.
The Petition includes a desired zoning designation of RMF-75. This zoning district would
allow buildings up to 75 feet in height. According to the annexation Petition, the land to be
annexed includes 17.21 acres of land. In the RMF-75 zoning district density is calculated at 500
square feet per unit for properties over one acre in size. This could result in as many as 1,499
housing units on the property. The zoning will be further analyzed if the Council accepts the
petition.
PUBLIC PROCESS: Notices required to be completed through the Annexation process has
been completed.
EXHIBITS:
1) Resolution
2) Annexation Application Materials
1. Resolution
RESOLUTION NO. ________ OF 2022
ACCEPTING A PETITION TO ANNEX A PARCEL OF LAND AT
2350 NORTH ROSE PARK LANE FOR FURTHER CONSIDERATION
PURSUANT TO UTAH CODE SECTION 10-2-405
WHEREAS, on March 24, 2022, JAW Development, LLC (“Petitioner”) submitted a
petition (Petition No. PLNPCM2021-01124) to annex into Salt Lake City approximately 17 acres
of land located at 2350 North Rose Park Lane in unincorporated Salt Lake County (the
“Property”); and
WHEREAS, the proposed annexation would further isolate an existing peninsula of
unincorporated land and therefore caused the County Council to assert that its support of the
proposed annexation is necessary; and
WHEREAS, on March 22, 2022, the County Council approved a resolution identifying
their support and encouraging Salt Lake City to annex all of the unincorporated areas to the west
and north of the Property; and
WHEREAS, the proposed annexation area is identified as an expansion area described as
“Study Area 1 - West Airport” in the city’s annexation policy plan titled, “A MASTER
ANNEXATION POLICY DECLARATION for Salt Lake City, Utah” adopted in 1979 and as
shown on the map accompanying that plan titled, “SALT LAKE CITY Annexation Policy
Declaration Proposed Future Boundaries”; and
WHEREAS, Utah Code Section 10-2-405 provides that a municipal legislative body
may, within 14 days of receiving an annexation petition, accept an annexation petition for further
consideration or deny it; and
WHEREAS, accepting an annexation petition for further consideration pursuant to
Section 10-2-405 does not constitute final approval of the annexation by the municipal
legislative body and does not establish whether any particular zoning designation may be
appropriate for potentially annexed land; and
WHEREAS, because the Property is within Salt Lake City’s expansion area in its 1979
annexation policy plan and because the Property is congruous to Salt Lake City corporate limits,
the Salt Lake City Council finds that it should accept the subject annexation petition for further
consideration.
NOW, THEREFORE, be it resolved by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah:
That Petitioner’s petition to annex approximately 17 acres into Salt Lake City is hereby
accepted by the Salt Lake City Council for further consideration as provided by Utah Code
Section 10-2-405.
DATED this ______ day of ________________, 2022.
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this _____ day of
________________, 2022.
SALT LAKE CITY COUNCIL
By:___________________________
CHAIRPERSON
ATTEST AND COUNTERSIGN:
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
Resolution accepting Hunter Stables annexation petition
APPROVED AS TO FORM
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Date:__________________________________
By: ___________________________________
Paul C. Nielson, Senior City Attorney
March 31, 2022
2. Annexation Application Materials
hƉĚĂƚĞĚϭϬͬϮϳͬϮϭ
$QQH[DWLRQWR6DOW/DNH&LW\
K&&/ h^ KE>z
WƌŽũĞĐƚη͗ZĞĐĞŝǀĞĚLJ͗ĂƚĞZĞĐĞŝǀĞĚ͗
WƌŽũĞĐƚEĂŵĞ͗
W> ^ WZKs/ d, &K>>Kt/E'/E&KZDd/KE
/ƐƚŚĞƐƵďũĞĐƚĂƌĞĂďŽƌĚĞƌŝŶŐƚŚĞĐƵƌƌĞŶƚďŽƵŶĚĂƌŝĞƐŽĨ^Ăůƚ>ĂŬĞŝƚLJ͍ FzĞƐFEŽ
ZĞƋƵĞƐƚ͗
>ŽĐĂƚŝŽŶŽĨ^ƵďũĞĐƚWƌŽƉĞƌƚLJ͗
EĂŵĞŽĨƉƉůŝĐĂŶƚ͗WŚŽŶĞ͗
ĚĚƌĞƐƐŽĨƉƉůŝĐĂŶƚ͗
ͲŵĂŝůŽĨƉƉůŝĐĂŶƚ͗Ğůůͬ&Ădž͗
ƉƉůŝĐĂŶƚ͛Ɛ/ŶƚĞƌĞƐƚŝŶ^ƵďũĞĐƚWƌŽƉĞƌƚLJ͗
Î WůĞĂƐĞŶŽƚĞƚŚĂƚĂĚĚŝƚŝŽŶĂůŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶŵĂLJďĞƌĞƋƵŝƌĞĚďLJƚŚĞƉƌŽũĞĐƚƉůĂŶŶĞƌƚŽĞŶƐƵƌĞĂĚĞƋƵĂƚĞ
ŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶŝƐƉƌŽǀŝĚĞĚĨŽƌƐƚĂĨĨĂŶĂůLJƐŝƐ͘ůůŝŶĨŽƌŵĂƚŝŽŶƌĞƋƵŝƌĞĚĨŽƌƐƚĂĨĨĂŶĂůLJƐŝƐǁŝůůďĞĐŽƉŝĞĚĂŶĚ
ŵĂĚĞƉƵďůŝĐ͕ŝŶĐůƵĚŝŶŐƉƌŽĨĞƐƐŝŽŶĂůĂƌĐŚŝƚĞĐƚƵƌĂůŽƌĞŶŐŝŶĞĞƌŝŶŐĚƌĂǁŝŶŐƐ͕ĨŽƌƚŚĞƉƵƌƉŽƐĞƐŽĨƉƵďůŝĐ
ƌĞǀŝĞǁďLJĂŶLJŝŶƚĞƌĞƐƚĞĚƉĂƌƚLJ͘
s/>> KE^h>dd/KE
Î WůĂŶŶĞƌƐĂƌĞĂǀĂŝůĂďůĞĨŽƌĐŽŶƐƵůƚĂƚŝŽŶƉƌŝŽƌƚŽƐƵďŵŝƚƚŝŶŐƚŚŝƐĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ͘WůĞĂƐĞĞŵĂŝů
njŽŶŝŶŐΛƐůĐŐŽǀ͘ĐŽŵŝĨLJŽƵŚĂǀĞĂŶLJƋƵĞƐƚŝŽŶƐƌĞŐĂƌĚŝŶŐƚŚĞƌĞƋƵŝƌĞŵĞŶƚƐŽĨƚŚŝƐĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ͘
t, Z dK&/> d, KDW> d WW>/d/KE
ƉƉůLJŽŶůŝŶĞƚŚƌŽƵŐŚƚŚĞŝƚŝnjĞŶĐĐĞƐƐWŽƌƚĂů͘dŚĞƌĞŝƐĂƐƚĞƉͲďLJͲƐƚĞƉŐƵŝĚĞƚŽůĞĂƌŶ
ŚŽǁƚŽƐƵďŵŝƚŽŶůŝŶĞ͘
Z Yh/Z &
&ŝůŝŶŐĨĞĞŽĨΨϭ͕ϯϰϰ
WůƵƐĂĚĚŝƚŝŽŶĂůĨĞĞĨŽƌƌĞƋƵŝƌĞĚƉƵďůŝĐŶŽƚŝĐĞƐǁŝůůďĞĂƐƐĞƐƐĞĚĂĨƚĞƌƚŚĞĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶŝƐƐƵďŵŝƚƚĞĚ͘
^/'EdhZ
/ĨĂƉƉůŝĐĂďůĞ͕ĂŶŽƚĂƌŝnjĞĚƐƚĂƚĞŵĞŶƚŽĨĐŽŶƐĞŶƚĂƵƚŚŽƌŝnjŝŶŐĂƉƉůŝĐĂŶƚƚŽĂĐƚĂƐĂŶĂŐĞŶƚǁŝůůďĞƌĞƋƵŝƌĞĚ͘
^ŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞŽĨKǁŶĞƌŽƌŐĞŶƚ͗ĂƚĞ͗6$/7/$.(&,7<3/$11,1*ϮϯϱϬE͘ZŽƐĞWĂƌŬ>Ŷ͕͘^Ăůƚ>ĂŬĞŝƚLJ͕hƚĂŚϴϰϭϭϲ
:tĞǀĞůŽƉŵĞŶƚ͕>>͖ƚƚŶ͗͘:ĞĨĨƌĞLJ͘tƌŝŐŚƚ͕W͘ ͘ĂŶĚ:ĂLJŽůůǁŝŶŬĞů ϴϬϭͲϯϬϮͲϮϮϬϬ͖ϴϬϭͲϯϲϰͲϵϲϵϲ
ũĞĨĨΛũǁƌŝŐŚƚ͘ďŝnj͖ũĂLJďΛŐƌĂƐƐůŝŐƌŽƵƉ͘ĐŽŵ
ϯϱϳtĞƐƚϲϭϲϬ^ŽƵƚŚ͕DƵƌƌĂLJ͕hdϴϰϭϬϳ
ϴϬϭͲϯϴϲͲϲϴϮϬ͖ϴϬϭͲϯϲϰͲϵϲϵϲ
y
ŶŶĞdžϮϴ͘ϮϴĂĐƌĞƐŝŶƚŽ^Ăůƚ>ĂŬĞŝƚLJ͕ĨƌŽŵƵŶŝŶĐŽƌƉŽƌĂƚĞĚ^Ăůƚ>ĂŬĞŽƵŶƚLJ
KǁŶĞƌΘZĞƉƌĞƐĞŶƚĂƚŝǀĞ
March 24, 2022 (via email)Cindy Lou Trishman, City Recorder
Hunter Stables
PLNPCM2021-01124
hƉĚĂƚĞĚϭϬͬϮϳͬϮϭ^ƚĂĨĨZĞǀŝĞǁ^hD/dd>Z Yh/Z D Ed^
ϭ͘>ĞƚƚĞƌƌĞƋƵĞƐƚŝŶŐƚŚĞŶŶĞdžĂƚŝŽŶ
ϭ͘ůĞƚƚĞƌƌĞƋƵĞƐƚŝŶŐƚŚĞŶŶĞdžĂƚŝŽŶƐŚŽƵůĚďĞĂĚĚƌĞƐƐĞĚƚŽƚŚĞDĂLJŽƌŽĨ^Ăůƚ>ĂŬĞŝƚLJ͘
Ϯ͘WůĞĂƐĞĂŶƐǁĞƌƚŚĞĨŽůůŽǁŝŶŐƋƵĞƐƚŝŽŶƐŽŶĂŶĂƚƚĂĐŚĞĚƐŚĞĞƚͬƐ͗
ϭ͘ tŚĂƚŝƐƚŚĞĐƵƌƌĞŶƚƵƐĞŽĨƚŚĞůĂŶĚ͍
Ϯ͘ tŚĂƚƐĞƌǀŝĐĞƐĂƌĞĐƵƌƌĞŶƚůLJƉƌŽǀŝĚĞĚďLJĂŶŽƚŚĞƌŵƵŶŝĐŝƉĂůŝƚLJ͕ĐŽƵŶƚLJ͕ŽƌƐƉĞĐŝĂůĚŝƐƚƌŝĐƚ͍
ϯ͘ WůĞĂƐĞŝĚĞŶƚŝĨLJĂŶLJůĞŐĂůŽƌĨĂĐƚƵĂůďĂƌƌŝĞƌƐƚŚĂƚǁŽƵůĚŶĞŐĂƚŝǀĞůLJĂĨĨĞĐƚƚŚĞƉƌŽďĂďŝůŝƚLJŽĨ
ĂŶŶĞdžĂƚŝŽŶŽĨƚŚĞƐƵďũĞĐƚƉƌŽƉĞƌƚLJ͍
ϯ͘WůĞĂƐĞŝŶĐůƵĚĞǁŝƚŚƚŚĞĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶ͗
ϭ͘ĚŝŐŝƚĂů^ŝĚǁĞůůŵĂƉŽĨƚŚĞĂƌĞĂ͘
Ϯ͘ĚŝŐŝƚĂů;W&ͿĐŽƉLJŽĨƚŚĞŶŶĞdžĂƚŝŽŶWůĂƚ͘
ϯ͘dŚĞŶŶĞdžĂƚŝŽŶWůĂƚƐŚŽƵůĚƐŚŽǁƚŚĞĨŽůůŽǁŝŶŐ͗
Ă͘ƚŚĂƚŝƚŚĂƐďĞĞŶƉƌĞƉĂƌĞĚĂŶĚĐĞƌƚŝĨŝĞĚďLJĂůŝĐĞŶƐĞĚůĂŶĚƐƵƌǀĞLJŽƌ͖
ď͘ĂĐĐƵƌĂƚĞůLJĚƌĂǁŶƚŽƐĐĂůĞ͖
Đ͘ĂĐŽŵƉůĞƚĞůĞŐĂůĚĞƐĐƌŝƉƚŝŽŶƚŚĞĂƌĞĂ͖
Ě͘ƚŽƚĂůĂĐƌĞĂŐĞŽĨƚŚĞĂƌĞĂ͖ĂŶĚ
Ğ͘ƐŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞďůŽĐŬƐĨŽƌƚŚĞŝƚLJ ŶŐŝŶĞĞƌ͕ŝƚLJƚƚŽƌŶĞLJ͕ŝƚLJZĞĐŽƌĚĞƌ͕
ĂŶĚ^Ăůƚ>ĂŬĞŽƵŶƚLJZĞĐŽƌĚĞƌ͘
ϰ͘EĂŵĞĂŶĚĂĚĚƌĞƐƐŽĨĂůůƉƌŽƉĞƌƚLJŽǁŶĞƌƐ͘
ϱ͘WĞƚŝƚŝŽŶǁŝƚŚƐŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞƐŽĨƉƌŽƉĞƌƚLJŽǁŶĞƌƐǁŚŽƐƵƉƉŽƌƚƚŚĞŶŶĞdžĂƚŝŽŶ͘
x ^ŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞƐƐŚŽƵůĚďĞĨƌŽŵƚŚĞƉƌŽƉĞƌƚLJŽǁŶĞƌƐĂŶĚŶŽƚĨƌŽŵƚŚĞƉƌŽƉĞƌƚLJƌĞŶƚĞƌƐ͘
x dŚĞƉĞƚŝƚŝŽŶƐŚŽƵůĚŝŶĐůƵĚĞƚŚĞŵĂũŽƌŝƚLJŽĨĂůůƉƌŽƉĞƌƚLJŽǁŶĞƌƐ͘
&/>>/E't/d,^>d>< KhEdz> Z<͛^K&&/
Î WůĞĂƐĞŶŽƚĞƚŚĂƚĂĐŽƉLJŽĨƚŚĞĐŽŵƉůĞƚĞĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶŵƵƐƚĂůƐŽďĞĨŝůĞĚǁŝƚŚƚŚĞ^Ăůƚ>ĂŬĞŽƵŶƚLJůĞƌŬ͛Ɛ
KĨĨŝĐĞĨŽůůŽǁŝŶŐZĞĐĞŝƉƚĂƚƚŚĞŝƚLJZĞĐŽƌĚĞƌ͛ƐŽĨĨŝĐĞ͘dŚĞŽƵŶƚLJůĞƌŬ͛ƐŽĨĨŝĐĞŝƐůŽĐĂƚĞĚĂƚ͗ϮϬϬϭ^ŽƵƚŚ^ƚĂƚĞ
^ƚƌĞĞƚ͕ZŽŽŵ^ͲϭϭϬϬ
/EKDW> d WW>/d/KE^t/>>EKd Wd
ͺͺͺͺͺͺ/ĂĐŬŶŽǁůĞĚŐĞƚŚĂƚ^Ăůƚ>ĂŬĞŝƚLJƌĞƋƵŝƌĞƐƚŚĞŝƚĞŵƐĂďŽǀĞƚŽďĞƐƵďŵŝƚƚĞĚďĞĨŽƌĞŵLJĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶĐĂŶďĞ
ƉƌŽĐĞƐƐĞĚ͘/ƵŶĚĞƌƐƚĂŶĚƚŚĂƚWůĂŶŶŝŶŐǁŝůůŶŽƚĂĐĐĞƉƚŵLJĂƉƉůŝĐĂƚŝŽŶƵŶůĞƐƐĂůůŽĨƚŚĞĨŽůůŽǁŝŶŐŝƚĞŵƐĂƌĞ
ŝŶĐůƵĚĞĚŝŶƚŚĞƐƵďŵŝƚƚĂůƉĂĐŬĂŐĞ͘
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
hƉĚĂƚĞĚϭϬͬϮϳͬϮϭ
W d/d/KEdKEE yWZKW Zdz/EdK^>d>< /dz:hZ/^/d/KE
;ƚŚŝƐƉĂŐĞŵĂLJďĞĚƵƉůŝĐĂƚĞĚŝĨŶĞĐĞƐƐĂƌLJͿ
EĂŵĞŽĨƉƉůŝĐĂŶƚ͗ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ
ĚĚƌĞƐƐŽĨƉƉůŝĐĂŶƚ͗ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ
ĂƚĞ͗ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ
127,&( 7KHUHZLOOEHQRSXEOLFHOHFWLRQRQWKHDQQH[DWLRQSURSRVHGE\WKLVSHWLWLRQEHFDXVH8WDKODZGRHV
QRWSURYLGHIRUDQDQQH[DWLRQWREHDSSURYHGE\YRWHUVDWDSXEOLFHOHFWLRQ
,I\RXVLJQWKLVSHWLWLRQDQGODWHUGHFLGHWKDW\RXGRQRWVXSSRUWWKHSHWLWLRQ\RXPD\ZLWKGUDZ\RXU
VLJQDWXUHE\VXEPLWWLQJDVLJQHGZULWWHQZLWKGUDZDOWRWKH6DOW/DNH&LW\5HFRUGHU,I\RXFKRRVHWR
ZLWKGUDZ\RXUVLJQDWXUH\RXVKDOOGRVRQRODWHUWKDQGD\VDIWHU6DOW/DNH&LW\UHFHLYHVQRWLFHWKDWWKH
SHWLWLRQKDVEHHQFHUWLILHG
ƐĂŶŽǁŶĞƌŽĨƉƌŽƉĞƌƚLJƐƵƉƉŽƌƚŝŶŐƚŚĞƉƌŽƉŽƐĞĚŶŶĞdžĂƚŝŽŶŝŶƚŽ^Ăůƚ>ĂŬĞŝƚLJ:ƵƌŝƐĚŝĐƚŝŽŶ͕/ĂŐƌĞĞƚŽƚŚĞ
ƉƌŽƉŽƐĞĚĂŶŶĞdžĂƚŝŽŶ͘
ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ
WƌŝŶƚEĂŵĞĚĚƌĞƐƐ^ŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞ ĂƚĞ
ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ
WƌŝŶƚEĂŵĞĚĚƌĞƐƐ^ŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞ ĂƚĞ
ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ
WƌŝŶƚEĂŵĞĚĚƌĞƐƐ^ŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞ ĂƚĞ
ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ
WƌŝŶƚEĂŵĞĚĚƌĞƐƐ^ŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞ ĂƚĞ
ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ
WƌŝŶƚEĂŵĞĚĚƌĞƐƐ^ŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞ ĂƚĞ
ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ
WƌŝŶƚEĂŵĞĚĚƌĞƐƐ^ŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞ ĂƚĞ
ͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺͺ
WƌŝŶƚEĂŵĞĚĚƌĞƐƐ^ŝŐŶĂƚƵƌĞ ĂƚĞ
:tĞǀĞůŽƉŵĞŶƚ͕>>͖ƚƚŶ͗͘:ĞĨĨƌĞLJ͘tƌŝŐŚƚ͕W͘ ͘ĂŶĚ:ĂLJŽůůǁŝŶŬĞů
ϯϱϳtĞƐƚϲϭϲϬ^ŽƵƚŚ͕DƵƌƌĂLJ͕hdϴϰϭϬϳ
01/0 138z/7. 1z
233 z/ z53!z
/6-49z/ z2)3z)( vz
vz
vddz
"z oCz z z z ?CMZJz BlQrz do\bz BC^\dCz =ZBzd=rzeK=ez #z oCz =Vz =_Cz eKCz
\oZC_dz \DzeLCz ^_\z C_frz MBCZeMGCBz Mz eKCz =hg=@KCBz =^^QM@=eM\[z =[Bz eK=ez eKCz de=eCWCZedz KC_CMZz @\Ze=M[CBz
=[Bz eKCz MZH_X=fM\[z ^_\mMBCBz M[z eKCz =fg=@KCBz ^Q=Zdz =[Bz \eKC_z CpKM?Medz =_CzM[z =QQz _Cd^C@edz e_lCz =[Bz @\__C@ez
e\ez eKCz ?Cdez \EzWrz \l_z PZ\oQCBJC
z "z =Qd\z =@OZ\oQCBJCz eK=ez #z oCz K=mCz _C@CMmCBz o`MefC[z M[dkl@eM\Zdz
_CJ=_BMZJz eKCz ^_\@Cddz I_z oKM@Kz #z oCz =Wz =_Cz =^^QrM[Jz=ZBz eKCz2=Qez*=OCz Mfrz 0Q=[ZMZJz 2e=Fz K=nCz
MZBM@=eCBzeKCrz=_Cz=m=MQ=?QCze\z=ddMdezVCzMZzW=ON[JzeKNdz=^^QM@=eM\Zz
$ - +)-
%""-,'-
-
0_\^C_erz/o[C_z
0_]^C_irz/oZC_z
,\e=_rz
1CdMBMZJzM[z2=Sfz*=OCz\l[ftz 5e=Kz
+rz@\YMddM\[zCp^M_Cdz &zz
wz $z%z#z oCz<x A
Ta:z;z eKCz\oZC_zdz \DzeKCz_C=Qz ^_\^C`erz BCd@_M?CBz MZz eKCz =fj=@KCBz=^^QM@=eM\Zz B\z=leQz \_MuCBz=dzWrz\z _z =JC[edz '=sz\QQoMZPCRz z e\z_C^_CdCZezVCzldz
_CJ=_BMZJz eKCz =fj=@KCBz =^^QM@=eM\[z =[Bz g\z =^^C=_z \Zz Wrz z\l_z ?CK=QDz ?CH_Cz =[rz =BVM[Mde_=eMmCz \_z
QCJMdQ=eMmCz ?\Brz M[z eKCz Merz@\ZdMBC_MZJz eKMdz =^^QM@=eM\[z >Bze\z =@ez M[z=QQz _Cd^C@edz =dz \l_z =JCZez M[z V=eeC_dz
^C_f=MZMZJze\zeKCz=ef=@KCBz=^^QM@=eM\Zz
0_\^C_irz/o[C_z
0_\^C_erz/oZC_z
=hCyMdzB=rz\Dz
z z ^C_d\Z=Urz=^^C=_CBz ?CH_CzWCz
eKCz dMJZC_dz \DzeKCz =JCZez =lez cu=eM\Zz oKz BQrz =@P[\oQCBJCBz e\z XCz
eK=ezeKCrzCpC@leCBzeKCzd=WCz
$!!- + *-
&##-,(-
-
,\e=_tz
1CdMBMZJzMZz2=Qez*=OCz\lZerz5e=Kz
+rz@\VWNddM\ZzCq^M_Cdz
145 W 200 S – Salt Lake City, Utah 84111 – 801-364-9696 – www.grassligroup.com
0DUFK, 202
Mayor Mendenhall
Salt Lake City
451 S. State Street, Suite 306
Salt Lake City, Utah 84111
Subject: Annexation of Acres on 2664 North Rose Park Lane
Dear Mayor Mendehall,
We formally request the annexation of the above referenced parcel to be classified as RMF75
zoning. We have attended the Westpointe Community Council and presented our project twice
to gather input. We are now ready to proceed with Planning Commission review of our project.
Thank you for your consideration.
Sincerely,
Jay Bollwinkel, Principal
MGB+A, Inc.
145 W 200 S – Salt Lake City, Utah 84111 – 801-364-9696 – www.grassligroup.com
ϭ͘What is the current use of the land? – ŐƌŝĐƵůƚƵƌĞ
Ϯ͘What services are currently provided by another municipality, county, or special district? -
EŽŶĞ
ϯ͘Please identify any legal or factual barriers that would negatively affect the probability of
annexation of the subject property? – EŽŶĞ
tĞŚĂǀĞƌĞƐƵďŵŝƚƚĞĚƚŚŝƐĂŶŶĞdžĂƚŝŽŶƉĞƚŝƚŝŽŶƚŽŝŶĐůƵĚĞƚŚĞĂŶŶĞdžĂƚŝŽŶŽĨƚǁŽ;ϮͿƉƵďůŝĐůLJ
ƉĂƌĐĞůƐ͕ƉĞƌƚŚĞƌĞƋƵĞƐƚŽĨ^Ăůƚ>ĂŬĞŽƵŶƚLJ͘dŚĞƐĞƉĂƌĐĞůƐĂƌĞŽǁŶĞĚďLJ^Ăůƚ>ĂŬĞŝƚLJŽƌƉ͘
;ƉĂƌĐĞůηϬϴϭϱϭϬϬϬϯϬϬϬϬϬͿĂŶĚƚŚĞ^ƚĂƚĞŽĨhƚĂŚŝǀŝƐŝŽŶƐŽĨWĂƌŬƐΘZĞĐƌĞĂƚŝŽŶͲ;ƉĂƌĐĞůη
ϬϴϭϱϭϬϬϬϮϵϬϬϬϬͿ͘
Property Owners:
Jeff Wright
JWright Communities, LLC
357 W 6160 S
Murray, UT 84107
All ƉƌŝǀĂƚĞproperty owners support this annexation
1
PETITION FOR ANNEXATION
TO: CITY RECORDER’S OFFICE OF SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH
COUNTY CLERK’S OFFICE OF SALT LAKE COUNTY, UTAH:
The undersigned owner (the “Petitioner”) of a portion of the Property (defined below)
submits this Petition for Annexation (this “Petition”) and respectfully represents the following:
1.This Petition is made in accordance with the requirements of Utah Code § 10-2-
403.
2.The real property subject to this Petition: (i) contains land that is privately-owned
by the Petitioner, (ii) contains land that is publicly owned by Salt Lake City Corp.
and the State of Utah Division of Parks and Recreation, (iii) contains
approximately 28.28 acres, (iv) is located within the unincorporated area of Salt
Lake County, (v) is contiguous to the northern boundary of Salt Lake City’s
limits, and (vi) is more particularly described on Exhibit “A” attached hereto (the
“Property”).
3.The signature affixed hereto is that of the Petitioner and who, by so affixing its
signature, states and confirms that:
a.the Petitioner is the owner of all private land area within the Property;
b. the Property is accurately described and depicted on the recordable map,
attached hereto as Exhibit “A”, which was prepared by a licensed surveyor
and which is made a part hereof by such reference;
c.in accordance with Utah Code § 10-2-403(2)(a)(i)(A), a notice of intent to
file a petition was properly filed with the City Recorder of Salt Lake City,
Utah, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit “B”; and
d.in accordance with Utah Code § 10-2-403(2)(a)(i)(B), a notice was properly
mailed to each “affected entity”, including, without limitation, the public
entities that own a portion of the Property, a copy of which is attached
hereto as Exhibit “A” , as evidenced by that certificate of completion
attached hereto as Exhibit “C”.
4.The Petitioner hereby designates the following person as the sole sponsor, and the
contact sponsor, for this Petition. The sponsor’s contact information is as follows:
Jay Bollwinkel
145 W 200 S
Salt Lake City, UT 84101
jayb@grassligroup.com
5.The Property is not, in whole or in part, subject to any other petition for annexation
that was previously filed that has not been denied, rejected, or granted, in
accordance to Utah Code § 10-2-403(4).
2
WHEREFORE, Petitioner hereby requests that this Petition be considered, accepted, and
certified by the Salt Lake City Recorder in accordance with Utah Code § 10-2-405.
DATED this day of March 2022.
PETITIONER:
JWright Communities
By:
Name: Jeffery D. Wright
Its:
NOTICE: THERE WILL BE NO PUBLIC ELECTION ON THE ANNEXATION PROPOSED BY
THIS PETITION BECAUSE UTAH LAW DOES NOT PROVIDE FOR AN ANNEXATION TO
BE APPROVED BY VOTERS AT A PUBLIC ELECTION. IF YOU SIGN THIS PETITION AND
LATER DECIDE THAT YOU DO NOT SUPPORT THE PETITION, YOU MAY WITHDRAW
YOUR SIGNATURE BY SUBMITTING A SIGNED, WRITTEN WITHDRAWAL WITH THE
RECORDER OR CLERK OF SALT LAKE CITY. IF YOU CHOOSE TO WITHDRAW YOUR
SIGNATURE, YOU SHALL DO SO NO LATER THAN THIRTY (30) DAYS AFTER SALT
LAKE CITY RECEIVES NOTICE THAT THE PETITION HAS BEEN CERTIFIED.
CONTACT SPONSOR:
By:
Name: Jay Bollwinkel
Its:
23rd
3
EXHIBIT “A”
Recordable Map or Plat
[See Attached]
4
4852-6058-5424.4
5
EXHIBIT “B”
Notice of Intent to File Petition & Notice to Affected Entities
[See Attached]
6
7
8
9
10
11
EXHIBIT “C”
Certificate of Completion
[See Attached]
12
13
14
CITY COUNCIL OF SALT LAKE CITY
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 304
P.O. BOX 145476, SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114-5476
SLCCOUNCIL.COM
TEL 801-535-7600 FAX 801-535-7651
COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
CITY COUNCIL of SALT LAKE CITY
TO:City Council Members
FROM: Allison Rowland
Budget & Policy Analyst
DATE:April 5, 2022
RE: ORDINANCE: PUBLIC LANDS TWENTY-YEAR MASTER PLAN, REIMAGINE NATURE
ISSUE AT-A-GLANCE
The Council will consider adopting Reimagine Nature, which the Administration has prepared as the City’s
twenty-year Public Lands Master Plan. This document was conceived as a City-wide, long-range vision for
transforming public lands into “a vibrant system of connected public landscapes and living infrastructure that
enhances the community’s identity, sense of place and quality of life.” In another sense, Reimagine Nature
serves as a general workplan for the relatively new Public Lands Department itself, providing direction as it
pursues the goal of creating a sustainable system of parks, natural lands, and urban forests, including special
places like the Salt Lake City Cemetery and the Regional Athletic Complex. Currently, the system includes 88
parks, 86,500 urban forest trees, six golf courses and thousands of acres of natural landscapes.
Reimagine Nature is drawn from a community-driven planning process that included over 12,000 people who
provided their views through an online survey, focus groups, micro-engagement events, and community
partnerships designed to reach typically underrepresented groups. These provided the strategic direction and
priorities for ten “transformative projects,” as well as the Plan’s long-term goals. From these, Department
leadership and the project consultants, Design Workshop, developed detailed recommendations for policies,
strategies, and specific actions. The Department notes that the scope, scale and form of implementation will be
determined through development of individual projects and initiatives. For this reason, the Master Plan does
not lay out specific budgetary impacts.
Reimagine Nature is designed as a flexible framework that can adapt to changing circumstances over its 20-year
lifespan. It will require significant additional effort, resources, and funding to achieve. This work will begin with
Item Schedule:
Briefing: April 5, 2022
Set Date: April 5, 2022
Public Hearing: April 19, 2022
Potential Action: May 3, 2022
Page | 2
more detailed Public Lands Department Five-Year Strategic Plans, which will outline and prioritize specific
implementation strategies and actions and be updated annually by staff. Annual assessments of progress toward
Master Plan goals and projects will also be included. More comprehensive updates to the Master Plan will be
prepared in 2030 and 2040.
Salt Lake City’s Parks, Trails, Natural Lands and Urban Forestry Advisory Board (PNUT) provided a “ringing
endorsement” of Reimagine Nature, and further stated, “We urge the City Council to embrace the foundational
values and five principal goals of the Master Plan. This is a crucial step for the City Council as it helps both
embed the Master Plan and ensure advocacy by current and future elected leaders to seek and support
sustainable funding throughout the plan lifecycle.” (See Attachment C1 for PNUT Endorsement Letter.)
The Public Lands Department began the process of developing and drafting a master plan in 2020, while it was
still a Division of the Public Services Department. Previous Council briefings on the Public Lands Master Plan
process were held in March and October 2020. The City’s most recent previous comprehensive plan of this type
was the Salt Lake City Open Space Plan of 1992.
Goal of the briefing: Review Reimagine Nature, SLC Public Lands 20-Year Master Plan, and potentially
straw poll Council Members on whether to move it toward potential adoption.
ADDITIONAL AND BACKGROUND INFORMATION
A.Background. Previous Council briefings on the Public Lands Master Plan process included:
1.October 2020: Mid-process update on the community engagement strategy that the Public Lands
Division (at the time) and Design Workshop had developed to inform the master plan. The update
was meant to comply with the Council’s Resolution 14 of 2020, Declaring City Council Policy and
Objectives for Preparing Master Plans.
2.March 2020: Review of the Public Lands Needs Assessment, which helped set the baseline for the
master plan.
B.The Need. The Master Plan outlines several types of challenges to the Public Lands Department’s ongoing
ability to protect and care for Salt Lake City’s natural and green areas. Difficulties range from rapid
degradation of local ecological systems due to climate change, to unhealthy environmental factors like poor
air quality, which is fueled by expanding population. In addition, the Plan mentions competing priorities for
limited City funding, aging infrastructure in public lands (63% of assets were evaluated to be in poor or fair
condition), and rapid Downtown development. The Plan also notes that underlying these challenges are the
legacies of racism and classism, which remain visible in the City’s historic zoning and planning decisions, as
well as in other inequities. For these reasons, people across the City need better access to recreation
opportunities to avoid perpetuating disparities, and additional resources are needed to provide public
spaces and programs that serve low and middle-income households.
Other challenges were identified within the Public Lands Department by ETM Associates, which analyzed
levels of staffing, resources, and responsibilities. The Plan states that “Compared to other North American
benchmark cities, Public Lands is relatively understaffed, particularly in the area of long-term management
of environmental assets. For example, Urban Forestry staff is stretched at one staff member protecting an
average of 10,000 trees.” (Staff has requested a copy of this study.)
Page | 3
C.Structure of Reimagine Nature.
1.Foundational Values. The Master Plan lays out three “foundational values” on which it bases its
recommendations:
a.Stewardship to protect wildlife, trees, mountains, lakes, rivers and scenic views.
b.Livability in the face of the impacts of climate change and population growth; and
c.Equity in community input and access to close-to-home, high-quality green spaces.
2.Department Goals. The Master Plan defines five main Department Goals for the next 20 years.
Each of these is discussed in detail in Chapters 3 to 7.
a.Sustain: Environmental Health and Sustainability;
b.Connect: Accessible and Connected Green Spaces;
c.Welcome: Active, Authentic and Inclusive Places;
d.Protect: A Commitment to Stewardship; and
e.Grow: Expanding our Public Lands System
3.Strategies, Policies, Actions and Metrics. For each Department Goal there is an
accompanying list of Strategies and Supporting Policies, along with 146 near-term possible Actions
to support implementation of various aspects of the Plan. The complete list begins on the Plan’s
page. Progress Metrics are listed on pages 36-40 (see Policy Question 2, below).
4.Transformative Projects. Ten proposed transformative projects, which were identified by
community members as particularly inspirational, are laid out in the Plan. They are designed to
make the Department Goals more tangible, as the means through which the Plan’s vision will be
implemented. They are discussed in the Chapters 3 to 7 along with the Goals most closely related.
a. Put Environment First
b. Grow Our Urban Forest
c. Connect Mountains to the Lake
d. Just 5 Minutes from Here
e. Reimagine Neighborhoods Parks
f. Coming Soon to a Park Near You
g. Revive Our River
h. Sustaining Our Stories
i. Downtown Comes Alive
j. Welcome to the Green
D.Community Engagement. Extensive community engagement was undertaken at nearly every step of the
Master Plan’s creation process, taking place from mid-2020 to mid-2021 (see below). Initial public surveys
led to preliminary ideas that were further tested and refined in a series of focus groups with representative
community stakeholders. Over 12,000 Salt Lake City community members provided input through online
focus groups, University of Utah student-led “intercept interviews” and “micro-engagement events,” and
through an online survey. A detailed description of the engagement process, including a summary of who
provided feedback, and what they told the city, can be found in the Engagement Summaries at
www.ReimagineNatureSLC.com.
Engagement Window 1: Building a Foundation of Understanding. August-December, 2020.
Engagement Window 2: Visioning Transformational Projects and Priority Actions. March-May, 2021.
Page | 4
E.Issues of Special Interest to Council Members.
1.Equity in Parks and Park Access. Chapter 5 of the Master Plan focuses on the Goal of
Welcome: Active, Authentic, and Inclusive Spaces. It discusses the increased awareness among
cities nationwide of the health and social benefits of living near park spaces, as well as efforts to
close gaps in park access. In Salt Lake City specifically, the 2019 Public Lands Needs Assessment
shed light on differences like the lack of City-wide festivals held on in Westside parks, the tendency
of Westside residents to visit east-side parks (but not vice versa), and significantly lower visitation
rates at Westside parks. It also notes that “Equal investment in parks throughout Salt Lake City’s
neighborhoods does not always translate to parks that equally serve each community, nor does it
make up for any historic inequities.”
To help address these problems, the Public Lands Department is committed to working with
neighborhoods to ensure that parks and natural spaces better reflect diverse cultures and histories.
This will mean a careful examination of how Department resources are allocated across the City and
targeting investments to historically underserved neighborhoods. The Department also understands
that extra efforts will need to be taken to ensure that underrepresented and underserved
populations are involved in the park planning process which, in turn will ensure that their local
knowledge will contribute to each park’s unique character, uses, and enjoyment.
The Plan also makes clear that the Department is aware that “Strategies that are beneficial to some
communities, such as ‘Friends of the Parks’ groups, can put communities who do not have the time
or money to spend at a disadvantage.” It also cites the Urban Institute’s report Investing in
Equitable Urban Park Systems which states, “All funding models have equity implications: some
are explicitly designed to address equity and meaningfully engage all residents, some risk deepening
inequities and fueling displacement, and most depend on how they are used.”
Specific strategies mentioned in the Plan include partnering with local organizations for art,
education and recreation programs, community-driven approaches to public lands improvements,
and physical improvements that represent the style, history, and recreation preferences of each
neighborhood.
2.Homelessness and Unsheltered People in Parks. During public engagement for the Master
Plan, the most common topic raised was concern for and about people who are experiencing
homelessness and use public lands as places to shelter. Opinions ranged across a full spectrum on
the kinds of approaches the City should take to addressing the issue, but it is clear that this is a
larger social issue that the Department of Public Lands cannot resolve on its own. Although the
impacts on public spaces operated and maintained by the Public Lands Department are significant,
the Plan recommends a compassionate approach to people experiencing homelessness, including
facilitation of access to information about available services and resources, hotlines, community
partners, and opportunities to engage in cross-community dialogue to help make City parks
welcoming and safe for sheltered and unsheltered people alike. This would include quarterly
training for Public Lands staff and park maintenance workers regarding homelessness resources,
understanding of homelessness, and appropriate engagement with people experiencing
homelessness. (See Policy Question 4, below.)
3.Preparing for Continuing Population Growth. Reimagine Nature acknowledges that
meeting the needs of Salt Lake City’s quickly growing population will be challenging, especially
because the potential for acquiring additional City green space is limited. It recommends upgrading
amenities and enhancing environmental quality as strategies that will allow existing parks to serve
more people. This is particularly the case on the Westside, which has higher per capita levels of park
and natural land acreage than elsewhere, as well as the asset of the Jordan River.
Page | 5
The Public Lands Master Plan also notes (page 70) that providing “public green space” on the Fleet
Block would fill a gap in the City’s park system. The 2019 Public Lands Needs Assessment identified
the Central Community as having the lowest level of park service, and yet it is expected to
experience the most future growth. Staff note: the Council will be briefed on the Administration’s
plans for the Fleet Block on April 19.
4.A Pending Correction. In Chapter Seven, Welcome to the Green, the Public Lands Department
plans to correct a statement about Golf Division finances that erroneously asserts that the Golf
receives no funding from the City’s general fund (page 171). In fact, in FY20, FY21 and FY22, the
general fund provided over $5 million to the Golf Fund, according to the Council’s FY22 Budget
Staff Report for the Golf Enterprise Fund, dated May 25, 2021. The Department has indicated that
it will correct this oversight in the final version of the Master Plan to read as follows:
“As an Enterprise Fund, Golf does receive some supplemental funding from the general fund. The
majority of their budget is required to cover its annual operating costs and capital repairs with
revenue from golf activities.”
F.Next Steps.
1.Short-Term Steps. Once Reimagine Nature is adopted, the Department of Public Lands will
organize its year-by-year actions and project priorities around the Master Plan’s recommendations.
The Department plans to request support in the FY23 CIP process for the development of a five-year
strategic plan that will identify the specific projects, initiatives, activities, and organizational focus
areas needed to facilitate and accelerate plan implementation.
2.Future Plans. Reimagine Nature identified the following additional City plans whose
development the Department plans to lead in coming years.
Public Lands 5-Year Strategic
Plan
Capital Facilities Plan Climate Resilience Plan
Public Lands Strategic
Acquisition Plan
Financial Plan Drought Management Plan
Asset Management Plan Fiscal Management Procedures Water Budget Plan
Cartegraph Impact Fee Spending Plan Operations Management
Standards/Plan
Capital Replacement Projects Urban Forestry Master Plan Development Standards
Irrigation Renovation Plan Golf Master Plan Public Outreach and
Communications Plan
3. Additional City plans for which the Public Lands Department plans to collaborate with other
departments are:
Area Master Plans/Neighborhood Plans
Long-range Planning Efforts
Homelessness Response Plan
POLICY QUESTIONS
1. The Goals and Transformative Projects presented in Reimagine Nature vary substantially in terms of scope,
cost, logical sequencing, and other characteristics. In addition, work on some of these items is already
underway. The degree to which any of these Goals and Projects further the values of Equity, Stewardship
and Livability also varies. Given this complexity, the Council may wish to ask the
Page | 6
Administration to discuss their thoughts on how they will balance among competing
priorities in terms of allocating funds and staff time, as well as unexpected funding
opportunities, scheduled work by other departments, etc.
2.The Council may wish to ask for more information on the Progress Metrics listed for each of
the Plan’s Goals (pages 36-40). For example, will the Council receive information on the process of
meeting these Goals in the annual Mayor’s Recommended Budget, and/or in the Five-Year Strategic Plans?
Will allocating work among the Department Values be used to help prioritize funding requests?
3. Budget estimates were not included in Reimagine Nature, since its focus is more conceptual, and the
estimates would become outdated even more quickly than usual in recent years. The Council may wish
to request that at least some indication of relative costs of different projects be included in
each of the upcoming five-year plans. For example, a simple notation like $, $$, $$$, $$$$ could be
developed to provide some indication of relative costs and help with the prioritization of individual projects.
This may be particularly helpful if the Administration is considering a GO Bond relating to parks and public
lands in the near future. The Council may also wish to discuss with the Administration how potentially
transformative projects will be maintained in the future, given ongoing funding pressures.
4.The Council may wish to discuss with the Administration how the newly-formed park
ranger program could help mitigate issues associated with people who are experiencing
homelessness who shelter on public lands, and whether metrics will be tracked to assess
how the park ranger program affects concerns from the public.
5. Several items mentioned in the Master Plan would have implications beyond the Public Lands Department.
The Council may wish to consider asking for more information on how the Department is working with its
counterparts on these. For example:
a. As part of the Green Loop discussion, on Figure 31 (page 90 of the transmittal’s PDF file) there
is a label titled “Rio Grande Festival Street.” The Council may wish to ask whether and
how this concept would be affected by the RDA's Station Center Project Area
planning efforts.
b. The Fleet Block is mentioned in several places in the Plan as an advantageous location for a
future green space. Would the Council like to request that the Administration
include specific discussion of this possibility in the Council’s Fleet Block update,
which is scheduled for April 12?
6. The Master Plan contains several ideas for expanding the use of City golf courses to a wider public and
increasing their role in providing local environmental services like native species habitat and storm water
drainage. The ideas for increasing Golf Enterprise Fund revenue are less concrete and tend to involve large
financial investments, including some that could put some public funds at risk. These ideas will be further
developed in a future Golf Master Plan, but given the longstanding record of revenue shortfalls and the
resulting lack of capital investment resources in the Golf Fund, would the Council like to request
additional information in the shorter term about how the Administration plans to improve
the financial sustainability of the Golf Fund?
ATTACHMENT
Attachment C1. Endorsement Letter from the Salt Lake City Parks, Trails, Natural Lands and Urban Forestry
Advisory Board (PNUT).
March 8, 2022
451 S State Street
Salt Lake City, UT 84111
Mayor Erin Mendenhall and City Council Members,
Please allow this letter to serve as a ringing endorsement for the Salt Lake City Public Lands Master Plan,
aptly named “Reimagine Nature”. Thirty years after adoption of the 1992 Salt Lake City Open Space
plan, development of a new Master Plan is long overdue and sorely needed in a time of unprecedented
population growth that severely impacts the environmental health and quality of our invaluable public
lands. As city residents and appointed members of the Parks, Trails, Natural Lands and Urban Forestry
Advisory Board (PNUT), we are highly sensitive to the stress on our public lands and the funding
necessary to protect, enhance and preserve this land for future generations.
We applaud the foundational values of the plan as they highlight the culture of stewardship necessary
to protect public lands, while also emphasizing that public lands improve livability as we face the
challenges of climate change. Most importantly, these values state that all residents of SLC need
equitable access to high quality public lands to improve their own personal health and well-being.
Additionally, as an advisory board we wish to communicate the following:
Our advisory board had ample opportunity to review and comment on the draft Master
Plan. We thank the lead staff and consultant group for using evidence-based analysis, coupled
with public engagement, to form a guiding vision and identify transformative projects.
The extensive community process was multifaceted and successful despite the challenges of
the COVID-19 pandemic. We appreciate that this outreach was intentionally planned to reach
community members traditionally unheard and/or unreached in city planning processes, and
that these voices are reflected in the values, principal goals and transformative projects of the
Master Plan.
We wish to thank the students and faculty of the University of Utah for their assistance during
the community engagement process.
Adoption of the Master Plan will pave the way for capital improvements currently funded and
those requested in future budget years. We urge the City Council to approve the FY23 CIP
request for development of a five (5) year strategic plan to identify and accelerate near-term
implementation of the Master Plan.
We urge the City Council to embrace the foundational values and five principal goals of the
Master Plan. This is a crucial step for the City Council as it helps both embed the Master Plan
and ensure advocacy by current and future elected leaders to seek and support sustainable
funding throughout the plan lifecycle.
We recommend each City Department leadership team become familiar with the foundational
values and five principal goals of the Master Plan and coordinate their projects and funding
initiatives to dovetail therein - thereby maximizing limited taxpayer dollars.
We are excited about the prospect of seeing this Master Plan fully implemented in the next 10-20
years. This is a huge step for the Public Lands Department and for the city as a whole. We applaud the
hard work of staff, consultants, elected officials and our fellow community members in the development
of this Master Plan. We are proud to lend our support and advocacy for this work, and honored to serve
as members of the PNUT advisory board during this important moment in public lands history.
This is a plan that will not sit on a shelf. For our community to have a healthy, livable and equitable
future, now is the time.
Yours sincerely,
Polly Hart, Chair PNUT Board
Brianna Binnebose, Vice Chair
Ginger Cannon
Samantha Finch
Jenny Hewson
Phil Carroll
CJ Whittaker
Melanie Pehrson
Clayton Scrivner
Page 1 of 3 SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84104
ERIN MENDENHALL
MAYOR
DEPARTMENT of PUBLIC LANDS
OFFICE of the DIRECTOR
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
Date Received:
Lisa Shaffer, Chief Administrator Officer Date sent to Council:
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: March 24, 2022
Dan Dugan, Chair
FROM: Kristin Riker, Director, Public Lands Department
SUBJECT: Adoption of Reimagine Nature – SLC Public Lands 20-Year Master Plan
STAFF CONTACT: Kristin Riker
Director, Salt Lake City Public Lands
Kristin.Riker@slcgov.com
COUNCIL SPONSOR: Not Applicable
DOCUMENT TYPE: Ordinance
RECOMMENDATION: Adoption of Public Lands Reimagine Nature Master Plan
BUDGET IMPACT:
The Master Plan provides strategic direction, ‘transformative project’ priorities, policy
recommendations and strategies for action to be implemented by the Department of Public Lands
over the next 20 years. However, the scope, scale and form that implementation of these
strategies take will be determined through development of individual projects and initiatives; the
Master Plan itself does not have specific budgetary impacts.
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION:
From 2020 through 2021, Salt Lake City Public Lands has worked to develop a new Public Lands
Master Plan, which has been given the name “Reimagine Nature.” The master plan will provide a
guiding vision for the City’s four Public Lands Divisions (Parks, Trails & Natural Lands, Urban
Forestry, and Golf) and will establish an inspirational framework to guide how Public Lands will
grow and prioritize investments for the next 10-20 years. Reimagine Nature uses comprehensive,
evidence-based analysis, coupled with community engagement, to address current challenges,
improve our public lands system, and prioritize and identify transformative projects for Salt Lake
City’s public lands.
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC LANDS
1965 WEST 500 SOUTH
WWW.SLCGOV.COM
TEL:801-972-7800
Lisa Shaffer 04/1/2022
03/30/2022
Page 2 of 3
Reimagine Nature proposes big ideas to transform and sustain quality outdoor spaces that are
safe, welcoming and walkable and ensure people, wildlife and ecosystems benefit from fair
investment of Salt Lake City resources over the next 20 years.
Three foundational values provide the basis for Reimagine Nature and its recommendations: a
culture of stewardship to protect wildlife, trees, mountains, lakes, rivers and scenic views;
improving livability in SLC in the face of the impacts of climate change and population growth;
and providing greater equity in the way the community has access to close-to-home, high-quality
green spaces.
Reimagine Nature is organized around five principal goals the Public Lands Department aims to
prioritize over the next 20 years: (1) Environmental Health and Sustainability; (2) Accessible and
Connected Green Spaces; (3) Active, Authentic and Inclusive Places; (4) A Commitment to
Stewardship; and (5) Expanding our Public Lands. The goals of the plan are further supported by
strategies, policies and tangible action steps to guide transformational change, as well as ten
proposed ‘transformative projects’ to implement the vision of Reimagine Nature.
PUBLIC PROCESS:
Community engagement for the master plan process used a multi-pronged approach that
included an online survey, focus groups, micro-engagement events and community partnerships
to reach typically underrepresented groups. Using COVID-19 protocols, the city’s framework for
equitable engagement best practices, and multiple types of tactics, the team connected with over
12,000 Salt Lake City community members, providing input during online focus groups,
University of Utah student-led intercept interviews and micro-engagement events, and through
an online survey. A detailed description of the engagement process, including a summary of who
provided feedback, and what they told the city, can be found in the Engagement Summaries at
www.ReimagineNatureSLC.com.
In brief, the engagement process consists of three engagement windows, the first two of which are
complete:
Engagement Window 1: Building a Foundation of Understanding
Engagement Window 1 was conducted from August through December of 2020. Results from this
first round of engagement identified concepts and ideas that most resonated with the community
to support Public Lands’ values of promoting equity, livability and sustainability. Engagement
window one also gathered community ideas for Reimagine Nature goals and projects and
measured community support for initial transformative projects identified from previous
community feedback and research gathered in the 2019 Public Lands Needs Assessment. The
Reimagine Nature framework, including refined goals and transformative projects, was developed
from feedback received in Engagement Window 1.
Engagement Window 2: Visioning Transformational Projects and Priority Actions
Engagement Window 2 was held from March through May of 2021. Engagement Window 2
gathered feedback on the Reimagine Nature framework to verify that the plan was developing in
the right direction and had community support. Engagement Window 2 served as a check point to
identify any important information that may have been missing from Reimagine Nature.
Engagement Window 3: Final Master Plan Adoption
This engagement period will occur as the City Council takes up consideration of
formally adopting Reimagine Nature as a city master plan for Public Lands , and is
expected to occur during February and March of 2022. Engagement during this phase will be led
primarily by City Council staff, with outreach support from Public Lands.
Page 3 of 3
NEXT STEP:
The City Council will lead the Master Plan adoption process for Reimagine Nature in the first
months of 2022. The Reimagine Nature project team, including Public Lands staff and the lead
consultant Design Workshop, are prepared to brief the City Council on Reimagine Nature and
support public engagement during the adoption process as requested by the City Council.
Following adoption of Reimagine Nature, Public Lands will work to organize its year -by-year
actions and project priorities around the recommendations of Reimagine Nature. Public Lands is
requesting support in the FY23 CIP process for development of a five-year strategic plan that will
identify the specific projects, initiatives, activities, and organizational focus areas that will
facilitate and accelerate plan implementation in the near-term.
EXHIBITS:
A. Salt Lake City Ordinance
B. Reimagine Nature Master Plan Draft
C. Reimagine Nature Public Engagement Summaries
cc:
Lisa Shaffer
Kristin Riker
Tyler Murdock
Nancy Monteith
Attachment A
Salt Lake City Ordinance
1
SALT LAKE CITY ORDINANCE
No. _____ of 2022
(Adopting the Salt Lake City Reimagine Nature Master Plan)
An ordinance adopting the Salt Lake City Reimagine Nature Master Plan.
WHEREAS, the Reimagine Nature Master Plan establishes a framework to guide how
Public Lands will care for, grow, and, prioritize investments for the next 10 to 20 years; and
WHEREAS, after a hearing before the city council, the City Council has determined that
adopting this ordinance is in the best interest of the City.
NOW, THEREFORE, be it ordained by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah:
SECTION 1. Adopting the Salt Lake City Reimagine Nature Master Plan. That the “Salt
Lake City Reimagine Nature Master Plan” is hereby adopted to read and appear as provided in
Exhibit “A” attached hereto.
SECTION 2. Effective Date. This ordinance shall become effective on the date of its
first publication.
Passed by the City Council of Salt Lake City, Utah, this ______ day of ______________,
2022.
______________________________
CHAIRPERSON
ATTEST AND COUNTERSIGN:
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
Transmitted to Mayor on _______________________.
Mayor's Action: _______Approved. _______Vetoed.
2
______________________________
MAYOR
______________________________
CITY RECORDER
(SEAL)
Bill No. ________ of 2022.
Published: ______________.
APPROVED AS TO FORM
Salt Lake City Attorney’s Office
Date:__________________________________
By: ___________________________________
Boyd Ferguson, Senior City Attorney
3-24-22
ATTACHMENT B
Reimagine Nature Master Plan Draft
FINAL DRAFT 01/2022
Prepared by
iii
SLC PUBLIC LANDS PROJECT TEAM
Kristin Riker, Director of Public Lands
Nancy Monteith, Senior Landscape Architect, Project Manager
Lewis Kogan, Public Lands Deputy Director
Lee Bollwinkel, Parks Division Director
Tony Gliot, Urban Forestry Division Director
Matt Kammeyer, Golf Division Director
Luke Allen, Community Outreach, Events, and Marketing Manager
Amy Nielson, Community Events Manager
Katie Riser, Volunteer, Outreach & Education Coordinator
Valerie Huitzil, Graphic Design Technician
Leah Smith, Special Events Permit Coordinator
Suzy Lee, Parks Usage Coordinator
Kezia Lopez, Office Facilitator
SALT LAKE CITY STAFF
Nick Norris, Planning Director
Allison Rowland, Public Policy Analyst II, City Council
Sarah Benj, Salt Lake City American Disability Act (ADA) Coordinator
Michael Guymon, Engineer, Public Utilities
Celina Milner, Policy Advisor for Diversity and Human Rights
Kyle Strayer, Civic Engagement Team
PARKS, NATURAL LANDS, URBAN FORESTRY AND TRAILS ADVISORY BOARD
Ginger Cannon, At-large
Polly Hart, At-large
Jenny Hewson, At-large
Elliot Mott, At-large former
Fred Fife, District 2 former
Melanie Pehrson, District 2
Phil Carrol, District 3
Gwen Springmeyer, District 3 former
Brianna Binnebose, District 5
Katie Davis, District 6 former
CJ Whittaker, District 6
Samantha Finch, District 7
UNIVERSITY OF UTAH COLLEGE OF CITY AND METROPOLITAN PLANNING
Dr. Ivis García, Assistant Professor
Elizabeth Arnold, Westside Studio
Teaching Assistant
Students of Community Engagement in
Planning
Students of West Side Studio
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
DESIGN WORKSHOP
Anna Laybourn
Amanda Jeter
Mary Oliver
Michael Stout
Ashton Breeding
Nino Pero
Renee Ludlam
ETM ASSOCIATES
Tim Marshall
Desiree Liu
v
PREFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I
Executive Letter ..................................................vii
Plan on a Page ..................................................viii
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Background ......................................................3
Plan Horizon ................................................3
Planning Process ............................................4
How To Use This Plan .............................................5
Plan Framework Diagram .....................................6
Past and Present .................................................7
System Facts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Challenges ......................................................11
Plan Components & Relevant Plans .................................15
Needs Assessment Snapshot ......................................17
Community Engagement Summary .................................19
CHAPTER 2: FRAMEWORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Master Plan Vision Statement ................................33
Plan Values ................................................33
Plan Goals .................................................35
Transformative Projects Overview .............................41
CHAPTER 3: SUSTAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Sustain: Environmental Health & Sustainability ......................45
Sustain: Strategies & Policies Overview .......................49
Transformative Project 1 - Put Environment First .................51
Transformative Project 2 - Grow Our Urban Forest ..............57
CHAPTER 4: CONNECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Connect: Accessible & Connected Green Spaces ..................65
Connect: Strategies & Policies Overview .......................71
Transformative Project 3 - Connect Mountains To The Lake .....77
Transformative Project 4 - Just Five Minutes From Here .........83
CHAPTER 5: WELCOME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Welcome: Active & Inclusive Places ...............................91
Welcome: Strategies & Policies Overview .....................95
Transformative Project 5 - Reimagine Neighborhood Parks ......97
Transformative Project 6 - Coming Soon To A Park Near You ...107
CHAPTER 6: PROTECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Protect: A Commitment To Stewardship .................................115
Protect: Strategies & Policies Overview .......................121
Transformative Project 7 - Revive Our River ...................123
Transformative Project 8 - Sustaining Our Stories ..............131
CHAPTER 7: GROW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
Grow: Expand Our Park System ...................................141
Parks Classification Tables .................................145
Future Investments and Recommendations by Planning Area ...149
Grow: Strategies & Policies Overview ........................157
Transformative Project 9 – Downtown Comes Alive Outside ....160
Transformative Project 10 - Welcome To The Green ............165
CHAPTER 8: ACTION STRATEGIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175
Next Steps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
Approaches For Action ......................................181
APPENDIX DOCUMENTS:
A. Public Engagement Reports
B. 2019 Needs Assessment
CONTENTS
ix
REIMAGINE NATURE Letter from Mayor Erin Mendenhall
Salt Lake City’s natural realm is a shared sanctuary for people, ecologies and wildlife -
a legacy landscape shaped by Native Americans, pioneers, flora and fauna including 72
mammal species of the Wasatch Front, and nearly 200,000 city residents represented
by 120 diverse spoken languages. While the mountains, plains, wetlands and Great
Salt Lake of the valley inspire humankind and provide wildlife habitat, impacts from
climate change, poor air quality, increasing population, historic drought and aging
infrastructure threaten the city’s ability to protect nature. Throughout the city there
are disparate levels of engagement in the outdoors, requiring attention to differing
interests, needs, access, and investments. We must intentionally correct for historic
racism and classism and providing people access to opportunities across the city
so as not to inherently perpetuate disparities. The state of the city’s extraordinary
public lands is at a crossroads and all these factors create a need for a bold and
transformational plan to guide us.
The first citywide public lands master plan in 29 years, Reimagine Nature delivers
a vision for the next 20 years and is informed by over 12,000 community members
who shared hopes and dreams for play, civic pride, nature, outdoor fitness, greening,
and more in the city. The public process elevated conversations of transitioning
Public Lands from a Division to a City Department that would allow for a more robust
planning arm focused on projects and ecological services. Salt Lake City’s Public
Lands Department will now include two collaborative groups to support the planning
and operations of the four divisions of parks, trails and natural lands, golf and urban
forestry. This move also supports the four objectives of my 2021 Plan: Recharge, Reset,
Rebound in keeping pace with the city’s growth, leading environmental stewardship,
listening equitably to our communities and supporting employee well-being.
Coinciding with the start of the COVID-19 pandemic, public engagement required
adaptation, creativity, and support from the many community partners and advocates
that we thank for their immeasurable contributions as ambassadors. Through this
health crisis we witnessed increased visitation to public lands, learning that parks were
a refuge to many – a community asset for resilience and essential service.
Reimagine Nature reflects core community values for public lands: equity, stewardship
and livability. Conversations around equity in public lands reflect nationwide and
neighborhood trends to provide additional resources to public spaces and programs
serving low and middle-income households who often struggle to access quality natural
experiences as part of their daily lives. Calls for stewardship of public lands came across
emphatically with desires to take care of what we have and protect invaluable pieces of
our natural community. Concerns for the livability of Salt Lake City are also top of mind
in the midst of many environmental and climate challenges, rising cost of living, urgent
social issues of homelessness and keeping up with population growth.
With dedication, passion, and foresight to conserve Salt Lake City’s greatest natural
asset, it is our hope that this document directs us in responsibly managing the public’s
lands and waters in ways that honor community aspirations and support thriving plants
and wildlife. The next page provides a summary snapshot of the plan’s key elements.
Sincerely, Mayor Erin Mendenhall
Natural lands along the Jordan River provide essential riparian habitat.
SLC Public Lands Master Plan vision proposes big
ideas to transform and sustain quality outdoor
spaces that are welcoming, safe and walkable;
ensuring people, wildlife and ecosystems benefit
from fair investment of Salt Lake City resources over
the next 20 years.
1) Put Environment First
2) Grow Our Urban Forest
3) Connect Mountains to the Lake
4) Just 5 Minutes From Here
5) Reimagine Neighborhood Parks
6) Coming Soon to a Park Near You
7) Revive Our River
8) Sustaining Our Stories
9) Downtown Comes Alive Outside
10) Welcome to the Green
VALUES: VISION:
Chapter One: Introduction xi
SUSTAIN
STEWARDSHIP
SUSTAIN CONNECT WELCOME PROTECT
EQUITY
GROW
GOALS & 10 TRANSFORMATIVE PROJECTS: LIVABILITY
environmental health & sustainability
accessible & connected green spaces
active, authentic & inclusive places a commitment to stewardship expand our Public Lands system
2
1CHAPTER
INTRODUCTION
Reimagined nature in an urban setting is evident when taking in the treetop views of SLC and the surrounding mountains.
LOOKING FORWARD TO A GREENER HORIZON
We have a heightened awareness that
complex factors such as ecological systems,
historical influence, and social equity
impact planning for Salt Lake City’s Public
Lands. Reimagine Nature is an opportunity
to redefine approaches for the City’s parks,
trails, golf courses and natural lands as
environmental and social assets. It sets
forth a vision for Public Lands to champion
initiatives that improve air quality, address
public health disparities, make a more
resilient future in the face of climate change
and provide green space to balance rapid
urban development.
Chapter One: Introduction 4
Figure 1: Planning Process Timeline
PLAN HORiZON 2020-2040
Salt Lake City’s 88 parks, 86,500
urban forest trees, six golf courses
and thousands of acres of natural
landscapes are the culmination of
more than a century of committed
care and preservation. As Salt
Lake City welcomes another
30,000 residents over the next
20 years (by 2040) and as the
diversity and health of our city’s
nature is threatened by the
impacts of climate change, a
plan to grow and protect public
lands and the quality of life those
natural landscapes afford to all
living things is needed. This plan
provides a vision to aspire to for
the next two decades and outlines
specific direction for near-term
actions.
PLANNiNG PROCESS
Reimagine Nature is one
component of a larger planning
effort to direct the future of
SLC Public Lands. The planning
process includes the 2019 Needs
Assessment,1 an inventory of the
Public Lands system; Reimagine
Nature, which outlines goals and
strategies; and will be completed
with detailed Public Lands 5-Year
Strategic Plans, a series of 5-year
1 https://www.slcdocs.com/parks/SLCPLNeedsAssessment.pdf
IT’S IN OUR NATURE
working plans updated annually by
Public Lands Staff.
A comprehensive community
engagement process informed
every step of the plan
development, including a
statistically valid resident survey
and other outreach to inform
the 2019 Needs Assessment.2
Community member, technical
expert, partner staff and
stakeholder input guided the
Reimagine Nature plan content
through the course of the planning
process. The timeline to the
right highlights the phases and
engagement activities.
2 Ibid
Public engagement at Allen Park.
REIMAGINE NATURE
PLANNING PROCESS
TIMELINE
REiMAGiNE
NATURE ENGAGEMENT
NUMBERS:
12,159
PEOPLE
PROviDED
iNPUT
2018-2019 SLC PARK AND PUBLIC
LANDS NEEDS ASSESSMENT
Community Survey #1
Public Lands Staff Interviews
2022-2040 REIMAGINE NATURE:
SLC PUBLIC LANDS IMPLEMENTATION
PROCESS
Master plan goals and projects annual
assessment
Salt Lake City annual budgeting process
Public Lands 5-Year Strategic Plan
2030 and 2040 master plan updates
2020-2021 REIMAGINE NATURE: SLC
PUBLIC LANDS MASTER PLAN
Phase 1: Foundation of Understanding
Community Survey #2
University of Utah College of City
and Metropolitan Planning Intercept
Interviews and Outreach
Public Lands Pop-Up Events
Community Council Presentations
Phase 2: Draft Vision, Goals and
Transformational Projects
Community Survey #3
University of Utah College of City and
Metropolitan Planning Westside Studio
Neighborhood Park Outreach
Community Council Presentations
Public Lands Meet-and-Greets
City Departments Collaborative
Workshop
Online Town Halls & Facebook Live
Open House
Phase 3: Draft & Final Master Plan
City Leadership Groups Review
Online Draft Plan for Public Comment
City Council Adoption
Chapter One: Introduction 6 Evening walk at Monument Plaza.
Figure 2: Master Plan framework and definitions
Specific policies and actions
to realize the transformative
projects, plan goals, and direct
operations and maintenance
strategies .10 Transformational ProjectsElements of the master plan have
been refined by the public to
ensure the language reflects the
community’s hopes, concerns
and desires for the future of
public lands. Over the past year,
more than 12,000 community
members have helped direct a
vision and identify what needs to
be improved for our natural lands,
urban forests, city parks and city
golf courses.
The intention is to establish
collective aspirations for the future
that create strategic planning
and alignment. This is meant to
be flexible to adapt to changing
HOW TO USE THIS PLAN
circumstances and will require
significant additional effort,
resources, and funding to achieve
over a ten-year period or more,
with some of the actions already
underway.
The master plan is a compilation
of visions, values, goals, projects,
strategies and actions. These
elements are organized in a
hierarchy ranging from broad
ideals to detailed policies and are
highlighted in Figure 2 to the right.
Monument Plaza in Sugar House.
Salt Lake City Public Lands Department Vision & Mission
Statements that guide Public
Lands in their role and what
the department aspires to
achieve . Guides the master plan
and all other aspects of the
department’s operations and
planning efforts .
City-wide, long-range vision
for the next 20 years of Public
Lands’ work .
Guiding principles that align
with other city plans and
policies and focus the master
plan goals .
What the master plan aims to
achieve, supports values and
is supported by high-level
strategies and policy actions .
Specific, inspirational projects
identified by the community to
realize over the next 20 years .
List of 146 near-term possible action items to support this plan- updated annually.
Master Plan Vision
Stewardship
Livability
Equity
Welcome
Connect
Protect
Grow
Sustain
1) Put Environment First
2) Grow Our Urban Forest
3) Connect Mountains to Lake
4) Just 5 Minutes From Here
5) Reimagine Neighborhoods Parks
6) Coming Soon to a Park Near You
7) Revive Our River
8) Sustinaing Our Stories
9) Downtown Comes Alive
10) Welcome to the GreenSalt Lake City Public Lands Department Vision & Mission3 Value Lenses5 Big Goals10 Transformational ProjectsStrategies and Actions
Chapter One: Introduction 8
THE NATURE OF SALT LAKE CiTY
Ancient Lake Bonneville once
covered the present-day mountain
valley of Salt Lake City and beyond
into Utah, Nevada and Idaho. The
Great Salt Lake remains the last
remnant of Lake Bonneville in the
Intermountain West and frames
the northwest part of the city. The
Wasatch Mountains stand sentinel
to the east and north and the
Oquirrh Mountains (pronounced
“oaker”) to the west. This geologic
history gives shape and form to
the present-day landscapes of
the city’s Great Basin, marshlands,
mudflats, ancient lakebed benches,
drainages and cottonwood
galleries, foothills, narrow canyons
and mountain peaks, some of
which rise 6,000 feet from the
basin floor.
THE HiSTORY OF PEOPLE AND PLACE
Five tribes including the Shoshone,
Piute, Ute, Goshute and Navajo
inhabited the territory that later
became Utah. The lands where
desert meets lake and surrounding
wetlands adjacent to Salt Lake
City hosted American Indian
habitation beginning 10,000 years
ago through European settlement.
Explorers, Mormon settlers,
farmers and miners heading to the
California gold rush traveled to
present day Salt Lake City in the
Salt Lake City’s natural lands, urban forest, city parks and golf landscapes reflect the scenic beauty of the Great Salt Lake ecosystem and are the culmination of more than a century of preservation and cultivation since the city’s founding in 1847 .
PAS T & PRESENT
SLC PUBLiC LANDS DEPARTMENT MiSSiON & viSiON
MISSION: What We Do
We enhance the livability of the
urban environment through a
diverse network of natural open
spaces, recreational opportunities,
park facilities, city golf landscapes,
the city cemetery and the urban
forest to ensure that the resources
under our management are
carefully stewarded for future
generations.
VISION: What We Aspire to Achieve
A vibrant system of connected
public landscapes and living
infrastructure that enhances the
community’s identity, sense of
place and quality of life.
mid-1800s. Settlers laid out tree-
lined city streets in a Jeffersonian-
grid originating on the southeast
corner of Temple Square and the
city’s earliest parks, including the
10-acre, square-shaped Pioneer
Park, follow this form. The city
acquired additional parks and
natural areas in the surrounding
foothills and along creeks and
rivers - within neighborhoods and
as larger regional and community
destination parks. The natural
and cultural histories of this place
are embedded in the parks, trails,
urban forest, natural areas and
bucolic golf landscapes which
remain today and enhance the
quality of life for current-day
residents.
Public Lands are integral and essential to life in Salt Lake City.
Fishing at Fairmont Pond.
Walking, jogging and hiking are top activities in
areas managed by the Trails and Natural Lands
Division such as the Fife Wetland Preserve and the
6,423-acres of Foothills Natural Area, canyons and
foothills bordering the northern and eastern limits of
SLC. More than 70 miles of off-street trails connect
residents to parks and natural lands.
The urban forest’s street trees are one of the
most accessible forms of nature, extending into
every neighborhood and business district in the
city, resulting in a literal canopy of shade, beauty,
socioeconomic, environment and health benefits.
Most residents live within a half mile or 10-minute
walk to a local park, and that’s important to 97% of
people polled. 75% of residents who live on the east
side visit parks at least once a month, while 60% of
west-siders visit parks once a month. Established in
1881 to be SLC’s “Central Park,” historic Liberty Park
is the most visited park in the system.
SLC Public Lands six municipal golf courses
are the newest addition to the public lands
management. These spaces create opportunities
for the community to exercise in nature, while also
providing critical open space within the City that
helps clean the air and reduce urban temperatures
and provides shelter for urban wildlife.
Chapter One: Introduction 10
SLC PUBLIC LANDS SYSTEM MAP
LEGEND
108 HOLES
PUBLIC GOLF COURSES
70.7 MILES
EXISTING TRAILS
129.4 MILES
PROPOSED TRAILS
19 NEIGHBORHOOD
PARKS
3 SPECIAL EVENT,
15 COMMUNITY AND
2 REGIONAL PARKS
6,423 ACRES
FOOTHILLS
NATURAL AREA
121 ACRE CITY
CEMETERY
1,694 ACRES
NATURAL LANDS
42 MINI PARKS 86,500 TREES
URBAN FOREST
o l fg
70 .7
Miles of Existing Trails
129 .4
Miles of Proposed Trails
6,423
Acres Foothills Natural Area
Collaborative Management Zone
1,694
Acres Natural Lands
86,500
Urban Forest Trees
3 Special Event 15 Community and 2 Regional Parks
42 Mini Parks 19 Neighborhood Parks
108 Holes of City Public Golf
121 Acre City Cemetery
1 Regional Athletic Complex (16 Outdoor Sports Fields)
system facts
o l fg
PRESENT SYSTEM
Figure 3: Public Lands System Map. System facts are current as of 2020.
Chapter One: Introduction 12
CHALLENGES
COMPLEx iSSUES
Today Salt Lake City’s urban
nature faces many challenges:
rapid degradation to ecological
systems exacerbated by
climate change, lingering social
inequities from historic zoning
and planning decisions, unhealthy
environmental factors like poor
air quality fueled by expanding
population, competing priorities
for limited city funding, rapid
development downtown and
the urgent need to redefine
green space. The Reimagine
Nature master plan vision is
shaped by an understanding of
the environmental and social
challenges facing public lands.
Salt Lake City’s Public Lands are
increasingly under pressure from
the impacts of climate change
including record heat, volatile
weather, drought and some of
the worst air quality in the nation.
The environmental pressures
impact nature today and in the
future. A 2019 climate study
predicts Salt Lake City’s summers
could feel more like Las Vegas
by 2050, a change that would
drastically impact the city’s plants
and wildlife.3 The city has been
experiencing an extreme drought
of historic proportion, prompting a
state of emergency called in 2020
by Utah’s governor and creating
3 Crowther Lab, https://journals.plos.org/
plosone/article?id=10.1371/journal.pone.0217592
Air pollution inversion over the Salt
Lake Valley.
a need for solutions that support
nature in the absence of water
resources. The September 2020
wind storm (derecho) blew down
1,300 trees in the city and over a
dozen parks shut down temporarily
for clean-up activities. Many of
these mature trees reflect decades
of care and provided valued shade.
Since their earliest establishment
more than a century ago, the
City’s parks, trails, and public
green space have been promoted
as places of refuge from the
nuisances of city life with goals
of addressing a host of social
woes. However, encampments of
unhoused people within public
properties and their removal have
often brought in to question this
premise. Throughout this process
the most common topic raised
was concern and a spectrum of
approaches suggested for public
lands and people experiencing
homelessness. It is clear that
housing dispersal of unhoused
individuals throughout the city
has caused more people to feel
discomfort, witness challenges
with social interactions and/or
environmental degradation of
spaces people are occupying
for their survival. The graphic
below is a past public relations
informational campaign that
was used to help build comfort
with interactions and expresses
that parks cannot solve for
homelessness alone, but must
take a compassionate approach
for collective response.
SALT LAKE CiTY
GROWTH
SLC is home to over 196,000
people representing a broad range
of socioeconomic backgrounds
and cultural heritages that include
over 80 spoken languages.
The 2019 Needs Assessment
estimates that this “population
Many of the city’s mature shade trees were lost in the 2020 wind storm.Figure 4: 2018 SLC Parks and Homelessness Public Relations Campaign.
Chapter One: Introduction 14
light-yellow areas in Figure 5
below) or areas where residents
are not within a half-mile walk of
a park or green space particularly
in the Central Community, Sugar
House and East Bench planning
communities.
The questions of who can walk
to public lands, who can afford
to travel to public lands, who has
the leisure time to enjoy public
lands and what languages and
social cues welcome different
groups to public lands have also
been asked during the 2019
Needs Assessment and the
Reimagine Nature community
process. Nationally, best practices
encourage reflecting on these
be required to meet future park
needs at the same level of service
as today. However, Utah is growing
faster than projections made
during the Needs Assessment and
it is likely that the city will need to
be innovative and do even more
than previously reported to meet
increasing demand.
PUBLiC LANDS SERviCE GAPS
The 2019 Needs Assessment
analyzed the public’s needs
and desires for public lands and
performed different types of
analysis mappings to understand
where gaps may exist. The
assessment found gaps (visible
doubles during the daytime, due
to individuals coming into the city
to work.”4 The City’s parks and
surrounding natural areas create
a desirable quality of life drawing
a projected future population
growth of an additional 30,000
people moving to Salt Lake City
by 2040. Additionally, Salt Lake
City’s population is aging and
becoming more diverse. The 2019
Needs Assessment found that
the majority of city residents live
within a half mile of a park, natural
land or trail and parks are well
distributed. The study also noted
that 94 acres of new park land will
4 2019 SLC Public Lands Needs Assessment
!A
!A
!A
!A!A
!T
!T
!T
!A
!A
!A!A
!A
!A!A
!A!T
!A
!A
!A
!A
!T
!A
!A
!T
!A!A!A
!T!T
!T!A
!T
!T!A
!A!A
!A
!T
!A
!A
!A
!A
!A
!A
!A
!A
!A
!T
HogleZoo
TempleSquare UniversityofUtah
International Center
Salt LakeInternationalAirport
City Creek
Canyon
Red ButteCanyonSouth Temple St
1700 S 700 E1700 EF
o
o
t
h
i
l
l
D
r
Par
l
e
y
'
s
W
a
y
2100 SBangerter Hwy1700 S1700 S5600 W7200 WNorth Temple St 1200 WBe
c
k
S
t
600 N
500 S
California Ave
2100 SRedwood Rd700 WWest Temple St1300 E11th Ave
500 S
Sunnyside Dr
1300 S
State StHigh
land
Dr2100 E§¨¦80
§¨¦15
§¨¦15
§¨¦80
§¨¦80
§¨¦215
Salt LakeRegionalAthleticComplex
LibrarySquare
LibertyPark
Sugar HousePark
Jordan Park/Peace Gardens
RiversidePark
RosewoodPark
ConstitutionPark
SunnysidePark
MemoryGrove Park CityCemetery
Glendale Park
PioneerPark
11th AvenuePark
Donner TrailPark
Ensign PeakOpen Space
H Rock
Parley's HistoricNature Park
WestpointePark
Modelport
SherwoodPark
´0 21Miles
Parleys Canyon/Mountain Dell Golf Course Area Map
!T Trailhead
!A Trail Access
Existing Multipurpose Trail
Proposed Multipurpose Trail
Existing Hiking/Mountain Biking Trail
Proposed Hiking/Mountain Biking Trail
1/2 Mile Walk Distance Along Existing Trails & Streets
Zoning: Residential Uses AllowedExisting Hiking Only Trail
Developed Parks
Special Use Parks
Natural Lands
Cemetery
Public Golf Courses
County Parks
City Staff caring for gardens along the S-Line.
types of questions to assess the
equitable access of urban nature
to different communities. And if
there are gaps, to offer master
plan strategies that can help
those areas of the city that need
additional resources most.
OPERATiONS & MAiNTENANCE
Concurrently during the Reimagine
Nature community outreach, a
national consultant team, ETM
and Associates, analyzed
Public Lands level of staffing,
resources and responsibilities.
As Public Lands’ responsibilities
have expanded over time, a
youthful, diverse and energetic
staff has tackled increased
responsibilities. Compared to
other North American benchmark
cities, Public Lands is relatively
understaffed, particularly in the
area of long-term management of
environmental assets. For example,
Urban Forestry staff is stretched
at one staff member protecting
an average of 10,000 trees. The
public may not be highly aware
of this shortfall as a 2021 citizen
survey shows “parks” was one of
the highest rated city services,
after fire/paramedics, library,
garbage pickup, and airport.
However, 63% of Public Lands
assets have been evaluated to be
in poor or fair condition.
Throughout the master plan
development, it became clear
that elevating Public Lands from
a division to a City department
would allow for growth in
capacity to take better care of
the city’s urban nature while
also tackling vital adaptations
needed to address the impacts of
climate change and social issues.
Additional evidence for supporting
investment in current parks, trails
and open spaces can be seen in
the high rankings in the recent
2021 Salt Lake City Resident
Survey where participants ranked
investment in Public Lands as
the number four priority for the
city, just under investment in
affordable housing, supporting
local businesses and expanding
sustainability.
Figure 5: Needs Assessment Parks Gaps Map. Source: 2019 Needs Assessment.
Chapter One: Introduction 16
RELEVANT PLANSPLAN COMPONENTS
»1992 Open Space Plan
»2010 Salt Lake City Open Space Acquisition Strategy
»2012-2017 Salt Lake County Parks and Recreation Needs Assessment
Survey
»2015 Salt Lake County East West Recreation Trails Master Plan Review
»2016 The Downtown Plan
»2015 Salt Lake City Pedestrian and Bicycle Master Plan
»2015 Plan Salt Lake
»2017 Salt Lake City Public Lands Strategic Plan
»2019 Salt Lake City Parks and Public Lands Needs Assessment
»2020 Geographic Equity, Inclusion and Belonging Committee
Recommendations
»Smaller subarea plans, specific property plans, and topical studies
also exist to provide targeted direct, such as the Integrated Pest
Management Plan and Cemetery Master Plan.
SLC PARK AND PUBLiC LANDS NEEDS ASSESSMENT (2019)
The SLC Park and Public Lands Needs Assessment provides a
measurement of the quantity and quality of existing parks and
natural lands.
REiMAGiNE NATURE: SLC PUBLiC LANDS MASTER PLAN (THiS DOCUMENT-2021)
This ambitious, community-driven master plan is composed of a plan
vision, values, goals and transformative projects that prepare us for
the enhancement and protection of our public lands over the next
20 years.
PUBLiC LANDS 5-YEAR STRATEGiC PLANS (UPDATED ANNUALLY 2022-2040)
5-year Strategic Plans will outline and prioritize specific strategies
and actions to implement Reimagine Nature. These will be working
plans which are updated annually by Public Lands staff. 9 Line Bike Park.
The National Parks and Recreation Association (NRPA) defines a master plan as “a system-wide…comprehensive
document and process that include an internal assessment, community engagement, resources and data
collection, and development of an implementation plan.”5 In 2019, Public Lands commenced data collection and
analysis, research on international best practices and consultation with the public, staff, partners, stakeholders
and experts. The result of this work is presented in three parts listed below.
5 https://www.nrpa.org/publications-research/best-practice-resources/creating-equity-based-system-master-plans/
“IT IS THE
SET OF THE
SAILS, NOT THE
DIRECTION OF
THE WIND THAT
DETERMINES
WHICH WAY WE
WILL GO”.
- jim rohn
Reimagine Nature: Public Lands Master Plan sits within a larger planning
context of policies and city initiatives. The following list indicates the
purpose of these previous plans and their influence on the Public Lands
Master Plan and value alignment.
Chapter One: Introduction 18
Snapshot
SALT LAKE CITY PUBLIC LANDS SNAPSHOT
The following snapshot captures factors that currently influence the equity, livability and sustainability of Salt
Lake City and its Public Lands. It also takes stock of the current Public Lands system including an inventory of
urban forest trees, natural areas, trails, parks and city golf courses.
By 2050 our temps could rise10°
leading to poorer air quality .
EQUITY livability STEWARDSHIP
$85,000
per year to clean up nuisance graffiti .
are anticipated to move to SLC
by 2040 which will require an
additional park space roughly
equivalent to Liberty Park.
SLC IS HOME TO OVER 199,723
people who speak 80 languages
and represent a broad range
of socioeconomic backgrounds
and cultural heritages .
45%
of metro area renters are cost burdened .
The master
plan includes
community engagement windows .
The 2019 Needs Assessment will help identify priority areas .
Accessibility gaps and trail gaps
still exist in all SLC planning
areas, and east-west connections
across the city are limited .
Salt Lake City’s proposed
trails, including expansion
of the 9-line Trail, will add
another 129 .4 miles to the
system, the equivalent of
adding another Jordan River
Parkway (the longest paved urban trail in the US) .
SLC public lands have opportunity to increase biodiversity
by adding more natural habitat like
recent efforts at Fairmont Park Pond
and the Fife Wetland Preserve .
86%
Income barriers can limit the amount of
leisure time and transportation options
people have to enjoy public lands .
of SLC population is made up of
people who identify themselves
as Native American, African
American, Hispanic, Latinx,
Asian or Pacific Islander .
3 200
community
groups
have been
invited to
participate
in this
process .
30,000+
of public lands assets are in fair to poor condition .
of SLC residents who
responded to the 2019
Needs Assessment
prioritize investments to
improve existing parks,
trails and natural areas .
35%
Nearly 17% of the population is projected to be 65 or older by 2045 .
City Golf courses
maintain over 1,000
acres of open
space . As the city
grows, how can golf
grow as a community
partner, serving more
of the city population?
Over the last 20 years SLC’s urban forests have been in decline .
63%
Our 86,500 trees, including 7,000 trees in city golf courses, provide a cooling of summer temps by 6°
SLC urban forest hosts 260 species of trees that support biodiversity and improve air quality .
94 ACRES
>50%
of all global species are at
risk of extinction leading to
rapid biodiversity loss .
Activating underutilized spaces with
activities such as outdoor education,
guided nature walks, wildflowers
and birding would increase park
service as the city grows .
EW
Sources: Salt Lake City Public Lands Division, 2019 Salt Lake City Parks & Public Lands Needs Assessment, American Community Survey 2014-2018, Kem C. Gardner Policy Institute, "Understanding Climate
Change from a Global Analysis of City Analogues" by Thomas Crowther et. al., "Promoting and Preserving Biodiversity in the Urban Forest" by Alexis A. Alvey, "Utah Forest Facts: Trees and Climate Change" by
Megan Dettenmaier et. al., "Salt Lake City Confronts Its Growing Pains" by Trevor Bach, U.S. Census, 2020.
Chapter One: Introduction 20
Chapter Two: introduction
COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT SUMMARY
The Reimagine Nature master plan process reached over 12,000 members of the community through digital and
socially distanced tactics (see figure 6 below). Engagement was conducted in two periods: Window #1, (2020)
and Window #2 (2021). Now more than ever, public lands contribute to the community’s personal health, identity
and civic ideals. The plan is a reflection of the community’s vision for a bright future of public lands.
HOW WE LiSTENED
The figure below shows one metric of how engagement was evaluated for how it was inclusive of representative
demographic populations that reflect the city’s current diversity. More information about the participation
demographics and engagement methods can be found in the document appendix. Partnerships with the
University of Utah College of City and Metropolitan Planning and on-the-ground, “intercept survey” efforts of
Salt Lake City staff members and volunteers supplemented digital tactics to target engagement of typically
underrepresented areas or populations of the city.
Community Member participating in a Paint the Pavement engagement event at Poplar Grove Park.
Planning students from the University of Utah provided support to make targeted community engagement possible.
Ice cream social distancing interviews.
Community feedback at an engagement event in Liberty Park.
FiNDiNGS
Targeted engagement improved the
diversity of survey respondents, with
multi-cultural participation in survey two
increasing an average of 232% from that
of survey one .
SURVEY DEMOGRAPHICS
ASIAN
AMERICAN INDIAN
BLACK / AFRICAN AMERICAN
HISPANIC / LATINO
NATIVE HAWAIIAN / PACIFIC ISLANDER
WHITE
OTHER
PREFER NOT TO SAY
5.4%
1.4%
2.3%
21.6%
1.5%
73.1%
3.4%
1.5%
0.3%
0.5%
4.0%
0.3%
80.0%
1.2%
4.0%
COMMUNITY SURVEY 1 SALT LAKE CITY DEMOGRAPHICS
2.2%
1.3%
1.4%
8.2%
0.5%
76.3%76.3%
2.4%
7.7%
COMMUNITY SURVEY 2
ENGAGEMENT BY THE NUMBERS
ENGAGEMENT WINDOW #1
SURVEYS 4,455
Public Survey 3,735
City Staff Survey 85
intercept Surveys 635
POPUP EVENTS 2,320
ice Cream Social Distancing
Trailside Snacks
Trail intercepts
MICRO-ENGAGEMENT EVENTS 47
Focus Groups
17 COMMUNITY PRESENTATIONS 260
Community Councils
Boards And Committees
ADDITIONAL ENGAGEMENT WITH OVER 200+
COMMUNITY STAKEHOLDERS
ENGAGEMENT WINDOW #2
ONLINE PUBLIC SURVEY #2 3,318
4 STUDENT-LED PLACEMAKING EVENTS 69
16 INTERCEPT EVENTS 582
COMM. COUNCIL PRESENTATIONS 260
FACEBOOK OPEN HOUSE EVENTS 848
Spanish views 195
English views 653
SOCIAL MEDIA POSTS
43 Facebook + 39 Twitter + 29 instagram + 4 Next Door
= 115 Posts
3 EMAIL NEWSLETTERS To 7,907 People
Total Engagement Window 2 5,077
Total Engagement Window 1 7,082
To tal Directly Reached
Reimagine Nature Engagement 12,159
Figure 7: Summary of Engagement Activities and Community Reached.
Figure 6: Reimagine Nature Survey Demographics.
Chapter One: Introduction 22
COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT SUMMARY
TARGETED COMMUNiTY ENGAGEMENT
In-person surveying occurred in 80 locations but was focused in Westside and Northwest neighborhoods.
These communities are the most ethnically diverse areas of the city and are cut off from downtown by
railroads and highways. Compared to their neighbors to the east, residents in these neighborhoods are in
“higher need” according to the 2019 SLC Public Lands Needs Assessment. Parks in westside communities
also have lower rates of visitation compared to parks in Salt Lake City’s east side, signaling a need to hear
community-led solutions from westside neighborhoods. The multi-level approach captured a more diverse
sample of the community.
Initial survey results led to preliminary plan ideas that were shared in a series of focus groups with
representative community stakeholders to refine master plan direction. The focus groups cultivated stronger
relationships resulting in new collaborations and solutions.
ENGAGEMENT WINDOW #1
STUDENT & STAFF OUTREACH LOCATIONS
ENGAGEMENT WINDOW #2
STUDENT OUTREACH LOCATIONS
ENGAGEMENT WINDOW #2
STAFF OUTREACH LOCATIONS
– Public Lands Master Plan Page 5
Students engaged the community at 38 different public space locations. This outreach
involved parks, libraries, open spaces, trails, and other areas. Students and staff
distributed a total of 467 flyers and 593 postcards. Figure 2 is a map of the locations
that were visited by students and staff.
Figure 2: Staff & Paired Outreach Locations to Parks and Other Areas
Figure 8: Engagmenet locations throughout SLC.
COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT SUMMARY
Chapter One: Introduction 24
WHAT WE HEARD
The focus of engagement was
to gather community feedback
and input on the Master Plan
framework, including refined goals
and transformative projects ideas.
It also served as a check point with
the community and stakeholders
to verify that the Master Plan
was developing in the right
direction, had community support,
and provided an opportunity to
contribute any important ideas
that may be missing from the
Master Plan.
The following pages show a
selection of some of the responses
received from the community
through the online survey, focus
groups and micro-engagement
events. The document appendix
includes detailed reports on the
public engagement windows and
their findings for more information.
Community members of all ages provide their thoughts during a student intercept survey event.
Reach out and listen. Specific place-based responses for acts of restoration, maintenance, and development.
Recruit stewards, rangers/ambassadors, and volunteers from minority communities near the public lands.
STEWARDSHiP iDEAS
I would volunteer to clean up parks, paint bathrooms, help with trash and waste disposal I would also donate money to groups that contribute to stewardship of the parks.
Work with school districts on biodiversity education and curriculum including hands on projects to give our youngest citizenry a sense of ownership.
Encourage non-motorized visitation. Supply and timely service waste receptacles. Landscape with broad ecological goals, e.g. not just trees but flower and open areas that support birds and bees.
More trails closer to home so I and my neighbors don’t have to drive to other places (Millcreek, Draper, Herriman, etc.) for trail running and riding opportunities.
LivABiLiTY iDEAS
Source: 2020 Community Survey 1
Substantially improve tree cover in neighborhoods, parks and natural areas by 50% to compensate for human impacts.”
Add neighborhood opportunities to spend time in water. Salt Lake City is getting hotter summers and one of the key missing public land opportunities for residents is access to water for recreational opportunities.
Expand community gardens.
EQUiTY iDEAS
Source: 2020 Community Survey 1
Have signs displayed in 2-3 languages.
Increased accessibility for all members of society, along with native fauna that calls the space home. So more bike paths, ramps for wheelchairs, inclusive non-gendered bathrooms. For the wild life, creating more pockets of space not meant for human traffic or usage, and planting more native plants essential to their natural habitats.
A fully integrated trail system through the city so that folks can access trails regardless of where they are
Source: 2020 Community Survey 1
COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT SUMMARY
Chapter One: Introduction 26
COMMUN iTY iNPUT iN THE PLAN
In addition to asking for ideas
around the values, respondents
from Community Survey 1 were
asked to choose their preferred
actions to increase livabiltiy and
sustainability in SLC. These actions
were integrated into goals and
helped to craft the transformative
projects found in the Reimagine
Nature Plan.
Sidewalk art survey advertisement.
Survey advertisement posted at a local laundromat.
Community member providing feedback during a student intercept survey.
With more than 4,455 surveys
completed and roughly 1,000
individual conversations, there
was abundant ideas and variety
of perspectives provided by the
community to reflect in crafting
this plan.
Q - What do
you think
would most
benefit the
livability of
Salt Lake City
and encourage
you to get
outside more
often?
(Pick your top 2)
LivABiLiTY TOP PRiORiTiES
A thriving urban forest, improving networks for active transportation
and investing in neighborhood public lands were seen as the top
actions that would improve livability in SLC.
• Grow our urban forests
• Improve the sidewalk and trail network in order to travel by bike and foot to public lands and everyday destinations like work and school
• Invest in neighborhood public lands and amenities that encourage everyday use
DIRECT ACTIONS
• Create wildflower meadows
• Incorporate more native, waterwise plants in landscaping
• Plant more trees
• Expand public access points to trails
• Add or renovate aged restrooms, playgrounds and other amenities
$FUNDING
• Acquire additional natural areas
• Acquire lands adjacent to water
• Invest in increased maintenance
• Improve the City’s donation process
• Develop adoption programs, i .e ., adopt-a-tree, adopt-a park, etc .
DAILY PRACTICES
• Support active modes of transportation
• Expand collaboration with non-profit organizations
• Host education events
• Improve capacity to respond to environmental emergencies
• Create a Biodiversity Advisory Committee
Q - What stewardship actions
would be most impactful to
public lands over the next 10-
20 years?
(Select all that apply)
SUSTAiNABiLiTY TOP PRiORiTiES
Biodiversity, the environment, trails & maintaining existing amenities
were themes that emerged among survey respondents. The most chosen
actions are highlighted below.
Source: 2020 Community Survey 1
46%
44%
42%
Figure 10: Sustainability top priorities, 2020 Community Survey 1.
Figure 9: Livability top priorities, 2020 Community Survey 1.
COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT SUMMARY
Chapter One: Introduction 28
Engagement event at 1700 South Park.
Trailside snack bike trailer advertisement.
“I think the vision statement should include explicit language on climate change.”
“Since more people are using the outdoors, education on how to treat and take care of it is essential.”
“safety for marginalized and over policed communities. for black and brown people public spaces are not always safe (RIP Trayvon Martin, Tamir Rice, Darren Hunt and many more). part of access for these communities is assurance that they wont get shot or arrested just for existing in public spaces while being a person of color. some sort of police and emergency service outreach to ensure this message is heard would be appropriate.”
“More emphasis on making areas bike and bus friendly and reducing the need to drive to parks.”
JUST 5 MINUTES
FROM HERE
10%
30%
50%
70%
90%
SOMEWHAT
SATISFIED
EXTREMELY
SATISFIED
CONNECT
MOUNTAINS TO
THE LAKE
SATISFACTION RATES FOR THE 10 TRANSFORMATIVE PROJECTS
REIMAGINE
NEIGHBORHOOD
PARKS
COMING SOON
TO A PARK NEAR
YOU
MEET ME AT THE
RIVER
37%
38%
26%
65%33%
54%31%
52%
27%
62%
10%
30%
50%
70%
90%
TELL OUR
STORIES
DOWNTOWN
COMES ALIVE
OUTSIDE
GROW OUR
URBAN FOREST
WELCOME TO THE
GREEN
PUT
ENVIRONMENT
FIRST
30%
47%
26%
61%
21%
71%24%
57%
20%
70%
JUST 5 MINUTES
FROM HERE
10%
30%
50%
70%
90%
SOMEWHAT
SATISFIED
EXTREMELY
SATISFIED
CONNECT
MOUNTAINS TO
THE LAKE
SATISFACTION RATES FOR THE 10 TRANSFORMATIVE PROJECTS
REIMAGINE
NEIGHBORHOOD
PARKS
COMING SOON
TO A PARK NEAR
YOU
MEET ME AT THE
RIVER
37%
38%
26%
65%33%
54%31%
52%
27%
62%
10%
30%
50%
70%
90%
TELL OUR
STORIES
DOWNTOWN
COMES ALIVE
OUTSIDE
GROW OUR
URBAN FOREST
WELCOME TO THE
GREEN
PUT
ENVIRONMENT
FIRST
30%
47%
26%
61%
21%
71%24%
57%
20%
70%
JUST 5 MINUTES
FROM HERE
10%
30%
50%
70%
90%
SOMEWHAT
SATISFIED
EXTREMELY
SATISFIED
CONNECT
MOUNTAINS TO
THE LAKE
SATISFACTION RATES FOR THE 10 TRANSFORMATIVE PROJECTS
REIMAGINE
NEIGHBORHOOD
PARKS
COMING SOON
TO A PARK NEAR
YOU
MEET ME AT THE
RIVER
37%
38%
26%
65%33%
54%31%
52%
27%
62%
10%
30%
50%
70%
90%
TELL OUR
STORIES
DOWNTOWN
COMES ALIVE
OUTSIDE
GROW OUR
URBAN FOREST
WELCOME TO THE
GREEN
PUT
ENVIRONMENT
FIRST
30%
47%
26%
61%
21%
71%24%
57%
20%
70%
TRANSFORMATivE PROJECT SUPPORTNEW iDEAS AND FEEDBACK
Survey #2 yeilded responses from 3,318 community members rating their satisfaction with the plan vision
statement, plan goals, and transformative projects. All aspects of the plan had community support with 82% of
survey respondents saying they thought the vision plan was on the right track, and 87% agreeing with the plan
goals. Overall, all transformative projects had a combined satisfaction rate of between 75%-92% among survey
respondents. The community indicated they were most satisfied with projects centered on sustainability, with the
projects “Grow Our Urban Forest” and “Put Environment First” receiving the most selections for extremely and
somewhat satisfied. Note, some of the goals and projects have been revised in response to this input.
Source: 2020 Community Survey 1 Source: 2021 Community Survey 2
Figure 11: Graph of transformative project satisfaction ratings, Source: 2021 Community Survey 2.
COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT SUMMARY
Chapter One: Introduction 30
TOP CHOICES
FOR OVERALL
IMPORTANCE:
1 . GROW OUR URBAN
FOREST - 97%
2 . PUT ENVIRONMENT
FIRST - 95%
3 . REIMAGINE
NEIGHBORHOOD
PARKS - 89%
TOP CHOICES FOR
OVERALL URGENCY:
1 . GROW OUR URBAN
FOREST - 95%
2 . PUT ENVIRONMENT
FIRST - 94%
3 . REIMAGINE
NEIGHBORHOOD
PARKS - 87%
4 . MEET ME AT THE
RIVER - 83%
JUST 5 MINUTES
FROM HERE
10%
30%
50%
70%
90%
CONNECT
MOUNTAINS TO
THE LAKE
URGENCY AND IMPORTANCE OF THE 10 TRANSFORMATIVE PROJECTS
REIMAGINE
NEIGHBORHOOD
PARKS
COMING SOON
TO A PARK NEAR
YOU
MEET ME AT THE
RIVER
42%
41%48%
39% 49%
23%
44%
40%
10%
30%
50%
70%
90%
TELL OUR
STORIES
DOWNTOWN
COMES ALIVE
OUTSIDE
GROW OUR
URBAN FOREST
WELCOME TO THE
GREEN
PUT
ENVIRONMENT
FIRST
40%
19%
42%
39%
27%
68%
41%
35%
22%
72%
VERY
URGENT
VERY
IMPORTANT
MEDIUM
URGENCY
MEDIUM
IMPORTANCE
41%
15%
51%
19%
39%
49%46%
43%54%
25%
41%
45%
22%
73%
40%
40%
26%
71%
42%
44%
45%
25%
COMMUNiTY
PRiORiTiZiNG
TRANSFORMATivE
PROJECTS
Survey respondents were
asked to rate both the urgency
and importance of the ten
transformative projects. These
questions were designed to gain
insight into community priorities
for each project, highlighting
which projects should happen
right away and which projects
should be prioritized because they
are the most impactful and provide
value.
When comparing urgency versus
importance, two projects stood out
significantly. Put environment first
was ranked the highest by survey
respondents in both categories,
with 73% ranking it as very
important 72% ranking it as very
urgent. The next highest-ranking
project was grow our urban
forest, with 71% ranking it as very
important and 68% ranking it as
very urgent. This again reinforces
the community’s desire for using
sustainable principles in managing
TRANSFORMATivE PROJECT URGENCY AND iMPORTANCE
Source: 2021 Community Survey 2
Public Lands and improving the
local environment with natural
amenities.
These projects also were
viewed as significant and held
high support with focus group
participants. Overall, the question
responses show that all projects
are valued by the community.
When combining the selections for
medium urgency and very urgent,
the 10 transformative projects
were selected by between 56%
and 94% of respondents as being
urgent. The combined selections
for project importance show that
the 10 transformative projects
were selected by between 70%
and 95% of respondents as
important.
Figure 12: Graph of transformative project urgency and importance, Source: 2021 Community Survey 2.
CHAPTER
Public Lands maintains some green spaces within public roadways and transit stops. 32
2 VISION
FRAMEWORK
FOR NATURE
REIMAGINE NATURE MASTER PLAN VISION
SLC Public Lands Master Plan vision proposes
big ideas to transform and sustain quality
outdoor spaces that are welcoming, safe,
and walkable; ensuring people, wildlife and
ecosystems benefit from fair investment of Salt
Lake City resources over the next 20 years.
LIVABILITY
EQUITYSTEWARDSHIP
Chapter Two: Framework 34
WHAT VALUES GUIDE THE PLAN? The VALUES that drive the way the Public Lands Department achieves plan goals is through a work ethic:
»that grows a culture of
STEWARDSHIP to protect
wildlife, trees, mountains,
lakes, rivers and scenic views;
»that improves LIVABILITY in
SLC in the face of impacts of
climate change and population
growth; and
»that provides greater EQUITY
in the way the community has
access to close-to-home, high-
quality green spaces.
The plan values are integrated
into each goal and transformative
project.
STEWARDSHIP, or taking
care of what we have, is
investing in the renewal of
our existing city parks, urban
forest, natural areas and
trails. Stewardship inspires
us to preserve habitat so
plants and wildlife can thrive
and be resilient to impacts
of climate change like rising
temperatures. Potential
actions could be planting
tree groves in city golf
courses or adding butterfly
gardens to city parks.
Figure 13: Value Lenses Relationship to Goals Diagram.
LIVABILITY, or maintaining
SLC’s quality of outdoor
life, inspires us to provide
more services to residents
as the city grows. We
can collectively identify
opportunities to use our
city’s parks, golf courses,
school yards, natural areas
and streetscapes to increase
public access to nature, trails,
sports fields, and public
gathering places.
EQUITY, or including diverse
voices in the master plan
process and priorities,
aligns as a citywide
value emerging from the
roundtable discussion on
“Geographic Equity, Inclusion,
PLANVALUES:
& Belonging.” We are
committed to listening to the
realities and perceptions of
access to public lands from
all sides of Salt Lake City to
help guide next steps for a
more equitable future.
Skating at Jordan Park.
Mountain biking on the Bonneville Shoreline Trail.
VISION STATEMENT:
Reimagine Nature SLC Public
Lands Master Plan vision proposes
big ideas to transform and sustain
quality outdoor spaces that are
welcoming, safe, and walkable;
ensuring people, wildlife and
ecosystems benefit from fair
investment of Salt Lake City
resources over the next 20 years.
36
GOALS
GOAL STATEMENT:
Public Lands will continue to be on
the forefront of environmentalism,
employing sustainable operations
practices such as conserving
water resources for greater
resilience to climate change and
making significant contributions to
an equitable and healthier natural
environment such as increasing
tree cover that improves regional
air quality and provides bird
habitat.
SUSTAIN:
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH
AND SUSTAINABILITY
TOP STRATEGIES:
S1 - Position Public Lands to
increase the ambition of Salt Lake
City’s climate resiliency goals.
S2 - Position Public Lands
as the City leader for driving
improvements in human and
ecosystem health.
PROGRESS METRICS:
S1 - Metric: Percent of occupied
tree planting sites.
Goal: 90% occupied by 2030.
S1 - Metric: Percent of urban forest
trees pruned annually.
Goal: 10% of trees pruned annually
by 2030.
S2 - Metric: Species biodiversity
by site.
Goal: Demonstrate a statistically-
significant increase (>0) in species
biodiversity on all Public Lands
(except mini parks and special use
parks) by 2030.
Reimagine Nature Master Plan
has five main GOALS of what the
Public Lands Department is aiming
to achieve over the next 10-20
years:
1. Sustain: Environmental Health
and Sustainability
2. Connect: Accessible and
Connected Green Spaces
3. Welcome: Active, Authentic
and Inclusive Places
4. Protect: A Commitment to
Stewardship
5. Grow: Expand our Public
Lands System
Mural in the Granary District.
People enjoying the spring water pond at Liberty Park.
Chapter Two: Framework 38
GOAL STATEMENT:
Well-maintained, welcoming trails,
streets, public transportation, and
sidewalks are interconnected as
the city’s circulatory system. This
system connects pedestrians,
cyclists, and riders to the city’s
green spaces and outstanding
natural landscapes of Salt Lake
City’s Public Lands: mountains,
foothills, valley, wetlands, and
lakes. The City will continue
to enhance these systems and
increase connectors to include
everyday destinations ranging
from the daycare, library, grocery
store, pharmacy and museum.
This adds convenient connections
to walk or ride along a greenway,
adding steps to pedometers and
enriching health and wellbeing.
GOAL STATEMENT:
Ideal parks are actively used
by the community, inclusive for
all ages, abilities and cultures
and strive to be authentic, or
reflective of the neighborhood
and community’s culture. Parks
departments across the country
struggle with balancing limited
resources and many priorities with
achieving these ideals. For cities,
there is also a growing awareness
of how green space has historically
been provided and maintained for
different neighborhoods. Cities
are collecting data and stories to
document the historic inequities in
the quantity and quality of green
space (e.g., nationwide studies
have found that lower income
urban areas typically correlate with
less tree canopy, less accessible
green spaces and lower quality
amenities). The Public Lands
Department, in alignment with
the mayor’s 2021 citywide vision,
is committed to looking at top-
down and bottom-up community-
driven solutions to welcoming
more people. The department will
strive to reflect the diverse culture
and history of Salt Lake City
neighborhoods in the tapestry of
parks and open spaces.
WELCOME:
ACTIVE, AUTHENTIC AND
INCLUSIVE PLACES
CONNECT:
ACCESSIBLE AND CONNECTED
GREEN SPACES
TOP STRATEGIES:
C1 - Connect people to information
about their park system.
C2 - Increase the ease of access
to public lands, making it easier to
travel to, between and within them.
TOP STRATEGIES:
W1 - Design and program
Neighborhood Parks to highlight
the unique natural, historical,
cultural and economic identify
of the surrounding area and
community in which they are
located.
W2 - Support active programming
that brings people out to their
parks for art, events, programs,
recreation and community. This
programming should be diverse
and adapted to represent the
community culture and encourage
creation of social connections.
PROGRESS METRICS:
C1 - Metric: Percent increase in
social media followers across
Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram.
Goal: 500% increase from 2021
baseline by 2030.
C1 - Metric: Percent increase in
total email addresses in Constant
Contact (or equivalent) platform.
Goal: 500% increase from 2021
baseline by 2030.
C1 - Metric: Percent increase in
average monthly website visitors
per year.
Goal: 500% increase from 2021
baseline by 2030.
C1 - Metric: Percent increase
in average monthly attendance
to community events by PL
administrative team
Goal: 500% Increase in
community event attendance by
PL administrative team, for all
Planning Areas, from 2021 baseline
by 2030.
C1 - Metric: Percent of properties
with multi-lingual signage
Goal: Signage includes Spanish
language information at 90%
PROGRESS METRIC:
W1 - Metric: Annual total number
of community-led programs in
Neighborhood Parks, by planning
area.
Goal: At least 300 community-
led programs in Neighborhood
Parks in EACH SLC planning area,
annually, by 2030.
W2 - Metric: Percent of
respondents to annual SLC
Resident Survey who report
visiting a city park or natural land
at least weekly.
Goal: Increase percent of residents
who visit parks or natural lands at
least weekly by 2% per year, with
at least 60% of residents visiting a
park or natural land at least weekly
by 2030.
of parks, natural areas and golf
courses by 2030.
C2 - Metric: Percent of parks that
have received an accessibility
audit*.
*identifies accessibility barriers, a
means to remove the barrier, and
a transition plan for budgeting,
planning and implementing the
barrier removal.
Goal: 90% of SLC parks have
received an accessibility audit by
2030.
C2 - Metric: Percent of parks
that have fully implemented the
removal of accessibility barriers
identified in an accessibility audit.
Goal: 50% of SLC Regional,
Community, Neighborhood,
Special Event and Mini Parks have
fully implemented the removal of
identified accessibility barriers by
2040.
C2 Metric: Percent of residents
within ¼ mile of a park, multi-use
trail or natural land.
Goal: 95% of SLC Residents live
within ¼ mile of a park, multi-use
trail or natural land by 2040.
Chapter Two: Framework 40
GOAL STATEMENT:
Salt Lake City’s urban population
is growing. The Public Lands
Department will balance
providing safe green spaces for
the public while also protecting
iconic, irreplaceable natural
resources that keep the city
wild. Stewardship demands
are profound: diminishing
environmental health, increasing
need for visitor management,
increasing maintenance demands,
increasing numbers of unhoused
using open space as refuge,
and increasing costs to provide
infrastructure and services to a
growing city. In the Public Lands’
domain, the Department will lead
the stewardship and care of urban
green spaces. The Department will
seek out opportunities to partner
with advocacy groups and schools
to educate on how the public can
be stewards of the land and learn
its history.
GOAL STATEMENT:
As the Salt Lake City population
increases, our public lands receive
more visitation and work harder to
reduce negative impacts of more
“footprints” on our landscapes and
public amenities with increased
maintenance and renewal.
Providing the amount of public
properties in relation to population
growth needs is increasingly
challenging in a city reaching
maximum expansion build-out with
limited opportunities to aquire
large natural areas or small parks
in areas of dense development
with high land prices. City
departments and partners work
together to provide green space
and recreation opportunities in our
rapidly re-developing downtown.
We innovate and make smart use
of the public properties we have,
being strategic with our resources
and creating funding sources to
expand our urban forest, trails,
park system, and natural areas.
GROW:
EXPAND OUR PUBLIC LANDS SYSTEM
PROTECT:
A COMMITMENT TO STEWARDSHIP
TOP STRATEGIES:
P1 - Ensure iconic, irreplicable
assets are not lost or rendered
less valuable due to neglect,
destruction or development.
P2 - Leverage the power of the
community to help steward SLC’s
Public Lands.
TOP STRATEGIES:
G1 - Be proactive and strategic
about growth of the Public Lands
System.
G2 - Overcome difficult obstacles
to growth needs through creativity
and through leveraging external
assets and resources.
PROGRESS METRIC:
P1 - Metric: Acres per funded
grounds maintenance employee
full time equival (FTE) for parks by
park type.
Goal: No more than 15 acres per
funded grounds maintenance FTE
for Regional Parks, Special Event
Parks, and Urban Natural Areas,
and no more than 5 acres per
funded grounds maintenance FTE
for Neighborhood Parks and Mini
Parks, by 2030.
P1 - Metric: Park and natural land
acres acquired.
Goal: Acquire at least 94 acres of
parkland, 60 acres of urban natural
lands, and 150 acres of non-urban
natural lands, by 2040, to maintain
2017 level of service.
P2 - Metric: Number of volunteers
engaged & total number of
volunteer person-hours annually
Goal: Increase number of
volunteers engaged & total
number of volunteer person hours
by 10% annually, and by 250% by
2030.
PROGRESS METRIC:
G1 - Metric: Number of parks with
annual visitation estimates based
on data from automated visitation
counters and/or point-in-time
counts.
Goal: Annual visitation estimates
for 75 parks by 2030.
G1 - Metric: Number of
respondents to annual public
opinion survey for Public Lands.
Goal: Three-year running average
is equal to or greater than 2,000
respondents by 2030.
G2 - Metric: Number of active,
formal partner organizations*
*Organizations with active
partnerships agreements
(approved by attorneys office &
fully executed).
Goal: Thirty formal partnership
agreements are active by 2030.
Chapter Two: Framework 42
TRANSFORMATIVE PROJECTS
Ten Transformative Projects were identified through the engagement process to achieve
plan goals and heighten Public Lands’ impact
on the city’s livability, equity, and stewardship.
The projects are transformative as they
will require great effort and/or and shift in
Public Lands operations to achieve. The
Transformative Projects are organized by the
goals and chapters they are most emblematic
of, however each project supports multiple
plan goals.
Figure 14: Ten transformative projects for Reimagine Nature.
PUT ENVIRONMENT FIRST
Cultivate more biological diversity and
conservation in city parks, urban forests,
city golf lands and natural areas.
GROW OUR URBAN FOREST
Expand awareness of how to be a steward
of our urban forest in all publicly-owned
landscapes including city parks, street
medians, city golf courses, riparian areas
and natural areas.REGIONALLOCALCONNECTMOUNTAINS
TO THE LAKE
COMING SOON TO A
PARK NEAR
YOU
JUST FIVE MINUTES
FROM HERE
GROW OUR URBAN
FOREST
PUT
ENVIRONMENT
FIRST
SUSTAINING OUR
STORIES
REIMAGINE
NEIGHBORHOOD PARKS
DOWNTOWN COMES
ALIVE OUTSIDE
REVIVE
OUR
RIVER
WELCOME TO THE GREEN
1
2SUSTAIN CONNECTWELCOMEREIMAGINE NEIGHBORHOOD PARKS
Transform parks into vibrant community spaces
that empower residents to contribute to their
neighborhood identity.
COMING SOON TO A PARK NEAR
YOU
Help our parks, large and small, come alive with
activities and events throughout the year.
CONNECT MOUNTAINS TO THE
LAKE
Complete missing links in regional trails and
invest in greenways to enhance nature and
creeks within the city.
JUST FIVE MINUTES FROM HERE
Make it easier to find and explore nearby
parks, trails and public spaces to expand
the public’s experiences in nature and build
stewardship principles and practices.
4
3
PROTECTGROW6
5
8
7
10
9
REVIVE OUR RIVER
Invest in projects and maintenance along the
Jordan River Parkway that will promote equity,
access, scenic beauty, diverse recreation, and
healthy ecology along the parkway.
SUSTAINING OUR STORIES
Reveal past and present stories from our
diversity of experiences that have shaped
this valley, giving focus to underrepresented
and indigenous people. Express these stories
through landscapes, structure, placemaking and
art.
DOWNTOWN COMES ALIVE
OUTSIDE
Increase the provision of green and active
spaces downtown that will contribute to
livability, inclusiveness, and economic vitality.
WELCOME TO THE GREEN
Invite appropriate alternative use of our
public golf courses for greater benefit.
3 GOAL STATEMENT
Public Lands will continue to be on the
forefront of environmentalism, employing
sustainable operations practices such as
conserving water resources for greater
resilience to climate change and making
significant contributions to an equitable
and healthier natural environment such as
increasing tree cover that improves regional
air quality and provides bird habitat.
The urban forest is aging, requiring regeneration to keep SLC shaded and cool while providing critical habitat.
CHAPTER
44
SUSTAIN:
ENVIRONMENTAL
HEALTH &
SUSTAINABILITY
“ENCOURAGE NON-MOTORIZED VISITATION
TO REDUCE CARBON EMISSIONS.”
Beautiful parks don’t have to be the
color green. The future will be less
water. Xeriscape can be beautiful
and ecologically sound.”
“LANDSCAPE WITH
ECOLOGICAL GOALS
THAT SUPPORT BIRDS
AND BEES.”
-comments from the
2021 public survey
Chapter Three: Sustain 46
SUSTAIN:ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH & SUSTAINABILITY
“In nature nothing exists alone.”- Rachel Carson, Silent Spring
ENVIRONMENTAL CHALLENGES FACING SLC’S PUBLIC LANDS
The idea of sustainability as we
know it today evolved out of the
environmental movement in the
mid-1900s. Implicitly, our ability
to sustain environmental health
relies on our understanding of
landscape ecology: relationships
between all life, great and small,
on our planet and the cultivation
of natural cycles that bind these
relationships. For Salt Lake City’s
Public Lands, the cycles that bind
us to the environment (landscape)
include our recreation activities
that provide physical and mental
wellness to our community: hiking
in the Foothills Natural Area,
enjoying the scenic views of our
city golf courses and natural lands,
or commuting to work under the
shade of the urban tree canopy.
The environmental health and
scenic qualities of these landscapes
are threatened with global and
local stressors. The rapid loss of
biodiversity (or richness of different
types of plants and animals) is a
global phenomenon. It is estimated
that possibly half or more of all
current species could be at risk
of extinction in the foreseeable
future worldwide.1 Locally, Water
Strategies for the Great Salt Lake2,
reported a historical decline in
lake water levels due to human
development, water use and
sustained drought. Maintaining
water in our creeks, the Jordan River
and the Great Salt Lake is essential
to protecting riparian habitat critical
to local wildlife and migratory
birds along the Central Flyway. At
a citywide scale, recent studies
aiming to project the impact of
climate change found that by 2050
Salt Lake City’s temperatures could
rise ten degrees and feel more like
Las Vegas today.3 Within Public
Land’s territories, Salt Lake City’s
urban forest has been in decline
over the last 20 years.4 With recent
studies citing our evolution into
an “indoor species,” spending only
minutes a day outside, the physical
and plant-based infrastructure
that welcomes us outdoors so
that we can connect with nature
1 Alvey, A.A. (2006). Promoting and preserving biodiversity in the urban forest. Urban Forestry & Urban Greening 5 195-201. https://
doi.org/10.1016/j.ufug.2006.09.003.
2 Clyde, S; DenBleyker, J; Harding, B; & Clyde, S; (2020). Water Strategies for Great Salt Lake.3 Bastin JF, Clark E, Elliott T, Hart S, van den
Hoogen J, et al. (2019). Understanding
climate change from a global analysis of city analogues. PLOS ONE 14(10): e0224120. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0224120.
4 Dettenmaier,M; Kuhns, M; McAvoy, D; & Unger,
B. https://forestry.usu.edu/files/utah-forest-facts/trees-and-climate-change.pdf
is essential (e.g., accessible trails,
community vegetable gardens,
playgrounds, urban forests, water-
efficient irrigation systems, etc.).
For the SLC Public Lands system,
the 2019 Needs Assessment5 found
that 63% of those types of assets
are in fair to poor condition.
DESIRES AND
OPPORTUNITIES FOR
SUSTAIN
The opportunities to think globally
about climate change and act
locally at the scale of SLC’s Public
Lands is critically important to
the community. With over 12,000
participants in this master plan
effort, many provided suggestions
on how to sustain and enhance
Public Lands’ environmental
health. The project survey saw
90% of respondents ranking two
transformational projects that are
emblematic of the Sustain goal,
“Put Environment First” and “Grow
Our Urban Forest,” as their top
priorities in terms of urgency and
importance. Supporting ideas
that resonated with many in the
community are displayed in the
quotes on the following page.
5 https://www.slcdocs.com/parks/SLCPLNeedsAssessment.pdf
Chapter Three: Sustain 48
EQUITY &
ENVIRONMENTAL
JUSTICE
NRPA’s Story Map “Equity in Parks
and Recreation” highlights how
government policies “increased
local park access for some, while
significantly limiting it for others,
especially by income, education,
race and ethnicity.”6 Policies such
as segregation, racial covenants
and redlining have formed
marginalized and historically
underserved neighborhoods
which suffer greater environmental
inequities from industrial pollution
and lack of investment.
Today these communities
continue to experience inequities
formed by policies of the past.
Research demonstrates that
such neighborhoods have
less tree canopy, higher urban
temperatures, less permeable
ground to absorb stormwater, and
greater levels of air and noise
pollution. In Salt Lake City, park
and trail use during the pandemic
increased by most demographic
groups but decreased among older
adults, females, homeowners,
and low-income households
6 https://storymaps.arcgis.com/stories/5727e40084614c559bf0440dc5a21f7f
according to research conducted
by University of Utah.7
Parks and open space create
an opportunity to address these
inequities through environmental
improvements that create more
equitable access to nature and
provide benefits which lead to
greater health outcomes. The 2019
Public Lands Needs Assessment8
took the first steps toward
understanding equity in access to
nature by identifying high needs
areas which mapped factors such
as gaps in park access, age, and
income. This assessment can
be expanded upon to highlight
communities that continue to
experience environmental inequity.
Figure 15 Equity Map was created
combining environmental and
demographic maps of equity
disparity indicators to identify
priority areas for provision and
improvement of parks, natural
areas, and trails. The indicators
can be weighted by importance to
prioritize investment in locations
that advance equity goals.
7 JAPA 2021 “Who visited parks and trails more or less during COVID-19 pandemic, and why? Garcia, Ivis; Park, Keunhyun; Keuntae, Kim.
8 https://www.slcdocs.com/parks/SLCPLNeedsAssessment.pdf
SUSTAIN:ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH & SUSTAINABILITY
Figure 15: Equity Analysis Map.
AVENUES
EAST
BENCH
SUGAR
HOUSE
NORTHWEST
CENTRAL
COMMUNITY
DOWNTOWN
WEST
SALT LAKE
CAPITOL
HILL
The Highest Equity Priority Areas (darkest green shade) depict the
greatest number of these indicators
are concentrated in this location.
EQUITY ANALYSIS POPULATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH
LEGEND
GOLF COURSES
EXISTING TRAILS
PARKS AND NATURAL LANDS
HIGHEST EQUITY PRIORITY
HIGH EQUITY PRIORITY
LOWEQUITY PRIORITY
VERY HIGH
EQUITY PRIORITY
MEDIUM EQUITY PRIORITY
VERY LOW EQUITY PRIORITY
UTA TRAX STATIONS (COLOR SHADE INDICATES EQUITY PRIORITY)
CEMETERY
Socio-Economic
EQUITY MAP INDICATORSCDC Social Vulnerability
Index• Below Poverty• Unemployed• Household Income• No High School Diploma• Aged 65 or Older• Aged 17 or Younger• Civilian with a Disability• Single-Parent Households• Minority
EnvironmentPopulation
EPA Environmental Justice
Index • Air Toxins Respiratory Health Index
CDC Places Health Data• Poor Mental Health • Lack of Physical Activity
NLCD Tree Canopy Cover • Low Percent Tree Canopy
US Census Bureau
(2020 Census
Redistricting Data)• Population Density
TAZ Population
Projections for 2050
(WFRC)• Areas of Population Growth Projection
• Aged 5 or Older who Speaks English “Less than Well”• Multi-Unit Structures• Mobile Homes• Crowding• No Vehicle• Group Quarters
Chapter Three: Sustain 50
CASE STUDIES SUPPORTIVE RESEARCH FINDINGS
Parks and public lands throughout
the country are increasingly
focused on “green/sustainable”
initiatives and practices and
are expanding their roles in
addressing ways to mitigate
climate change. The following are
some study findings and examples
for SLC to consider.
• The City of Reno, Nevada has
formed a pesticide-free parks
program, implementing best
practices in maintenance and
design to reduce the use of
pesticides. It has successfully
created ten pesticide free
neighborhood parks and two
pesticide free downtown parks.
City of Reno pesticide-free
parks program.
Photo: http://www.ourtownreno.com/keeping-reno-rad/2020/4/16/robb-dunmore-renewing-a-charge-to-get-reno-
truly-pesticide-free
Xerces Society low-water
pollinator gardens on golf
courses.
Photo: https://www.golfcourseindustry.com/
article/habitat-for-humanity/
Pima County native plant program
and nursery.
https://webcms.pima.gov/cms/One.aspx?pageId=220052
The following recommended
strategies and policies are high-
level guidance for Public Lands
operations and maintenance
that direct how Public Lands
will achieve the plan goal of
sustain over the next decade.
The community identified two
SUSTAIN:STRATEGIES &POLICIES OVERVIEW
keystone, transformational
projects to support the overall goal
of sustain. Working in tandem with
the overall strategies and policies
in this table, these projects root
the 20-year vision with on-the-
ground improvements that will
contribute to the sustainability
• The Xerces Society published
design guidelines in their
report Making Room for Native
Pollinators on Golf Courses.9
Once established, xeric pollinator
plantings require less water than
turf or traditional horticultural
plantings.
• As part of an overarching
Sonoran Desert Conservation Plan,
Pima County, Arizona created a
native plant program to preserve
biological heritage and mitigate
damage to the local ecosystem
caused by urban development.
9 Shepard, M. (2002). https://xerces.org/sites/
default/files/2018-05/06-001_02_XercesSoc_Making-Room-for-Native-Pollinators.pdf
of Salt Lake City’s quality of
life for humans, plants and
animals. Additional detail for
implementation is provided in
“Chapter 8 Action Strategies” of
this document.
The program’s nursery propagates
plant material for public projects,
serving multiple County
departments, while providing
volunteer and educational
opportunities for residents.
• The Gund Institute for Ecological
Economies at the University of
Vermont calculated that $1 of
investment in public lands returns
100-fold in natural benefits.
SUSTAIN: HIGH-LEVEL STRATEGIES AND POLICIES
Strategy S-1 Position Public Lands to improve Salt Lake City’s climate resiliency goals.
Supporting
Policy 1.1
Create a Climate-Resilience Plan which establishes environmental metrics combined
with robust data collection and monitoring to guide adaptive management that
benefits climate resiliency.
Supporting
Policy 1.2
Emphasize water conservation and stormwater management in Public Lands capital
projects and infrastructure upgrades.
Supporting
Policy 1.3
Develop an Operations Management Standards Plan which continues to reduce the
climate impact of Public Lands operations through efficient practices, equipment
upgrades, and staff training.
Strategy S-2 Position Public Lands as a City leader for driving improvements in environmental
health and environmental justice.
Supporting
Policy 2.1
Develop an Urban Forestry Master Plan that will increase tree canopy across the
city, with a focus on equitable distribution of tree cover.
Supporting
Policy 2.2
Increase the scope and capacity of the Native Plants & Biodiversity Program and
incorporate biodiversity and native plants into every compatible city project.
Supporting
Policy 2.3
Collaborate across jurisdictional boundaries to restore the quality of SLC’s land,
water and air.
Supporting
Policy 2.4
Prioritize investments to address equity and environmental justice as guided by
equity mapping, such as Figure 15 Equity Map.
Chapter Three: Sustain 52
Creating Parks &
Natural Lands
forNATIVE PLANTPOLLINATORS
& programming to cultivatecommunitySTEWARDSHIP
Projects Include:
• Increase landscape resiliency to climate change by reclaiming degraded landscapes with beneficial plants, adopting healthy soil-building practices, practicing water conservation best management, increasing habitat for birds and wildlife and
1. PUT ENVIRONMENT FIRST
CULTIVATE MORE BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITY AND CONSERVATION IN CITY PARKS, URBAN FORESTS, CITY GOLF LANDS AND NATURAL AREAS
hosting education and engagement on environmental practices.
• Create a Public Lands native plant farm for plant propagation.
• Foster a robust native ecosystem program that improves habitat
through planting native and pollinator friendly plants and includes volunteer and educational opportunities operated out of Public Lands’ greenhouses and plant farms.
Transformative Project
Creating wetland habitat with native plants at Farimont Pond.
Chapter Three: Sustain 54
INCREASING
RESILIENCY AND
ECOSYSTEM HEALTH
Public Lands staff, the Parks,
Natural Lands, Urban Forestry
and Trails Advisory Board (PNUT),
and the Salt Lake City community
clearly called out for this master
plan to underline the importance
of protecting the environment.
Putting the environment first is
about assessing Public Lands
natural resources of water, air,
soil, plants and wildlife and
understanding the pressures
climate change and increasing
urbanization have on those
elements. This project is about
understanding the ecosystem
health of the thousands of acres
of natural lands, city parks, city
golf and over 86,500 urban forest
trees the City stewards.
SUSTAIN:PUT ENVIRONMENT FIRST
This project is at once grand,
looking at the city’s green space
as a regional ecosystem tied
to interdepartmental climate
measures laid out in the City’s
Climate Positive 2040 plan,
and precise, understanding the
perennial flower species that will
thrive in the arid environment
while supporting bird and bee
populations. It will increase
resiliency in the face of a changing
climate by conserving limited
water resources through Drought
Management, Water Budget and
Climate Resiliency Plans.
The transformative project “Put
Environment First” will need
support from staff, volunteers and
the community to leverage existing
partnerships, learn new ways
to partner together to steward
lands, and make prioritized
decisions on where to invest
limited resources that have the
greatest environmental return on
investment.
Red Butte Creek in Miller Park.
Chapter Three: Sustain 56
M u l t i -u s e J o rd a n R i v e r P a r k w a y
River access and
visibilty improvements
Canopy provides
shade for native
understory plantings
Understory plants
Multi-use path
Jordan River
Parkway
Cared for space
Water table enhances irrigation
and establishment
of native plantings
Lack of native understory
of invasives such as Goat
Heads, Phragmities, and
Russian Olives
No river access
and no visibilty
Easy River Access
Goatheads create conflicts with recreation
Phragmites blocks views and access to river
Russian Olive outcompetes native plants Migratory birds in the Central flyway depend on Utah riparian habitat
Narrowleaf Cottonwoods thrive along riverbanks, increasing the urban forest
New tree canopy provides understory shade to establish plants such as Golden Currant
EXISTING CONDITIONS
Invasives overtaking local riparian
habitat
REIMAGINED
A cared for riparian habitat is
rehabilitated
Jordan River
Native trees create a canopy of shade, providing cover for
understory plants and people
alike
A cleaner river creates a more welcoming experience
Wildlife viewing opportunities
Colonies of invasive plants block physical
and visual access to the
river
Overgrown vegetation is
unwelcoming
Non-native plants are a lower-quality food for insects and animals
Figure 16: Reimagined Put Environment First Exhibit.
REHABILITATING WITH NATURAL ASSETS
Public Lands’ Natural Areas
are ideal locations to put the
environment first by restoring
native plants that benefit the local
ecosystem.
Establishing native plants along
the river helps to combat invasive
species, such as Phragmites,
which overtake local ecosystems.
Invasives accelerate the
disappearance of riparian habitat,
reducing food sources for species,
such as migrating neo-tropical
birds, that depend on the
Jordan River.
High water table helps n ew tr ee ro ots
Jordan River Park way Create a balance between manicured spaces for
community activity and
improved habitat and natural areas for our non-human friends, plants and people
alike
Interpretive signage enhances visitor experience
Riparian corridors, such as the
Jordan River, are ideal locations
for planting new tree additions to
the urban forest. The surrounding
high water table helps supplement
irrigation needed to establish
tree root systems in the dry
western climate.
Shade from increased tree
canopy assists in restoring other
native riparian species such as
Wood’s Rose and Golden Currant,
providing cooler temperatures that
help plants absorb water efficiently.
Invasives often form crowded
colonies, blocking physical and
visual access to enjoyment of
our local rivers and creeks. A
well-cared for and established
natural environment provides
opportunities for more recreational
and visual access to the water’s
edge while also creating essential
habitat for birds and pollinators.
Chapter Three: Sustain 58
Projects Include:
• Launch a public awareness campaign to support new trees that are adapted to Salt Lake City’s arid climate and educate on waterwise and tree care best practices.
• As part of an Urban Forest Master Plan, implement projects that increase urban forest canopy and identify strategies to overcome equity barriers. Acknowledging the limited time and water resources on the westside, consolidate tree planting projects with supporting low-water irrigation improvements
EXPAND AWARENESS OF HOW TO BE A STEWARD OF OUR URBAN FOREST IN ALL PUBLICLY-OWNED LANDSCAPES INCLUDING CITY PARKS, STREET MEDIANS, CITY GOLF COURSES, RIPARIAN AREAS & NATURAL AREAS
FOLLOW STEWARDSHIP OF THE URBAN FOREST TO PROMOTE TREE HEALTH
AND CARE
Tree-shaded neighborhoods and the nearly 7,000 trees in public golf courses that make up 11% of SLC’s urban forest can cool temperatures up to
6° during the summer while helping to improve air quality.
By 2050 our temps could rise10°
leading to poorer air quality.
1 Bastin JF, Clark E, Elliott T, Hart S, van den Hoogen J, et al. (2019). Understanding climate change
from a global analysis of city analogues. PLOS ONE 14(10): e0224120. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0224120. 2 Dettenmaier,M; Kuhns, M; McAvoy, D; & Unger, B. https://forestry.usu.edu/files/utah-forest-facts/
trees-and-climate-change.pdf
1
2
2. GROW OUR URBAN FOREST
and regionally appropriate tree selection. This provides extra support to ensure both the trees and the neighborhood benefits from a large-scale, collective effort as well as supporting other goals within the Reimagine Nature master plan.
• Maximize planting of appropriate trees on all publicly owned landscapes such as golf courses, parks and street medians and leverage investment in tree
planting with Salt Lake transportation projects.
• Invest in the equipment and resources to responsibly reuse wood from trees removed from our urban forest to create usable wood products such as mulch for our park’s playgrounds and gardens.
• Identify successful specimen trees and explore cultivating new cultivars that are climate adaptive.
Transformative Project
Chapter Three: Sustain 60
Figure 17: Tree Canopy and Historic Homeowner’s Loan Corporation Redlining Grades. *Map adapted from upcoming SLC Urban Forest Action Plan research.
INCREASING NEIGHBORHOOD AND CITY-WIDE RESILIENCE
Areas with little to no tree canopy
are more common throughout
the City’s westside, downtown
and central neighborhoods,
contributing to hotter temperatures
and lower air quality. Some
reduced canopy is an effect of
historic inequities such as the
Home Owners’ Loan Corporation
1930’s redlining practices,
overlaid on the map in Figure 17.
The westside also has a smaller
residential area and larger
industrial area, both of which
contributes to overall lower tree
canopy on the westside of the city.
The westside industrial area will
see more housing development in
the future. There is an opportunity
to increase tree canopy in areas of
the city that don’t currently have
trees to make these places more
livable but there are challenges
to achieving that. Lower income
residents are more reluctant to
request a city tree over concerns of
the long-term water and tree care
costs. Developing an approach to
overcome these real cost barriers
in lower income neighborhoods is
an important factor in increasing
and sustaining healthy tree canopy.
Property owners and landlords may
not be focused on the long-term
benefits that trees provide to their
properties. In the downtown area,
many uses compete for the limited
public right-of-way allocated for
trees and pedestrians. Identifying
ways to prioritize trees in the
downtown will increase the
comfort of the public realm. This
can include focus on the role park
strips play as important spaces for
trees, in addition to providing city
resiliency by reducing heat and
absorbing storm water.
While the traditional focus of
forming tree-lined streets is
important, planting trees in
Public Land’ parks, golf courses
and natural areas creates
significant impacts to enhanced
neighborhood resiliency. In these
cared-for, often irrigated spaces,
trees can have higher survival
rates and mature, providing
increased environmental benefits.
These spaces also allow for trees
to be planted in dense groupings,
making them stronger and more
resilient to damaging wind storms
such as 2020’s derecho.
Critical to success is allocating
dedicated resources to the long-
term care of the urban forest
infrastructure that is installed. This
will rely on both public employees
and private property owners who
are committed to and educated
regarding the stewardship of these
trees.
SUSTAIN:GROW THE URBAN FOREST
REDLINING AND THE URBAN FOREST
LEGEND
2014 PERCENT TREE COVER
6%
41%
1930’s HOMEOWNERS LOAN CORPORATION “REDLINING” GRADES
AA - BEST
BB - STILL DESIREABLE
CC - DECLINING
DD - HAZARDOUS
AA
BB
CC
DD
AA
AA
BB BB
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC CC
CC
BBBB
BB
AA
CC
DD
DDDD
DD
DD
DD
DD
DD
BB
I-15STATE ST.I-80
SLC INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT
UNIVERSITY OF UTAH
DOWNTOWN
data data unavailableunavailable
data data
unavailableunavailable
CITY CREEK CANYON
I-215BANGERTERFOOTHILL
DR
.
I-80
data data
unavailableunavailable
data data
unavailableunavailable
Chapter Three: Sustain 62
CASE STUDIES-SUPPORTIVE RESEARCH FINDINGS
The city of Denver works with the
Downtown Denver Partnership to
collaborate on supporting urban
tree health and new planting.
Like Salt Lake City, Denver
residents and business owners are
responsible for the maintenance
of trees near the sidewalks and
streets. While many programs
provided free or low-cost trees
to residents and businesses, the
average life of new tree plants was
only seven to twelve years due to
the dry and hot conditions created
by sun-warmed concrete and
asphalt and worn-down irrigation
infrastructure. In order to promote
tree longevity and the benefits of
a mature, shady tree canopy, the
city and partners embraced multi-
pronged efforts from awareness
campaigns to maintenance
support through the Urban Forest
Initiative. As part of this initiative,
city leaders formed a Downtown
Denver Business Improvement
District that funds the Tree Health
Program to support commercial
property owners in tree care
(fertilization, pest management,
watering) of over 1,800
downtown trees.
Low-water trees: Common Hackberry adds to the tree canopy while
conserving water in SLC’s dry climate.
Tree Recycling: Wood from downed trees can be reused as mulch
or urban artwork.
Tree Protection: Policy changes could better protect valuable
mature trees during construction.
CASE STUDIES-SUPPORTIVE RESEARCH FINDINGS
According to the Baltimore Wood
Reuse Project, “wood is an
abundant, renewable resource—
we should use it more.”1
The project has created a
successful model for recycling
wood waste from Urban Forest
operations, keeping it out of
limited landfills and creating
sustainable, locally sourced
products such as bark mulch that
can be reused in City parks and
open spaces. Program partners re-
purpose the wood as materials for
sustainable building, mulch, and
artisan furniture and art.
Other successful outcomes have
included creating jobs for those
with barriers to employment
and reducing operations and
maintenance costs. Applying the
model in Salt Lake City would
provide opportunities for Urban
Forestry to increase sustainable
operations practices and reduce
carbon footprints while creating
green, equitable job opportunities.
1 Baltimore Wood Project — Rethinking Wood in
the City Photo Source: (Above) http://baltimorewoodproject.org/ (Below) Wood
waste from the Urban Forestry can be reused for other purposes.
Chapter Four: Connect 64
4CONNECT:
ACCESSIBLE
& CONNECTED
GREEN SPACES
GOAL STATEMENT
Well-maintained, welcoming trails, streets,
public transportation, and sidewalks are
interconnected as the city’s circulatory
system. This system connects pedestrians,
cyclists, and riders to the city’s green
spaces and outstanding natural landscapes
of Salt Lake City’s Public Lands: mountains,
foothills, valley, wetlands, and lakes.
The City will continue to enhance these
systems and increase connectors to include
everyday destinations ranging from the
daycare, library, grocery store, pharmacy
and museum. This adds convenient access
to walk or ride along a greenway, adding
steps to pedometers and enriching health
and wellbeing.
CHAPTER
The goal of Connect seeks to link SLC’s natural assets: the greenway corridors, natural areas, mountains and the Great Salt Lake.
Chapter Four: Connect 66
CHALLENGES TO ACCESSINGGREEN SPACE
Salt Lake City’s Great Basin Valley,
Wasatch foothills and Great Salt
Lake shore uplands inspired the
1992 SALT LAKE CITY OPEN
SPACE PLAN that recognized how
disconnected these spaces were
to the urban park systems at the
time. Since 1992, progress has
been made to connect parks and
stormwater properties to natural
open spaces through a network
of green corridors. The Reimagine
Nature Master Plan goal of
“Connect” ties back to this earlier
planning effort and positions Public
Lands to continue to be the city’s
“back yard” of conserved mountains,
foothills, creeks and wetlands.
Work-in-progress that supports this
goal includes strategic open space
preservation, stream restoration,
park acquisition and partnerships
to maintain and connect wildlife
habitat corridors.
An overall sense of environmental
unease and costly recovery efforts
confronts Salt Lake City with record
hot weather, longer droughts,
increased wildfire frequency,
damaging storms, more poor
CONNECT:ACCESSIBLE &CONNECTED GREEN SPACES
air quality days and loss of the
diversity of plants and wildlife in
our landscapes.
Counter these depressing
stressors with findings on the
benefits of spending time outside:
blood pressure drops within
minutes of just seeing a tree. So
why aren’t more people spending
time outdoors? Over the last
decade of parks and open space
surveys, North American city
dwellers identified frequently
recurring barriers to accessing
green space: lack of leisure time,
lack of affordable transportation
(e.g., complete sidewalks, bus, etc.)
or inability to travel to a space, and
lack of knowledge about where to
go to enjoy the outdoors.
10-MINUTE WALK
Our time is precious; the modern
world’s busy demands of work,
learning and commuting consume
most of our waking hours and
impact our available time for
recreation outdoors. Children
in the U.S. spend only four to
seven minutes a day outside and
obesity levels in Salt Lake City
have risen since 2013. For cities
across North America, urban
dwellers, health care providers
and environmentalists consistently
advocate for visions of an equitable
network of city trails, sidewalks,
bike lanes and green streets,
providing all residents access to
parks, work, shopping, and culture
within a 5-to-10-minute safe walk
of their households. City Parks
Alliance and Trust for Public Land,
leaders in urban green space
research, endorse the 10-minute
walk distance as a baseline
standard for the United States
because studies have shown the
tremendous benefit of close-to-
home green space to counter
threats to our physical wellness
and mental well-being. For the
SLC Public Lands system, the
2019 NEEDS ASSESSMENT found
that most residents are within a
10-minute walk of green spaces,
with some areas (markedly on the
westside) that need more parks
and/or more investment in park
renewal.
AFFORDABLE, ACCESSIBLE
TRANSPORTATION
The daytime population of
downtown Salt Lake City nearly
doubles during the week with the
average commute time of 20-25
minutes. Imagine if that commute
“[THE LAND] HOLDS SO MUCH OF OUR CULTURE,
OUR HISTORY AND OUR KNOWLEDGE…IN THE FACE
OF CLIMATE CHANGE AND EVERYTHING THAT’S
COMING, THESE LESSONS AND ANSWERS ON HOW
TO LIVE WITH THE LANDSCAPES THAT ALL OF OUR
TRIBES HAVE EVOLVED WITH, THOSE ANSWERS ARE
ALL EMBEDDED IN THIS LAND.”
― Ahjani Yepa, Utah Dine Bikeyah,
Inside Climate News, April 21, 2021
“IT IS ONE GREAT PURPOSE OF [CENTRAL] PARK TO SUPPLY
TO THE HUNDREDS OF THOUSANDS OF TIRED WORKERS, WHO
HAVE NO OPPORTUNITY TO SPEND THEIR SUMMERS IN THE
COUNTRY, A SPECIMEN OF GOD’S HANDIWORK THAT SHALL BE
TO THEM, INEXPENSIVELY, WHAT A MONTH OF TWO IN THE
WHITE MOUNTAINS OR THE ADIRONDACKS IS, AT GREAT COST,
TO THOSE IN EASIER CIRCUMSTANCES.”
―Frederick Law Olmstead, Letter to New York City Board of Commissioners, 1858.- Frederick Law Olmsted, letter to New York City Board of Commissioners, 1858
Chapter Four: Connect 68
changed from auto-driven to more
active ways to reach work and
school that also connect residents
to parks and green spaces. People
would add beneficial time outside
in nature to their daily lives. Utah’s
Unified Transportation Plan calls
for a third of the state’s future
transportation investments to
be invested in transit (defined as
mobility transportation including
bicycles, walking, vanpool, buses,
light rail, commuter rail, street cars,
etc.). Leveraging these investments
with the city’s growing green
network and ensuring that people
of all abilities (people with cognitive
disabilities, elders with declining
mobility, to parents schlepping
a 36”-wide stroller) can access
routes is critical for equity. Beyond
providing access, many forms of
active transportation are free to
low-cost-an important factor as 45%
of Salt Lake City metro renters are
cost burdened. Low-income and
subsequent burdens of housing
and transportation costs can limit
the amount of leisure time and
transportation options people
have to enjoy public lands. The
challenge is thus twofold: one of
connecting more ways of walking
and cycling for everyone in Salt
Lake City while prioritizing those
routes that provide access to urban
parks, natural areas, and trees
within the city that also connect to
the larger landscapes of mountains,
foothills, basins, wetlands and lakes.
AWARENESS
The third most common barrier
to getting outside is lack of
knowledge: where are places to
recreate, how to get there, what
to expect when they get there,
and who to recreate with. This
awareness also has implications for
long-term stewardship. The writer
Vladimir Nabokov muses, “Reality
is a very subjective affair. I can
only define it as a kind of gradual
accumulation of information; and
as specialization. If we take a lily,
for instance, or any other kind
of natural object, a lily is more
real to a naturalist than it is to
an ordinary person. But it is still
more real to a botanist.” Magical
landscapes of trees, rock, creeks,
marsh and salty lake where plants
and wildlife abound in the Salt
Lake City region. But if the public
doesn’t understand what is there
and how to leave no trace, they
will be unlikely to understand how
to be stewards of the land (how to
enhance the health of the urban
greenspaces and surrounding
wilderness through political
advocacy, financial support,
stewardship, land conservation and
reducing individual environmental
footprint). Or to put it simply, we
don’t know what we don’t know.
Public education strategies and
wayfinding can help cities connect
people to experiences in nature,
improving public health while
growing caring stewards of plants,
animals, and landscapes.
DESIRES AND OPPORTUNITIES FOR CONNECT
Creating opportunities to connect
people to public lands resonated
strongly with participants in the
master plan process. During the
most recent community survey,
90% of respondents said they are
satisfied with the transformative
project “Connect Mountains to
Lakes” and 75% supported “Just 5
Minutes from Here,” a campaign to
share information on how people
can access and learn about public
lands. Enriching the discussion
about connecting people to place
are quotes from participants, listed
to the right.
CONNECT:ACCESSIBLE &CONNECTED GREEN SPACES
“MORE EMPHASIS ON
MAKING AREAS BIKE
AND BUS FRIENDLY
TO REDUCE THE
NEED TO DRIVE TO
PARKS.”
-comments from the
2021 public survey
“ACCESS IS AWESOME, AND
WE WANT PEOPLE TO GET
OUT INTO THESE SPACES BUT
HAVING HUMANS IN THESE
AREAS CAN IMPACT WHAT THE
HABITAT LOOKS LIKE, SO JUST
BALANCING THOSE NEEDS
AND BEING ABLE TO PROTECT
LAND IN CERTAIN WAYS FOR
WILDLIFE IS SOMETHING TO
THINK ABOUT.”
“UNCOVER AND
RESTORE THE
BURIED AND
IMPAIRED CREEKS
IN THE SALT LAKE
VALLEY.”
Chapter Four: Connect 70
Figure 18: Transit and Park Access Analysis Map.
”FOCUS ON ACCESSIBLE BY PUBLIC
TRANSPORT OR BIKE INSTEAD OF
MORE PARKING FOR CARS.”
“CAR FREE SUNDAYS IN LIBERTY PARK,
INCORPORATE PARKS AND TRAILS
INTO PUBLIC TRANSIT INITIATIVES
MAYBE A SPECIAL RECREATION LOOP.”
“NONE OF THIS WORKS WITHOUT
A PLAN FOR EQUITABLE PUBLIC
TRANSPORTATION AND A BROADER
CITY/COUNTY/STATE FOCUS ON AIR
QUALITY AND OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL
SAFETY CONCERNS.”
-comments from the
2021 public survey
TRANSIT ACCESS TO PARKS IN SALT LAKE CITY
TRANSIT CONNECTING PARKS
Respondents to the Reimagine
Nature survey continually cited
the need for increased access by
public transit for equity of access,
low-carbon solutions, and to
resolve the issue of lack of parking.
According to the 2019 Needs
Assessment, The Central
Community has the lowest park
LOS and is expected to experience
the most future growth in the city.
The addition of Fleet Block as a
public green space could fill this
gap and increase options to access
parks by rail with proximity to the
nearby TRAX station. As the City
develops, consideration should
be given to the relationship of
parks and transit and affordable,
environmentally friendly options for
park accessibility.
Figure 18 Access Analysis Map
highlights existing parks within
walking distance to rail station
locations. Dark red areas are within
a five minute walk of TRAX stations
and dark green shows areas within
a five minute walk of a bus stop.
Adding or enhancing parks and
trails within these areas should
be prioritized for more equitable
access. Imagine being able to visit
a different park every week just by
stepping off a different bus or rail
stop.
LEGEND
GOLF COURSES
EXISTING TRAILS
TRAX/FRONTRUNNER
TRAX/FRONTRUNNERSTATIONS
UTA BUS ROUTES
UTA BUS STOPS
PARKS AND NATURAL LANDS5 MINUTE WALK FROM TRAX STATIONS
5 MINUTE WALK FROM
BUS STOPS
PARKS WITHIN A 10 MINUTE WALK FROM TRAX STATIONS
MINI/NEIGHBORHOOD
PARKS WITHIN A 10
MINUTE WALK FROM TRAX STATIONS
10 MINUTE WALK FROM TRAX STATIONS
10 MINUTE WALK FROM BUS STOPS
CEMETERY
UTA TRAXUTA TRAXUTA FRONTRUNNERUTA FRONTRUNNERWASHINGTON WASHINGTON
SQUARESQUARE
HERMAN FRANKS HERMAN FRANKS
PARKPARK
SUGARHOUSE PARKSUGARHOUSE PARK
FAIRMONT PARKFAIRMONT PARK
LIBERTY PARKLIBERTY PARK
PIONEER PIONEER
PARKPARK
COTTONWOOD COTTONWOOD
PARKPARK
FOREST DALE GOLF FOREST DALE GOLF
COURSECOURSE
Chapter Four: Connect 72
CASE STUDY:
TUJUNGA WASH GREENWAY AND
STREAM RESTORATION PROJECT
Completed in 2007, the 1.2-mile Tujunga
Wash Greenway and Stream Restoration
Project in Los Angeles, California annually
infiltrates up to 118 million gallons of
stormwater, increases park space per
person by 21% and used all native
plants during restoration (saving 70-80%
potential water use using conventional
methods). The Mountains Recreation and
Conservation Authority partnered with the
region’s flood control district and public
works to complete the 50 to 60-foot
wide greenway that includes 15 acres of
riparian habitat, 10-foot wide recreation
trails on both sides of the channel and 8
ecological areas with over 1,000 trees.
The Landscape Architecture Foundations’
Landscape Performance Series case
study on this project underlined the
following lessons learned from the
Tujunga Wash Greenway to keep in mind
for this transformational project:
•Ongoing public education on the
seasonal changes of the stream
and landscape is essential to build
environmental awareness;
•In man-made streambeds, efficient
sediment removal maintenance is key for
flow;
•Leverage smaller phases as a prototype
for establishing baseline measurement
and data collection regimes; and
•Establish real-time environmental
monitoring for habitat management and
hydrological performance.
The following recommended
strategies and policies are high-
level guidance for Public Lands
operations and maintenance
that direct how Public Lands
will achieve the plan goal of
“connect” over the next decade.
The community identified two
Plantings of native species improve biodiversity along the greenway.
The new greenway trail parallels a section of the Tsunga Wash.
Photo credits: https://rposd.lacounty.gov/portfolio/tujunga-wash-greenway/
A naturalized section of the Tsunga Wash increases riparian habitat while providing stormwater infrastructure.
CONNECT:STRATEGIES AND POLICIES OVERVIEW
transformational projects to
support the overall goal of
connect. Working in tandem with
the strategies and policies in this
table, these projects root the 20-
year vision with on-the-ground
improvements. Additional detail
for implementation is provided in
Chapter 8 Action Strategies.
CONNECT: HIGH-LEVEL STRATEGIES AND POLICIES
Strategy C-1 Connect people to information about their park system to increase visitation.
Supporting
Policy 1.1
Help the public navigate to and around their public lands system with intuitive
physical wayfinding and digital information.
Supporting
Policy 1.2
Provide information that helps the public interpret and appreciate their parks
and natural lands, with the use of diverse, interesting programming and activities,
education and messaging, physical and digital interpretive content, and park
ambassadors.
Supporting
Policy 1.3
Facilitate access to information about use of SLC’s public lands by people
experiencing homelessness, including available services and resources, hotlines,
community partners, and opportunities to engage in cross-community dialogue to
help make SLC parks welcoming and safe for sheltered and unsheltered alike.
Strategy C-2 Increase the ease of access to public lands, making it easier to travel to, between
and within them.
Supporting
Policy 2.1
Promote walking and active transportation by connecting our parks & natural spaces
to the City’s alternative transportation network, including bus, TRAX, SLC Green Bike,
and on-street / off-street trails.
Supporting
Policy 2.2
Invest in greening the urban trail network through tree plantings, stream daylighting,
and other methods to interconnect parks with park-like trails.
Supporting
Policy 2.3
Incorporate careful consideration of physical limitations, language barriers, and
other accessibility accommodations into all Public Lands projects.
Chapter Four: Connect 74
access to both experiences. An
enclosed walkway bridges the
creek between the two library
sections and connects to 8.8 miles
of trails to other key destinations.
Creekside Playground was added
adjacent to the library. These
places are made more accessible
with support from Child-Friendly
City Maps produced by youth
and activities databases on
growingupboulder.org.
Case Studies -
Portland, Oregon Golf
Courses with Public Trails
Three publicly owned golf courses
in Portland, Oregon offer miles of
walking trails to the public. The
trails range from neighborhood-
serving jogging trails to regional,
paved shared-use paths. At
Glendoveer Golf Course, 50,000
Case Studies -
Salt Lake City Children’s
Outdoor Bill of Rights
Public Lands worked with
diverse youth service providers
in SLC to create a CHILDREN’S
OUTDOOR BILL OF RIGHTS
(#slcoutdoorchildren) and list of
outdoor that every child growing
up in Salt Lake City should have
access to during their childhood
for the sake of their physical,
mental, social, and ecological
health. The Children & Nature
Network provides more resources.
Activities include:
- Seeing the Great Salt Lake
- Catching a bug
- Splash in a stream
- Identify a wild plant
- Reward stickers and journals for
documenting experiences.
rounds of golf are played annually,
and more than 100,000 walkers
concurrently use a 2-mile fitness
trail, in part due to the park
deficient adjacent neighborhood.
The American Trails organization
reports in their case study of
this course that no trail users
have been hit by errant golf balls.
Lessons learned include expanding
the 40-parking spot trailhead
used by hikers and pedestrians to
access the course and education
around golf-trail etiquette and
un-leashed dogs. Another good
example in Portland is Heron Lakes
Golf Course where a 200-yard
stretch of the course is used to
help fill a trail gap for a larger 40-
mile loop.
The “Just 5 Minutes from Here”
wayfinding and informational
campaign could leverage these
activities and identify destinations
to complete the outdoor activities
and learn more about stewardship
and ecologies of public lands.
Case Studies -
Boulder Public Library
and Boulder Creek Path
As the main branch of Boulder
Public Library became slated
for renewal, the City found that
building a new location adjacent
to the Boulder Creek Path and
greenway would be a more
cost-effective option. This also
co-located a cultural destination
(library) to the city’s downtown
greenway and provided the public
SALT LAKE CITY AND BOULDER, COLORADO OFFER TWO WAYS “JUST 5 MINUTES FROM HERE” COULD TAKE INSPIRATION.
IMPROVE POLLINATOR
HABITAT
ADDED
STORMWATER
RETENTION
BENEFITS
NATIVE TREE
CANOPY PROVIDES
HABITAT FOR
WILDLIFE
CREATE A
CONNECTION TO
JORDAN RIVER
JOINT-USE
SIGNAGE
PLANT TREE ROWS
TO VISUALLY
SEPARATE
ACTIVITIES
NATURE PLAY
AREA
PROTECTIVE
FENCING FOR
TRAIL WHERE
NEEDED
MULTI-USE TRAILS
ON EDGE OF GOLF
COURSE
Figure 19: Reimagined Golf Courses Exhibit. Design strategies can enhance compatibility between activities,
allowing single-use spaces, such as golf courses, to host additional trail and recreation opportunities and
provide comprehensive access for all.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Q
R
S
T
U
Q
R
S
T
U
THANK YOU! ¡GRACIAS!Map sponsors/ Patrocinadores del mapa
Map partners / Socios del mapa
Boulder Convention and Visitors Bureau, Boulder County Head Start, Boulder Housing Partners, Boulder Jewish Community Center Preschool, Boulder Journey School, Boulder Public Library, Boulder Valley School District, City of Boulder, Dairy Arts Center, El Centro Amistad, I Have a Dream Foundation, Imagine Colorado, Moxie Moms, Museum of Boulder, Museum of Natural History CU Boulder and Walk2Connect Cooperative
GUB funders / Donantes de GUB
City of Boulder and University of Colorado Offi ce of Outreach and Engagement and Program in Environmental Design
Growing Up Boulder is a program of the CEDaR (Community Engagement, Design, and Research) Center at the University of Colorado Boulder. /
Growing Up Boulder es un programa del centro
CEDaR (Ofi cina de participación comunitaria,
diseño, e investigación) de la Universidad de Colorado Boulder.
Greetings! Saludos!
Growing Up Boulder (GUB) is Boulder’s child and youth-friendly city initiative. Since 2009, we’ve partnered with CU, City of Boulder, BVSD, and local organizations to include 4,000 children and youth in 84 city projects. Our mission? To make Boulder a welcoming and engaging child-friendly city for all. / Growing Up Boulder (GUB) es la iniciativa de la ciudad de Boulder de crear una ciudad amigable para niños y jóvenes. Desde 2009, hemos
colaborado con CU, la ciudad de Boulder, BVSD,
y organizaciones locales para incluir 4,000 niños y
jóvenes en 84 proyectos de la ciudad. ¿Nuestra misión? Hacer de Boulder una ciudad acogedora y comprometida con los niños y con todos.
This 10 year anniversary map project celebrates children’s’ favorite locations in our great city. It’s a map made by and for children. Discover fun places to play and learn new things! Look for an expanded digital version of this map in September 2019. /
Este mapa creado por nuestro décimo aniversario
celebra los sitios favoritos de los niños en nuestra
gran ciudad. Es un mapa hecho por niños y para niños. ¡Descubre lugares divertidos para jugar y aprender cosas nuevas! Busca por una versión
extendida de este mapa en Septiembre 2019.
growingupboulder.org/gubmap
Happy exploring!
Mara, Cathy, & the GUB Team
INTERACT AND LEARN / INTERACTUA Y APRENDE
Can You Find? / ¿Puedes Encontrar? Little Lending Libraries? /¿Una pequeña biblioteca
de préstamo? Art on utility boxes by “Smile?” / ¿Arte en cajas de servicios públicos por “Smile?” Pearl Street sculptures? / ¿Esculturas de Pearl Street? Boulder Creek Path murals? / ¿Murales en el sendero
de Boulder Creek?
SHARE your photos at #gubmap / Comparte tus fotos
en #gubmap
growing_up_boulder
@GrowingUpBoulder
RESOURCES / RECURSOS
GUB’s digital map (available after 9/1/19) / Mapa digital de GUB (disponible después de 9/1/19) Open space and mountain parks facilities / Instalaciones
de espacios abiertos y parques de montaña Bus and biking options / Opciones de movilidad en buses y
bicicleta Parks and recreation facilities / parques e instalaciones recreativas Calendar of area events / Calendario de eventos en el área Lactation rooms / Cuartos de lactancia
Please Recycle!
SCAN HERE!amenities chart/ tabla de servicioskey/ leyendashade over play areasáreas de juegosombradas
map referencereferencia del mapa
cost / costo
handicap accessibleaccesible paradiscapacitados
indoor spacesespacios interiores
transit* (bus, bike, or parking)
transito*(autobús, bicicleta o estacionamiento)
play structurezona de juegos
drinking wateragua potable
changing tablecambiador
hiking or multiuse pathsendero de uso múltiple
snacks nearby
comida cercana
grill / parrilla
restrooms / baños
lawn / césped
A1K7L8T4I4T6J9U3N5L7D3T6B8K1L3I5M8J2F4T6K4E2G3I8T1G3I2K3N3H2G3Q5G10J5J10O6I4H7E2Arapahoe Ridge "Rock" ParkBoulder Convention and Visitors BureauBobolink TrailBoulder Creek & Boulder Creek PathBoulder JCC: Tumble Room & Milk and Honey FarmBoulder Public Library, Main Library, Creekside Playground, & Canyon Theater and GalleryBoulder Public Library, George Reynolds BranchBoulder Public Library, Meadows BranchBoulder Public Library, NoBo Corner LibraryBoulder ReservoirFlagstaff: Summit Nature Center & Boyscout TrailChautauqua: Playground, Ranger Cottage, & Enchanted Mesa / McClintock TrailEast Boulder Recreation Center & ParkEben G. Fine ParkElks Park & Elks PoolFarmers Market/ Bandshell/ Central Park Fiske PlanetariumFoothills Community ParkGrowing Gardens: Children's Peace Garden Humane SocietyKids' Fishing PondMuseum of BoulderNational Center for Atmospheric Research (NCAR) Visitor Center & TrailheadNorth Boulder ParkNorth Boulder Recreation CenterPearl Street MallSawhill PondsScott Carpenter "Rocketship" Park, Pool, & SkateparkSombrero Marsh Environmental Ed Center by ThorneSouth Boulder Recreation Center, Harlow Platts Community Park & Viele LakeSpruce Pool Museum of Natural History, CU BoulderValmont City Park & Valmont Bike ParkMountain Flower Goat DairyDairy Arts CenterWonderland Lake & ParkBoulder Museum of Contemporary Art (BMoCA)Boulder Dushanbe Tea HouseScan here for a complete list of parks & trails, bike & bus routes, & cold weather restroom & drinking fountain closures.
Escanee aquí para una lista completa de parques y senderos, bicicletas y buses, cierres de baños publicos y
bebederos de agua debido a climas fríos.
* “Bus” means bus route nearby; ”Bike” means accessible via protected bike paths; “parking” means parking lot available.
*“Bus” significa a ruta de buses cerca; “Bicicleta” significa acceso a una ciclovía protegida. “Parqueo” significa parqueadero disponible.
CIVIC AREA
PEARL STREET MALL
A city that is friendly to children is a city friendly to all!
Una ciudad amigable para los niños es una ciudad amigable para todos!
BOULDER MUSEUM OF CONTEMPORARY ART
Arts/ Culture
Water Play
Education
Nature/ Trails
Parks N Play
KEY/LEYENDA
(10 minutes)1/4 Mile
(5 minutes)1/8 Mile
Walking Times / Tiempo Caminando
*Approx. 7 year old pace**al paso de un niño de 7 años*
Artes y Cultura
Naturaleza y senderos
Educación
Juegos en el agua
Parques y Juegos infantiles
Growing Up Bou l d e r ’s
a kid’s guide to exploring our gre at c i t yBoulder’s Ch ild -Friendly City Ma
p10th Annivers a r y
gran ciudad
una guia para que los niños exploren n u e s t r a 9th StreetBroadway AvenueCanyon Boulevard
Walnut Street
Pearl Street
11th Street13th Street14th Street15th StreetKids’ F is hing P
o
ndsT ubing
Boulder P u blic Li
br
aryB a n dshell
Farm er s Mar
ketBoulder Dus h anbe
T
e
a HouseB M oCAClimbing Roc
ks Visit o r Cente
r
Wa t er Jet
s Sculpture P
ar
kCreeks id e Playg
r
o
undCanyon Thea ter an
d GalleryWat e r Fall R
oc
kSplit Rock
Spit t ing M
anBoulder Cre
e
k
Boulder Lib r ary Fo
un
dationBoulder’s Child-Friendly City Map
Park-like features surround the City of Boulder, Colorado Main Library.
Photo credits: https://atlaslab.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/08/4_AtlasLab_BoulderCivicArea.01.01.jpg
Chapter Four: Connect 76
CONNECTION TO
JORDAN RIVER
PARKWAY TRAIL
INCLUDE SAFE RAILROAD
CROSSINGS
INCREASE TREE CANOPY IN
GOLF COURSES TO CLEAN AIR
AND COMBAT URBAN HEAT
ISLAND TEMPERATURES
IMPROVE WATER
QUALITYMULTI-USE TRAIL
ALONG THE SURPLUS
CANAL
PATHWAYS AND
CROSSWALKS
CONNECTING CITY
PARKS
GLENDALE REGIONAL PARK
GLENDALE GOLF COURSE
SURPLUS CANAL
1700 S PARK
IMPROVE CONNECTIONS TO ACTIVE TRANSPORTATION
Utilize all of public lands parks,
golf courses and natural spaces to
connect the city’s human powered
transportation network.
ENHANCE THE ENVIRONMENT
Utilize spaces such as golf courses
to increase the urban forest and
restore native habitat.
UTILIZE SPACE
Find environmental and
recreational uses for underutilized
public spaces including wide
medians, public utility lands and
where appropriate, spaces on golf
courses.
Figure 20: Connecting Green Spaces Concept Illustration
INCREASE NATIVE
REVEGETATION TO
ENHANCE WILDLIFE
HABITAT
BEFORE IMPROVEMENTS
AFTER IMPROVEMENTS
NEED FOR INVASIVE WEED MANAGEMENT
SERVICE ROAD, NO ESTABLISHED TRAIL
UNSAFE CROSSING AT RAILNO PEDESTRIAN CROSSING
BIG
MOVES &
STRATEGIES
Chapter Four: Connect 78
Projects Include:
• Connect trails from the Eastern side of the Wasatch Mountains to the Foothills Natural Area, The 9 Line Trail to the Jordan River Parkway trail and West to the Salt Lake Marina and mountains.
CONNECT OUR
PARKS AND NATURAL
SPACES TO THE CITY’S HUMAN POWERED TRANSPORTATION
NETWORK
The Jordan River Water Trail....QUICKFACTCOMPLETE MISSING LINKS IN REGIONAL TRAILS AND INVEST IN GREENWAYS TO ENHANCE NATURE AND CREEKS WITHIN THE CITY.
3. CONNECT MOUNTAINS TO THE LAKE
• Begin to implement the Seven Greenways Vision, creating a regional system of high-quality greenways along Red Butte, Parleys, Emigration and City Creeks, including locations to uncover creeks, add trails, improve natural habitat, and provide for recreation.
• Implement all remaining proposed trails including the McClelland Trail, Folsom Trail, Surplus Canal Trails, and Foothills Trail.
Transformative Project
CONNECT SLC’S
TRAILS & PARKS TO
THE CITY’S BACKYARD NATURAL ASSETS
Chapter Four: Connect 80
Salt Lake City became a city
in large part due to the scenic
beauty of the mountains and lake
embracing the valley. The 70.7
miles of existing Public Lands trails
and 129 miles of planned trails
enable many to enjoy walking
and cycling access to shady
natural areas and parks. But for
many areas of the city, access to
waterways, the lake and mountains
is limited. To address this, “Connect
Mountains to the Lake” envisions
a vast network of running and
walking paths, cycling routes and
green corridors.
Imagine being able to connect from
the downtown core to the Great
Salt Lake or Wasatch Mountain
trails. Or, for daily commutes,
imagine having safe and welcoming
trails that provide opportunities to
integrate exercise into the daily
commute, making pulses race
and filling senses with scenic
beauty. “Connect Mountains
to the Lake” would promote
enhanced connections between
neighborhoods and natural lands,
particularly to the Foothills Natural
Area. This project also supports
protection and greater access of
the Foothills Natural Area, a recent
plan calls for 65 miles of new
trails to help connect this natural
treasure to more pedestrians,
hikers and cyclists. Protecting
the foothills with sustainable,
well-connected trails that direct
visitation to concentrated areas
has an added benefit of protecting
undisturbed wildlife habitat.
Beyond the benefit to health
and wellness, these connected
corridors provide pathways for
the movement of birds, mammals
and fish and create opportunity
for rainwater management that
supports ecosystem health.
Building and expanding greenways
helps increase pervious surfaces
that can help clean and manage
storm water runoff all the while
supporting mature tree canopy that
provides shade and habitat.
CONNECT:CONNECT MOUNTAINS TO THE LAKE
Views out to the Great Salt Lake
from the Foothills.
Chapter Four: Connect 82
NOTES:Show connections to Jordan RT and Bonneville Shoreline Trail
Existing and Proposed show graphically? Call out proposed trails
Potentially have icons describing foothills rec and wetlands
Do we mention the 7 greenways?
Show greenway corridors
Foothills Trails
(Proposed Improvements)
McClelland Trail
(Portions Completed)
9-Line Trail
(In Progress)
Folsom Trail
(In Progress)
Surplus Canal Trail
(Proposed)
IMPLEMENT & COMPLETE PROPOSED TRAILS
Figure 21: Reimagine Mountains to Lake Connectivity Exhibit.
Bonneville Shoreline
(Existing Regional Trail)
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
2 3 4 5 6
EXISTING AND PROPOSED TRAIL CONNECTIONS IN SALT LAKE CITY
A NATURAL CITY:
VISION OF THE 1992
OPEN SPACE PLAN
The Salt Lake City 1992 Open
Space Plan paints a picture of the
City through its natural assets. The
plan seeks to better connect the
City’s park system to the natural
environment, overcoming manmade
barriers and unifying the City by
connecting the Wastach foothills,
benches, valley floor, creeks, Jordan
River and Great Salt Lake wetlands.
SLC Public Lands has come a
long way to achieving the 1992
goals, with many trails underway
or completed, enhancing access to
nature and joining natural features.
The goal “connect” seeks to further
these objectives, completing
proposed trails throughout the City
while emphasizing opportunities for
enhanced natural areas, greenways
and connections to the Jordan River.
JORDAN RIVER PARKWAY
Future Connection to Great Salt Lake
Future Connection to Great Salt Lake Wetlands
Future Connection to Oquirrh Mtns.
PROPOSED FOLSOM TRAIL
PROPOSED SURPLUS CANAL TRAIL
PROPOSED 9 LINE TRAIL
MCCLELLAND TRAIL
BONNEVILLE SHORELINE TRAIL
FOOTHILLS TRAL SYSTEM
PARLEYS TRAIL
7
LEGEND
EXISTING TRAILS
PROPOSED TRAILS
DESIRED CONNECTION POINTS
Chapter Four: Connect 84
Projects Include:
• Initiate an information campaign and tools for learning about parks, tree-care, public activities in green spaces and city golf courses, environmental education, and recreation opportunities.
UTILIZING ALL COMMUNITY
OUTDOOR PUBLIC SPACES
MAKE IT EASIER TO FIND AND EXPLORE NEARBY PARKS, TRAILS AND PUBLIC SPACES TO EXPAND THE PUBLIC’S EXPERIENCES IN NATURE AND BUILD STEWARDSHIP PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES.
• Promote other public green space use like libraries, school grounds and the City cemetery as part of a connected system.
• Establish a multi-lingual signage and wayfinding program that reflects Salt Lake City’s diversity.
4. JUST FIVE MINUTES FROM HERE
Transformative Project
Chapter Four: Connect 86
Navigating Salt Lake City’s roads
is fairly straightforward using
the north, south, east and west
grid system and 660’ x 660’
blocks. The 70.7-miles of Public
Lands trails interface with these
roads at trailheads and within
green destinations of parks and
natural areas. Within this network,
hundreds of cultural destinations
and stories await hikers, cyclists
and pedestrians. Lessons of natural
history, environmental stewardship
and origin stories of parks are
waiting to be told in the 120
languages currently spoken in Utah
(Source: U.S. Census).
National best practices also
point to the advantage of linking
cultural destinations of libraries,
safe routes to schools and active
recreational destinations to a city’s
trail network. In Salt Lake City,
many of these connections exist,
just five minutes from people’s day
to day lives and can be highlighted
through signage, outreach
education and digital campaigns.
Co-locating cultural, natural and
recreational destinations makes it
easier for us to combine the trip
to the library with a healthy family
walk, enriching our day-to-day
lives.
Conversations with Salt Lake
City residents who speak English
as a second language reveal
that including multi-lingual
communications in signage and
digitally helps make public lands
feel more welcoming and inclusive.
An added benefit to increased
awareness of what is in public
lands, is the opportunity to share
how to take care of public lands
and support tree canopy health,
clean water and fresh air.
CONNECT:JUST FIVE MINUTES FROM HERE
Signage along the Jordan River Trail
points toward city nodes.
Chapter Four: Connect
Regional Athletic Complex
Foothills Natural Area & Trail System
Warm Springs Park
City Creek ParkI-15I-215SLC Cemetery
Regional Athletic Complex
Public Lands Nursery (Proposed)Guadalupe School Warm Springs Park Foothills Natural Area
Rose Park Golf Course
Day-Riverside Library
Jordan Valley Parkway
CHOOSE YOUR OWN ADVENTURE USING ALL PUBLIC SPACES:
2 POSSIBLE ADVENTURES FROM THE REGIONAL ATHLETIC
COMPLEX
START AT
THE RAC
PLAY 9
HOLES OR
SIT BY THE
RIVER
WATCH A
SOCCER
GAME
ENJOY A
BIKE RIDE
ALONG THE
RIVER
ADVENTURE A ADVENTURE B
UNWIND
READING
A BOOK
OUTSIDE
IN THE
LIBRARY
GARDENS
DECIDE YOU
WANT TO GO
ON A HIKE
STAY
ALONG THE
RIVER
OR
ON YOUR WAY, STOP BY TO
VOLUNTEER AT THE NATIVE
PLANTS NURSERY
VISIT A FRIEND AT THE
SCHOOL PLAYGROUND
LEARN ABOUT THE
HISTORIC WARM
SPRINGS
ENJOY THE SUNSET AND
VIEWS OF THE CITY ON
YOUR HIKE
START AT THE RAC
Figure 22: Reimagine System Connectivity Exhibit.
3A
4A
3B 3C 3D 3E
2
1
1
2
3A
4A
3B
3C
3D
3EAdventure AAdve nture BJordan Ri
ver Parkway“Just 5 Minues from Here” seeks to connect and utilize all publicly-accessible lands including those managed by others such as Public Utilities’ City Creek Canyon and the Foothills Natural Area, a jointly-managed space.
City Creek Canyon
Rose ParkGolf Course
Public Lands Nursery
SPLIT HERE
Educational Sewer Treatment Plan
Guadalupe School
Day-River Side Library
Chapter Five: Welcome 90
5 GOAL STATEMENT
Ideal parks are actively used by the
community, inclusive for all ages, abilities
and cultures and strive to be authentic,
or reflective of the neighborhood and
community’s culture. Parks departments
across the country struggle with balancing
limited resources and many priorities with
achieving these ideals. For cities, there is
also a growing awareness of how green
space has historically been provided and
maintained for different neighborhoods.
Cities are collecting data and stories to
document the historic inequities in the
quantity and quality of green space (e.g.,
nationwide studies have found that lower
income urban areas typically correlate with
less tree canopy, less accessible green
spaces and lower quality amenities). The
Public Lands Department, in alignment
with the mayor’s 2021 citywide vision, is
committed to looking at top-down and
bottom-up community-driven solutions to
welcoming more people. The department
will strive to reflect the diverse culture and
history of Salt Lake City neighborhoods in
the tapestry of parks and open spaces.
WELCOME:
ACTIVE, AUTHENTIC,
AND INCLUSIVE
SPACES
CHAPTER
Cultures of SLC are brought to life at park events like the Living Traditions Festival.
Chapter Five: Welcome 92
CHALLENGES TO CREATING WELCOMING SPACES
An increased awareness of the
health and social benefits of living
near park spaces has prompted
cities across the country to close
gaps in park access and attempt
to provide all residents a park
within walking distance of their
home. Another traditional metric
used to define Level of Service
(LOS) for parks is to calculate
the park acreage per population
and try to maintain or improve on
that baseline as the population
grows. However, parks provide
many different functions that do
not always relate to their size,
requiring more factors to be
assessed to understand parks
performance and establish targets.
The 2019 Needs Assessment
survey revealed that Westside
parks receive significantly less
visitation than other parks
throughout the city. (12-13% vs.
29-56%). One contributing factor
could be the lack of city-wide
festivals held on the Westside.
Additionally, Westside residents
are more likely to visit east-side
parks than east-side residents are
likely to visit Westside parks. Equal
investment in parks throughout
Salt Lake City’s neighborhoods
does not always translate to
parks that equally serve each
community, nor does it make
up for any historic inequities. It
takes a combination of factors to
succeed in the creation of thriving,
active spaces, where all feel
safe and welcome. Some factors
of creating a welcoming park
include providing park amenities
that are appealing to all ages
and inclusive playgrounds and
spaces for all abilities that are ADA
accessible. While park proximity
and amenities are some ways to
measure park quality, they are not
a singular solution for ensuring
parks are meeting the needs of
the community. Salt Lake’s various
neighborhoods, communities,
and cultures each have their
own unique recipes for park
success that need to be shared
and generated through robust
community engagement.
Ensuring that all local community
members are involved in the
park planning process, with extra
efforts to reach underrepresented
or underserved populations,
is essential to gleaning local
knowledge for the right park
ingredients and understanding
factors that contribute to
parks’ use and enjoyment. The
NRPA Community Engagement
Resource Guide defines equitable
engagement stating “An inclusive
and meaningful engagement
process ensures that our parks
and public spaces are created by
the people they are intended to
serve.”1 NRPA has also published
reports, such as “Design, Place
and Indigenous Ways: Working
with Local Communities”2 and
“Diversity, Equity and Inclusion in
Parks and Recreation,”3 that serve
as guides to learning from specific
communities.
1 Community Engagement Resource Guide |
Best Practice Resources | Publications and Research | NRPA2 Design, Place and Indigenous Ways: Working with Local Communities | Social Equity | Parks
and Recreation Magazine | NRPA
3 2021deireport.pdf (nrpa.org)
WELCOME:ACTIVE, AUTHENTIC AND INCLUSIVE SPACES
“PLEASE PRIORITIZE THE
SAFETY OF OUTDOOR
SPACES FOR ALL.”
“CREATE BEER GARDENS SUPPORTING
LOCAL BREWERIES, CONCESSIONS
SUPPORTING LOCAL CAFES AND
RESTAURANTS WITH HEALTHY AND
DIVERSE FOOD.”
“MAKE PARKS ACCESSIBLE: TO
ALL CULTURES, ABILITIES, &
AGES.”
-comments from the
2021 public survey
Chapter Five: Welcome 94
“I’d like to see the homeless
needs be addressed as part of
improving the public lands. Are
there areas they could camp
where they could have access
to health care and bathrooms
to make it safer for them and
also keep the parks clean and
safe?”
“Make sure that community
gardens are part of the re-
imagined green public spaces.”
WELCOME:ACTIVE, AUTHENTIC AND INCLUSIVE SPACES “I’D LIKE TO SEE
THE HOMELESS
NEEDS BE
ADDRESSED
AS PART OF
IMPROVING THE
PUBLIC LANDS.”
“ADD PUBLIC ART
FEATURES WHEN
POSSIBLE.”
-comments from
the 2021 public
survey
“EQUITY: A COMMUNITY THAT
PRIORITIZES EQUITY WORKS TO
ENSURE THAT ALL COMMUNITY
MEMBERS HAVE ACCESS TO WHAT
THEY NEED TO BE SUCCESSFUL.”
-NRPA COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT
RESOURCE GUIDE
“CONSIDER HAVING LOCAL ACTS
IN PARKS AS WELL AS MORE
FREE MOVIES. ADD FOOD VENUES
OR TRUCKS. PLAN EVENTS THAT
ARE BOTH FREE AND OPEN TO
EVERYONE, INCLUDING DISABLED
FOLKS IN CHAIRS AND USING
WALKERS/CANES.”
Partnering with local organizations
provides opportunities for
community-led art, education and
recreation programs that integrate
the character and cultures of the
city’s neighborhoods into park
spaces. Such programs, activities
and events also contribute to
active spaces that increase park
use and enhance safety.
Encouraging and providing
support for youth grassroots
movements is another way to
let the community lead park
advocacy and stewardship. Youth
can become strong leaders who
represent parks through youth city
councils and youth parks boards.
Creating city youth engagement
plans to reach all ages can foster
early appreciation for nature, civic
involvement and lend a sense of
belonging.
Raising kids from a young age to
be future stewards requires early
exposure to positive experiences
in nature that fills them with
wonder, curiosity, and that feeling
of being part of something larger
than yourself. Youth engagement
can include environmental
education programming and
finding locations for nature
exploration and play instead of the
typical playground.
DESIRES AND OPPORTUNITIES FOR WELCOME
Creating active, welcoming spaces
was valued by the community.
During the most recent survey,
86% of respondents were satisfied
with the transformative project
“Reimagine Neighborhood Parks”
and 83% supported “Coming to
a Park Near You.” Among survey
participants in the west-side
planning areas, which have the
lowest park visitation in the city,
Reimagine Neighborhood Parks
was prioritized as a top urgent
project that should happen right
away. Enriching the discussion
about creating welcoming spaces
are select quotes from participants
displayed to the right and on the
previous page.
Chapter Five: Welcome 96
CASE STUDIES
New York City Parks formed the
Community Parks Initiative (CPI)
to advance equitable distribution
in park investments. The program
identifies underinvested parks and
incorporated community-led solutions
for park redevelopment through
local partnerships, park volunteer
opportunities, and extended outreach
efforts to engage diverse and
vulnerable populations from high-needs
neighborhoods. With support from the
CPI, community partners are empowered
to sustain ongoing park contributions,
leading activities ranging from
beautification projects to basketball days.
Philadelphia Parks has a concessions
program providing amenities such
as a pop-up beer garden and café, a
permanent waterfront café on the
Schuylkill River, and recreational bike
rentals that rent tandem, deuce coup and
surrey bikes at park locations throughout
the city. The concessions program
generates revenue while providing
services that allow park visitors to stay
and enjoy activities throughout the day.
The City of San Jose formed a program
to help address homelessness in parks.
Non-profits will send teams to pick up
litter, maintain the park landscaping
and trails, and provide outreach to
unsheltered populations in the parks.
The pilot program is considering other
additions, such as constructing prefab
modular housing nearby provided to
unhoused people in exchange for park
cleanup and maintenance services.
NYC Community Parks Initiative
Photo Source: https://www.thehighline.org
Guadalupe Riverfront Park, San Jose CAPhoto Source: https://www.sanjoseinside.com
Philadelphia Parks Concessions
Photo Source: https://wheelfunrentals.com/pa/philadelphia/boathouse-row/
The following recommended
strategies and policies are high-
level guidance for Public Lands
operations and maintenance
that direct how Public Lands
will achieve the plan goal of
sustain over the next decade.
The community identified two
keystone, transformational
projects to support the overall
goal of welcome. Working in
tandem with the overall strategies
and policies in this table, these
projects root the 20-year vision
with on-the-ground improvements
that will contribute to the
sustainability of Salt Lake City’s
quality of life for humans, plants
and animals. Additional detail for
implementation is provided in
Chapter 8 Action Strategies.
WELCOME:STRATEGIES AND POLICIES OVERVIEW
WELCOME: HIGH-LEVEL STRATEGIES AND POLICIES
Strategy W-1 Design and program Neighborhood Parks to highlight the unique natural,
historical, cultural and economic identity of the surrounding area and community
in which they are located.
Supporting
Policy 1.1
Study and collect data on system-wide park use, answering questions about who,
where, when, what and how park users are engaging with the neighborhood parks.
Supporting
Policy 1.2
Engage the community in the visioning of our public spaces and work especially to
foster engagement with under-represented groups.
Supporting
Policy 1.3
Enhance sense of place and community pride within parks.
Strategy W-2 Support active programming that brings people out to their parks for art, events,
programs, recreation and community. This programming should be diverse and
adapted to represent the community culture and encourage creation of social
connections.
Supporting
Policy 2.1
Remove barriers to park activation, addressing aspects such as physical assets,
public safety, and laws and ordinances.
Supporting
Policy 2.2
Creative and strategic installation of diverse park amenities supports active park use
by many different user groups.
Supporting
Policy 2.3
Generate proactive, targeted activation of citywide parks to leverage staff resources
and external partnerships and to make parks the community focal points for every
neighborhood.
Chapter Five: Welcome 98
TRANSFORM PARKS INTO VIBRANT COMMUNITY SPACES THAT EMPOWER RESIDENTS AND CONTRIBUTE TO THEIR NEIGHBORHOOD IDENTITY
Projects Include:
• Identify priorities for equitable
park redevelopment.
• Promote volunteerism,
donation, and adopt-a-park/
friends groups.
• Engage neighbors in
redesigning and adding
activities to parks that reflect
their interest, culture and the
character and history of
the area.
• Formalize Neighborhood
Park planning processes,
design guidelines for standard
features, and methods for
developing tailored design.
Transformative Project
ENGAGING
THE
COMMUNITY
THROUGH
PLACEMAKING
DEFINING FLEXIBLE
OPEN SPACES FOR INCLUSIVE
PARK DESIGN
PROGRAMMING TO
CULTIVATE COMMUNITY PRIDE
CELEBRATE NEIGHBORHOOD CHARACTER IN PARKS
(Top) Artesian Well Park. (Bottom) 337 Garden. Photo Credit: Logan Sorenson
5. REIMAGINE NEIGHBORHOOD PARKS
Chapter Five: Welcome 100
WELCOME:REIMAGINE NEIGHBORHOOD PARKS
During the Reimagine Nature
public process, the community
provided ideas to make
neighborhood parks more safe
and also more fun, reflecting
the diverse communities that
use each park. To address the
lower visitation in Westside
parks documented by the
2019 Needs Assessment, this
transformative project envisions
a community-driven approach
to park improvements. The
community can help guide
physical improvements that tell
the story of an historic spring or
celebrate a neighborhood’s artistic
style in a decorative community
garden gate. The construction of
these physical improvements in
neighborhood parks create spaces
that feel authentic, genuinely
representing the style, history
and recreation desires of the
neighborhood.
In tandem with community
input, Public Lands will carefully
look at the way department
resources are prioritized. Creating
a framework for equitable
investment will involve identifying
the communities most in need
of park improvements through
tools such as the equity mapping
on page 48. It will also entail
targeted investments in historically
underserved neighborhoods, such
as the recently passed City capital
improvement plans and bond
initiatives that include:
• Investing in the Jordan River
Parkway to match dollar for
dollar investments in east side
parks such as Liberty Park. The
parkway includes over 158.3
acres of managed natural
lands and is directly connected
to 11 parks totaling over 440
acres.
• Improvements to three
west side parks to improve
the amenities and add
placemaking features and
community character.
• Creating the Glendale Regional
Park, a destination park with
event area and other unique
recreational opportunities.
Community members reimagined their
neighborhood park at a “Paint the Pavement”
event in Poplar Grove Park.
Chapter Five: Welcome 102
WHAT IS A
NEIGHBORHOOD
PARK?
A neighborhood park’s primary
function is to serve the
surrounding community and
respond to the need for basic
recreational amenities close to
peoples’ homes. Ideally, these
parks are geographically centered
within a half mile of homes and
are connected by pathways
and sidewalks that provide safe
walking and bicycle access.
Neighborhood parks are typically
smaller in size, ranging from about
two to 15-acres, and have fewer
purposes than larger community
parks. They are intended to
provide both active and passive
recreation for residents for short
daily leisure periods, and should
be accessible for intensive use
by children, family groups, small
neighborhood gatherings, and
senior citizens.
Neighborhood parks typically have
a mix of large and small amenities,
such as open lawns and grass
play areas, pavilions, playgrounds,
sports courts and/or fields.
On-street parking is typically
adequate. As there are not enough
resources to encourage extended
periods of use- neighborhood
parks do not usually have facilities
such as lighting and restrooms.
WHAT MAKES
A GREAT
NEIGHBORHOOD
PARK?
The answer to the question, “what
makes a great neighborhood
park” varies from one park to
another. Local community values,
in excellent physical
condition
well-maintained, amenities in
good conditions
accessible to all potential
users
all ages & abilities, people know
about the facility and what they
can do, free/affordable to use
provide positive
experiences
diverse range of amenities
and activities, all community
members feel welcome and
safe, comfortable place to spend
time in
are relevant to the
communities they serve
park design and programming
reflects the culture and interest
of the community members,
surrounding community
actively uses the park, user
demographics reflect the
community-based organizations
are involved in park decisions
and operations
flexible and adaptable to
changing circumstances
park accommodates a variety of
uses, features adapt to evolving
circumstances, park enhances
environmental sustainability/
resilience
WELCOME:REIMAGINE NEIGHBORHOOD PARKS
URBAN LAND
INSTITUTE’S
5 CHARACTERISTICS
OF HIGH-QUALITY
PARKS
Integrating input from the youth of the community is one strategy to ensure neighborhood parks serve all ages. Youth engagement can include environmental education programming or finding locations for nature exploration and play instead of the typical playground.
1
2
3
4
5
park purpose and size, and
environmental conditions can
lead to different sets of criteria for
evaluating park quality. The variety
of park settings and community
needs makes it difficult to
establish baseline standards each
park should achieve based on
quantitative considerations such
as number of amenities.
Yet a successful neighborhood
park is apparent. It is full of activity
and diverse people, well-loved
by the community and frequently
visited. Through research and
engagement with parks and
communities across the country,
the Urban Land Institute, (ULI) has
identified qualities that contribute
to great parks which can be
broadly applied to different park
settings.1 The graphic on the right
outlines these qualities.
1 uli-fivecharacteristics_high-qualityparks_fin.
pdf
Nature Playground, Story Mill Community Park - Bozeman, MT
Youth Engagement Bailey Drive Gateway - Raleigh, NC
Youth Engagment, West Gunnison Park - Gunnison CO
Chapter Five: Welcome 104
PARKS BY THE
COMMUNITY
High-quality neighborhood parks
are reflective of neighborhood
character by being culturally
relevant to the communities they
serve and providing a diversity
of activities that represent the
neighborhood. Parks can best
achieve neighborhood character
when they are planned and
implemented with the imagination
and effort of the local community.
The Reimagine Nature
engagement process
successfully harnessed the
power of neighborhood park
investment. Public Lands Staff
and students from the University
of Utah’s Department of City and
Metropolitan Planning invited
neighbors of Poplar Grove Park
to join Earth Day and Paint
the Pavement events in which
CASE STUDY: A
CITIZEN’S GUIDE TO
IMPROVING PARKS
Livable Memphis, in partnership
with The City of Memphis,
created a comprehensive guide
to help citizens get involved
with their neighborhood park.
The guide “shares ideas and
practical information for park
improvement projects, provides
tools and resources to be a park
advocate and demystifies the
process of navigating government
agencies.”1 It includes worksheets
for conducting park assessments
and neighborhood surveys, and
provides how-to guidance on the
logistics of leading park events,
hosting volunteer cleanups and
starting a “Friends of the Park”
group to name just a few.
1 https://assets.speakcdn.com/assets/2075/
guidetoimprovingyourpark_2018.
pdf?1537377320428
“75% OF SALT LAKE CITY’S PARKS & PUBLIC LANDS ARE NEIGHBORHOOD OR MINI PARKS AND PLAY A KEY ROLE IN ESTABLISHING COMMUNITY IDENTITY AT THE NEIGHBORHOOD LEVEL.”– 2019 public lands Needs Assessment
STEPS TO MAKING A GREAT NEIGHBORHOOD PARK: (A COMMUNITY TOOLKIT)
1. Assess needs
o Identify what services, activities or amenities may be missing from the community that the neighbor-
hood park could provide.
o Consult published research by organizations such as TPL, NRPA and ULI to understand successful
elements of a great neighborhood park. Engage neighbors to understand which park criteria is most
important and assess if your park is meeting needs or could use improvements.
2. Create community-led park strategies.
o Create a process to enable ground-up, community park planning, advocacy and stewardship.
3. Identify opportunities for community-led programming and park activation
o Are there local businesses, non-profits, cultural groups, religious organizations, clubs or community
volunteer groups that could contribute to park educational programs, events, activities or classes?
4. Create passive and active recreation opportunities to activate the park and encourage com-
munity presence.
o Do park amenities and recreation opportunities serve a wide variety people and cater to all ages and
abilities?
o Are there comfortable spaces where neighbors can linger to relax and enjoy nature?
o Are there a variety of spaces that facilitate gathering and group activities?
5. Create culturally relevant amenities.
o What amenities would best serve the culture and trends of the community?
6. Identify elements to create place-based park design.
o Are there unique characteristics of the environment, neighborhood or community that should be
reflected in the park design?
o Do natural features create possibilities for unique programming or recreation such as environmental
education, water recreation, hiking, or winter sports?
7. Foster community stewardship
o Are there community partners with an interest in volunteerism and stewardship?
o Is there neighborhood interest in forming Friends of the Park groups to steward and advocate for the
park?
o Are there elements of park maintenance or research that could support educational, vocational train-
ing, or internship opportunities?
8. Identify local environmental considerations.
o Are there natural features that are important to maintain or restore?
o Are there opportunities for the park design to improve local environmental conditions such as noise
pollution, air quality, urban heat, etc.?
STEPS TO MAKING A GREAT NEIGHBORHOOD PARK
neighbors helped design spaces
for park improvements, planted
trees and painted a mural. These
events resulted in a park reflective
of community expression and
generated input for Reimagine
Nature plan efforts from a typically
under-represented neighborhood.
Formalizing a process for inviting
the community to shape their own
neighborhood parks has helped
parks staff across the country
make neighborhood investment
a fundamental element of park
planning. The toolkit example
shown in Figure 23 provides a
framework outlining steps both
the Public Lands Department
and community members can
take to engage the community
holistically as long-term partners
for the planning and stewardship of
neighborhood parks.
WELCOME:REIMAGINE NEIGHBORHOOD PARKS
Figure 23: Community Park Planning Framework Toolkit.
Chapter Five: Welcome 106
WELCOME:REIMAGINE NEIGHBORHOOD PARKS
HOW ARE PUBLIC
LANDS’ RESOURCES
PRIORITIZED?
Long-term plans, like Reimagine
Nature, and annual plans by City
staff work in concert to determine
how time and money is spent on
Public Lands. Long-term plans
inform annual work. Each ring of
planning is informed by community
and stakeholder input. City
Council and Boards contribute to
prioritization decisions.
WHAT INPUTS
INFORMED THE
REIMAGINE NATURE
PRIORITIZATION
TOOLS?
Figure 24 communicates how
a combination of inputs such
as feedback and findings from
the 2019 Needs Assessment,
community input from Reimagine
Nature engagement focus groups
and survey responses, and
research on existing needs and
desires are all inputs guiding
the prioritization of master plan
recommendations, such as the 10
transformative projects.
CREATING
EQUITABLE
PRIORITIZATION AND
INVESTMENT
Providing equitable parks requires
evaluating park quality not just at
the site scale, but at the system
scale as well. System-wide
prioritization of park investment
begins by establishing baseline
criteria and taking stock of
existing conditions. Inputs such
as the 2019 Needs Assessment,
equity and environmental
mapping, community feedback,
and park amenity and conditions
assessments identify gaps in the
system and can help establish
standards for park quality and
identify areas most in need of
investment. An example of local
equity mapping is found on page
48.
In addition to understanding where
resources are most needed, it is
also important to consider how
funding decisions affect equitable
investment. Strategies that are
beneficial to some communities,
such as “Friend’s of the Parks”
groups, can put communities who
do not have the time or money
to spend at a disadvantage.
According to the Urban Institute’s
report Investing in Equitable
Urban Park Systems, “All funding
models have equity implications:
some are explicitly designed to
address equity and meaningfully
engage all residents, some risk
deepening inequities and fueling
displacement, and most depend
on how they are used.” The
report examines different funding
models and their implications for
equity. It provides strategies for
equitable investment practices
such as redistributing funds
from “Friends of the Parks”
groups into city-wide systems,
engaging community advisory
committees in funding processes,
and coordinating park and City
planning efforts to discover cross-
departmental alignment in both
goals and funding.
Figure 24: Plan Inputs and Prioritization Tools Graphic.
Existing
Conditions
&
Future Trends
CommunityInput
Gap Analysis
Needs
Assessment
- Equity Mapping- Community-Identified 10 Transformative Projects- Public Lands Master Plan- Strategies and Actions
Chapter Five: Welcome 108
Projects Include:
• Promote partnerships for arts,
music, performance, fitness,
urban agriculture, and games
in parks.
HELP OUR PARKS, LARGE AND SMALL, COME ALIVE WITH ACTIVITIES AND EVENTS THROUGHOUT THE YEAR
ACTIVATE PARKS BY INCREASING THE
USE OF PARK
SPACE USING ART, MUSIC,
AND POP-UP ACTIVITIES
• Provide programming for
nature-based education,
volunteerism, outdoor
recreation, and horticulture.
• Reenergize city parks and
neighborhoods by adding
concession operations that will
generate revenues to reinvest.
Transformative Project
PROMOTE PARTNERSHIPS
FOR COMMUNITY PROGRAMS IN PARKS
6. COMING SOON TO A PARK NEAR YOU
Chapter Five: Welcome 110
SUPPORT ACTIVITY
To take advantage of the beautiful
spaces and green destinations
Salt Lake City already has, this
transformative project aims to
increase use of public lands
through events, programs,
recreation and concessions.
National parks and recreation
organizations call this type of
improvement “activating” parks
and green spaces or creating
vitality in parks through providing
programs or physical features that
invite activity.
SUPPORT EVENTS
One of the unexpected outcomes
of the 2020-2021 COVID-19
pandemic safety protocols
included a dramatic increase
in the public visiting outdoor
parks and green spaces. Events
that typically happened indoors
including concerts, conferences,
classes and meetings transitioned
to the outside. Building upon this
rediscovery of outdoor venues, this
transformative project welcomes
partnerships with community
arts, music and performance
groups to look for ways to use Salt
Lake City outdoor public spaces
as places for events. Everyday
activities like outdoor yoga, a
quinceañera (celebration of a girl’s
15th birthday) or picnicking under
the shade of a park tree are also
important activities that can be
supported through investment
in infrastructure (e.g., shade,
picnic tables), event policy and
staff services and higher levels of
maintenance in city parks.
ENVIRONMENTAL ED
Keeping environmental education
in mind, this transformative
project welcomes opportunities
to expand nature-based and
volunteer programs. With training
in horticulture, cultivation and
nature stewardship, more public
participants could volunteer and
support the great need to take
care of what we have in Salt Lake
City parks, urban tree canopy and
greenspaces.
YEAR-ROUND
PROGRAMMING
Parks see the most visitation
during the warmer months.
Offering a diversity of activities
as shown in Figure 25 can extend
park-use to all four seasons,
increasing opportunities for
winter outdoor activity and the
associated benefits that come with
adequate sunlight exposure during
the dark winter months.
Kids learn about relationships
between soil and bugs at an
environmental education event.
WELCOME:COMING SOON TO A PARK NEAR YOU
Chapter Five: Welcome 112
Culture & Entertainment
Winter Events (Festival of Trees)
Ice Sculptors
Holiday Market
Fall Harvest Festival
Movie Nights
Food Trucks
Craft Market
Yoga in the Park
Music/Concerts
Pop-up Events
Public art shows, installations, competitions
Art Walks
Fire Pits/Warming Huts
Sledding
Skating Rink
Cross Country Skiing
Historic Signage
Community &
Recreation
Biking/Walking Trails
Outdoor Dining
Paddling
Farmer’s Market
Outdoor Education
Kid’s Play Fountain
Community Gardens
Climbing Wall
Urban Farming
Figure 25: Seasonal Activities GraphEXPAND PROGRAMMING TO PROVIDE SMALL-SCALE SEASONAL PARK AMENITIES TO ACTIVATE PARKS, INCREASE RECREATION AND ART OPPORTUNITIES FOR ALL AGES
Examples of park activities.
114
6 GOAL STATEMENT
Salt Lake City’s urban population is
growing. The Public Lands Department
will balance providing safe green spaces
for the public while also protecting iconic,
irreplaceable natural resources that keep
the city wild. Stewardship demands are
profound: diminishing environmental health,
increasing need for visitor management,
increasing maintenance demands,
increasing numbers of unhoused using
open space as refuge, and increasing costs
to provide infrastructure and services to a
growing city. In the Public Lands’ domain,
the Department will lead the stewardship
and care of urban green spaces. The
Department will seek out opportunities to
partner with advocacy groups and schools
to educate on how the public can be
stewards of the land and learn its history.
PROTECT:
A COMMITMENT
TO STEWARDSHIPCHAPTER
Public Lands Staff creating wetland
habitat at Fairmont Pond.
Chapter Six: Protect
FACTORS IMPACTING STEWARDSHIP
Stewardship can be defined as
taking care of public lands now
and managing resources to protect
public lands for future communities
of people, plants and wildlife.
Taking this a step further, a 2018
literature review of environmental
stewardship concepts synthesized
a more nuanced definition
focused on local actions: “Local
environmental stewardship is
actions taken by individuals,
groups or networks of actors, with
various motivations and levels of
capacity, to protect, care for or
responsibly use the environment
in pursuit of environmental and/or
social outcomes in diverse social-
ecological contexts.”1
From this research group’s
extensive review of existing
management and governance
practices, they identified key
factors to local environmental
stewardship capacity that also
1 Bennett, N.J., Whitty, T.S., Finkbeiner, E. et al. Environmental Stewardship: A Conceptual Review and Analytical Framework.
Environmental Management 61, 597–614
(2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00267-017-0993-2
PROTECT:A COMMITMENT TO STEWARDSHIP
resonated with findings from the
Reimagine Nature community
outreach. Firstly, local community
assets including “social capital,” or
trust in local government agencies
and the ability to feel safe and
welcome in public spaces is critical.
Stakeholders and members of
the Salt Lake City community
cited “cultural capital” including
a community’s understanding of
place, history and practices as
important to building motivation
for stewardship. Additional factors
supported by best practices and
community feedback include
“financial capital” of both the
government and individuals that
affords stewardship actions plus
“human capital” of stewardship
actors (community, volunteers, staff,
etc.) and their degree of training,
skill level and available time.
SOCIAL CAPITAL &
HOMELESSNESS
What social capital (e.g., cues to
care, stewardship actions, etc.)
make Salt Lake City residents feel
safe and welcome in public lands?
From engagement feedback,
the public expressed a deep
appreciation of nature and green
space that is woven throughout
the city. They expressed that
well-maintained, well-lit and
well-attended public space
provides a sense of safety. There
was divided response on the
larger societal issue of people
experiencing homelessness and
those impacts on public spaces
including parks, natural areas and
trails that fall under the Public
Lands Department’s operation and
maintenance responsibilities.
On one end of the spectrum, some
members of the public demanded
more enforcement stewardship
actions from the department and
city agencies at large that ranged
from more eyes on the park to
removing unhoused individuals
altogether. On the other end
of the spectrum, community
members called for ways to
coexist with people experiencing
homelessness or support
those individuals with more
social services in public spaces
like lockers to store personal
property. No matter what end of
the spectrum the public may be
on, the impacts to Public Lands
is profound with 345 staff hours
and $23,084 of maintenance a
year devoted to clean-up activities
“RECRUIT STEWARDS, RANGERS/
AMBASSADORS, AND VOLUNTEERS
FROM MINORITY COMMUNITIES NEAR
THE PUBLIC LANDS.”
-comments from the
2021 public survey
“REACH OUT AND LISTEN.
SPECIFIC PLACE-BASED
RESPONSES FOR ACTS OF
RESTORATION, MAINTENANCE,
AND DEVELOPMENT.”
“RETHINK AND RESTRUCTURE OUR
NATURAL AREAS TO INCLUDE
THE CONTRIBUTIONS, LAND
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS, AND BETTER
SYSTEMS OF CARE OF THE LAND BY
INDIGENOUS PEOPLE.”
118 Chapter Six: Protect
related to the unhoused finding
no other options than using parks,
natural areas and trails as their
homes.
Nield and Rose, researchers from
the University of Arizona and
University of Utah, conducted
a recent case study2 on the
Jordan River Parkway and the
impacts of people experiencing
homelessness. Their community
interviews found similar responses
to those cited above for Reimagine
Nature. Their report also analyzed
the impact of nationwide short-
term, symptomatic responses to
homelessness in public lands and
found that those measures may
appease neighboring businesses
and residents temporarily, they
typically prolong the issue of the
unhoused in public lands and
keep management departments
in a seemingly never-ending
cycle of ultimately ineffective
solutions. Bottom line, social
capital needs to be strengthened
through collaborative solutions to
stewardship and cues to care.
Public Lands is seeking to create
more of these collaborative
opportunities by expanding the
2 https://www.nrpa.org/parks-recreation-
magazine/2019/january/addressing-homelessness-in-public-parks/
successful Trail Ambassadors
program into a system-wide
Public Lands Ambassadors
program. The “Revive Our River”
transformative project highlighted
in this chapter provides for
targeted, local green space in
which to implement collaborative
stewardship solutions, building up
social capital and improving the
environmental health of a riparian
habitat that benefits both east and
west sides of Salt Lake City while
also improving conditions for birds,
wildlife and aquatic creatures.
CULTURAL CAPITAL
As part of this master plan’s
community engagement, Public
Lands partnered with the
University of Utah Planning
Department Westside Studio.
Students in the studio hosted a
focus groups in early 2021 on the
theme “Placemaking, Community
Building and Equity.” Tying into the
2018 “Environmental Stewardship”
research, understanding how a
community’s culture and history
is expressed in the landscape can
help increase motivation for green
space stewardship. Westside
Studio students heard that the
community desires to partner
with Public Lands to “understand,
honor and promote the knowledge
and presence of rich traditions of
diverse cultures” reflected in the
city’s green places, parks, natural
areas, trails and golf landscapes. In
placemaking workshops, students
found “over 80% of participants
associated natural elements and
family connections with their given
memory.” These local findings
support this chapters second
emblematic transformative project,
“Sustaining Our Stories,” which can
help build cultural capital that in
turn inspires motivation for local
stewardship actions. “Sustaining
Our Stories” also seeks to protect
the cultural capital found in historic
assets such as the buildings and
landscapes that keep the stories
and cultures of the city’s past alive.
FINANCIAL AND HUMAN
CAPITAL
The old adage “time is money”
also relates to organization
and individual capacity to
implement local environmental
stewardship actions. Salt Lake
City demographic trends point to
more households falling below
the affordability threshold for
living and working in Salt Lake
City. North American cities with
similar demographic trends
struggle with balancing delivery
of equal quality of life amenities
(e.g., well-maintained public lands)
with a greater percentage of the
population needing additional
support to access those amenities
equitably. Plus, any historic areas
of inequity are magnified and
struggle even more to catch
up with quality and community
stewardship of public spaces in
affluent neighborhoods.
From an individual perspective
to an agency perspective, the
Public Lands Department also
faces steep challenges to balance
resources and keep up with needs.
NRPA’s 2021 Agency Performance
Review finds that parks
departments around the country
typically provide 8.2 full time
equivalent employees (FTEs) per
10,000 residents to maintain and
protect resources. Public Lands
would need a total of 160.7 FTEs
to meet the current number of
residents. Currently, Public Lands
has approximately 100 FTEs, or 5.1
FTEs per 10,000 residents.
As the City continues to grow, the
Public Lands service gap could
continue to widen. With over
30,000 new residents expected to
move to Salt Lake City by 2040, an
additional 15.3 staff will be needed
to maintain current staffing levels
per capita. To match national
averages, in year 2040, Public
Lands will need 184.9 FTEs.
PROTECT:A COMMITMENT TO STEWARDSHIP
The Department’s current
spending in 2020 was
$15,670,096, or $79.95 per capita.
US peer cities per capita annual
operating budget spending
averaged $88.30. To keep up
with peer cities, SLC Public Lands
would need an annual operating
budget of $17,306,800, an
increase of $2-million. By 2040,
Public Lands would need to have a
budget of $19,955,800.
Additional data collection and
research is needed to determine
an appropriate method to
address a backlog of deferred
maintenance costs. An inventory
of Public Lands’ investments
and their conditions is underway
which will inform future deferred
maintenance planning efforts.
“I WANT YOU TO
ACT AS IF THE
HOUSE IS ON FIRE,
BECAUSE IT IS.”
- Environmentalist Greta Thunberg, World Economic Forum, Davos, 24 January 2019
Chapter Six: Protect 120
“CONSIDER THE WATER NEEDS OF CURRENT AND FUTURE
VEGETATION; MAKE PLANS THAT REDUCE WATER USE
WITH NATIVE AND ADAPTIVE SPECIES WHILE ADDING
TREES AND OTHER PLANTS.”
“I WOULD HOPE COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT
COULD BE INCLUDED IN THE PLAN. THINGS
LIKE HAVING LOCAL PERFORMERS PUT ON
SHOWS AT NEARBY PARKS, OR HAVING
VOLUNTEERING BE MORE ACCESSIBLE.
PUTTING ON A CONCERT AT A PARK MAKES
ME WANT TO GO OUTSIDE AND VISIT A
PARK MORE. SOMEWHERE LIKE THE PEACE
GARDENS WOULD BE IDEAL FOR THAT.”
“CREATE AN ACTIVE PROGRAM TO TRAIN,
SUPERVISE, ORGANIZE, EQUIP AND
DEPLOY VOLUNTEER “STEWARDS” TO HELP
WITH CREATION AND MAINTENANCE OF
PROGRAMS.”
-comments from the
2021 public survey
“SINCE MORE PEOPLE
ARE USING THE
OUTDOORS, EDUCATION
ON HOW TO TREAT AND
TAKE CARE OF IT IS
ESSENTIAL.”
Local stewardship actions require
human and financial capital (time
and money). Looking forward over
the next 10 to 20 years, it is clear
that investment in Public Lands
and ensuring larger, citywide
efforts to keep Salt Lake City
affordable will have a profound
effect on local stewardship
capacity for individuals and
institutions.
DESIRES AND OPPORTUNITIES FOR PROTECT
In the 2020 community survey,
the word “protect” most often
resonated as a goal with the
thousands of participants. In
PROTECT:A COMMITMENT TO STEWARDSHIP
reflecting on the concept and
ideas from the 2021 survey, many
citizens took the time to add write-
in comments encouraging the
planning team to prioritize ways
to protect and restore nature and
wildlife. Enriching the discussion
about protecting nature are direct
quotes from participants found
below and to the right.
Chapter Six: Protect 122
LOCAL STEWARDSHIP IN ACTION
Youth volunteers are a big
component of the Parley’s Rails,
Trails and Tunnels Coalition. The
organization collects donations
to support the trail in addition to
providing volunteer opportunities
which include helping maintain
the trail, planning and trail design,
fundraising events.
The International Peace Gardens
Academy pairs stewardship
alongside educational experiences.
Volunteers can learn gardening
skills, help maintain and cleanup
natural areas near the Jordan
River and lead educational garden
tours. The group also provides
opportunities for members of
heritage groups to share their
culture and traditions through
storytelling activities in the garden.
Salt Lake City Public Lands is an
active steward of the city’s natural
and wild spaces. The Natural
Lands Division works to restore
and create native landscapes, such
as the newly created wetlands at
Fairmont Park. Public Lands also
provides stewardship opportunities
such as Puncturevine Pulls, Canoe
Cleanup Day on the Jordan River,
and a 9-Line Dig Day at the 9-Line
Bike Park.
Youth help volunteer for the Parley’s Creek Coalition
Photo: https://www.parleystrail.org/getinvolved
An event at the International Peace Gardens near Jordan Park.
Photo: http://www.utah17mai.com/index.html
Salt Lake City Public Lands Staff planting native wetland vegetation at Fairmont Park.
The following recommended
strategies and policies are high-
level guidance for Public Lands
operations and maintenance
that direct how Public Lands
will achieve the plan goal of
sustain over the next decade.
The community identified two
PROTECT:STRATEGIES AND POLICIES OVERVIEW
transformational projects to
support the overall goal of
protect. Working in tandem with
the strategies and policies in this
table, these projects root the 20-
year vision with on-the-ground
improvements that will contribute
to the protecting the region’s
PROTECT: HIGH-LEVEL STRATEGIES AND POLICIES
Strategy P-1 Ensure iconic, irreplaceable assets are not lost or rendered less valuable due to
neglect, destruction or development.
Supporting
Policy 1.1
Identify and direct capital funding for acquisitions and infrastructure investment that
protects iconic assets.
Supporting
Policy 1.2
Improve equitable distribution of maintenance resources, with a focus on improving
the condition and usability of the Jordan River Parkway and Westside parks.
Supporting
Policy 1.3
Establish and expand a Park Ranger program to enforce protective ordinances,
educate park users, and safeguard public land assets from damage and abuse.
Strategy P-2 Leverage the power of the community to help steward SLC’s Public Lands.
Supporting
Policy 2.1
Empower friend’s groups and community organizations to increase stewardship
capacity, add value, and maximize their contributions of expertise and resources.
Supporting
Policy 2.2
Grow a robust volunteer management apparatus to empower individual residents
to contribute their time, effort and knowledge to help support their public lands
system.
Supporting
Policy 2.3
Use targeted education campaigns to create a culture of stewardship in SLC.
landscapes, natural resources,
plants and animals. Additional
detail for implementation is
provided in Chapter 8: Action
Strategies.
Chapter Six: Protect 124
The Jordan River Water Trail....QUICKFACTMILES
PROMOTE THE JORDAN RIVER PARKWAY
AS AN ALTERNATIVE AND ACTIVE FORM OF
TRANSPORTATION
The Jordan River Parkway is the longest paved urban trail in the U.S. with over 60 MILES
following the
Jordan River
from Utah Lake
to the Great Salt
Lake
Projects Include:
• Establish welcoming park
spaces along the river, and
further integrate Rose Park
and Glendale Golf Courses
into the Jordan River Parkway,
to foster community gathering
and bring the river into focus
as one of SLC’s most desirable
recreation destinations.
INVEST IN PROJECTS AND MAINTENANCE ALONG THE JORDAN RIVER PARKWAY THAT WILL PROMOTE EQUITY, ACCESS, SCENIC BEAUTY, DIVERSE RECREATION, AND HEALTHY ECOLOGY ALONG THE PARKWAY
INTERNATIONAL PEACE GARDENS
ROSE PARK GOLF COURSE
GLENDALE GOLF COURSE & GLENDALE REGIONAL PARK
Figure 26: Investing in the Jordan River Parkway.
7. REVIVE OUR RIVER
• Establish a self-serve kayak
rental program on the
Jordan River, complete with
multilingual signage and river-
access improvements to make
water recreation accessible to
more people.
• Restore and enhance natural
areas along the river for
improved biodiversity, habitat
and a healthy environment.
• Redevelop Glendale Regional
Park and make improvements
to Jordan Park and
International Peace Gardens
to create regional attractions
and event space with
characteristics that celebrate
and preserve community
culture and diversity.
Transformative Project
Chapter Six: Protect 126
PROTECT:REVIVE OUR RIVER
Salt Lake City’s iconic Jordan River
took its name from the historic
river in the Middle East, a sacred
landscape and threshold to the
“Promised Land” in Judaism and
Christian traditions. For other
cultures, fertile river valleys
have also played a critical role in
civilization, agriculture and are also
seen as sacred landscapes. Native
American groups recognize the life-
giving qualities of rivers: “If there’s
water nearby, I’ll go there for
solace…. Both the river and I have
changed, but our course remains
the same” (from “River Sonnet”
poem by Tacey M. Atsitty, Diné).
For many North American cities,
the form of development and
attitude towards city rivers range
from embracing portions of the
river for recreation and commerce,
to using the river for stormwater
and waste management and to
“turning our backs” on city rivers
as areas full of insects, pests and
flooding. In Salt Lake City, the
community has voiced a strong
desire to protect the Jordan River
as a natural asset by expanding
and improving ecosystem health
and recreational experiences
along the 60-mile Jordan River
Parkway Trail. For improved
recreation, the public shared that
additional maintenance and safety
amenities like trail lighting would
make the Jordan River Parkway
experience more welcoming.
Additionally, the Jordan River lands
are adjacent to many underserved
communities and investment in
high quality maintenance and
recreation infrastructure can help
bring more equitable service to
Westside neighborhoods.
A key opportunity for ecosystem
health is that the scale of available
land along the Jordan River
Parkway provides an opportunity
to greatly increase tree canopy
in an environment that can
support long-term growth of
healthy, mature shade trees.
These lands offer a consolidated
opportunity to protect and
enhance the tree canopy as the
urban forest declines through
impacts of climate change,
insufficient stewardship (e.g.,
irrigation of young trees) by
adjacent landowners, and the
illegal removal of trees during
construction as the city population
grows and redevelops. Urban infrastructure has shaped the Jordan River throughout SLC’s history. “Revive Our River” invites the community to reimagine the river as the ecological heart of the city.
Chapter Six: Protect 128
TRAILHEAD
LIGHTING &
RANGER
AMBASSADORS
CONNECT TO TRANSIT,
BICYCLE ROUTES &
IMPROVE PARKING
IMPROVE BIRD
HABITAT
PROVIDE ADA ACCESS
ENHANCE TRAILS & ACTIVE
TRANSPORTATION
INCREASE TREE CANOPY
IMPROVE WATER
QUALITY
CREATE A PADDLE
TRAIL
NATIVE
REVEGETATION &
INVASIVE PLANT
REMOVALEXPAND PARKS
& AMENITIES
ACTIVATE SPACE
Invest in tree canopy, grounds
maintenance, a recreational
paddle trail, and park
development, renewal and
expansion from Glendale
Regional Park to the Regional
Athletic Complex.
IMPROVE THE ENVIRONMENT & WATER QUALITY
Focus first on reducing abundance
and occurrences of high-priority
invasive non-native species
present, then reduce the
frequency and cover of low-priority
non-native species, whenever
IMPROVE SAFETY & PERCEPTIONS
Implement a robust, citywide
Ranger-Ambassador program in
the City’s parks, natural areas
and open spaces that focuses
equally on resource protection
and enriching the experience for
all Public Lands visitors.
ACTIVE TRANSPORTATION & CONNECTION
Connect our parks and natural
spaces to the city’s human
powered transportation network.
Figure 27: Revive Our River Concept Illustration.
possible. Focus restoration on
riparian areas and creation of
wetlands as they are one of
the most degraded ecological
systems..
BIG
MOVES &
STRATEGIES
Chapter Six: Protect 130
CASE STUDY:
The city of Seoul uncovered and restored
a 3.6-mile portion of the Cheonggyecheon
Stream in the center of the city, creating a
connected green way for walkers, cyclists
and wildlife. The Landscape Architecture
Foundation features this project in their
Landscape Performance Series1 and
documented that the final protects the city
from the impacts of 200-year flood events,
increased overall biodiversity by 639%,
reduced the urban heat island effect on
stream temperatures by 2-degrees Celsius
and reduced air pollution by 35%. Beyond
these successes, the project team also had
costly lessons learned by not fully including
access considerations for those with visual
and physical disabilities in the initial design.
1 https://www.landscapeperformance.org/case-study-briefs/cheonggyecheon-stream-restoration
• Consider using low-flow retaining
walls rather than stone or concrete;
• Install spur dikes to increase water
depth and slow flow;
• Utilize variation in river bottom
profile to support invertebrates; and
• Create plant-based filter strips for
cleaning the stream from hardscape
and street pollutant runoff.
Those were added later after protests
and were more costly. A technical
follow-up study also cited the following
suggestions to better support plants,
fish and invertebrates:
BEFORE & AFTER EXAMPLES:
Photos credits 1) Cheonggyecheon Stream, https://www.landscapeperformance.org/case-study-briefs/cheonggyecheon-stream-restoration; 2) https://www.
pressdigital; 3) https://www.itdp.org/2021/04/02/leapfrogging-past-the-urban-highway/
Chapter Six: Protect 132
REVEAL PAST AND PRESENT STORIES FROM OUR DIVERSITY OF EXPERIENCES THAT HAVE SHAPED THIS VALLEY, GIVING FOCUS TO UNDERREPRESENTED AND INDIGENOUS PEOPLE. EXPRESS THESE STORIES THROUGH LANDSCAPES, STRUCTURES, PLACEMAKING, AND ART
ENGAGE
PARTNERS
IN SHARING COMMUNITY
STORIES
PROTECT ICONIC LANDSCAPES
THAT SHARE OUR HISTORY
AND CULTURE
Photo: Above) Midtown Park, Design Workshop; Top Right) Place, credit; Bottom Right) Allen Park, SLC Public Lands
Transformative Project
Projects Include:
• Initiate a storytelling project
with partners to collect, share,
and display stories relevant to
public lands.
• Engage our communities in
identifying more meaningful
names for our local parks.
• Invest in restoring and
interpreting iconic structures
and landscapes such as Allen
Park, Fisher Mansion, and
Warm Springs Park.
8. SUSTAINING OUR STORIES
Chapter Six: Protect 134
PROTECT:SUSTAINING OUR STORIES
Landscape architects Matthew
Potteiger and Jamie Purinton write
in “Landscape Narratives: Design
Practices for Telling Stories” that
storytelling is “fundamental to the
way people shape and make sense
of experience and landscapes.”
The trees, material of paths,
recognizable businesses around
a park’s perimeter and other
physical qualities of parks and
natural areas are the setting where
the city’s collective and individual
stories “take place.”
As Salt Lake City grows and
welcomes more people, important
historic stories and origin stories of
parks and public lands are at risk
of being lost in the passage of time
and dynamic changing of place. As
cities reconcile the recent history
of colonization by Westerners,
Native American stories and ways
of creating shared places become
important. For youth these stories
can add an additional path to
understand and appreciate green
space and civic commons.
The humanistic practices of art,
literature, community advocacy,
history, drama, music, street
arts, architecture and landscape
architecture all have methods and
means to design and tell stories
of the land and cultures both past
and present. This transformative
project aims to create landscape
“canvasses,” both by preserving
historic, cultural assets and
their stories and by creating
opportunities for storytelling with
partner groups and the community.
In documenting and “Sustaining
Our Stories,” Public Lands
preserves and protects the cultural
threads that create a sense of
place in Salt Lake City’s nature.
Restoring and interpreting
structures within Public Lands,
such as Allen Park, Fisher Mansion,
and Warm Springs Park are sizable
investments of this Transformative
Project.
The many cultures and stories that shaped Salt Lake City are embedded in historic architecture and landscapes such as the springs and historic bathhouse at Warm Springs Park.
“[AN IMPORTANT] ELEMENT OF GREAT PUBLIC SPACES IS THEIR
ABILITY TO HIGHLIGHT AN AREA’S CULTURAL IDENTITY- WHETHER
THROUGH LOCAL PRACTICES, LOCATION, HISTORY, DESIGN,
ARCHITECTURE, OR ART. THIS IS A CRUCIAL FACTOR FOR
CREATING A SENSE OF PLACE THAT CAN WITHSTAND THE TEST
OF TIME.” -PROJECT FOR PUBLIC SPACES, MARCH 2016
Chapter Six: Protect 136
CASE STUDY- RENAMING ADVOCACY
Over the last decade, the National
Parks Conservation Association
had advocated changing the
names of several of landscape
features in National Parks to
reflect indigenous names (e.g.,
proposal to change Hayden Valley
PLACE NAMES
Places are shaped by the names
they are given, stories that are told
and histories that are taught. Over
time, unshared stories become
at risk of being lost, forgotten
without a place in the historical
narrative. The Native Lands Map
to the right, highlights indigenous
tribal landscapes around and in
the Salt Lake Valley that were
home to the Ute, Goshute and
Shoshone for thousands of years.
It demonstrates place before
European settlers structured and
claimed the land with borders,
names and property. It strives “to
map Indigenous lands in a way
that changes, challenges, and
improves the way people see
the history of their countries and
“IF HISTORY CAN BE READ IN THE NAMES ON THE LAND, THEN IT IS VERY PARTIAL AND VERY FRAGMENTED,”
-Lauret Savoy, author of “Trace: Memory, History, Race, and the
American Landscape”
Blackfeet leaders Bird Rattler (far left), Curly Bear (second from left) and Wolf Plume (third from left) meet with
Stephen Mather, soon-to-be Park Service director (sitting) and other officials to respectfully protest the use of
English-language names in Glacier National Park in 1915.1
Photo Source: https://www.npca.org/articles/2189-naming-matters-photo credit copyright Marian Albright Schenck/The Collections of Horace Albright
1 https://www.npca.org/articles/2189-naming-matters
Public Lands can help communities share their stories by serving as a venue, such as the Temporary Museum
of Permanent Change, a collection of rotating artistic exhibits Downtown that highlight the stories of the
people of SLC.
peoples.”1 Similarly, Public Lands
can provide an opportunity to
keep indigenous histories alive by
recognizing and sharing important
place names and stories.
1 https://native-land.ca/
in Yellowstone to Buffalo Nations
Valley). Similar efforts are met with
support and detractors. There are
sentimental attachments to place
names or others may not resonate
with current trends towards
what some people call a “cancel”
culture. This case study reflects
the potential opportunities and
challenges Salt Lake City Public
Lands could face in the process
of “Sustaining Our Stories.” A
good way to provide space for
the community to brainstorm,
respectfully disagree and come to
consensus would be to leverage
the Reimagine Nature engagement
tactics and partnerships with
community groups like the
University of Utah staff and
students.
Figure 28: Native Lands Map. Source: https://native-land.ca/
Chapter Six: Protect 138
some such creeks never entirely
disappear. A ghost, if you will,
holds the creek’s place, moving
slowly in darkness below the dry,
sun-baked surface. In the mind of
a local resident finely attuned to
such things, you’ve come upon the
invisible but real when you stand
above a blind creek. Dig, and the
water will come to light, like the
blind floor revealed when the
carpenter’s floor is taken up.”
-Barry Lopez
CASE STUDY-THE “ACTIVATION” AT BUCHANAN MALL
CASE STUDY- LANGUAGE OF LANDSCAPE
Over the last decades, several
writers have compiled
compendiums of lost landscape
words that help describe the
ecological phenomena of nature.
“Sustaining Our Stories” is also
about getting out in nature and
expanding our language of
landscape. Three books speak
eloquently on this topic.
Features in parks, such as
this chalk wall, can provide
opportunities for people of all
ages to tell their stories.
Photo: Midtown Park, Design Workshop
Community Storytelling at Buchanan Mall, San Francisco.
Photo Source: https://www.exploratorium.edu/publicspaces/projects/buchanan-mall.
In September 2018, the City of San
Francisco began their partnership
to re-envision and renovate
Buchanan Mall. The City and
other partnerships engaged in a
intensive engagement with the
community to develop and discuss
the plan. Once the concept plan
was complete, the City selected
one block to fully design and
build to show the community the
possibilities of their shared spaces.
One attraction in the developed
block was the installation of the
“Activation”. The Activation is a
temporary installation of gardens,
benches, archways, historical
photos, lighting, and two “audio-
As Robert McFarland writes in
his 2015 book Landmarks, which
collated thousands of words
describing the landscapes of
Britain and Ireland, “this is a book
about the power of language—
strong style, single words—to
shape our sense of place.” In
addition to the cultural histories
of people who have lived in the
Valley’s landscapes, there are
words all of us are unfamiliar with
or as McFarland writes, “we have
forgotten 10,000 words for our
landscapes.”
The 2006 book Home Ground: A
Guide to the American Landscape
compiles over 800 fading
landscape words from 45 poets
and writers. In this book edited by
Barry Lopez and Debra Gwartney,
words such as “blind creek” are
defined:
“To most eyes a dry creek is a
place where a creek once flowed
and after a rain will likely flow
again. Such a waterway is an
ephemeral creek, technically.
But by another way of seeing,
domes” providing stories from the
neighborhood. The community
worked together to design
prototypes of the Activation dome
and were hired to help build the
installment. This created a sense
of ownership over their space and
fostered conversations among
community members.
Chapter Seven: Grow 140
7 GOAL STATEMENT
As the Salt Lake City population increases,
our public lands receive more visitation
and work harder to reduce negative
impacts of more “footprints” on our
landscapes and public amenities with
increased maintenance and renewal.
Providing the amount of public properties
in relation to population growth needs is
increasingly challenging in a city reaching
maximum expansion build-out with limited
opportunities to aquire large natural
areas or small parks in areas of dense
development with high land prices. City
departments and partners work together
to provide green space and recreation
opportunities in our rapidly re-developing
downtown. We innovate and make smart
use of the public properties we have, being
strategic with our resources and creating
funding sources to expand our urban forest,
trails, park system, and natural areas.
GROW:
EXPAND OUR
PUBLIC LANDS
SYSTEM
SLC golf courses provide an opportunity to greatly increase the urban forest and provide it with care.
CHAPTER
Chapter Seven: Grow 142
EXPANDING THE PUBLIC LANDS SYSTEM
2020 Census data shows that Utah
is the fastest-growing state in the
nation.1 Over 30,000 people are
expected to move to Salt Lake
City by 2040. In order to maintain
the current level of park space
provided to the population, as
of the 2019 Needs Assessment,
the city would have to add 94
additional acres of park space
to Public Lands. That’s roughly
equivalent to adding another
Liberty Park to the city. This
acreage is a shifting metric as
parks, such as the new Allen Park,
have been added to the system
yet the population of the city has
grown faster than predicted in
2019. Like other North American
cities with expanding population,
challenges to growing or acquiring
more green space include rising
land prices, limited resources for
taking care of current lands and
competing land use needs. In
terms of walking distance to green
spaces, Plan Salt Lake sets a
2040 aspirational target of every
1 https://gardner.utah.edu/census-2020-utah-fastest-growing-state-in-u-s/
GROW:EXPAND OUR PUBLIC LANDS SYSTEM
resident living within a half-mile of
public lands. While most residents
meet this criteria, the denser urban
communities of Downtown, Sugar
House and the Central Planning
Area still have gaps in walkable
access to parks.2 In addition
to public parks for recreation,
expansion of Natural Lands and
trail corridors for land and water
conservation, wildlife habitat,
and other ecological or scenic
character purposes is also of high
importance. The 2010 Salt Lake
Open Space Acquisition Strategy
identified many key opportunities
and since then area plans have
highlighted urban to wilderness
opportunities for expanding Public
Lands holdings.
RISING LAND PRICES AND GROWING POPULATION
The Deseret News3 recently
reported that 2020 saw double-
digit percentage home price
increases and classifies the
2 Salt Lake City Parks and Public Lands Needs Assessment, (2019)3 https://www.deseret.com/2021/5/13/22412416/
utahs-place-in-the-west-raging-housing-
market-salt-lake-city-rising-housing-prices-record-breaking
Salt Lake metro as one of the
hottest housing markets in the
West. Salt Lake City’s Downtown
Alliance4 found that real estate and
construction costs are at an all-
time high and there are insufficient
green spaces downtown. Most
cities offer three times more green
space to downtown residents than
Salt Lake City. The 2019 Needs
Assessment5 also found that the
downtown core is especially
lacking in green space compared
to the rest of the city and identified
the Depot District, Central Business
District, East Downtown and
400 South as population growth
areas of the city that will require
additional open space to meet the
needs of future residents.
RESOURCES TO MAINTAIN AND ACQUIRE
Acquiring additional land for parks,
natural lands, and trails is costly
and maintaining new spaces
will add resource burden to the
existing deferred maintenance of
existing public lands.
4 https://www.downtownslc.org/images/pdfs-
doc/2020_State_of_Downtown_v10.pdf
5 Salt Lake City Parks and Public Lands Needs Assessment, (2019).
- plan Salt lake, 2014
“OPEN SPACE AND THE
NATURAL ENVIRONMENT ARE
DEFINING FEATURES OF SALT LAKE CITY.
OUR BEAUTIFUL CITY PARKS AND OPEN
SPACES, PAIRED WITH THE DRAMATIC
VIEWS OF AND PROXIMITY TO THE
WASATCH AND OQUIRRH MOUNTAINS,
MAKE SALT LAKE CITY A BEAUTIFUL PLACE
TO LIVE AND VISIT. THESE AESTHETIC AND
RECREATIONAL QUALITIES ATTRACT NEW
RESIDENTS, VISITORS, EMPLOYERS, AND
INVESTMENTS TO OUR CITY.”
Chapter Seven: Grow 144
Some municipalities utilize
developer contributions as one
mechanism, that when property
tuned, contributes to parks
provision for new residents. The
2010 Open Space Acquisition
Strategy lists a number of
conservation tools including:
bargain sale of land, parkland/
trail dedications, zoning for
conservation, trail easements,
conservation easements,
purchase of development rights,
transfer of development rights,
conservation subdivisions, deed
restrictions, wildlife property tax
valuation, partnerships for funding
leverage and stewardship. Criteria
for new open space includes
evaluating benefits of scenic
assets, ecological health and
the neighboring community, and
connection to other public lands.
Other mechanisms, such as
Community Reinvestment Bonds
for capital improvements, will act
as another resource for improving
public lands, with funding
allotted to major projects which
include: creating a regional park
at Glendale, restoring historic
buildings and landscapes in
parks such as Allen Park and
Warm Springs Park, continuing
implementation of the Foothills
Trails System Plan, creating a wood
re-utilization plan for the Urban
Forestry division and improving the
Jordan River.
COMPETING LAND USE GOALS
Affordable housing and supporting
commercial businesses and utilities
are high needs for a growing
city. Also important is public
lands infrastructure. University of
Chicago psychologist Marc Berman
states, “natural spaces are not an
amenity, they’re a necessity—we
have to have it. Just like clean
water or clean air, we have to have
natural spaces in our environment
for people to function well.”6
Given Downtown and the Central
Planning Area’s lack of adequate
greenspace, in addition to a
growing population, protecting and
enhancing SLC’s existing parks and
open space and efforts to increase
the provision of greenspace are of
top importance. While other land
uses such as affordable housing
provide a worthy cause for urban
6 https://www.discovermagazine.com/health/
green-spaces-are-a-necessity-not-an-amenity-how-can-cities-make-them
development and infill, public
greenspace is an irreplaceable
asset within the city. Not only is it
crucial to protect the few remaining
slices of greenspace in the city
for wildlife and ecosystem benefit,
it is economically a valuable
asset for the City to retain. Based
on the average land value of
SLC planning areas that contain
homes today, if the 3,699 acres
of existing parks and golf courses
were overcome by development,
replacing those acres – and the
essential associated environmental
and health benefits - would cost
approximately 1.4 billion dollars.7
However, in some situations
nonperforming lands could be
swapped for those that better
serve Public Lands mission.
7 Calculated with GIS data from the Salt Lake County Assessor’s Parcels and Salt Lake City
planning areas.
DESIRES AND OPPORTUNITIES FOR GROW
In reflecting on one word that
sums up the public’s vision for
the next 10 years of public lands,
“grow” came in as the second most
popular. Digging into the hundreds
of comments made from the public,
many people reflected on the
need to invest in green spaces on
the Westside of the city and from
a citywide perspective to add
spaces where plants and wildlife
needs come first. Ideas on how to
grow public lands from the public
include:
“More natural wildlife areas without
paved trails. A NY Central Park size
park on the West side of the valley.”
“Require that all new apartment
building complexes have green
spaces as part of their design.”
“[Experiment with] a planting of
some native species, you know, the
little copses of oaks and maples
and box elders that exist in that
Golf Course are really needed
and actually harbor quite a bit of
wildlife.”
“94 ACRES
OF NEW PARK
LAND WILL BE
REQUIRED BY 2040
TO MEET FUTURE
NEEDS AT
THE SAME LEVELS
OF SERVICE AS
TODAY.”
- 2019 SLC Public Lands
Needs assessment
“MOST CITIES OFFER THREE
TIMES MORE GREEN SPACE TO
DOWNTOWN RESIDENTS THAN
SALT LAKE CITY.”
Chapter Seven: Grow 146
General standards for different
park types (classifications), shown
in Figure 29, helps to provide
parameters for creating equitable
park investments and expectations.
For example, Neighborhood Parks
are unlikely to include restrooms as
this expense is better reserved for
Regional, Community, and Special
Use Parks that may require greater
PARK CLASSIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS
travel and duration of visitation.
However, these classifications
do not dictate aesthetics and
allow for selection of a variety of
features- such as types of sports
courts, community garden, or play
features.
Upgrading parks to include
amenities listed for their categories,
such as Glendale to be a regional
park, is one way that park capacity
to support a growing population
can be met. As the city nears build-
out and it becomes even more
challenged to acquire additional
park acreage it will be important
grow within existing parks to do
more to meet needs.
PARKLAND CLASSIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS
Size and
Service Area
Purpose and Function Characteristics and Amenities
Expectations
Location
Examples
*not a complete list
Regional Park
25+ Acres.
1.5 mile local
service & city
and regional
service
Provides facilities and recreational
amenities intended to serve city
residents as well as the surrounding
region. These parks should provide
a large variety of recreational
opportunities to be both a regional
destination and surrounding
community attractor. These parks
are likely to support a combination
of passive and active interests such
as water play, playgrounds, shelters,
trails, and athletic facilities.
Park amenities, events and landscape
make them regional attractions. Special site
features such as streams, lakes or historic
sites may add to the park’s character.
Amenity expectations may include restrooms,
parking, lighting, concessions, facilities for
rental/reservation, and expression of history,
art and culture.
Liberty Park
Future Upgrade:
Glendale Park,
Jordan Park/ Peace
Gardens, Riverside
Park, Rosewood
Park, Sunnyside
Park.
Special Use Park
Size Varies
1.5 mile local
service & city
and regional
service
Parks that mainly serve one
specific purpose or community
need. Examples include the three
downtown special events parks
that provide a plaza experience for
passive recreation and host festivals
and events. Examples include
bike parks, horticultural centers/
working farms/community gardens,
arboretum/botanical garden, sports
complexes or parks dedicated to
similar sports tournaments and
groupings, environmental education
centers, performance areas, urban
plazas, festival walkways, civic
parks, or other specialized activity or
recreation interests.
Characteristics and amenities vary based on
special use purposes. For example, special
events parks may include vendor space,
venues for entertainment such as permanent
or temporary stages and seating, and access
to electrical hook-ups.
Regional Athletic
Complex, Library
Square, Washington
Square, 9-Line Bike
Park, Sorenson
Multi-Cultural
Center, Artesian
Well Park, Model
Port, Allen Park.
Size and
Service Area
Purpose and Function Characteristics and Amenities
Expectations
Location
Examples
*not a complete list
Community Park
10-25 acres
1-mile service
area to account
for people
walking, biking,
or driving to
parks
Focused on meeting the major
parks and recreation needs of the
city. Serves as a focal point for
community-wide activities and group
gatherings. Provides facilities that
serve a broad purpose, balancing
active and passive recreation
needs. Allow for group activities
not feasible nor desirable at the
neighborhood level due to noise,
lights, traffic, etc. Often adjoining
other community-oriented facilities
(libraries, community centers,
schools, etc).
Portions of the site should have gentle
topography to accommodate active sports
fields and open turf areas. Unique landscapes
should be preserved, celebrating features
such as streams, lakes or historic sites to
express park character. Community Parks
have facilities such as lighting and restrooms.
May include special amenity or recreation
facilities, such as athletic complexes or sports
fields, large swimming pools, or play areas,
although not the only purpose of the park.
Likely to include playground equipment or
large play structures, informal and formal
play fields, paved areas for court games,
pathways, picnic shelters, and community
buildings.
Portions of land may include areas of natural
quality for outdoor recreation, such as
walking, viewing, picnicking. May include
natural features such as water bodies or
features and gardens.
11th Ave. Park, 1700
South River Park,
Cottonwood Park,
Fairmont Park,
Herman Franks
Park, Memory Grove
Park, Pioneer Park,
Washington Park,
Warm Springs Park.
Neighborhood Park
2-15 acres
Neighborhood,
½ mile walking
distance.
Generally serves neighborhood
needs with fewer purposes and
smaller size than Community Parks.
Intended to provide both active and
passive recreation for residents
for short daily leisure periods.
Should be accessible for intensive
use by children, family groups,
small neighborhood gatherings,
and senior citizens. Accessible
to neighborhood population and
geographically centered with safe
walking and bicycle access. May be
developed as a park-school facility.
Mix large and small amenities, such as
open lawns and grass play areas, pavilions,
playgrounds, sports courts and fields. On-
street parking is typically adequate. Ideally,
these parks are linked by pathways and
sidewalks and respond to the need for basic
recreational amenities close to peoples’
homes. Do not have facilities such as lighting
and restrooms.
Poplar Grove Park,
Sherwood Park,
Popperton Park,
Ensign Downs Park,
Jefferson Park,
Meadows Park,
Wasatch Hollow
Park, 900 South
River Park, and
more*.
Upgrade: Taufer
Park
Mini Park
2 acres or less
Neighborhood,
1/4 mile
walking
distance.
Specialized facilities that serve a
limited area, concentrated or limited
population or specific group such
as children or seniors. Could be
provided by public or private sector.
May have elements such as small
playgrounds, seating or picnic areas and
shade. Do not have facilities such as lighting
and restrooms. In dense, urban areas, may
be highly designed to serve more people in a
small space.
600 East Park,
Almond Park,
Guadalupe Park,
Victory Park, Silver
Park, Ron Heaps
Park, and more*.
Figure 29: Near Term Investments By Planning Area Map.
Chapter Seven: Grow 148
Neighborhood Park: Wasatch Hollow
Mini Park: Imperial Park
Trailhead: Ensign Peak Parkways: Jordan River Parkway Golf Course: Bonneville
Special Event Park: Library Square Natural Lands: Fife Wetland
Regional Park: Liberty Park Community Park: Fairmont Park
EXAMPLES OF TYPES OF PUBLIC LANDS
SPACES IN SLCPARKLAND CLASSIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS, CONTINUED
Size and
Service Area
Purpose and Function Characteristics and Amenities
Expectations
Location
Examples
*not a complete list
Natural Lands, Non-Urban
Varies
City or broader
region
These areas are generally
maintained in their natural state with
ecological systems management
and help preserve significant views,
provide wildlife sanctuaries, and
conserve natural resources. These
areas may also support scientific
research and trail equestrian and
bicycle use. Depending on site
conditions, public access can be
limited. Emphasis is on achieving
a balance between re-source
protection and public use.
Natural land areas with environmentally
sensitive habitat and features, and riverfront
areas and floodplains and creek corridors.
Often provide connections with other
public lands. Site features such as streams,
scenic views, rock outcrops, or historic sites
may add to the natural area’s character.
May include above or below grade utility
infrastructure so long as land remains
predominantly natural in character.
Foothills Natural
Area, Parleys
Historic Nature
Park, Lower Jordan
River Wetlands, and
more*.
Natural Lands, Urban
Varies
City or broader
region
Urban natural lands are natural
spaces which are typically
surrounded by urban development
or adjacent to manicured parks and
often serve a park-like function.
Similar to Non-urban Natural Lands but
require a higher level of maintenance,
facilities and/or infrastructure to manage
human activities and adjacency to the built
environment. May support opportunities for
passive recreation through recreational trails,
interpretive facilities, historic and cultural
exhibits, nature observation, photography,
orienteering, kayaking, canoeing, floating,
and fishing.
Miller Park, Wasatch
Hollow, Hidden
Hollow, Fife Wetland
Preserve.
Greenways
N/A
Neighborhood,
city or broader
region
Linear parks, greenways and paved
and unpaved surface within a
designated open space corridor
allowing for pedestrian and bicycle
commuting and recreation use. Trails
are measured by linear distance, not
land area.
Linear green spaces, parkways, trail
corridors, stormwater infrastructure,
and green interventions along public
thoroughfares which add aesthetic value and
may encourage pedestrian and bicycle use.
May include associated natural or manicured
landscape with paved and unpaved trails.
May include ornamental plazas, special
features like gardens, bike parks and
trailheads, stormwater infrastructure and
urban forest enhancements.
9-Line, Folsom,
Green Loop, Jordan
River Parkway,
planted medians.
Golf Courses
100 – 250
acres for 9 to
18-hole course.
City or broader
region
Large expanses of turf grass, trees,
and small water features that are
maintained for the game of golf.
May include trails or trail ac-cess
within non-playable portions of the
property so long as golf activity
remains unencumbered by trail
access.
Rolling terrain without overly steep sections.
Appropriate soils, drainage, and water
availability to support turf grass. Small water
features and other natural elements add to
the complexity and difficulty of the game
while also providing habitat for urban wildlife
and potential for stormwater retention.
Nibley, Forest Dale,
Bonneville, Rose
Park, Glendale,
Mountain Dell.
Chapter Seven: Grow 150
Figure 30: Future Investments By Planning Area Map.
INCREASING LEVEL OF SERVICEAND FUTURE INVESTMENTS
The National Recreation and Park
Association (NRPA) finds that city
parks departments on average
offer one park for every 2,777
residents and 9.9 acres of parkland
per 1,000 residents. While this is a
national benchmark average, NRPA
acknowledges that park agencies
are as diverse as the landscapes
and people they serve. There is no
one, standard way of measuring
level of service that works for
every city. The people, staff and
stakeholders of a city must provide
input on the values and needs
of their own communities for
access to the urban outdoors and
environmental services provided
by parks, urban forests and green
spaces.
Level of service is often measured
by acres of parks and open space
per person. Yet many measures
such as park investment and
availability of park amenities
contribute to the level of park
service each neighborhood
receives. Due to limited available
space, areas of the city with higher
densities will need to find creative
solutions to increase park level of
service to meet the demands of a
growing population. At the same
time other planning areas contain
substantial acreage of parks and
natural lands which are in need
improved maintenance and the
addition of amenities to equally
serve the community.
Figure 30, the map to the right
shows near-term Public Lands’
investments that seek to improve
the level of service of parks
and amenities across the city.
Significant near-term investments
are broken down by planning
area on the following pages,
highlighting major improvements
and transformative projects that will
serve each community.
AVENUES
EAST
BENCH
SUGAR
HOUSE
NORTHWEST
CENTRAL
COMMUNITY
DOWNTOWN
WEST
SALT LAKE
CAPITOL
HILL
GROW:EXPAND OUR PUBLIC LANDS SYSTEM
FUTURE PUBLIC LANDS INVESTMENTS
GOLF COURSES
EXISTING TRAILS
PROPOSED TRAILS
PARKS AND
NATURAL LANDS
CEMETERY
HIGH EQUITY PRIORITY
HIGH EQUITY PRIORITY
MEDIUM EQUITY PRIORITY
MEDIUM EQUITY PRIORITY
LOW EQUITY
PRIORITY
LOW EQUITY PRIORITY
NEAR-TERMCAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS
TRANSFORMATIVE PROJECTS
EXISTING
ELEMENTS
LEGEND
Chapter Seven: Grow 152
NORTHWEST
WEST SALT LAKE
Near Term Investments:
»Invest in the Jordan River and the Jordan River
Parkway Trail
»Identify opportunities for separated bike lane/
multiuse paths to close gaps
»Add uses to Rose Park Golf Course to make it
more accessible to the community.
»Invest in 2200 West – Urban Farm
»Create a future Public Lands Native Plant Nursery
»Improve west side park amenities, placemaking
and programming. NORTHWEST AND WEST SALT LAKE
The westside has a higher level of
service in terms of park and natural
land acreage than the citywide
average, and is connected by
the Jordan River. Increasing park
service in these communities will
involve investing in existing public
spaces to enhance environmental
quality and increase park
amenities.
There is a very high need for
investments in these two planning
areas to achieve citywide equity
goals. Population is growing
in this area and residents are
concerned about rising housing
costs, gentrification and seeing
their cultural identity disappearing
from these places. NRPA and other
GROW:EXPAND OUR PUBLIC LANDS SYSTEM
park researchers are working to
expand a list of recommendations
for parks-related anti-displacement
strategies that should be employed
for this area.1
Providing existing parks with
amenities that serve the needs of
the community will be important to
incorporate into future investments.
There is also a high percentage
of children, youth and seniors
compared to the rest of the city’s
population and park investments
should make extra consideration
for these groups.
1 https://www.nrpa.org/parks-recreation-magazine/2019/december/greening-without-gentrification/
Near Term Investments:
»Invest in the Jordan River and the Jordan River
Parkway Trail
»Invest in Fisher Mansion
»Invest in Glendale Regional Park
»Identify opportunities for separated bike lane/
multiuse paths to close gaps
»Implement the Surplus Canal Trail
»Add uses to Glendale Golf Course to make it more
accessible to the community.
»Improve westside park amenities, placemaking
and programming
Glendale Golf Course
Glendale Regional Park
1700 S Park
9 Line Trail
900 S River Park
Fischer Mansion
Jordan Park
Jordan River Parkway Trail
Jordan River Parkway Trail
Rosewood Park
Riverside Park
Constitution Park
CottonwoodPark
WestpointePark
Poplar Grove Park
Regional Athletic Complex
Sherwood Park
Proposed Surplus Canal Trail
1700 S
2100 S 700 WI-15I-15
I-15I-15
REDWOOD RD.REDWOOD RD.NORTH TEMPLE
Rose Park Golf Course
Future SLCPL Native Plant Nursery
Chapter Seven: Grow 154
CAPITOL HILL
DOWNTOWN
CENTRAL CITY
GROW:EXPAND OUR PUBLIC LANDS SYSTEM
CAPITOL HILL, DOWNTOWN AND CENTRAL CITY
These areas of the city are
experiencing an extremely high
degree of change. They have the
least amount of park space and
are the fastest-growing, adding
both population and density at a
rapid rate. Downtown in particular
has a very high percentage of
surface parking lots that are quickly
converting to high density housing,
office, and retail.
Buying and developing land for
park space in the city’s center is
Near Term Investments:
»New Park in Granary District (Fleet Bock!) at least
25% of the block or 3 acres on the corner
»Green Loop to create new green space downtown,
8 acres along the green loop segment on 200 E
»Invest in Pioneer Park to make it a flagship
downtown park
»Identify opportunities for separated bike lane/
multiuse paths
»Encourage developers to create park space as
part of their development for their residents, at a
minimum
»Invest in the Civic Campus (Washington Square)
and Library Square to bring more uses and
programming to the site
»Look for community garden and pocket park
opportunities
Near Term Investments:
»Invest in the Civic Campus (Washington Square)
and Library Square to bring more uses and
programming to the site.
»Identify opportunities for separated bike lane/
multiuse paths
»Encourage developers to create park space as
part of their development for their residents, at a
minimum.
»Look for community garden and pocket park
opportunities
Near Term Investments:
»Invest in Warm Springs Park and the historic bath
house property
»Create on and off-street multi-use trail connections
to the Foothills Natural Area, Ensign Peak Open
Space and the City Creek Natural Area
»Identify opportunities for separated bike lane/
multiuse paths
»Encourage developers to create park space as
part of their development for their residents, at a
minimum
»Look for community garden and pocket park
opportunities
expensive but is critically needed.
A multi-varied and aggressive
approach which includes public
and private strategies as well
as public-private partnerships is
needed to address the need for
more green space in the heart of
the City.
The City should identify ways
to reinvent city streets, taking
advantage of the wide right-of-
ways to create linear green space.
Other ways to provide green
space could involve allocating
space for parks on City-owned
blocks. Additionally, the City could
encourage developers to include
outdoor green space assets for
their residents to provide respite
from the urban environment.
Strategies could also include
expanding sidewalks and park
strips to create space for more
outdoor dining and pedestrian
activity. Expanding the park strips
provides permeable surfaces
for stormwater collection and
adequate growing space for
trees, cooling the hot, paved
urban environment. Identifying
space for community gardens,
which are in high demand in these
neighborhoods would also provide
needed urban green space.
Warm Springs Park
Memory Grove Park
Suede Town Park
Guadalupe Park
Ensign DownsPark
600 NBECK ST
.
Ensign Peak Open Space
I-15I-15 200 E200 W MAIN ST. 400 S
800 S
Green LoopPioneer Park Washington Square
Green Loop
Fleet Block
Liberty ParkJefferson Park
Library Square
Herman Franks Park
Cotten Park
Faultline GardensPark
600 E Park
Proposed 9 Line
I-15I-15
300 E400 S
1700 S
1300 S 700 E1300 EWEST TEMPLEI-15I-15
Chapter Seven: Grow 156
EAST BENCH
SUGARHOUSEAVENUES
GROW:EXPAND OUR PUBLIC LANDS SYSTEM
AVENUES, EAST BENCH AND SUGARHOUSE
These areas are relatively stable
and are experiencing less
change and growth compared
to other parts of the city. The
neighborhoods are built out and
the street development pattern
is of a more suburban character,
consisting predominantly of single
Near Term Investments:
»Continue to invest in trails and linear recreation
to reduce gaps as well as create connections
between neighborhoods and the rich trail network
in the Foothills Natural Area
»Create on and off-street trail connections to link
the neighborhoods with urban natural araes such
as Wasatch Hollow and Miller Bird Refuge
»Invest in Rotary Glen Park
»Invest in Bonneville Golf course to expand uses
Near Term Investments:
»Continue to invest in Fairmont Park
»Investments in Forest Dale Golf course to expand
uses
»Invest in Nibley Golf Course to expand uses
»Invest in Allen Park
Near Term Investments:
»Invest in the City Cemetery to make it an open
space resource. Utilize the roads for multiple use
»Continue to invest in trails and linear recreation
to reduce gaps as well as create connections
between neighborhoods and the rich trail network
in the City Creek Foothills Natural Areas
family homes. The population
consists of a relatively older group
than is found throughout the rest of
the city.
While these planning areas have
a small percentage of park acres
compared to other parts of the city,
they have the greatest access to
natural lands due to their proximity
to the foothills.
Investments in linear recreation,
and multi-use paths that connect
neighborhoods to existing natural
lands and the Foothills Natural
Area will be key to improving park
service in these neighborhoods.
Utilizing or adding multiple uses to
other greenspaces such as the City
Cemetery and golf courses are also
top strategies to improving access.
Imperial Park
SugarhousePark
Parley’s Historic Nature Park
Sunnyside Park
Bonneville Golf Course
Connections to Wasatch Hollow
Connections to Miller Bird Refuge
Rotary Glen Park
Foothills Trails & Natural Area
AllenPark
Westminster College
FairmontPark
Forest Dale Golf Course
Nibley Golf CourseCity Cemetery
Popperton Park
Lindsey Gardens
Memory Grove Park
11th Ave. Park
Foothills Trails & Natural Area
City Creek Natural Area
2100 S
500 S
2700 SFOOTHI
L
L
DR1300 E2100 E1300 S
11th AVE
I STS TEMPLE
I-80I-80
Chapter Seven: Grow 158
The following recommended
strategies and policies are high-
level guidance for Public Lands
operations and maintenance
(O&M) that direct how Public
Lands will achieve the plan goal
of “Grow” over the next decade.
The community identified two
CASE STUDIES
The Lafitte Greenway, a 54 acre multi-use trail
and linear park system, utilizes a former shipping
canal and railroad right-of-way to create a
network of shaded green space which connects
people and communities in seven historic New
Orleans neighborhoods. The planning process
accompanied a community-led revitalization
strategy for each neighborhood, showcasing
neighborhood character and integrating the
desires of local residents. The greenway
“incorporates sustainable design through green
stormwater infrastructure, native plantings,
adaptive re-use of existing buildings and the
reduction of impervious surfaces.”
The City of Ann Arbor, Michigan provides
stewardship opportunities for residents to help
maintain local parks through their Adopt-a-
Park volunteer program. The program allows
neighborhood associations, individuals, or group
organizations to customize their own program for
volunteering by setting their own maintenance
regiment, schedule and plan for what they would
specifically like to work on. Volunteers are able to
foster a sense of park ownership while learning
about topics of interest.
The Downtown Seattle Association (DSA) creates
partnerships to activate Downtown parks and
public spaces. The group collaborates with the
Seattle Parks department, friends-of-the-parks
groups, and local artists to enliven Downtown
spaces with events and art installations. Artists
and organizations are invited to host an array of
activities in parks such as “fitness classes, arts
and crafts, children’s activities, dance and pet
events.”1 The DSA also facilitates projects that
include adding flowers, vibrant, artistic crosswalks
and creative lighting and wayfinding to Downtown
spaces.
1 https://www.a2gov.org/departments/Parks-Recreation/administrative/adopt-a-park/Pages/Adopt-A-Park.aspx
Photo: Lafitte Greenway, New Orleans Louisiana, Design Workshop
Photo: Ann Arbor Adopt-A-Park Volunteer Program, https://www.a2gov.org/departments/Parks-Recreation/administrative/adopt-a-park/Pages/Adopt-A-Park.aspx
Photo: Downtown Seattle Association art in public spaces, https://downtownseattle.org/art-projects/come-play-westlake-park-occidental-square/
GROW:STRATEGIES AND POLICIES OVERVIEW
transformational projects to
support the overall goal of “grow.”
Working in tandem with the overall
strategies and policies in this
table, these projects root the 20-
year vision with on-the-ground
improvements that will expand and
optimize the use of public lands,
aligning the growth of Salt Lake
City’s public lands system with the
growth of the City. Additional detail
for implementation is provided in
Chapter 8 Action Strategies.
GROW: HIGH-LEVEL STRATEGIES AND POLICIES
Strategy G-1 Be proactive and strategic about growth of the Public Lands System.
Supporting
Policy 1.1
Investment of resources into new lands, new assets and amenities is driven by policy
and informed by data and public engagement.
Supporting
Policy 1.2
Tax increment or other dedicated funding sources for O&M are established so that
additional maintenance resources keep pace with new capital asset funding and
projects.
Supporting
Policy 1.3
Integrate growth planning for public lands with economic development initiatives
and community planning and zoning. Inventory and develop long-range plans for
City-owned land that is not currently in the Public Lands’ system in order to make
strategic planning, zoning and land use decisions which utilize existing spaces with
parks and open space characteristics.
Strategy G-2 Overcome difficult obstacles to growth needs through creativity and through
leveraging external assets and resources.
Supporting
Policy 2.1
Maximize usability of public outdoor spaces, including golf courses, right-of-way,
and public/semi-public spaces (such as library grounds) outside the Public Lands
inventory.
Supporting
Policy 2.2
Leverage innovative public-private partnerships and collaborations with developers
to help address the growth needs of the Public Lands system.
Supporting
Policy 2.3
Position Public Lands to take advantage of private contributions, including ‘adoption’
of amenities, corporate partnerships and philanthropic giving.
Chapter Seven: Grow 160
INCREASE THE PROVISION OF GREEN AND ACTIVE SPACES DOWNTOWN THAT WILL CONTRIBUTE TO LIVABILITY AND ECONOMIC VITALITY
Projects Include:
• Invest in Downtown SLC’s
Pioneer Park to create a vibrant
destination that is welcoming to
all, with daily activities for the
neighborhood and events that
serve the region.
• Initiate creative projects and
partnerships to integrate a
network of large and small
green areas and plazas into
a mosaic of public outdoor
TRANSFORM PIONEER PARK INTO
THE CITY’S
MOST ACTIVE
& DESIRABLE PUBLIC SPACE
Enhancing Urban Greenspaces at
Downtown locations
such as Pioneer Park
and Fleet Block would
combat urban heat island effects
spaces that become the
foundation of an activated
downtown.
• Grow SLC’s Downtown and
Central Community Park
access, where future growth
is expected to be the highest
in the City yet has the least
access to parks and trails.
• Reimagine the Downtown SLC’s
wide streets in key locations to
create a Green Loop with trees,
a multi-use recreational trail,
linear park space and places
for outdoor seating.
• Create festival streets in
key locations that provide
comfortable spaces, amenities
and infrastructure to support
events and pop-up festivals.
9. DOWNTOWN COMES ALIVE OUTSIDE
Transformative Project
Chapter Seven: Grow 162
This transformative project aims
to help meet the gap in amount of
greenspace available to downtown
residents and commuters. With
Pioneer Park as the downtown’s
only greenspace, creative ways
to relook at urban space and add
green amenities and recreation is
needed.
Working with private landowners
and businesses, this transformative
project calls all hands on deck
when it comes to providing
green space downtown as well
as supporting urban trees with
irrigation and care. An example
of this is Fleet Block, a city-
owned property, that is currently
being imagined to include public
greenspace to meet needs for
recreation, socialization, and nature
within the urban area.
Planning experts have cited the
city’s “Mormon Grid” and large
660’x 660’ blocks as originally
having multiple uses in mind from
agriculture to streets that primarily
served as unpaved green space
around minimal roads. Recreation
and natural areas in the traditional
right of way inform big ideas like
“The Green Loop,” which aims to
add 60 acres of park space to the
urban core. Additional green space
and tree canopy coverage will
provide a cooling effect to counter
the urban heat island warming of
the primarily hardscaped city.
In addition to street trees and
green stormwater management,
Public Lands should creatively
invent ways to infuse recreation
and public gathering spaces as
mini-parks that take pressure off
the few downtown parks. The
Green Loop will be a considerable
investment in the city in
coordination with City Planning and
Engineering Departments.
GROW:DOWNTOWN COMES ALIVE OUTSIDE
Figure 31: Activating downtown SLC diagram.
THE G
R
E
E
N L
O
O
P
THE G
R
E
E
N L
O
O
P
NORT
H T
E
M
PLE
900 S
O
UT
H
50
0
W
E
S
T
20
0
E
A
S
T
ENHANCE
EXISTING
GREENSPACE
RIO GRANDE
FESTIVAL STREET
Create shaded park
space with room for
activities that serve
Downtown residents
and daytime workers.
Use the city’s large right
of ways as flexible public
space to host events.
RECLAIMED
PUBLIC SPACES
Find opportunities to infill with greenspace in downtown Salt Lake City
FLEXIBLE STREETS
Create shaded and
adaptable street space
for city eventsCreate a shaded
experience along the
Green Loop
INCREASE TREE
CANOPY
Create bikeable and
pedestrian friendly network
for all ages and abilities
along the Green Loop
BIKE FRIENDLY
DOWNTOWN
Create future
connections
between Green
Loop and
Downtown nodes
PIONEER PARK
RIO
GRANDE
FESTIVAL STREET
FLEET
9 Line segment
construction to
begin 2022.
Chapter Seven: Grow 164 FUTURE GREENING OF DOWNTOWNFigure 32: Before and after Green Loop sections. One possible configuration.
Bike Path &
Pedestrian Track
Linear Park
The Green Loop
Planting
Planting
Sidewalk
Sidewalk
8’8’
Typical Carriageway
with Off-Peak
Parking
Typical Carriageway
High Sun Exposure
High Levels of Noise Pollution
Long &
Unsafe
Crossings
Minimal Space
for Downtown
Street Trees
Shaded Experience
Reduced Level of
Noise Pollution
Improved Water
Management
Shorter
Crossings
14’14’88’
14’14’6’62’36’
THE GREEN LOOP WILL
PROVIDE AT LEAST
38 ACRES
OF PARK SPACE
TO DOWNTOWN
SALT LAKE CITY
PP
PP
INCREASE TREE CANOPY
Downtown’s urban forest is limited compared to other neighborhoods in SLC. Trees struggle in the developed, paved environment.
Adding to Downtown’s urban forest in parks and the proposed Green Loop linear park would reduce higher temperatures created by the urban heat effect and clean the local air.
INCREASING PARK ACCESS DOWNTOWN
With only one park to serve 9,685 residents and a daytime population of 41,072 people,1 Downtown is identified as a High Needs Area for additional park space.
Finding underutilized spaces, such as the paved and abandoned Fleet Block, and taking advantage of SLC’s large right-of-ways can help infill with needed green space.
BIKE-FRIENDLY DOWNTOWN
While Downtown has bike lanes, they require a confident cyclist, comfortable navigating busy traffic.
The Green Loop would create a low-stress option for all ages and abilities to bike, jog and walk to Downtown destinations.
SLC’s wide streets provide
opportunities to create green space
downtown in key locations.
1 U.S. Census Bureau, Census 2010 Summary File 1. Esri forecasts for 2021 and 2026 Esri
converted Census 2000 data into 2010
geography.
THE GREEN LOOP WILL PROVIDE
AT LEAST 60 ACRES OF
PARK SPACE TO DOWNTOWN
SALT LAKE CITY
THE GREEN LOOP WOULD DOUBLE THE AMOUNT OF PLANTING SPACE
FOR TREES IN THE RIGHT-OF WAY
10 ACRES OF PARKSPACE NOW80 ACRES OF PARKSPACE AFTER GREEN LOOP & FLEET BLOCK
0 MILES OF MULTI-USE PATHS DOWNTOWN NOW8 MILES OF MULTI-USE PATHS AFTER GREEN LOOP
BEFORE AFTER x2
Chapter Seven: Grow 166
Projects Include:
• Introduce alternative recreation
and activities on golf courses
for general public recreation as
appropriate to not conflict with
golf. This may include walking
paths/trails, concessions, off-
leash dog walking, frisbee golf,
running races, cross country
skiing or groomed sledding.
• Incorporate additional
environments benefits through
INVITE APPROPRIATE ALTERNATIVE USE OF OUR PUBLIC GOLF COURSES FOR GREATER BENEFIT
NATIVE PLANTS
AND GRASSES
PROVIDE NATURAL
BORDERS AND
CONTOUR AND MITIGATE
THE EFFECTS OF
STORM EVENTS
Integrate golf courses into
neighborhoods by inviting the community to enjoy clubhouse
amenities such as dining
Photo: Cross Country Ski Activity at Mountain Dell Golf Course, The Utah Nordic Alliance (TUNA)10. WELCOME TO THE GREEN
tree plantings, diversifying
vegetation, stormwater
management, and nature
centers in our golf courses.
• Re-wild courses with
biodiverse and native plants,
creating wildlife sanctuaries
outside of playable golf areas.
• Expand golf’s involvement
in environmental protection
by incorporating constructed
stormwater wetlands in
unplayable areas of our
courses.
• Incorporate water-efficient
irrigation practices such as
revising the irrigation system
and redesigning holes
to reduce the amount of
manicured turf, substituting
drought-tolerant grasses where
appropriate.
Transformative Project
Chapter Seven: Grow 168
In 2021, City Golf joined the Public
Lands Department along with
City Parks, Natural Areas and
Urban Forestry. At first glance,
this consolidation has received
comments during the Reimagine
Nature process on the value of
golf lands to the green spaces and
natural areas of the city. Public
survey results can be broadly
categorized into the following
topics:
• Community members who
want to keep golf for golf play;
• Community members who
state that golf needs more
investment;
• Community members who
would like golf courses
to be more open to other
recreational uses;
• Community members who
want golf courses to support
the environment or have more
natural ecosystems; and
• Community members who
want to replace golf with other
uses.
The planning team conducted
extensive case studies looking
at best practices that address
the community’s feedback
topics and these are explored
in the “Welcome to the Green”
transformative project. The most
promising examples that align
with the core value expressed
by the public to protect the city’s
environment include telling the
story of how important existing
golf lands are to biodiversity
and providing ecosystem
services including improving air
quality. Exciting precedents and
environmental certifications show
how future improvements could
support the environment even
further.
Rose Park golf course offers opportunities to enhance riparian habitat along the Jordan River.
GROW:WELCOME TO THE GREEN
Chapter Seven: Grow 170
CITY GOLF TRANSFORMATION CONTINUUM
OPERATIONS AND COURSE RECONFIGURATION
Description: Offering different
types of golf play or reconfiguring
courses (18-hole to 9-hole).
Pros: Offers less time intensive play
options for today’s lifestyle.
Cons: Mid to long-term
implementation and large
investment.
Recommended Direction: Leverage
learnings from recent pandemic
pivots and staff recommendations
for courses that could offer more
flexible play.
A literature review of best practices in golf - both for cost recovery ideas and complementary uses of golf courses
- revealed a continuum of options Salt Lake City Public Lands can consider to help offer golf while providing more
green space to the growing population over the next 20 years. The options below could be used individually or in
tandem to help provide open space more equitably, improve stewardship of the environment and enrich the city’s
livability.
AUDUBON SANCTUARY CERTIFICATION
Description: Pursue certification
or other program that rigorously
captures baseline condition and
provides strategic plan to make
golf landscapes more ecologically
diverse.
Pros: Supports plants and wildlife.
Cons: Investment of time and
resources.
Recommended Direction: Pursue
pilot project and potential for
implementation as part of Golf
Master Plan.
ADD DIFFERENT TYPES OF RECREATION PROGRAMS AND/OR AMENITIES
Description: Adding different types
of recreation into existing golf
courses (e.g., trails, cycle paths,
etc.).
Pros: Maximizes space and offers
use of golf courses to other
constituents.
Cons: Safety and liability
considerations. Could also add
“nuisance” complaints from area
neighbors with increased public
use/parking.
Recommended Direction: Monitor
recent perimeter trail project and
identify other potential areas in
future golf master plan.
STORM WATER QUALITY INFRASTRUCTURE
Description: Add storm water
ponds or other green infrastructure
features to golf courses that also
act as a landscape amenity.
Pros: Helps allow for more adjacent
density around golf courses.
Potential to treat quantity and
quality of runoff and support
ecosystems.
Cons: Loss of some space for
water quality features. Cost of
implementation and ongoing
maintenance.
Recommended Direction: Partner
with Public Utilities and Planning
departments to assess feasibility in
golf master plan.
WATER EFFICIENT IRRIGATION UPGRADES
Description: Update old irrigation
infrastructure to be more water
efficient and more reliable.
Pros: Saves water and time for staff
to focus on innovation areas.
Cons: High initial cost and potential
temporary closures of courses for
construction.
Recommended Direction: High
priority to fund and implement as
this investment would benefit golf
operations and create opportunities
for additional native plantings.
ENVIRONMENTAL BENEFITS
Description: Keep golf courses as
essential open spaces that provide
environmental benefits rather than
transferring them to other land
uses such as affordable housing
developments.
Pros: Retains permeable, planted
landscapes that absorb stormwater
and reduce urban heat island
effects.
Cons: Other solutions for affordable
housing must be explored.
Recommended Direction:
Protect golf and open space
from development to retain
environmental benefits to the city,
and conserve space for wildlife and
plants. Maximize the opportunity for
golf to provide ecological services.
FLEX OPERATIONS ADD RECREATION ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP TRANSFORMATION LAND USE
Chapter Seven: Grow 172
REIMAGINING GOLF FOR PUBLIC LANDS
Public Lands is anticipating
undertaking a comprehensive
Golf Master Plan to strategically
plan for operations and future
improvements. During the
Reimagine Nature planning
process, the planning team took
the first steps toward this process
by assessing the Golf Division’s
staffing, funding, and operations
and maintenance to identify
challenges and opportunities.
Resulting major topics to be
addressed in a future Golf Master
Plan include assessing funding
mechanisms and strategies,
possibilities for concessions and
clubhouse improvements; and
improvements to deteriorating
irrigation systems.
IRRIGATION AND
RESOURCE SAVINGS
Maintaining the current irrigation
systems at the golf courses is one
of the most maintenance intensive
and expensive tasks. Maintaining
faulty irrigation systems consumes
a majority of staff’s time and
resources. Additionally, inefficient
irrigation systems can contribute to
higher water bills, which currently
make up 81% of Golf’s annual
utility budget. It is uncertain how
much a new irrigation system
would reduce utility costs, but
using the City of Spokane as an
example, they estimate that their
new irrigation system reduced
water use by one-third. Assuming
SLC Golf could see a comparable
reduction in both staff time
dedicated to repairs, we can
assume an overall potential saving
of almost $500,000 annually.
It is recommended that SLC Golf
develop a prioritized irrigation
repair and replacement plan. While
it is not expected that irrigation
systems can be replaced fully in all
golf courses, additional methods
are being implemented to reduce
water costs such as replacing turf
grass with low-water species in
strategic areas. Prioritizing such
investments will help address the
cost of water, support ongoing
conservation of water, and align
with the City’s Water Conservation
Plan by reducing water leaks and
water use.
ENVIRONMENTAL
BENEFITS
Golf courses are predominately
greenspaces of grasses,
shrubs and trees that provide
environmental services to Salt
Lake City such as cleaning and
managing storm water runoff,
reducing urban heat island
effect, and providing habitat for
pollinator species. Innovations in
contemporary course management
can leverage all these services
to provide more environmental
benefits to the surrounding city.
FUNDING
STRATEGIES
During the Reimagine Nature
engagement, one main point of
community feedback expressed
that City golf courses are valued
assets that need increased
investment and upkeep. Similarly
to municipal courses in other
cities, 1/3 of which operate with
a deficit,1 SLC Golf has not been
able to generate enough revenue
to meet annual operating costs
and maintain a reserve for capital
repairs and upgrades, resulting in
a backlog of deferred repairs and
increased maintenance costs.
Golf is an Enterprise Fund while
the other divisions within the
Department receive their funding
from the General Fund. As an
Enterprise Fund, Golf does
not receive any supplemental
funding as do other departments
funded by the General Fund and
is required to cover its annual
operating costs and capital repairs
with revenue from golf activities.
Despite being a city municipal
service, Golf is does not generally
receive City support, either direct
or shared services, from other City
departments and divisions such as:
• Funding for engineering
services (“discounted
services”);
• Cost of vehicle replacement or
new equipment programs;
• Urban Forestry with tree care
services;
1 https://www.thengfq.com/2019/06/better‐understanding‐municipal‐golf/
• and Equipment from other
divisions within Public Lands.
The ability to use and share
other division resources (and
at the same rates as other City
divisions) and expertise within the
department would lower some
operating costs and help Golf fund
capital improvements to keep up
with maintenance needs.
SLC Golf should explore additional
revenue opportunities to generate
funds for capital improvements
such as special packages, branded
merchandise, sponsorships and
tournaments, and winter-uses
such as groomed cross-country
skiing. Improving Golf clubhouses
and associated amenities to act
as community centers and event
space would both generate funds
and better serve the community.
Partnerships options with local
restauranteurs or other third-party
concessionaires could be one way
to fund added amenities such as a
restaurant or meeting space.
CASE STUDIES:
FUNDING
STRATEGIES
SPOKANE, WASHINGTON:
CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT
PROJECT
The City of Spokane conducted a
survey in 2017 that sampled 1,200
golfers. The results showed 40-
68% of golfers felt the city should
invest in capital improvements
and repairs to remain competitive.
Spokane Parks and Recreation
borrowed $7.5 million from
the city to pay for the capital
projects and implemented a
Facility Improvement Fee at all
golf courses to repay the $7.5
million loan for capital investments
that was secured in 2018. The
collected fees are deposited into
a dedicated fund used to pay back
the loan.
BOISE, IDAHO: GENERAL
FUND MODEL
The Boise Golf Division, while
part of the Parks and Recreation
Department, is funded entirely
by the General Fund, unlike Salt
Lake City and Spokane. For every
tax dollar collected, the Parks and
Recreation Department receives
12-15%, making Parks the third
highest funded department, after
only Police and Fire.
FORT COLLINS COLORADO:
ENTERPRISE FUND MODEL
WITH SHARED CITY
SERVICES
Similar to Salt Lake City, the
Golf Division at Fort Collins is
an Enterprise Fund. However, it
is important to note that while
the budget identifies the Golf
Division’s expenditures as its own
line item (Enterprise Fund), there
are other “hidden” costs that Golf
shares with other city departments
throughout the budget (General
Fund). Golf shares many resources
with the City and is included in
a number of City-wide programs
that are funded by the General
Fund such as Community Services
Administration and Technology
Support, the Park-Ranger program,
the Horticulture Crew and Fleet
fuel and equipment.
Indian Hills Golf Course in Spokane.Photo Source: https://www.golfcourseranking.
com/courses/washington/spokane/usa/indian-
canyon-golf-course/3076/
Dining and events rentals are offered as amenities at Boise, Idaho’s Quail Hollow Golf Course.Photo Source: https://www.quailhollowboise.
com/dining/banquets/
Fort Collins, Colorado’s Southridge Golf Course is a Certified Audubon Cooperative Sanctuary.Photo Source: https://www.fcgov.com/southridge/
Chapter Seven: Grow 174
CASE STUDIES:TONY FINAU FOUNDATION
The Tony Finau Foundation was
started by the local golf legend,
Tony Finau, who grew up golfing
at Salt Lake City’s municipal golf
courses. The foundation “aims to
empower and inspire youth and
CASE STUDIES:FIRST TEE YOUTH PROGRAM
First Tee, a national program with
a Utah chapter, provides programs
to make golf “accessible and
affordable”1 to youth. First Tee
1 https://firsttee.org/about
First Tee Summer Camp at Glendale Golf Course, Photo Source: https://www.firstteeutah.org/glendale/Photo: Tony Finau Foundation, Photo Source: http://tonyfinaufoundation.org/events/
partners with youth organizations
such as the YMCA and the Boys &
Girls Club to bring golf curriculum
to kids that may otherwise not
have the opportunity to learn and
play the sport. The curriculum also
teaches life skills and values. The
Utah chapter hosts summer camps
at the Glendale golf course taught
their families to discover, develop,
and achieve the best of their gifts
and talents through the game of
golf, educational funding, and core
family values”1 and focuses on
fostering underprivileged youth.
1 https://tonyfinaufoundation.org
The foundation is an example of
how golf can be utilized to bring
together community and promote
educational opportunities.
by volunteers coaches from the
SLC Police Department, building
community and relationships on the
green.
CHAPTER
FROM IMAGINATION TO REALIZATION
Reimagine Nature is a culmination of the
collective imagination of the community.
Their efforts have laid out bold, innovative
ideas that will truly transform Public Lands
into working natural assets that provide
environmental and social benefits. The
community envisions a Public Lands
system that is climate resilient, provides
habitat, promotes healthy lifestyles and
increases equitable access to nature in
the city. Realizing these goals will take
concentrated effort by Public Lands Staff,
and collaborative support and contribution
from City departments and the community.
This chapter serves as a playbook, outlining
steps and actions to achieve plan goals and
re-emphasize nature as a centerpiece of
Salt Lake City.
Chapter Eight: Action Strategies 176
8ACTION STRATEGIES
Community members share ideas at
an engagement event.
Chapter Eight: Action Strategies 17810 Transformational ProjectsFuture Plans by Public Lands
and other City Departments
that refine supporting policies
and strategies with actionable,
details, prioritized timelines
and strategic planning.
NEXT STEPS
The Reimagine Nature master plan
lays out an inspiring, community-
driven vision for the next twenty
years that addresses complexities
that face public lands from aging
infrastructure to climate change.
Throughout the listening to over
12,000 stakeholders, the planning
team has captured not only the
community’s vision for the future
but implementation steps. The
next step in the process is to
create a Public Lands 5-Year
Strategic Plan, which will be
updated annually by staff.
Initial implementation steps have
been woven into each of the
goal chapters (Sustain, Connect,
Welcome, Protect and Grow)
as high-level strategies and
policies to guide the Public Lands
Department over the next decade.
Working in tandem with the overall
strategies and policies, the plan
also lays out ten community-
supported transformational
projects to root the 20-year vision
with on-the-ground improvements.
More detailed approaches for
action and future planning efforts
are included in this chapter,
organized by the five goals. Figure
33 summarizes the relationship of
master plan elements from vision
to implementation components
(projects, strategies/policies,
plans). Future PlansFigure 33: Master Plan Framework and Definitions
10 Transformational ProjectsSpecific policies and actions
to realize the transformative
projects, plan goals, and direct
operations and maintenance
strategies.
Master Plan Vision
Salt Lake City Public Lands Department Vision & Mission3 Value Lenses5 Big Goals10 Transformational ProjectsStewardshipLivabilityEquityWelcomeConnectProtectGrowSustain1) Put Environment First2) Grow Our Urban Forest3) Connect Mountains to the Lake4) Just 5 Minutes From Here5) Reimagine Neighborhoods Parks6) Coming Soon to a Park Near You7) Revive Our River8) Sustaining Our Stories9) Downtown Comes Alive10) Welcome to the GreenStatements that guide Public
Lands in their role and what
the department aspires to
achieve. Guides the master plan
and all other aspects of the
department’s operations and
planning efforts.
City-wide, long-range vision
for the next 20 years of Public
Lands’ work.
Guiding principles that align
with other city plans and
policies and focus the master
plan goals. Strategies and ActionsWhat the master plan aims to
achieve, supports values and
is supported by high-level
strategies and policy actions.
Specific, inspirational projects
identified by the community to
realize over the next 20 years.
Chapter Eight: Action Strategies 180
Figure 34: Value Lenses Relationship to Goals Diagram.
IMPLEMENTATION
ELEMENTS
The strategies, policies,
transformational projects, future
plans and approaches for action
create a web of interconnected
implementation tools to ensure the
plan does not sit on the shelf and
is reflective of high-level values of
the Public Lands Department and
community. Figure 34 visualizes
how the three value lenses of
stewardship, equity and livability
are woven into the implementation
elements.
FUTURE PLANS
The list below provides guidance for future planning efforts that the
citywide Reimagine Nature effort identified as crucial next steps.
RECOMMENDED PLANS FOR PUBLIC LANDS TO LEAD:
»Public Lands 5-Year Strategic Plan
»Public Lands Strategic Acquisition Plan
»Asset Management Plan
»Cartegraph
»Capital Replacement Projects
»Irrigation Renovation Plan
»Capital Facilities Plan
»Financial Plan
»Fiscal Management Procedures
»Impact Fee Spending Plan
»Urban Forestry Master Plan
»Golf Master Plan
»Climate Resilience Plan
»Drought Management Plan
»Water Budget Plan
»Operations Management Standards/Plan
»Development Standards
»Public Outreach and Communications Plan
RECOMMENDED PUBLIC LANDS COLLABORATION WITH
OTHER CITY DEPARTMENT PLANNING EFFORTS:
»Area Master Plans/Neighborhood Plans
»Long-range Planning Efforts
»Homelessness Response Plan
Sculptural Seating at Imperial Park.
182Chapter 8 Action Strategies
SUSTAIN:APPROACHES FOR ACTION
Strategy S-1 Position Public Lands to increase the ambition of Salt Lake City’s climate-
resiliency goals.
Supporting
Policy 1.1
Create a Climate-Resilience Plan which establishes environmental metrics
combined with robust data collection and monitoring to guide adaptive
management that benefits climate resiliency.
Action 1.1 A Identify a staff position or positions responsible for data collection and
monitoring, visitor use data collection, and data management.
Action 1.1 B Develop written management plans for all significant public land properties,
including Community, Regional & Special Event Parks, and Natural Areas,
which incorporate data collection and adaptive management goals.
Action 1.1 C Work with community partners like Sageland Collaborative to identify Public
Lands that serve as habitat corridors, linkages, biodiversity hot-spots, or
valuable intact habitat. Identify select acquisition priorities based on the same
data.
Action 1.1 D Collaborate with the Sustainability Department to develop and monitor
environmental / climate metrics & strategies related to carbon emissions and
carbon capture.
Action 1.1 E Work to secure funding for full-time positions and research assistantships
and grants to fill expertise gaps in restoration ecology and native horticulture,
along with funding for part-time positions or specialized volunteer roles in
wildlife management, botany, and climate science.
Supporting
Policy 1.2
Emphasize water conservation and stormwater management in Public Lands
capital projects and infrastructure upgrades.
Action 1.2 A Create an Irrigation Renovation Plan which develops new standards for
waterwise/drought-tolerant irrigation infrastructure across all public lands
properties, including underground irrigation to support flexible naturalized
planting patterns and landscape evolution, in collaboration with Red Butte
Garden.
Action 1.2 B Work to quickly secure funding for upgrades to aging, malfunctioning and
inflexible irrigation systems across SLC Public Lands to reduce water waste.
Action 1.2 C Innovate to develop functional, low-cost/low-maintenance stormwater LID
infrastructure standards for public lands and the public streetscape, in
collaboration with SLCDPU.
Action 1.2 D Create a Drought Management Plan for Public Lands. As part of the plan, test,
pilot and develop new standards for low-water landscape interventions in
low-traffic areas of parks and golf courses.
Action 1.2 E Identify and pursue opportunities to restore natural floodplain functionality
along stream corridors, through strategic implementation of streambank
regrading and natural channel design projects, streambank bioengineering,
riparian planting projects, and implementation of Beaver-dam analogues
(BDAs) and similar techniques, in collaboration with Public Utilities, SLCo
Flood Control/Watershed Restoration, and other partner
Supporting
Policy 1.3
Develop an Operations Management Standards Plan which continues to
reduce the climate impact of Public Lands operations through efficient
practices, equipment upgrades, and staff training.
Action 1.3 A Develop an urban wood re-utilization program to reduce carbon footprint and
increase sustainability of operations.
Action 1.3 B Update Public Lands’ 2012/2016 Invasive Pest Management Plan (IPMP) to
include current best practices for invasive species control in natural areas, as
well as current functional practices for low-pesticide/no-pesticide parks, golf
courses, gardens, farms & orchards.
Action 1.3 C Work with the Sustainability Department to fund and collaboratively manage
the development of a Climate Adaptive Strategies Plan for Public Lands,
including an audit of PL’s operations practices, fleet and equipment.
Action 1.3 D Appoint a PL staff representative to take a leadership role on the cross-
departmental Sustainable Infrastructure Steering Committee, with the goal
of improving coordination and resolving barriers around green infrastructure
improvements in the city.
Action 1.3 E Provide education, training and support so parks and golf operations can
successfully improve climate resiliency and biodiversity of landscapes
without ballooning O&M costs.
Strategy S-2 Position Public Lands as a City leader for driving improvements in
environmental health and environmental justice.
Supporting
Policy 2.1
Develop an Urban Forestry Master Plan that will increase tree canopy across
the city, with a focus on equitable distribution of tree cover.
Action 2.1 A Change City code to make tree protection ordinances enforceable and
effective at deterring intentional violation. Engage the Police Parks Squad or
create a Tree Protection Officer position to assist in enforcing tree protection
ordinances.
Action 2.1 B Develop a citywide information and education campaign to encourage
residents to request street trees, and develop a framework to ensure
residents understand their obligations in terms of ensuring adequate water to
street trees, and reporting on tree condition in order to mitigate tree mortality
184Chapter 8 Action Strategies
Action 2.1 C Train, educate and support field staff to appropriately protect and maintain
trees in parks, golf courses and other open spaces.
Action 2.1 D Identify and take advantage of unrealized tree planting opportunities in
public spaces such as retention basins, trail corridors, medians, etc.
Action 2.1 E Fund citywide adaptation of irrigation systems in public lands to provide
independent watering for trees to improve drought resiliency.
Supporting
Policy 2.2
Increase the scope and capacity of the Native Plants & Biodiversity Program
and incorporate biodiversity and native plants into every compatible city
project.
Action 2.2 A Identify and secure funding for the creation of an innovative native plant
center to expand native plant production capacity and native plant restoration
research, and advance public education and volunteer engagement in native
plants and biodiversity efforts.
Action 2.2 B Develop sustainable funding solutions to strengthen financial resources of
the native plant program, such as capital campaign, revenue generation from
native plant sales, fiscal partnerships, etc.
Action 2.2 C Integrate the Public Lands Native Plant Program with the Parks Division’s
Horticulture Team, and secure funding for key roles including a Horticulture
Program Manager, Lead Restoration Ecologist, Native Plant Center Manager,
Monitoring Coordinator and Part-Time restoration technicians.
Action 2.2 D Conduct a system-wide inventory and prioritization of restoration
opportunities in the public lands system, and establish regular opportunities
for education, training and support for field teams to increase internal
capacity for installing and maintaining resilient/biodiverse landscapes.
Action 2.2 E Conduct research and experimentation in collaboration with institutional and
agency partners to establish successful techniques for dryland restoration
tailored to Salt Lake City environments and lands.
Supporting
Policy 2.3
Collaborate across jurisdictional boundaries to restore the quality of SLC’s
land, water and air.
Action 2.3 A Improve coordination and collaboration with SLC Public Utilities, Planning,
Economic Development, Sustainability, Transportation, and the Office
of the Mayor to identify and collaborate around mutal objectives for
environmental health and climate resilience.
Action 2.3 B Engage in collaborative management and control of state- and county-
listed noxious and invasive species, in partnership with Salt Lake County,
the Utah DNR, the Watershed Restoration Program, SLC Public Utilities,
regional weed cooperatives, and national efforts like ‘Clean, Play, Go.”
SUSTAIN:APPROACHES FOR ACTION
Action 2.3 C Coordinate with Public Utilities, State DNR and other jurisdictions to
secure in-stream water rights to maintain year-round baseflow in urban
creeks for habitat, and springtime water releases into the lower Jordan
River to simulate natural floodplain function.
Action 2.3 D Lead through efforts with the Jordan River Commission, Utah Lake
Commission, and state, county and municipal governments and water
quality management agencies to continue to improve water quality in Utah
Lake and Jordan River upstream of SLC.
Action 2.3 E Engage in dialogue on the Inland Port development, in collaboration
with the Office of the Mayor, SLC Planning, SLC Public Utilities, local
community leaders, Economic Development and business interests,
landowners, and state officials, to advocate for establishment of robust
green infrastructure in the Northwest Quadrant, including an urban forest,
park spaces, stormwater green infrastructure, and trails.
Supporting
Policy 2.4
Prioritize investments to address equity and environmental justice as guided
by equity mapping, such as Figure 15 Equity Map.
Action 2.4 A Continue to refine and develop equity maps that evaluate park asset
management and investment to direct resources to environmental justice
causes.
186Chapter 8 Action Strategies
CONNECT:APPROACHES FOR ACTION
Strategy C-1 Connect people to information about their park system to increase
visitation.
Supporting
Policy 1.1
Help the public navigate to and around their public lands system with intuitive
physical wayfinding and digital information.
Action 1.1 A Coordinate with internal and external partners to develop multi-lingual
wayfinding in key areas of SLC that aligns with public information on events,
public spaces, trail systems, business districts, art, libraries, restrooms,
bikeways and neighborhood byways, economic/community hubs, and public
transportation.
Action 1.1 B Improve wayfinding, regulatory and educational signage for the Jordan River
Parkway and Foothills Natural Area.
Action 1.1 C Conduct a professionally-driven overhaul the Public Lands website, with a
focus on user-friendly access to information about the public lands system.
Consider models from other cities’ successful web platforms for public lands,
and evaluate alternative web platforms.
Action 1.1 D Develop a professionally-driven comprehensive and cohesive brand identify
for SLC Public Lands, including strategic sub-identities for specific divisions,
programs, events and amenities that remain connected to the SLC Public
Lands brand.
Action 1.1 E Develop printed and digital “handout” materials that can be made widely
available to visitors and residents via local businesses, organizations and
institutions, which provide helpful information about accessing and enjoying
significant parks, trail systems, and amenities.
Supporting
Policy 1.2
Provide information that helps the public interpret and appreciate their parks
and natural lands, with the use of diverse, interesting programming and
activities, education and messaging, physical and digital interpretive content,
and park ambassadors.
Action 1.2 A As part of a Public Outreach and Communications Plan, integrate internal
coordination of all forms of Departmental public engagement, including
activities & events, PR/media coordination, visitor use information, donor
development, partner coordination, education and content development,
volunteerism & stewardship, digital communications (web/social media) and
marketing, service requests and visitor information services, and establish
clear communication channels with Public Lands administration and
operations teams.
Action 1.2 B Invest in interpretive content creation for the park system, with system-
wide expansion of interpretive signage, informational videos, audio-tours,
informational / educational brochures and pamphlets, and social media posts.
Content on wildlife and natural history, park history, public art, recreation
and educational programming opportunities, stewardship and advocacy
opportunities, calls to action, and similar items of broad interest should
receive special attention.
Action 1.2 C Develop robust educational programs in the parks, hosted by Public Lands
staff, partner organizations and/or volunteers, with established content
related to history and natural history, stewardship, outdoor skills, and cultural
awareness.
Action 1.2 D Expand the use of ambassadors, hire seasonal Park/Trail Ambassadors, and/
or enlist the support of a volunteer Ambassador program to spread education
and stewardship information to visitors at heavily-used sites.
Action 1.2 E Explore the establishment of a City-sponsored conservation corps program
that engages under-represented groups in environmental stewardship,
environmental education, public engagement, park improvement and data
collection.
Supporting
Policy 1.3
Facilitate access to information about use of SLC’s public lands by people
experiencing homelessness, including available services and resources,
hotlines, community partners, and opportunities to engage in cross-
community dialogue to help make SLC parks welcoming and safe for
sheltered and unsheltered alike.
Action 1.3 A Provide quarterly training to Public Lands staff and park maintenance workers
regarding homelessness resources, understanding of homelessness and
appropriate engagement with people experiencing homelessness.
Strategy C-2 Increase the ease of access to public lands, making it easier to travel to,
between and within them.
Supporting
Policy 2.1
Promote walking and active transportation by connecting our parks & natural
spaces to the City’s active and public transportation networks, including bus,
TRAX, SLC Green Bike, and on-street / off-street trails.
Action 2.1 A Integrate the recommendations of the SLC Pedestrian & Bicycle Master Plan
into Capital Improvement project prioritization for Public Lands.
Action 2.1 B Map active and public transportation connectivity to all city parks, and identify
gaps in connectivity and barriers and prioritize adding or enhancing parks
and trails within walking distance of transit and bus stops.
188Chapter 8 Action Strategies
Action 2.1 C Advocate with state and NGO partners for expansion of active and public
transportation options that improve accessibility of parks and public lands
amenities, such as SLC Greenbike station expansion, dedicated bus routes
that service parks and trailheads, and improved wayfinding that directs
people between transit routes and transit stops, and public spaces.
Action 2.1 D Pursue projects that overcome barriers to non-motorized transportation, such
as over/undercrossings of major roadways and railways, bridges, protected
bike lanes, and off-street trail corridors, with a focus on projects that break
down barriers to west-east connectivity.
Action 2.1 E Engage UDOT, State Parks, Salt Lake County and other key agencies in
planning for regional trail connections to the Great Salt Lake Marina, the
Oquirrh Mountains, and up Parleys Canyon to the Wasatch Back.
Supporting
Policy 2.2
Invest in greening the urban trail network through tree plantings, stream
daylighting, and other methods to interconnect parks with park-like trails.
Action 2.2 A Provide leadership in the planning, public engagement, design and
implementation of major greenway projects such as the Folsom Trail Project
and Downtown Green Loop.
Action 2.2 B Investigate viability of community land trust and/or other creative models to
gradually acquire and assemble public property over urban stream corridors
with potential for future daylighting.
Action 2.2 C Explore and pilot low-maintenance/no-maintenance landscaping concepts
for linear trail corridors, including tree-specific irrigation infrastructure, solar-
powered lighting, xeriscape, artwork, single-species vegetation massings,
and similar techniques.
Action 2.2 D Explore no-maintenance shade structures and artworks in place of irrigated/
manicured vegetation for trail corridors in industrial areas.
Action 2.2 E Collaborate with SLC Planning, Mayor and community partners to achieve
planning and zoning guidance for restoration of the Jordan River corridor
between 200 South and the State Fairpark, in advance of the area
undergoing redevelopment.
Supporting
Policy 2.3
Incorporate careful consideration of physical limitations, language barriers,
and other accessibility accommodations into all Public Lands projects.
Action 2.3 A Audit ADA accessibility of all public land sites, including curb ramps, sidewalk
/ path condition, accessibility of park features, amenities and signage.
Action 2.3 B Survey SLC trail systems (including natural surface trails and water trails)
for barriers to accessibility - including wheeled cycles; identify and remove
prioritized barriers.
CONNECT:APPROACHES FOR ACTION
Action 2.3 C Explore use of a multi-lingual translation service to provide online versions
of most signage, newsletters and other information available in many
languages.
Action 2.3 D Make bilingual (english and spanish) information, or language-neutral
information (i.e. widely-recognizable icons), standard practice for all physical
and digital communications, including signs, social media, web content,
newsletters, etc. Consider use of a translation service or staff translator.
Action 2.3 E Request an audit of Public Lands facilities, practices and procedures by the
Mayor’s Office of Equity, including the Mayor’s Accessibility Advisory Council.
190Chapter 8 Action Strategies
Strategy W-1 Design and program Neighborhood Parks to highlight the unique natural,
historical, cultural and economic identify of the surrounding area and
community in which they are located.
Supporting
Policy 1.1
Study and collect data on system-wide park use, answering questions about who,
where, when, what and how park users are engaging with the neighborhood
parks.
Action 1.1 A Update the SLC Needs Assessment Study to reflect 2021 census data and park
land provision on an ongoing basis, timed with release of new census data.
Action 1.1 B Audit the physical accessibility of all park amenities to inform a feasibility study to
consider opportunities for improvement (Universal and Inclusive Design Audit and
Feasibility Study).
Action 1.1 C Create and acquire data on an ongoing basis to evaluate equity of investment in
resources in parks and recreation assets and programming, use the information to
address identified inequities through targeted and strategic resource investments.
Action 1.1 D Identify a ‘Chief Data Officer’ for SLC Public Lands with broad responsibility for
collection, storage, organization, analysis and reporting on park useage data.
Action 1.1 E Install widespread visitor counting devices in SLC’s key public spaces to better
understand and track visitor use trends, combined with a widespread surveys of
park users through standardized, quantifiable survey that can be conducted at
scale with the support of volunteers, interns, youth corps, etc. and incorporate
data into resource prioritization.
Supporting
Policy 1.2
Engage the community in the visioning of our public spaces and work especially to
foster engagement with under-represented groups.
Action 1.2 A Enhance the Park Board’s understanding of and attention to equity and work to
engage them in development of Public Lands policy, tools and approaches to help
address inequities in the Public Lands system.
Action 1.2 B Identify and empower community relations managers for Public Lands who
support planning and project development efforts, track and coordinate regular
communication with key organizational partners and community leaders, and
work to strengthen relationships and strategically-valuable partnerships, including
engagement with plans and projects.
Action 1.2 C Diversity the methods used to engage with members of the public, increasing
the efficiency of communications via Community Councils and traditional forms
of communication, while also using more creative intercept engagement,
meeting community members where they are and ‘on their terms’, and leaning on
collaborative relationships with community leaders.
Action 1.2 D Work to expand representation of, and support for, people of color in the Public
Lands organization, including positions of leadership and positions on the citizen
advisory board.
Action 1.2 E Invest significant ongoing staff attention and resources to Diversity, Equity &
Inclusion in the PL organization and its work in the City.
Supporting
Policy 1.3
Enhance sense of place and community pride within parks.
Action 1.3 A Engage the community and volunteers in mapping significant cultural, historical,
natural or economic features of their parks or of the surrounding community which
could be used for placemaking efforts, including opportunities for collaborative
partnerships with nearby businesses, institutions, nonprofit organizations, and
others. Develop innovative, inclusive community engagement and placemaking
strategies to direct improvements in neighborhood park design and programming
that help parks reflect and serve the community identify and demographics of the
surrounding neighborhood.
Action 1.3 B Engage the community and the Planning Division to develop or update holistic
Community/Neighborhood Master Plans which include community priorities for
park and public space investment and redesign, and which manage the impacts
park renewal can have on the immediately adjacent community (i.e. gentrification)
by developing innovative partnerships (such as with housing providers),
considering impacts, using a community-led approach to design and management,
and advocating for planning and policy that reduces displacement.
Action 1.3 C Develop master plans for all Regional and Special Event parks, and improvement
plans for community, neighborhood/mini-parks, and nature parks and natural open
spaces, with standardized processes but flexible methods for public engagement
and design. Improvement plans for multiple smaller parks could be developed
simultaneously.
Action 1.3 D Work with community partners to rename some parks with names more
meaningful to the community, including indigenous names for places, names that
celebrate community leaders, and similar approaches.
WELCOME:APPROACHES FOR ACTION
192Chapter 8 Action Strategies
Action 1.3 E Display beautiful, well-maintained, sustainable horticulture by integrating Public
Lands’ separate horticulture programs, undertaking a comprehensive review of
horticulture throughout the public lands system and establishing service level
standards including areas for horticulture expansion, waterwise and biodiversity
standards, and standard design and maintenance strategies. Work to increase
horticultural staffing while also creating opportunities to enhance horticultural
beauty through volunteerism, friends groups and ‘adoption,’ and identify funds
to reconstruct the aging greenhouse infrastructure at Jordan Park and Liberty
Park to expand capacity and efficiency and elevate public engagement with the
horticultural program.
Strategy W-2 Support active programming that brings people out to their parks for art, events,
programs, recreation and community. This programming should be diverse and
adapted to represent the community culture and encourage creation of social
connections.
Supporting
Policy 2.1
Remove barriers to park activation, addressing aspects such as physical assets,
public safety, and laws and ordinances.
Action 2.1 A Map event infrastructure for all parks, and work to develop appropriate event
infrastructure for neighborhood and community larger parks throughout the
system, including as appropriate, seating, power, lighting, etc. Engage event
planners in updating and improving the usability of existing event infrastructure as
well.
Action 2.1 B Revise SLC ordinances that create barriers to park activation, including changes
to facilitate beer gardens, food trucks, markets and vendors in public spaces,
busking and entertainment, and updated park hours to allow later-activities in
parks with well-lit and safe spaces, such as basketball courts, where legitimate
late-night activities can occur.
Action 2.1 C Revise SLC protocols around field fees and reservations, to ensure that community
groups with limited means can access field space and that groups providing social
and community benefits beyond league sports can retain access to some spaces.
Action 2.1 D Evaluate potential to collaborate with unsheltered service providers in new and
innovative ways to improve safety and comfort of unsheltered people using park
spaces during park hours, such as lockers and quiet areas/napping areas. Hire
and place ambassadors in park spaces experiencing crime and illicit uses, to
increase the real and perceived safety of using the space, including safety for
unsheltered individuals.
Action 2.1 E Support community art, entertainment and performance in public spaces, by
establishing low-cost programs that provide temporary access to facility space
(such as Allen Park, Fisher Mansion, Warm Springs and similar facilities), and the
use of open hours for informal use of performance spaces.
Supporting
Policy 2.2
Creative and strategic installation of diverse park amenities supports active park
use by many different user groups.
Action 2.2 A Establish a pilot program to hire community members and temporary “fellows”
who are embedded with Public Lands and who lead community engagement
efforts around public space design and improvement, and who help manage
city-funded mini-grants to engage diverse community groups and individuals to
engage and assist with park improvement and activation.
Action 2.2 B Improve opportunities for donations, sponsorships, adoptions, memorial asset
programs (trees, benches, etc), foundations and “Friends Of” groups to support
public lands investment and operations & maintenance costs. Update policies
and processes, collaborate with the Finance Department, and identify or securing
funding for a staff position that can commit significant resources to development
of private funding.
Action 2.2 C Expand programming to provide small-scale seasonal, pop-up park amenities
such as picnic tables, lounging chairs, games and other colorful, joyful additions to
parks.
Action 2.2 D Include (a) in-person qualitative and/or quantitative surveys of park user
demographics and (b) analysis of demographics of the neighborhood surrounding
a park, as part of the process of engaging in park design, and consider the types
of park features and amenities that would benefit those demographics.
Action 2.2 E Utliized the Project for Public Spaces model and Crime Prevention through
Environmental Design (CPTED) standards for thinking about the factors that
influence active and safe putlic spaces.
Supporting
Policy 2.3
Generate proactive, targeted activation of citywide parks to leverage staff resources
and external partnerships and to make parks the community focal points for every
neighborhood.
Action 2.3 A Collaborate with neighborhood community leaders to address community-building
needs through park events and park improvement, including ways for neighbors
to volunteer/steward their spaces, with resources and assistance from Public
Lands.
WELCOME:APPROACHES FOR ACTION
Chapter Eight: Action Strategies 194
Action 2.3 B Expand engagement of young people and older adults, including educational and
service learning opportunities, recreation and arts opportunities, and programming
that caters to a wide range of interests and fosters connection across age groups.
Action 2.3 C Develop a programming & activation guide for different park types, including
appropriate uses and guidelines for activation for all spaces, even mini parks,
nature parks and golf courses. Share the guide with the community, to encourage
community activation of diverse park spaces.
Action 2.3 D Deepen collaboration with key activation partners and forge new partnerships
around the activation of underutilized park spaces.
Action 2.3 E Expand Public Lands’ public engagement resources, including resources for
expansion of education and interpretation programs, health & wellness and
community-building activities, arts and entertainment events, and administration
and engagement program management.
WELCOME:APPROACHES FOR ACTION
196Chapter 8 Action Strategies
PROTECT:APPROACHES FOR ACTION
Strategy P-1 Ensure iconic, irreplaceable assets are not lost or rendered less valuable
due to neglect, destruction or development.
Supporting
Policy 1.1
Identify and direct capital funding for acquisitions and infrastructure
investment that protects iconic assets.
Action 1.1 A Pass a Parks Improvement Bond to fund the restoration, improvement and
redevelopment of the Fisher Mansion, Warm Springs Plunge, Raging Waters,
Fleet Block, Jordan Greenhouse, Liberty Greenhouse, Fairmont Caretaker’s
Residence, George Allen Home, the City Cemetery, and other iconic spaces
and structures to enrich our parks. If feasible, acquire interests in SLC
properties like SLCDPU campus and Old PSB if these could serve park
expansion needs.
Action 1.1 B Develop a new Public Lands Strategic Acquisition Plan to direct capital
investment in new properties. Make the plan along with a list of associated
planned, ongoing and completed projects available to the public by
publishing it on the Public Lands’ website.
Action 1.1 C Develop a cyclical 30-year capital asset replacement plan for all Public Lands
assets, using data from Cartegraph, with generalized costs, inflation, and
accommodations for the expansion of the Public Lands system, to project
annual capital replacement costs into the future.
Action 1.1 D Identify solutions to effectively conduct capital campaigns for iconic
assets, including the creation of O&M endowment funds for the perpetual
maintenance and protection of certain spaces and features.
Action 1.1 E Hire full-time, part-time, or volunteer positions to manage and oversee
specific assets that require specialized knowledge and attention.
Supporting
Policy 1.2
Improve equitable distribution of maintenance resources, with a focus on
improving the condition and usability of the Jordan River Parkway and
Westside parks.
Action 1.2 A Provide additional maintenance, activation and improvement resources to
west-side parks in order to promote a similar degree of attractiveness and
usability compared to east-side parks (equity, not equality). Secure park
maintenance funding for the Jordan River Parkway equivalent to those
resources allocated to Liberty Park and other regionally-significant assets, on
a per-acre basis.
Action 1.2 B Prioritize improvements for west-side parks, natural areas and trail corridors
by including an equity measure in funding request prioritization which
identifies whether an project is located in Council Districts 1 & 2.
Action 1.2 C Hire community leaders on a part-time/temporary basis to lead deep
community engagement around placemaking and design.
Action 1.2 D Engage with the Planning Division, Housing & Neighborhood Development,
Economic Developement Department, and other City entities to further
community goals for housing, business development, community health and
livability through collaboration with Public Lands.
Action 1.2 E Secure funding for and initiate Cultural Landscape Reports for all historic
properties in the Public Lands inventory, and use the reports to guide
maintenance and management decisions that protect culturally-significant
landscapes.
Supporting
Policy 1.3
Establish and expand a Park Ranger program to enforce protective
ordinances, educate park users, and safeguard public land assets from
damage and abuse.
Action 1.3 A Change SLC ordinances to make protective park and urban forest rules
enforceable by SLC Parks Police squad and others (compliance, Forestry, etc)
Action 1.3 B Complete the transformation of the SLCPD Parks Squad to a dedicated
ranger program, with ranger uniforms and enhanced coordination with
Public Lands staff. Grow the program to include one or more trail rangers
for the SLC Foothills, and an administrative support position to route
calls and complaints, track call-outs and reports, and investigate cases of
encroachment and property damage.
Action 1.3 C Invest in training and education for the Ranger Program and engage rangers/
officers in leading education activities for the public, including stewardship
education.
Action 1.3 D Create and grow a seasonal-employee & volunteer-based Ambassadors
Program, with uniformed volunteers and seasonals providing public
education on park interpretation (history, natural history, culture, etc) and
visitor etiquette/stewardship, supported by a full-time administrative lead
position.
Action 1.3 E Expand the use of ambassadors in park spaces experiencing significant
crime, misuse and/or abuse, to improve public safety and to deter abuse of
park resources, such as late-night partying, break-ins and vandalism.
198Chapter 8 Action Strategies
Strategy P-2 Leverage the power of the community to help steward SLC’s Public Lands.
Supporting
Policy 2.1
Empower friend’s groups and community organizations to increase
stewardship capacity, add value, and maximize their contributions of
expertise and resources.
Action 2.1 A Integrate a Community Partnership Coordinator position into the PL Public
Engagement Team, with a focus on supporting community organizations
and enhancing the scope and quality of the work they do to benefit public
lands. Creation of formalized partnership agreements will help clarify
respective roles and responsibilities. Integration into the Public Engagement
team supports cross-collaboration with staff dedicated to communications,
fundraising, volunteerism, and other aspects of engagement highly relevant
to maximizing the contributions of community organizations.
Action 2.1 B Use Public Lands facilities like Allen Park, the Fisher Mansion and the Warm
Springs Plunge to help provide a venue for under-resourced community
organizations to engage with their audience in public spaces and activate
public lands.
Action 2.1 C Establish an annual “Friends of SLC Public Lands” gala to thank and
celebrate those organizations that contributed to the success of SLC Public
Lands and encourage additional contributions and cross-collaboration, as
well as shared identity and enthusiasm.
Action 2.1 D Actively work to seek out new and creative partnerships that strategically
benefit SLC Public Lands, through connections to underserved communities,
connections to resources, capacity and expertise, etc.
Action 2.1 E Identify opportunities to adapt procurement policies to hire partner
organizations to perform skilled work for SLC Public Lands that would
otherwise be outsourced to private contractors or consultants.
Supporting
Policy 2.2
Grow a robust volunteer management apparatus to empower individual
residents to contribute their time, effort and knowledge to help support their
public lands system.
Action 2.2 A Establish dedicated funding for volunteer management support staff and
volunteer program resources (tools, materials, uniforms, management
software, vehicle and trailer), to compliment and expand capacity of the
existing Volunteer & Education Coordinator position.
Action 2.2 B Identify key roles, responsibilities and supervisory staff for dedicated
volunteers who can lend time and skills as unpaid staff members for
appropriate positions, and work to seek out and cultivate these dedicated
volunteers.
PROTECT:APPROACHES FOR ACTION
Action 2.2 C Secure and deploy resources for enhanced volunteer education, training and
skillbuilding, as well as volunteer appreciation and retention efforts.
Action 2.2 D In collaboration with the Office of the Mayor, develop a seasonal
conservation corps program focused on stewardship education, data
collection and public engagement, as well as job skill development for key
groups, potentially including veterans, native american youth, refugees,
BIPOC teens, and unsheltered teens.
Action 2.2 E Analyze and identify aspects of Public Lands administration and operations
which could benefit from incorporation of volunteerism to expand capacity,
fill gaps in professional skills and knowledge, increase public access and
transparency to decisionmaking, and offset costs. Work to incorporate
volunteers in these areas.
Supporting
Policy 2.3
Used targeted education campaigns to create a culture of stewardship in
SLC.
Action 2.3 A Launch a PR campaign to improve public perceptions of the Jordan River
and Jordan River Parkway, in coordination with the Jordan River Commission,
Jordan River Foundation, Seven Canyons Trust, and Get to the River Festival.
Action 2.3 B Work to establish dialogue and partnership with representatives of the Ute,
Goshute, and Shoshone tribes to understand, honor and promote knowledge
of ancestral lands. Make tribal land acknowledgement standard practice,
work to empower Native American voices to influence land management
decisions, and develop programs to engage tribal members in stewardship
and cultural education.
Action 2.3 C Cultivate future stewards of SLC’s public lands by facilitating early
exposure to positive experiences in nature that inspire wonder, curiosity,
and connection to place. Expand place-based environmental education
and nature-discovery programming that build on the successes of the Salt
Lake City Children’s Outdoor Bill of Rights. Collaborate with Youth & Family
Services and other providers to engage youth in park planning/design,
volunteerism and stewardship, nature-based curriculum development,
nature and outdoor adventure clubs and camps, and other strategies that
give SLC youth a voice at the table. Encourage the creation of youth boards
and grassroots organizations, and fund grants and projects for university
students, that place young leaders in positions to have a tangible impact on
their public lands. Celebrate the role that these young leaders play in public
lands.
200Chapter 8 Action Strategies
Action 2.3 D Work with partners and other government jurisdictions to create and sustain
an ongoing media campaign to help SLC residents identify with a culture of
public lands stewardship, connected to a sense of local pride and ownership
of public land resources.
Action 2.3 E Expand the Public Lands Communications team to elevate the Public Lands
brand, and the professionalism and effectiveness of PL communications,
messaging and marketing. Identify resources to expand key roles and
skillsets, especially graphic design and content development.
PROTECT:APPROACHES FOR ACTION
202Chapter 8 Action Strategies
GROW:APPROACHES FOR ACTION
Strategy G-1 Be proactive and strategic about growth of the Public Lands System.
Supporting
Policy 1.1
Investment of resources into new lands, new assets and amenities is driven
by policy and informed by data and public engagement.
Action 1.1 A Increase staffing to meet capacity demands of planning & projects team,
achieve reasonable project loads for Public Lands PMs, and free up capacity
for the many policy and programmatic planning documents recommended as
action items.
Action 1.1 B Use the PL Master Plan, Needs Assessment, Impact Fee Facilities Plan,
Community Master Plans, Strategic Acquisition Plan, and other city plans
to guide new development, including prioritization of funding applications.
Establish clear, transparent policies for ranking and prioritizing funding
Capital Improvement and Impact Fee funding applications, including the
incorporation of feedback from the Public Lands citizen advisory board.
Action 1.1 C Create a Capital Facilities Plan based on cyclical asset renewal projections
and asset condition inventory data from Cartegraph and other sources.
Ensure the plan is adaptible to accommodate new data as well as growth in
park lands and assets. Use this plan and associated data to guide funding
applications for asset renewal and replacement.
Action 1.1 D Identify and secure resource needs for continual, regular updating of needs
assessment asset maps, user satisfaction surveys, demographic mapping,
park plans, and other documents to ensure Public Lands planning guidance
does not become so outdated as to become invalid.
Action 1.1 E Engage community members in ongoing robust data collection program on
park use statistics, demographics, and basic user feedback about public
lands, through internships, volunteer positions, conservation corps, and
community partnerships, and communicate to achieve transparency in how
the data is incorporated into Public Lands planning.
Supporting
Policy 1.2
Tax increment or other dedicated funding sources for O&M are established
so that additional maintenance resources keep pace with new capital asset
funding and projects.
Action 1.2 A Commission analysis of anticipated growth of maintenance and capital
replacement costs as new assets are added to system and inflation impacts
O&M and construction costs, and incorporate into budgetary increase
requests and budget planning.
Action 1.2 B Agressively pursue alternative funding mechanisms to make up gaps in
General Fund capacity to accommodate growing costs.
Action 1.2 C Evaluate opportunities for revenue generation to benefit specific sites
and assets where user fees, parking fees, event and activity fees, or other
revenue generation methods may be appropriate.
Action 1.2 D Evaluate opportunities to use local revenues, levees, fees or income streams
to fund growing park operations needs, similar to the model employed by
Salt Lake County Parks & Recreation.
Action 1.2 E Identify desired standards for operations and maintenance level of service
standards, including per-acre maintenance budgets and staffing for different
categories of parks and public spaces, and identify and address areas in the
public lands system where desired service level standards are not being met.
Supporting
Policy 1.3
Integrate growth planning for public lands with economic development
initiatives and community planning and zoning. Inventory and develop long-
range plans for City-owned land that is not currently in the Public Lands’
system in order to make strategic planning, zoning and land use decisions
which utilize existing spaces with parks and open space characteristics.
Action 1.3 A Modify city development codes to simplify park improvement projects and
mitigate technical obstacles like inaccurate park zoning or internal property
subdivisions within park spaces.
Action 1.3 B Engage the community in visioning for major park expansion opportunities,
such as the Green Loop, the Fleet Block, the Public Utilities Central 9th
Campus, SLC Public Lands Campus, the Northwest Quadrant, and the Jordan
River - North Temple Redevelopment Area.
Action 1.3 C Integrate the work of Planning & Public Lands; actively engage Public Lands
staff in future Area and Neighborhood Master Plans, and engage Planning
staff in future park master plans and improvement plans.
Action 1.3 D Identify and pursue collaborative projects with Economic Development, and
establish the role of Public Lands in advancing concepts like Tech Lake City
and economic development programs like Visit Salt Lake.
Action 1.3 E Incorporate Economic Development tracking and metrics into aspects of
Public Lands annual reporting, similar to the model employed by the Regional
Athletic Complex.
204Chapter 8 Action Strategies
GROW:APPROACHES FOR ACTION
Strategy G-2 Overcome difficult obstacles to growth needs through creativity and
through leveraging external assets and resources.
Supporting
Policy 2.1
Maximize usability of public outdoor spaces, including golf courses, right-
of-way, and public/semi-public spaces (such as library grounds) outside the
Public Lands inventory.
Action 2.1 A Map public and semi-public green spaces outside the Public Lands inventory
to better understand level of service in communities.
Action 2.1 B Collaborate with Salt Lake School District and local churches, especially for
compatible access to playable/programmable field space.
Action 2.1 C Develop a Golf Master Plan which will evaluate golf courses for opportunities
to expand urban forest, ecological restoration, trails, and public programming.
Action 2.1 D Work with Library System to diversify and activate public green space
surrounding library campuses.
Action 2.1 E Work with Transportation Division to map opportunities for linear parks along
streets and right-of-way eligible for lane reduction. Identify opportunities to
put streets and parking lots underground to create or connect important park
spaces.
Supporting
Policy 2.2
Leverage innovative public-private partnerships and collaborations with
developers to help address the growth needs of the Public Lands system.
Action 2.2 A Work with local businesses and educational institutions to collaborate on job
development and training, improve professional development opportunities
for Public Lands staff, and provide pipelines for training and careers that
benefit Public Lands hiring goals and job placement for prospective
employees.
Action 2.2 B Explore partnerships with the Utah Outdoor Recreation Industry, Tourism
Industry, and Healthcare Industry to collaboratively plan, fund and develop
recreational infrastructure, land adoption and acquisition, and youth
education & recreation programming.
Action 2.2 C Establish communications and collaboration with development, in particular
in areas of very active redevelopment such as Central 9th, Downtown,
Sugarhouse, East Bench, North Temple @ Jordan River. Improve coordination
with the SLC RDA and identify mutual/overlapping objectives.
Action 2.2 D Explore opportunities to trade underperforming green space to development
for equivalent or higher-performing green spaces elsewhere in the City,
with an eye to service gaps, stream daylighting opportunities, and walkable
neighborhood access to park spaces.
Action 2.2 E Pursue private support and funding for urban forest improvements and
wetland mitigation projects in large industrial areas - and in particular,
the Inland Port and industrial parks west of Redwood Road - that provide
environmental services while also improving the livability / workability of
office parks, contain heat-island effects, and reduce maintenance costs for
businesses.
Supporting
Policy 2.3
Position Public Lands to take advantage of private contributions, including
‘adoption’ of amenities, corporate partnerships and philanthropic giving.
Action 2.3 A Strengthen relationships with Friends-Of organizations and help empower
them to fundraise for specific improvements and maintenance.
Action 2.3 B Facilitate the development of a Friend of Salt Lake City Parks 501c3
organization to oversee the funding and management of specific
components of PL responsibilities, such as fundraising for transformative
projects in excess of $10M.
Action 2.3 C Enlist the services of contractual fund management and capital campaign
firms to help SLC Public Lands navigate the legal and accounting challenges
of capital campaigns.
Action 2.3 D Formalize and simplify adoption and sponsorship programs like memorial
tree adoption and bench adoption, reducing PL’s long-term financial
commitments and increasing revenue from adoptions.
Action 2.3 E Identify or add a development coordinator role within the Public Lands admin
team to manage capital campaigns for expendable and endowed funding for
projects and properties, manage and facilitate major gifts, and oversee donor
development as well as contractual capital campaign management, fund
management, and coordination with SLC Finance.
ATTACHMENT C
Reimagine Nature
Public Engagement Summaries
ENGAGEMENT WINDOW #1
SUMMARY REPORT
PUBLIC LANDS TEAM
• Kristin Riker, Public Services Deputy
Director, Public Lands
• Nancy Monteith, Project Manager
• Lee Bollwinkel, Parks Division Director
• Lewis Kogan, Trails and Natural Lands
Division Director
• Tony Gliot, Urban Forestry Division
Director
• Danielle Ainsworth
• Luke Allen
• Ariel Campos
• Valerie Huitzil
• Suzy Lee
• Kezia Lopez
• Amy Nielson
• Katie Riser
• Leah Smith
• Kyle Strayer, Civic Engagement Team
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
UNIVERSITY OF UTAH COLLEGE OF CITY
AND METROPOLITAN PLANNING
Dr. Ivis García, Assistant Professor
Elizabeth Arnold, Westside Studio Teaching Assistant
Katie Bussell
Luke Dubois
Sophie Frankenburg
Molly Gaughran
Anders Hart
Minerva Jimenez-Garcia
Megan Leether
Claudia Loayza
Maddy McDonough
Emily Meadows
C.J. Mecham
Maranda Miller
Lonnie Olson
Hannah Pack
Fabiha Pinaz
Bradley Potter
Damian Rodriguez
Carlos Santos-Rivera
Joseph Shahidi
Delaney Sillman
Ronnie Sloan
Marly Upcavage
Kendall Willardson
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
PROJECT TIMELINE
HOW WE LISTENED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
ENGAGEMENT METHODOLOGY AND OUTREACH APPROACH
SURVEY RESPONDENT MAPS
ENGAGEMENT BY THE NUMBERS
PARTICIPATION FINDINGS
REPRESENTATIVE PARTICIPATION
WHAT WE HEARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
COMMUNITY SURVEY FINDINGS
INTERCEPT INTERVIEW FINDINGS
COMMUNITY FOCUS GROUPS
HOW INPUT WILL BE USED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
COMMUNITY INPUT ON MASTER PLAN ELEMENTS
BIG IDEAS REFINED FROM COMMUNITY INPUT
NEXT STEPS
LIST OF APPENDICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
4
INTRODUCTION
Our natural lands,
urban forest and city
parks help shape
and define our city.
Now more than ever
we rely on them for
personal health,
community identity
and civic ideals. It is
time for us to plan
a bright future by
reimagining these
spaces together.
5
PROJECT TIMELINE
Salt Lake City is developing a new
Public Lands Master Plan. As an
important first step, the City called
on all community members to help
reimagine the future of our Public
Lands: the nature in our city that
enhances the quality of our lives. The
Public Lands Master Plan will establish
an inspirational framework to guide how
we grow and prioritize investments for
the next 10-20 years within the three
public lands divisions (Parks, Trails &
Natural Lands, and Urban Forestry). In
acknowledgment of the findings from
the 2019 Salt Lake City Parks and
Public Lands Needs Assessment that
included a statistically valid community
survey, this effort will address current
challenges to improve our public lands
system.
The engagement metrics for the year-
long process are to connect with
10,000 people that are representative
of the city’s demographic makeup.
Given the goals of this master plan, it
has been given the name, “Reimagine
Nature.” Reimagine Nature will use
comprehensive, evidence-based
analysis, coupled with community
engagement, to prioritize and identify
transformative projects for Salt Lake
City’s public lands.
Community engagement for this
process is open during three
engagement windows:
1-Discover: Foundation of
Understanding
2-Reimagine: Visioning Transformational
Projects and Priority Actions
3-Transform: Draft and Final Master Plan.
This report provides a summary of the
first engagement window and how
results will inform window 2.
Figure 1: On the ground stencils to promote website and survey.
WINTER 2020/2021 PHASE I:
DISCOVER:
FOUNDATION OF UNDERSTANDING
SLC PUBLIC LANDS
August 26, 2020
Six-Week Community Engagement
Window #1 Opens
WINTER-SPRING 2021 PHASE II:
REIMAGINE: VISIONING
TRANSFORMATION
Quarter 1-2, 2021:
Community Engagement
Window #2
SPRING-SUMMER 2021 PHASE III:
TRANSFORM: DRAFT AND FINAL
MASTER PLAN
Quarters 2-3 2021
Final Community Engagement
Window #3
6
HOW WE LISTENED
• On-line surveys widely
advertised;
• Pop-up events and intercept
interviews;
• Organizational partnerships
to reach underrepresented
groups; and
• Digital outreach, which
included over 40 social
media posts, a paid
Facebook ad targeting West
Side residents, and an email
opt-in form.
Figure 2: University of Utah Urban Planning Students Conducting Intercept Interviews
The planning team used a multi-pronged
approach to engagement that included:
7
ENGAGEMENT METHODS
In order to create a unifying vision for
Public Lands over the next 10-20 years,
the planning team used a multi-pronged
approach that included on-line surveys, pop-
up events and tactical partnerships to reach
typically underrepresented groups.
The first window of community engagement
launched on August 26, 2020 with an
on-line, six-week survey and closed in
December 2020 with community stakeholder
focus groups. The goal of this window was
to create a foundation for understanding,
share preliminary ideas for feedback and
gather new ideas from the public. Using
COVID-19 protocols, the city’s framework for
equitable engagement best practices and
multiple types of tactics, over 7,000 Salt
Lake City community members participated
in providing input during ice cream and food
truck pop-up events, University of Utah
student-led intercept interviews, trailside
snack activities and virtual connections by
website, email and phone.
SURVEY FORMAT
An on-line survey translated in English and
Spanish consisted of nine content questions
and six demographic questions. Much of the
survey included multiple choice questions
for respondent efficiency and also included
a number of open ended question prompts
for collection of perceptions and ideas. 3,735
responded to the on-line survey, and 91%
of the questions were answered. Intercept
interviews were conducted at 44 different
locations including local parks, trailheads
and businesses. This survey included a few
similar multiple choice questions, but had
more open ended questions to encourage a
dialog and prompt new ideas.
OUTREACH AND EDUCATION
A graphic snapshot handout, digital graphic
and poster were provided to inform of the
current state of public lands with data on
key trends around stewardship, equity and
livability.
This section of the report summarizes
who we heard from, what areas of Salt
Lake City responses came from and other
demographic indicators.
ENGAGEMENT METHODOLOGY AND
OUTREACH APPROACH
Figure 2: University of Utah Urban Planning Students Conducting Intercept Interviews
Figure 3: Snapshot poster displaying current facts about Salt Lake City Public Lands
400 S 400 S
2100 S700 E700 ESTATE STREDWOOD RDI-15I-15I-15I-15
I-80I-80
I-80I-80 I-80I-80I-80I-80
C
I
T
Y
C
R
E
E
K
C
A
N
Y
O
N
C
I
T
Y
C
R
E
E
K
C
A
N
Y
O
N
E
M
I
G
R
A
T
I
O
N
C
A
N
Y
O
N
E
M
I
G
R
A
T
I
O
N
C
A
N
Y
O
N
P
A
R
L
E
Y
’
S
C
A
N
Y
O
N
P
A
R
L
E
Y
’
S
C
A
N
Y
O
N
M
I
L
L
C
R
E
E
K
C
A
N
Y
O
N
M
I
L
L
C
R
E
E
K
C
A
N
Y
O
NI-215I-215I-215I-215BANGETER HWYBANGETER HWY1300 EF
O
O
TH
I
L
L
B
LVD
SALT LAKE CITY
WEST VALLEY CITY SOUTH SALT LAKE
MURRAY
MILLCREEK
SLC INTERNATIONALAIRPORT
WOODS CROSS
NORTH SALT LAKE
R
E
D
B
U
T
T
E
C
A
N
Y
O
N
R
E
D
B
U
T
T
E
C
A
N
Y
O
N
MEMORY MEMORY GROVEGROVE
LINDSEY LINDSEY GARDENSGARDENS
11TH AVE 11TH AVE PARKPARK
FOOTHILLS FOOTHILLS NATURAL NATURAL AREAAREA
FOOTHILLS FOOTHILLS NATURAL NATURAL AREAAREA
WARM SPRINGS WARM SPRINGS PARKPARK
WASHINGTON WASHINGTON SQUARESQUARE
HERMAN HERMAN FRANKS FRANKS PARKPARK
SUGARHOUSE SUGARHOUSE PARKPARK
SUNNYSIDE SUNNYSIDE PARKPARK
FAIRMONT FAIRMONT PARKPARK
LIBERTY PARKLIBERTY PARK
CITY CITY CEMETARYCEMETARY
ROTARY GLEN ROTARY GLEN PARKPARK
GLENDALE GLENDALE PARKPARK
JORDAN JORDAN PARKPARK
PIONEER PIONEER PARKPARK
COTTONWOOD COTTONWOOD PARKPARK
GLENDALE GLENDALE GOLF COURSEGOLF COURSE
REGIONAL REGIONAL ATHLETIC ATHLETIC COMPLEXCOMPLEX
ROSE PARK ROSE PARK GOLF COURSEGOLF COURSE
RIVERSIDE RIVERSIDE PARKPARK
ROSEWOOD ROSEWOOD PARKPARK
1700 S RIVER 1700 S RIVER PARKPARK
FOREST FOREST DALE GOLF DALE GOLF COURSECOURSE
BONNEVILLE BONNEVILLE GOLF COURSEGOLF COURSE
NIBLEY GOLF NIBLEY GOLF COURSECOURSE PARLEYS PARLEYS HISTORIC HISTORIC NATURE PARKNATURE PARK
State State DNRDNR
This is The This is The Place Place State ParkState Park US National US National ForestForest
US National US National ForestForest
Bureau of Land Bureau of Land ManagementManagement
US National US National WildernessWilderness
US National US National ForestForest
US National US National ForestForest
US National US National ForestForest
US National US National ForestForest
State Wildlife RefugeState Wildlife Refuge
Kennecott Tailings Kennecott Tailings PondPond
Great Salt Lake Great Salt Lake WetlandsWetlands
Great Salt Lake Great Salt Lake
State Sovereign LandsState Sovereign Lands
US National US National ForestForest
snapshot For more information,
and to be involved with the
SLC Public Lands Master Plan, visit:REIMAGINENATURESLC.COM
70.7 Miles of Existing Trails
129.4
Miles of Proposed Trails
6423
Acres Foothills Natural
Area Collaborative
Management Zone
1694
Acres Natural Lands
86,500
Urban Forest Trees
3 Special Event 15 Community and 2 Regional Parks
42 Mini Parks 19 Neighborhood Parks
108 Holes of City Public Golf
121 Acre City Cemetery
1 Regional Athletic Complex (16 Outdoor Sports Fields)
Walking, jogging and hiking are top activities in natural lands like the Fife Wetland Preserve and the 6,423-acres of Foothills Natural Area, canyons and foothills bordering the northern and eastern limits of SLC. More than 70 miles of off-street trails connect residents to parks
and natural lands.
The urban forest’s street trees are one of the
most accessible forms of nature, extending into
every neighborhood and business district in the
city, resulting in a literal canopy of shade, beauty,
socioeconomic, environment and health benefits.
Most residents live within a half mile or 10-minute walk to a local park, and that’s important to 97% of people polled. 75% of residents who live on the east side visit parks at least once a month, while 60% of west-
siders visit parks once a month. Established in
1881 to be SLC’s “Central Park,” historic Liberty
Park is the most visited park in the system.
Our natural lands, urban forest and city parks help shape and define our city.
Salt Lake City Public Lands is creating a master
plan with an ambitious, community-driven vision
for the evolution of our public spaces over
the next 20 years. Based on the 2019 Needs
Assessment, the plan will identify specific,
meaningful projects and initiatives that align with Public Lands values of STEWARDSHIP,
LIVABILITY AND EQUITY.
As appreciation for these places has increased
since COVID-19, now more than ever, public
lands contribute to our personal health,
community identity and civic ideals. It is time for
us to plan for a bright future by reimagining
these spaces together.
For more information visit:REIMAGINENATURESLC.COM
By 2050 our temps could rise10° leading to poorer air quality.
“There is a real opportunity - to address parks
and natural lands as essential elements for
better air quality, climate change mitigation,
energy efficiency, and environmental justice.
Parks can help improve the health of the city.”
2019 SLC Parks and Public Lands Needs Assessment
EQUITY livability STEWARDSHIP
$85,000
per year to clean up nuisance graffiti.
are anticipated to move to SLC by 2040 which will require an
additional park space roughly equivalent to Liberty Park.
SLC IS HOME TO OVER 196,000 people who speak 80 languagesrepresenting a broad range of socioeconomic backgrounds and cultural heritages.
45% of metro area renters are cost burdened.
The master plan includes
community engagement windows.
The 2019 Needs Assessment will help identify priority areas.Accessibility gaps and trail gaps still exist in all SLC planning areas, and east-west connections across the city are limited.
Salt Lake City’s proposed trails, including expansion of the 9-line Trail, will add another 129.4 miles to the system, the equivalent of adding another Jordan River Parkway (the longest paved urban trail in the US).
SLC public lands have opportunity to increase biodiversityby adding more natural habitat like recent efforts at Fairmont Park Pond and the Fife Wetland Preserve.
86%
snapshot
What Values Guide the Plan?Three values guide how we can Reimagine Nature together to increase biodiversity (the richness of different kinds of plants and animals in our public lands) while finding new ways to connect people to green spaces.
Equity, or including diverse voices in the master plan process and priorities, aligns as a citywide value emerging from the roundtable discussion on “Geographic Equity, Inclusion, & Belonging.” We are committed to listening to the realities and perceptions of access to public lands from all sides of Salt Lake City to help guide next steps for a more equitable future.
Livability, or maintaining SLC’s quality of outdoor life, inspires us to provide more services to residents as the city grows. How can we collectively identify outside-the-box opportunities to use our city’s parks, golf courses, school yards, natural areas and streetscapes to increase public access to nature, trails, sports fields, and public gathering places?
Stewardship, or taking care of what we have, is investing in the renewal of our existing city parks, urban forest, natural areas and trails. Stewardship inspires us to preserve habitat so plants and wildlife can thrive and be resilient to impacts of climate change like rising temperatures. Potential actions could be planting 300 new trees in city golf courses or adding butterfly gardens to city parks.
Income barriers can limit the amount of leisure time and transportation options people have to enjoy public lands.
of SLC population is made up of diverse people who identify themselves as Native Americans, African Americans, Hispanic, Latino, Asian or Pacific Islander.
3 200
community groups have been invited to participate in this process.
30,000+
of public lands assets are in fair to poor condition.
of SLC residents who responded to the 2017 Needs Assessment prioritize investments to improve existing parks, trails and natural areas.
35%
Nearly 17% of the population is projected to be 65 or older by 2045.
City Golf courses maintain over 1,000 acres of open space. As the city grows, how can golf grow as a community partner, serving more of the city population?
Over the last 20 years SLC’s urban forests have been in decline.
63%
Our 86,500 trees, including 7,000 trees in city golf courses, provide a cooling of summer temps by 6°
SLC urban forest hosts 260 species of trees that support biodiversity and improve air quality.
94 ACRES
>50%
of all global species are at risk of extinction leading to rapid biodiversity loss.
Activating underutilized spaces with activities such as outdoor education, guided nature walks, wildflowers and birding would increase park service as the city grows.
EW
Sources: Salt Lake City Public Lands Division, 2019 Salt Lake City Parks & Public Lands Needs Assessment, American Community Survey 2014-2018, Kem C. Gardner Policy Institute, "Understanding Climate Change from a Global Analysis of City Analogues" by Thomas Crowther et. al.,
"Promoting and Preserving Biodiversity in the Urban Forest" by Alexis A. Alvey, "Utah Forest Facts: Trees and Climate Change" by Megan Dettenmaier et. al., "Salt Lake City Confronts Its Growing Pains" by Trevor Bach.
For more information,
and to be involved with the
SLC Public Lands Master Plan, visit:REIMAGINENATURESLC.COM
8
SURVEY RESPONDENTS REACHED
SLC RESIDENTS BY ZIP CODE
400 S 400 S
2100 S700 E700 EREDWOOD RDI-15I-15I-15I-15
I-80I-80
I-80I-80 I-80I-80I-80I-80
CIT
Y
C
R
E
E
K
C
A
N
Y
O
N
CIT
Y
C
R
E
E
K
C
A
N
Y
O
N
EMI
G
R
A
T
I
O
N
C
A
N
Y
O
N
EMI
G
R
A
T
I
O
N
C
A
N
Y
O
N
PAR
L
E
Y
’
S
C
A
N
Y
O
N
PAR
L
E
Y
’
S
C
A
N
Y
O
NI-215I-215BANGETER HWYBANGETER HWY1300 EFOO
TH
I
L
L
B
LVD
SALT LAKE CITY
WEST VALLEY CITY SOUTH SALT LAKE
MILLCREEK
SLC INTERNATIONAL
AIRPORT
WOODS CROSS
NORTH SALT LAKE
RE
D
B
U
T
T
E
C
A
N
Y
O
N
RE
D
B
U
T
T
E
C
A
N
Y
O
N
Great Salt Lake Great Salt Lake
WetlandsWetlands
84103841038411684116
8410484104
8411984119 8411584115
8411184111
8410184101
8410284102
8410584105
8411284112
8410884108
8410684106
8410984109
8410384103
241
8411684116
153139 239 254 395122201341407432823
84104841048411984119841158411584111841118410184101 8410284102 84105841058411284112841088410884106841068410984109ZIP CODE
# SURVEY RESPONDENTS
9
PAR
L
E
Y
’
S
C
A
N
Y
O
N
PAR
L
E
Y
’
S
C
A
N
Y
O
N
STUDENT INTERCEPT LOCATIONS
University OF Utah CITY & METROPOLITAN PLANNING STUDENT INTERVIEWS
635 236PARKSPARKSNATURAL NATURAL
AREASAREAS
OTHER OTHER
LOCATIONSLOCATIONS # SURVEY RESPONDENTS
# ORGANIZATIONS & ESTABLISHMENTS REACHED
STUDENT INTERCEPT INTERVIEW LOCATIONS
10
ENGAGEMENT BY THE NUMBERS
Figure 4: The table above provides a snapshot of total engagement events and number of participants.
Figure 5: Trailside snack bike trailer.
Figure 6: Ice cream social distancing interviews.
SURVEYS 4,455
PUBLIC SURVEY 3,735
CITY STAFF SURVEY 85
INTERCEPT SURVEYS 635
POPUP EVENTS 2,320
ICE CREAM SOCIAL DISTANCING
TRAILSIDE SNACKS
TRAIL INTERCEPTS
MICRO-ENGAGEMENT EVENTS
FOCUS GROUPS 47
17 COMMUNITY PRESENTATIONS 260
COMMUNITY COUNCILS
BOARDS AND COMMITTEES
ENGAGEMENT WITH OVER 200+ COMMUNITY
STAKEHOLDERS
11
PARTICIPATION FINDINGS
The two surveys conducted gathered
feedback from a wide range of the
community. The on-line public survey
reached 3,735 people while the student
intercept interview survey reached 635
people at 44 different locations. The on-line
survey reached the most people living in
the Capitol Hill, Avenues and East Liberty
Park neighborhoods, followed by the Sugar
House, Northwest, Eastern Central City, and
East Bench neighborhoods. The intercept
interviews gathered feedback from different
geographic areas than the on-line survey,
gathering the most feedback from Sugar
House, followed by the West Salt Lake/
Glendale neighborhoods and the Central
City neighborhood.
The surveys captured input from different
demographics. To track if the representation
of responses equitably reflected the
Salt Lake City community, the planning
team compared the on-line public survey
demographics to that of Salt Lake City.
While the on-line survey did reach a variety
of people, respondents were 80% white, a
number greater than the City’s demographic
composition which is only 73.1% white. To
help boost input from people of color,
University of Utah students conducted
intercept interviews throughout Salt Lake
City and Public Lands staff lead focus groups
with stakeholder organizations who provide
services to underrepresented populations.
The intercept interviews were successful
at reaching a diverse audience that is
more representative of the community’s
population. Figure 7 shows the percentage
of respondents by race/ethnicity for each
survey. Intercept interviews also reached
more female respondents, younger
respondents, and more lower income
representation than the on-line survey.
12
REPRESENTATIVE PARTICIPATION
SURVEY DEMOGRAPHICS
ASIAN
AMERICAN INDIAN
BLACK / AFRICAN
AMERICAN
HISPANIC / LATINO
NATIVE HAWAIIAN /
PACIFIC ISLANDER
WHITE
OTHER
PREFER NOT TO SAY
3.7%
1.3%
5.5%
14.9%
2.9%
1.5% 5.4%
0.3% 1.4%
0.5% 2.3%
4.0% 21.6%
0.3% 1.5%
65.4%
2.9%
2.4%
80.0% 73.1%
1.2% 3.4%
4.0%
INTERCEPT SURVEY SALT LAKE CITY DEMOGRAPHICS PUBLIC SURVEY
Figure 7: To track if the representation of responses equitably reflected the Salt Lake City community, the planning team compared the public survey demographics to that of Salt Lake City. To help boost input from people of color, University of Utah students conducted intercept interviews throughout Salt Lake City and Public Lands staff lead focus groups with stakeholder organizations who provide services to underrepresented populations.
FINDINGS
Salt Lake City’s population is 200,591
With a 2% margin of error and 95%
confidence level, the survey sample size is
representative to the population
(N= 3,000)
13
WHAT WE HEARD
This section provides a summary of the input received
from engagement opportunities in this order:
1. Community Survey
2. Intercept Interviews
3. Community Focus Groups
4. SLC Staff Survey
14
PARK/TRAIL USE HAS INCREASED
FREQUENCY OF USE THIS YEAR (2020) compared to previous years
16% 15%
41% 43%
43% 41%
PARKS USE
SAME SAME
INCREASE INCREASE
DECREASE DECREASE
TRAILS USE
Source: 2020 Community Survey (on-line / 3735 total respondents)
15
INCREASE
Q - Which of
these is easy for
you to access
from your
home?
(Select all that
apply)
82-83% of respondents feel they can easily access a park, while over half feel
that spaces with abundant tress, bike paths and trails are near home. 46-52% of
respondents feel they can access a natural area. Golf courses and recreational
centers were not viewed as accessible to most respondent’s homes.
OTHER OUTDOOR or RECREATIONAL CENTER
NONE of the ABOVE
31%
3%
CITY GOLF COURSE 38%22%
A STREET or PUBLIC SPACE with abundant TREES
NATURAL AREA or NATURAL OPEN SPACE
COMMUTER or RECREATIONAL BIKE PATH
60%59%
60%
52%46%
RECREATIONAL TRAIL
62%
A CITY PARK
PUBLIC SURVEY INTERCEPT SURVEY
83%82%
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
SLC HAS ACCESSIBLE PARKS/TRAILS
Source: 2020 Community Survey (on-line / 3735 total respondents)
Source: 2020 Intercept Survey (in person / 635 total respondents)
16
DIRECT ACTIONS
• Create wildflower meadows
• Incorporate more native, waterwise plants in landscaping
• Plant more trees
• Expand public access points to trails
• Add or renovate aged restrooms, playgrounds and other amenities
$FUNDING
• Acquire additional natural areas
• Acquire lands adjacent to water
• Invest in increased maintenance
• Improve the City’s donation process
• Develop adoption programs
DAILY PRACTICES
• Support active modes of transportation
• Expand collaboration with non-profit organizations
• Host education events
• Improve capacity to respond to environmental emergencies
• Create a Biodiversity Advisory Committee
TOP STEWARDSHIP ACTIONS
Q - What stewardship
actions would be most
impactful to public
lands over the next
10-20 years?
(Select all that apply)
Biodiversity, the environment, trails & maintaining
existing amenities were themes that emerged among
survey respondents. The most chosen actions are
highlighted below. Source: 2020 Community Survey
(on-line / 3735 total respondents)
17
Respondents were asked to select all
that apply to the question “Thinking
long-term over the next 10-20 years,
what stewardship actions do you think
would be most impactful to the public
lands that include city parks, urban
forests, natural areas and trails?” A list
of options followed that was divided
into three categories: direct actions,
funding, and daily practices.
Direct actions that support greater
biodiversity and a healthy environment
were the most selected. These actions
included creating wildflower meadows
and pollinator gardens, incorporating
Figure 8: Student intercept surveys captured input from 635 members of the community.
DIRECT STEWARDSHIP
ACTIONS
%
SELECTED
Create wildflower meadows
for bees and other pollinators
in parks, streets, the cemetery,
and golf courses.
69%
Incorporate more native,
waterwise plants in
landscaping.
64%
Plant more trees in parks and
natural areas
63%
Maintain natural-surface trails
and improve or expand public
access points
57%
Add or renovate aged
restrooms, playgrounds and
other amenities
50%
Increase enforcement of
activities that degrade
natural resources including
inappropriate recreation use,
predation from cats, exposure
to pesticides or other toxins,
light and noise pollution.
50%
Add and service more bins.47%
Increase the frequency of litter
clean-up
37%
Install better signage in parks,
trails and natural areas for
wayfinding and interpretation
29%
Other ideas for direct action.11%
more native and waterwise plants, and
planting more trees.
Taking care of existing amenities and
infrastructure was the next theme that
emerged. Maintaining trails, renovating
playgrounds and restrooms, preventing
degrading activity and adding more
waste bins were the next most selected
actions.
Source: 2020 Community Survey (on-line /
3735 total respondents)
18
Additional ideas/themes from respondents for the
stewardship of public lands included....
STEWARDSHIP IDEAS
“I would volunteer to clean up parks,
paint bathrooms,
help with trash and waste disposal I
would also donate
money to groups that contribute to
stewardship of the
parks.”
“To clean up
our air we
should invest in
advertising and
incentives to get
people to bike to
work or use public
transportation.”
“Work with
school districts
on biodiversity
education and
curriculum
including hands
on projects to
give our youngest
citizenry a sense
of ownership.” “Encourage
non-motorized
visitation. Supply
and timely service
waste receptacles.
Landscape with
broad ecological
goals, e.g. not just
trees but flower
and open areas
that support birds
and bees.”
“More recycling
options.”
“Enlist public
help by holding
trail days and
events to help
maintain public
amenities.”
“Host educational
events to build
land ethics.”
Source: 2020 Community Survey (on-line / 3735 total respondents)
19
DAILY PRACTICES
CHOICES STEWARDSHIP
%
SELECTED
Support active modes of
transportation to reduce
carbon footprint (e.g.,
walking, biking)
71%
Expand collaborations
with non-profits, schools,
community centers,
and others to enhance
education and stewardship
opportunities.
67%
Host educational events to
build land ethics.
44%
Work with City departments
to improve capacity and
resources to respond to
oil spills, wildfire and other
environmental emergencies.
42%
Support “Friends of the
Parks” groups.
40%
Create a Biodiversity
Advisory Committee
composed of public
members, technical experts,
and staff to guide biodiversity
conservation efforts.
40%
Develop ranger/ambassador
programs
37%
Other Ideas to Encourage
Daily Practices
4%
Funding choices also supported the
environment with respondents choosing
options to increase habitat blocks and
corridors and support riparian health. 54% of
respondents chose to fund trail maintenance,
supporting the choice action of maintaining
trails. Half of respondents also support
improving donation processes for public
lands.
The top selected daily practice for
stewardship was to support active modes of
transportation. This was the most selected
answer among all stewardship options, with
71% support. This confirms support for the
trail system as well as methods for reducing
carbon footprints.
Expanding collaborations with schools
and organizations to provide stewardship
opportunities, as well as hosting education
events to build land ethics were the next
top-selected daily practices at 67% and
44%. This indicates a desire for programming
as well as volunteer opportunities and
community-led efforts.
FUNDING CHOICES
STEWARDSHIP
%
SELECTED
Acquire additional natural
areas to increase size of
existing habitat blocks or
connect wildlife corridors
65%
Acquire lands adjacent to
water course to support
riparian health and reduce
flooding risks
55%
Invest in increased
maintenance for trails and
trail corridors
54%
Invest in increased
maintenance for priority
parks and natural areas
53%
Improve the City’s donation
process and actively solicit
private donations to support
stewardship.
50%
Add more staff to care for
trees
33%
Hire a Stewardship
Coordinator.
29%
Other Ideas for Funding.7%
Source: 2020 Community Survey (on-line /
3735 total respondents)
Source: 2020 Community Survey (on-line /
3735 total respondents)
20
Q - What do
you think would
most benefit the
livability of Salt
Lake City and
encourage you to
get outside more
often?
(Pick your top 2)
TOP LIVABILITY ACTIONS
A thriving urban forest, improving networks for active
transportation and investing in neighborhood public
lands were seen as the top actions that would improve
livability in SLC.
• Grow our urban forests
• Improve the sidewalk and trail network in order to travel by bike and foot to public lands and everyday destinations like work and school
• Invest in neighborhood public lands and amenities that encourage everyday use
Source: 2020 Community Survey (on-line / 3735 total respondents)46%
44%
42%
21
Respondents were asked to select their
top two choices for the question, “Which of
the following system-wide approaches do
you think would most benefit the livability
(or quality of life) of Salt Lake City and
encourage you to get outside more often?”
The top selections for livability mirrored
themes from the top selections for
stewardship. These choices also supported
environmental health, trails and active
transportation, and investing in places close
to home. Twice as many people felt investing
in neighborhood parks that encourage
everyday use was important for livability
than the regional public lands that are
destinations.
Growing the urban forest to provide shade,
clean water and air was the top selection
at 46%. This was followed by improving
the sidewalk and trail network, selected
by 44% of respondents, and investing in
neighborhood public lands and amenities, at
42%.
Livability choices for improving biodiversity,
investing in regional destinations and finding
unique urban spaces to utilize for nature
and recreation were only selected by under
20% of respondents. This result conflicts
with the previous survey results as these
options would support the other top choices.
This may point to a disconnect between
perceptions of how livability is achieved.
Figure 9: Student intercept survey taken at the Bonneville Shoreline Trail.
LIVABILITY CHOICES %
SELECTED
Grow our urban forests to
help provide shade, clean
water and air for our city
and neighborhoods.
46%
Improve the sidewalk and
trail network in order to
travel by bike and foot to
public lands and everyday
destinations like work and
school.
44%
Invest in neighborhood
public lands and amenities
that encourage everyday
use.
42%
Focus on improving
environmental health and
biodiversity (the richness of
different kinds of plants and
animals in our public lands).
19%
Invest in regional public
lands and amenities that
create unique destinations.
18%
Find outside-the-box
opportunities to use our
city’s parks, golf courses,
school yards, natural
areas and streetscapes to
increase public access to
nature, trails,sports fields,
and public gathering places.
16%
Other ideas to benefit
livability.
4%
Source: 2020 Community Survey (on-line /
3735 total respondents)
22
“People are desperate
to reconnect with
nature, so a focus
on encouraging
wildlife (especially
natives) should be
extremely important
to SLC.”
“Substantially
improve tree cover
in neighborhoods,
parks and natural
areas by 50% to
compensate for
human impacts.”
“Add neighborhood
opportunities
to spend time in
water. Salt Lake
City is getting
hotter summers
and one of the
key missing public
land opportunities
for residents is
access to water
for recreational
opportunities.”“More trails
closer to home
so I and my
neighbors don’t
have to drive
to other places
(Millcreek, Draper,
Herriman, etc.)
for trail running
and riding
opportunities.”
“More bike
paths.”
“work with
schools and
young people to
come up with ideas
about livability
and climate
change.”
“Expand
community
gardens.”
LIVABILITY IDEAS
Additional ideas/themes from respondents for the
livability of public lands included....
Source: 2020 Community Survey (on-line / 3735 total respondents)
23
TOP EQUITY THEMES
Respondents were asked to provide a
written answer to the question, “When
you imagine our public lands 10-20 years
from now, what changes can we make to
our public lands system to help serve and
include all people more equably?”
Top themes from the community survey
open ended responses around equity
included:
• Providing education, activities and
programs
• Empowering the community
• Equitable investment in existing and new
Public Lands amenities
The intercept interviews and focus groups
took a deeper dive into equity related to
public lands. The University of Utah students
highlighted the following takeaways from
these conversations:
• Invest In Neighborhood Parks
• Cultivate Cultural Representation
• Assess West Side vs. East Side Quality
• Connect Green Spaces And Support
Active Transportation
• Promote The Ranger Program
Figure 10: Murals in Salt Lake City.
24
“Sidewalks
that are truly
accessible for all
people.”
“Provide access to trails via walking, biking and public transportation.
increase public transportation services while decreasing the amount of parking lots and spaces that could instead be used as green spaces/urban gardens.”
“Rethink and
restructure our
natural areas
to include the contributions,
land
acknowledgments,
and better systems
of care of the
land by indigenous people.”
“Reach out and
listen. Specific
place-based
responses for acts
of restoration,
maintenance, and
development.”
“Recruit stewards,
rangers/
ambassadors,
and volunteers
from minority
communities near
the public lands.”
EQUITY IDEAS
Additional ideas/themes from respondents to increase
equity related to public lands included....
Source: 2020 Community Survey (on-line / 3735 total respondents)
Q - When you imagine our
public lands 10-20 years
from now, what changes
can we make to our public
lands system to help serve
and include all people more
equably?
(Write in response)
25
“Have signs
displayed in 2-3
languages.”
“Move beyond
ADA baseline
requirements
& really focus
on accessibility
like Liberty
Park Rotary
playground.”
“Add more parks and trees
to areas west of I-15 and
connect those to the
parks in the eastern side
of SLC through footpaths
and bike paths. Hire more
BIPOC to work for the
public lands system at
all levels. Partner with
schools and communities
of color to encourage
use of parks and trails
in our public lands.
Reduce the amount of
land dedicated to golf
courses.”
“Increased accessibility
for all members of
society, along with
native fauna that
calls the space home.
So more bike paths,
ramps for wheelchairs,
inclusive non-gendered
bathrooms. For the
wild life, creating
more pockets of space
not meant for human
traffic or usage, and
planting more native
plants essential to their
natural habitats.”
“A fully integrated
trail system
through the city
so that folks
can access trails
regardless of
where they are.”
“Adjust plans to the
diverse needs of
the neighborhoods.
The people near the
foothills might desire a
different approach than
people living in the west
side of the city. I think
all areas would like
great parks, natural
open space and better
connectivity.”
EQUITY IDEAS
Additional ideas/themes from respondents to increase
equity related to public lands included....
Source: 2020 Community Survey (on-line / 3735 total respondents)
26
PRIORITIZE
RESILIENT
EMPOWER
OTHER
WELCOME
EQUITY
CONNECT
FUND
GROW
PROTECT
10 YEAR GOALS - WORD ASSOCIATION
30%
17%
16%
5%
31%
31%
43%
45%
57%
76%
“Protect” could point to goals such as protecting the
environment & open space or enhancing safety, while
“grow” aligns with a growing city and population, or
the need to grow natural amenities such as Salt Lake’s
urban forest.
GOALS TO PROTECT, GROW & FUND
Q - Which words
sums up what you
think should be
big 10-year goals
of Salt Lake City
Public Lands?
(Select all that apply)
Source: 2020 Community Survey (on-line / 3735 total respondents)
27
Figure 11: Community feedback at a pop up event in Liberty Park. Respondents were asked to select all that apply to the question, “Which words sums up what you think should be big 10-year goals of Salt Lake City Public Lands?”
28
RANGER AMBASSADOR PROGRAM 23%
TRANSFORM PIONEER PARK 23%
EQUITY MAPPING TOOL 41%
REIMAGINE URBAN GREENSPACES 43%
REIMAGINE MINI/NEIGHBORHOOD PARKS 49%
TRAILS - MOUNTAINS TO THE LAKE 54%
EMERALD RIBBON 58%
Regional connectivity was an important theme that
emerged, with over 50% of respondents choosing big
ideas that increase regional trail networks. Reimagining
neighborhood and urban greenspaces were next on the
list of priorities.
Q - Please
select any of
the potential
big ideas listed
below that excite
you or share
your own idea.
(Select all that apply)
OTHER 6%
BIG IDEAS
Source: 2020 Community Survey (on-line / 3735 total respondents)
An initial list of projects were suggested
in this question to encourage big thinking.
Many of the projects like the Emerald
Ribbon Jordan River Parkway and Pioneer
Park changes, were older ideas already
underway but require a great deal more
investment and partnerships to see them
completed. Others on the list were ideas
that have been shared in the past or city
staff have identified as a gap in current
approaches, such as an equity mapping tool
and neighborhood park design. However,
encouraging participants to suggest their
own ideas was emphasized. This question
received 216 write-in responses and
additional open ended questions solicited
responses important to this question.
The projects that received the highest level
of support were those that covered the
largest geographic area: the Emerald Ribbon
along the Jordan River Parkway, Trails from
the Mountains to the Lake and Reimagining
Neighborhood Parks. Pioneer Park and a
Ranger Ambassador Program may have
received the least amount of support
because of their limited area of impact.
BIG IDEAS %
SELECTED
Build Salt Lake’s Emerald
Ribbon: Turn the Jordan River
Parkway into the City’s most
active recreation destination
space, by investing in
tree canopy, grounds
maintenance, a recreational
paddle trail, and park
development, renewal and
expansion from the former
Seven Peaks Waterpark at
the southern boundary to the
Regional Athletic Complex on
the north end.
58%
Trails from the Mountains to
the Lake: Extend the City’s
growing multi-use and natural
surface trail network to
connect regional recreation
destinations, extending west
to the Great Salt Lake Marina
and east to the Wasatch
Crest Trail with the 9Line/
Transvalley Corridor as the
backbone.
54%
BIG IDEAS %
SELECTED
Reimagine Salt Lake City’s
mini and neighborhood
parks: Small parks evolve to
reflect neighborhood identity,
provide quality amenities
and experiences that reflect
unique community desires,
and provide better options
for recreation, respite and
community gathering in
neighborhood parks.
49%
Reimagine how our citywide
Urban Green Spaces can
accommodate more public
access, provide diverse
recreation opportunities,
grow food, provide nature.
43%
Create a citywide Equity
Mapping Tool that identifies
areas of the city that do not
have as much access to
urban forests, natural areas
and city parks. Use this tool
to help prioritize areas for
investment in public lands.
41%
Transform Pioneer Park into
the city’s most dynamic,
programmed, and desirable
public space, transforming
it into both a neighborhood
destination, and a regional
amenity for events and
gatherings.
23%
30
“I’d love to see
public green space
more integrated with
shopping, restaurants,
and housing. It would
be really cool to have
restaurants overlooking
the parks.”
“create a diverse
array of models
for opportunities
for residents and
visitors to engage
in agricultural
practices, from
the established
traditional “one
plot per person/
household
community garden” to more community
cooperative models.”
“Create
biodiversity
hotspots in our
parks. Improve
native planting.
Do more nature
programming with
signage.”
“We need a park at
the Fleet Block. We do
not have enough parks
downtown and this
neighborhood is rapidly
densifying.”
Additional ideas/themes from respondents for big ideas included...
“Focus on”creating spaces” in our city
parks. Develop community gathering
spaces such as cafes, wine bars, places to
host events. Example is the Sizzler pad
in sugarhouse park. This could be turned
into a park cafe with large outdoor
grassy eating space.”
ADDITIONAL BIG IDEAS
BIG IDEAS %
SELECTED
Implement a citywide
Ranger-Ambassador program
in the City’s parks, natural
areas and open spaces that
focuses equally on resource
protection and enriching the
experience for public land
visitors.
23%
Other ideas for
transformational projects
6%
Source: 2020 Community Survey (on-line / 3735 total respondents)
31
“Include in small
community natural
spaces support
and resources
for certain
citizen science,
conservation, or
other projects, like
a monarch patch,
wildlife monitoring,
or community food
bank garden. Make it
accessible to all.”
Additional ideas/themes from respondents for big ideas included...
“Increase the
urban fishery
options in Salt
Lake City.”
“More natural
wildlife areas
without paved
trails. A NY Central
Park size park on
the West side of the
valley.”
“Uncover and
restore the buried
and impaired
creeks in the Salt
Lake Valley.”
“Outdoor
classroom and park
access for every
SLC SD school. All
students should
be able to access
nature as part of
their school day.
SLC should hire a
person to lead this
charge and work
directly with SLCSD.“
“Add new areas for
growing sports such
as disc golf. These
have grown as a
side effect of COVID
and are seeing a lot
more use.”
“Build a Climbing
Park.”
ADDITIONAL BIG IDEAS
Source: 2020 Community Survey (on-line / 3735 total respondents)
32
INTERCEPT INTERVIEW SURVEY
Intercept Survey respondents were
interviewed at 44 different locations and
were asked eight free response questions,
seven multiple choice questions, and seven
demographic questions. Common themes
emerged from the free response questions
which are summed up below.
Question: “Thinking long-term over the next
10-20 years, what stewardship actions do
you think would be most impactful to public
lands that include city parks, urban forests,
natural areas and trails?”
Themes in the responses included
renovating restrooms, trail maintenance,
supporting active transportation, planting
trees, adding waste bins, planting native,
water-wise and pollinator gardens, providing
volunteer opportunities, providing cultural
and educational events, promoting safety
through a ranger ambassador program,
acquiring additional natural lands, and
supporting friends of the parks groups.
Question: “Are there ways you can imagine
yourself contributing to the stewardship of
public lands?”
The most common responses included
providing volunteer opportunities such as
trash clean-up days, tree planting days, and
community trail maintenance. Youth groups
were mentioned as organizations that would
especially benefit from service-oriented
activities. Some respondents were also
willing to donate money to fund Public Lands
or get involved by participating in public
meetings related to Public Land’s issues.
Question: “Do you avoid, not enjoy, or feel
uncomfortable in any city parks?”
Themes in the responses indicated that
people often do not feel safe in some parks
due to homeless encampments, drug use,
and a lack of lighting.
Question: “When you imagine our public
lands 10-20 years from now, what changes
can we make to our public lands system
to help serve and include all people more
equably?”
Responses included themes such as having
better ADA access, improving the quality
of park on the west side, services for the
homeless population, and improved access
to parks such as free public transportation.
Question: “Which 3 words sum up what you
think should be big 10-year goals of Salt
Lake City Public Lands?”
Common words used included safety,
sustainable, verde, variety, trees, accessible,
conservation, equity, community, clean, fun,
protect, renovate, events, open, connected,
inclusive, growth, education,
Question: “What would make this place
(park, trail, natural areas, golf course)
better?”
Themes in the responses included adding
amenities such as lights, water fountains,
restrooms, trails in the parks, trees, art,
flowers, dog-friendly facilities, trash cans,
signage in multiple languages, access to
water and food trucks.
Question: “What else should be considered
in developing the Public Lands Master Plan
for natural areas, urban forests and parks?”
Common responses included a mixture
of responses from previous questions
including recommending new amenities,
one-word statements such as “equity”
and “cleanliness” and recommending
new activities, events and volunteer
opportunities.
33
LIVABILITY CHOICES %
SELECTED
Invest in neighborhood
public lands and amenities
that encourage everyday
use.
63%
Improve the sidewalk and
trail network for travel by
bike and foot
54%
Focus on improving
environmental health and
biodiversity (the richness of
different kinds of plants and
animals in our public lands).
42%
Invest in regional public
lands and amenities that
create unique destinations.
35%TRANSPORTATION
TO PUBLIC LANDS
CHOICES
%
SELECTED
Car/Carpool 64%
Walk 22%
Bike/Skateboard/Scooter 9%
Other 2%
BARRIERS TO PUBLIC
LANDS CHOICES
%
SELECTED
N/A 45%
Places are too crowded 25%
Safety or security concerns 22%
Not accessible to those
with disabilities, health or
mobility challenges.
5%
PUBLIC LANDS
IMPORTANCE CHOICES
%
SELECTED
Extremely Important 85%
Somewhat Important 12%
Indifferent 2%
Unimportant .03%
Responses to multiple choice questions
in the Intercept Interview reflected that
public lands are extremely important to
the community. Almost half of respondents
did not perceive that there were barriers
preventing them from accessing public
lands. One interesting observation is that
64% of respondents traveled to the park or
trailhead location by car, however over half
of the respondents thought that improving
the sidewalk and trail network for travel by
bike and foot would improve the livability of
Salt Lake City. Responses to multiple choice
questions from the Intercept Interview
Survey are displayed in the following tables.
Question: Which of the following system-
wide approaches do you think would most
benefit the livability (or quality of life) of Salt
Lake City and encourage you to get out
more often? (Select all that apply).
Question: How did you get here today?
(Choose 1).
Are Salt Lake City parks, trails, natural areas,
or golf courses important to you? (Choose 1).
What prevents you or your household
from spending more time in these outdoor
places? (Select all that apply).
Source: 2020 Intercept Survey
(in person / 635 total respondents)
34
FOCUS GROUP FEEDBACK
Additional ideas and collaborative ideas from focus
group stakeholders included...
Source: 2020 Focus Groups (virtual meetings / 39 community organizations and 12 City departments)
“Save Our Canyons is definitely concerned
about the impacts and over-capacity of use in the Wasatch mountains
and canyons. We’re supportive and definitely interested
in being involved with the mountains to lake concept.”
- save our canyons
on utilizing golf
courses: ”Maybe do
a planting of some
native species, you
know, the little copses
of oaks and maples
and box elders that
exist in that Golf
Course are really
needed and actually
harbor quite a bit of
wildlife.”
- trails utah
“Increase accessibility
through maps, way
finding, etc. Create
business partnerships
along the Jordan
River Trail to support
activities and events
near it. Highlight nearby
neighborhoods and
work on placemaking.”
- Sugar Space
A series of focus groups were
held to gain insight into
stakeholder’s shared goals
that could inform the Master
Plan. Over 39 community
organizations and 12 City
departments participated in
the focus group sessions.
Groups were asked to
identify synergies and areas
of coordination needed to
implement the emerging big
ideas and actions of the Master
Plan. Stakeholders were also
asked to identify ways to
increase equity in our parks,
urban forests, and natural
areas and trails.
“Add more
connections through
neighborhoods and
business districts”
- slc economic
development
35
FOCUS GROUP FEEDBACK
Additional ideas and collaborative ideas from focus
group stakeholders included...
Source: 2020 Focus Groups (virtual meetings / 39 community organizations and 12 City departments)
“We have a
responsibility
in taking care
of water that
reaches the lake
and connecting
people to the lake.
Water flowing
underneath our
feet doesn’t go
away. Telling
stories and
connecting
culture is
powerful to show
the diversity of
humans and the
environment.”
- westminster
college
“Volunteerism
can be a great
opportunity to
help people with
disabilities get out
of the house.”
-utah
downsyndrome
foundation
“Parks designed
for people
with different
abilities are
not necessarily
less fun for
those without
disabilities. Trails
may be set up
for an upright
bike, but are they
usable for people
who use trikes
or other types of
bikes? Accessible
routes to parks
are needed.”
- wasatch
adaptive sports
“Trees are a huge
issue. the west
side lost a lot of
large, old trees
during the wind
storm. Increasing
trees in Rose Park
and Glendale .”
-westview media
36
“make spaces safe
for all residents,
including those who
are unhoused.”
- slc housing
& neighborhood
development
“Access is awesome and
we want people to get
out into these spaces,
but having humans in
these areas can impact
what the habitat looks
like, so just balancing
those needs and being
able to protect land
in certain ways for
wildlife is something
to think about. ”
- tracy aviary
“I think really
thinking about
opportunities
to hire local community
residents to do
this planning, to
do programming
and really invest
in the people who can make this,
those who can
come and bring a
voice to that”
- mestizo institute
“regarding The Glenville
aka Grove area, for me
it’s important to be able
to provide opportunities
for our youth here. To
feel safe to go to these
parks and to see these
parks. What a great
place to hang out and
what a great place for
us as adults to provide
mentorship.”
- ichamps
“I would love to see
more emphasis on urban
agriculture. Community
gardens are a great way
to take advantage of
smaller properties.”
- wasatch community
gardens
FOCUS GROUP FEEDBACK
Additional ideas and collaborative ideas from focus
group stakeholders included...
Source: 2020 Focus Groups (virtual meetings / 39 community organizations and 12 City departments)
37
HOW INPUT WILL BE USED
This section presents how the
master plan has been refined
with community and stakeholder
input. Also captured, is a
working list of big ideas and top
impactful actions that will inform
the vision plan implementation.
Engagement window #2 is
focused on verifying these
refined ideas with the public.
Building on the success of the
inclusive tactics in window 1,
tactics will include collaboration
with University of Utah and
community groups.
38
COMMUNITY INPUT ON MASTER PLAN ELEMENTS
39
BIG IDEAS REFINED FROM COMMUNITY INPUT (AS OF 2/29/2021)
1. JUST FIVE MINUTES FROM HERE
2. FROM THE MOUNTAINS TO THE LAKE
3. NEIGHBORHOOD PARKS REIMAGINED
4. COMING SOON TO A PARK NEAR YOU
5. SLC’S EMERALD RIBBON
6. TELLING OUR STORIES AND OUR HERITAGE
7. A DIVERSE AND HEALTHY URBAN GREEN SPACE
NETWORK: GREEN LOOP, PIONEER PARK, FLEET
BLOCK
8. PROMOTE OUR URBAN FOREST
9. CONNECTING TO ALL OUR GREEN SPACE ASSETS
10. BIODIVERSITY HOT SPOT
40
NEXT STEPS:
• Continue to refine vision for 10 big ideas with community
stakeholders and staff.
• Draft strategies and actions to support goals and 10 big
ideas.
• Explore prioritization methods using value lenses of
equity, livability and stewardship.
• Synthesize this work and test with the public to lead to a
draft master plan.
41
APPENDICES
A. SLC Public Lands Current State
Snapshot
B. 2020 Reimagine Nature Community
Survey Instrument
C. Advertisement Methods
D. University of Utah Student Report
Appendices available upon request by emailing Nancy Monteith:
nancy.monteith@slcgov.com
ENGAGEMENT WINDOW #2
SUMMARY REPORT
MAY 2021
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
PUBLIC LANDS TEAM
• Kristin Riker, Public Services Deputy
Director, Public Lands
• Nancy Monteith, Project Manager
• Lee Bollwinkel, Parks Division Director
• Lewis Kogan, Trails and Natural Lands
Division Director
• Tony Gliot, Urban Forestry Division
Director
• Matt Kammeyer, Golf Division Director
• Luke Allen
• Amy Nielson
• Katie Riser
• Leah Smith
• Kyle Strayer, Civic Engagement Team
UNIVERSITY OF UTAH COLLEGE
OF CITY AND METROPOLITAN
PLANNING
Dr. Ivis García, Assistant Professor
Elizabeth Arnold, Westside Studio Teaching
Assistant
Brandon Siracuse
Chimalli Hernandez
Sadika Maheruma Khan
Izzy Fuller
Amy Newman
Justice Tuffour
Dakota Connole
Yi Wei
Taylor Maguire
Erik Fronberg
Anisa Ali
Morgan Julian
Jasmine Garcia
Claudia Loayza
Luis Garcia Plancarte
Megan Spencer
Jaime Cross
Austin Kreiter
Chay Mosqueda
Zach Gardner
Virgil Lund
Liam Marshall
Andrew McDonald
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
PROJECT TIMELINE
HOW WE LISTENED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
ENGAGEMENT METHODOLOGY AND OUTREACH APPROACH
STUDENT ENGAGEMENT ACTIVITIES
OUTREACH LOCATION MAP
SURVEY RESPONDENTS REACHED MAP
ENGAGEMENT BY THE NUMBERS
PARTICIPATION FINDINGS
REPRESENTATIVE PARTICIPATION
WHAT WE HEARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
VISION
GOALS
10 TRANSFORMATIVE PROJECTS
SURVEY COMMENTS
HOW INPUT WILL BE USED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
COMMUNITY INPUT ON MASTER PLAN ELEMENTS
NEXT STEPS
LIST OF APPENDICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
4
INTRODUCTION
Salt Lake City
is developing a
new Public Lands
Master Plan. As an
important first step,
the City called on all
community members
to help reimagine
the future of our
Public Lands: the
nature in our city
that enhances the
quality of our lives.
5
PROJECT TIMELINEThe Public Lands Master Plan will
establish an inspirational framework
to guide how we grow and prioritize
investments for the next 10-20 years
within the three public lands divisions
(Parks, Trails & Natural Lands, and
Urban Forestry). In acknowledgment
of the findings from the 2019 Salt Lake
City Parks and Public Lands Needs
Assessment that included a statistically
valid community survey, this effort will
address current challenges to improve
our public lands system.
The engagement metrics for the year-
long process are to connect with
10,000 people that are representative
of the city’s demographic makeup.
Given the goals of this master plan, it
has been given the name, “Reimagine
Nature.” Reimagine Nature will use
comprehensive, evidence-based
analysis, coupled with community
engagement, to prioritize and identify
transformative projects for Salt Lake
City’s public lands.
Community engagement for this
process consists of three engagement
windows:
1-Discover: Foundation of
Understanding
2-Reimagine: Visioning Transformational
Projects and Priority Actions
3-Transform: Draft and Final Master Plan.
Engagement window one was
conducted from August through
December of 2020. Results from this
first round of engagement identified
concepts and ideas that most resonated
with the community to support Public
Lands’ values of promoting equity,
livability and sustainability. Engagement
window one also gathered community
ideas for Master Plan goals and projects
and measured community support for
initial transformative projects identified
from previous community feedback and
research gathered in the 2019 Public
Lands Needs Assessment. The Master
Plan framework, including refined
goals and transformative projects, was
developed from feedback received in
engagement window one.
REPORT FOCUS
This engagement period, engagement
window two, was held from March
through May of 2021. Engagement
window two gathered feedback on the
Master Plan framework to verify that
the plan was developing in the right
direction and had community support.
Engagement Window two served as a
check point to identify any important
information that may be missing from
the Master Plan. This report summarizes
the second engagement window and
how results will inform the master plan
and engagement window three.
WINTER 2020/2021 PHASE I:
DISCOVER:
FOUNDATION OF UNDERSTANDING
SLC PUBLIC LANDS
August 26, 2020
Six-Week Community Engagement
Window #1 Opens
WINTER-SPRING 2021 PHASE II:
REIMAGINE: VISIONING
TRANSFORMATION
March 17 - May 7 2021:
Community Engagement
Window #2
SUMMER-FALL 2021 PHASE III:
TRANSFORM: DRAFT AND FINAL
MASTER PLAN
Quarter 3 2021
Final Community Engagement
Window #3
6
HOW WE LISTENED
• On-line survey widely
advertised;
• Student-led micro-engagement
events;
• Facebook Live events in
English and Spanish
• Organizational partnerships
to reach underrepresented
groups; and
• Digital outreach, including
230 social media posts, a
paid Facebook ad targeting
West Side residents, and 3
newsletters.
Figure 2: University of Utah Urban Planning Students conducting intercept interviews to increase online survey participation.
The planning team used a multi-pronged
approach to engagement that included:
7
ENGAGEMENT METHODS
In order to create a unifying vision for
Public Lands over the next 10-20 years,
the planning team used a multi-pronged
approach that included an on-line survey,
focus groups, micro-engagement events and
community partnerships to reach typically
underrepresented groups.
The second window of community
engagement launched on April 1, 2021
with an on-line, six-week survey and
closed on May 10, 2021. The goal of this
window was to get feedback on the initial
Master Plan framework, including the Plan
vision statement, goals, and potential
transformative projects. Using COVID-19
protocols, the city’s framework for equitable
engagement best practices and multiple
types of tactics, over 12,000 Salt Lake
City community members participated in
providing input during online focus groups,
University of Utah student-led intercept
interviews and micro-engagement events,
and through the online survey.
SURVEY FORMAT
An on-line survey offered in both English
and Spanish consisted of 15 content
questions and six demographic questions.
Much of the survey included multiple choice
questions for respondent efficiency and also
included two open ended question prompts
for collection of perceptions and ideas. 3,318
people responded to the on-line survey,
and 65% of the questions were answered.
Students from the University of Utah City
and Metropolitan Planning Department
passed out postcards and invited people
to take the survey at 38 different locations
including parks, libraries, open spaces and
trails.
OUTREACH AND EDUCATION
Signs with a link to the online survey and
Reimagine Nature website were posted at
parks, natural lands and trails throughout
the city. Other print materials advertising the
project were distributed city-wide including,
1,380 postcards, 230 Reimagine posters, 115
social media posts and 500 door hangars.
Other innovative advertising methods, such
as temporary sidewalk art painted onto the
pavement were fun ways to spread the word
about ongoing Reimagine activities.
The following pages summarize who we
heard from, what areas of Salt Lake City
responses came from and the demographics
of engagement participants.
ENGAGEMENT METHODOLOGY AND
OUTREACH APPROACH
Figure 3: Yard signs (above) were placed throughout Salt Lake City Parks, Trails and Natural Lands to advertise the online survey. The image below shows a stencil used to temporarily paint the Reimagine website on sidewalks throughout the city.
Can you
reimagine
urban green
space?
take the survey at:ReimagineNatureSLC.com
8
STUDENT OUTREACH
Figure 4: Community members participating in a Paint the Pavement micro-engagement event.
STUDENT ENGAGEMENT
Students from the University of Utah Urban
and Metropolitan Planning Department were
instrumental in promoting awareness of
Reimagine Nature. Along with Public Land’s
Staff, students distributed 1,380 postcards,
230 Reimagine posters, 230 Earth Day event
posters, 920 Earth Day Event flyers, and 500
door hangers to advertise the project and
survey including reaching out 94 businesses
in the process. In addition, the students held
micro-engagement events including four
placemaking events and an Earth Day event.
SOCIAL MEDIA OUTREACH
Students also made posts on social media
to promote the online survey through
social media engagement. Facebook was
the primary social media platform used
for outreach. Overall, social media efforts
reached many people with over 84 posts,
226 likes, 20 comments, and 18 shares
throughout the social media platform.
STUDENT MICRO-ENGAGEMENT
EVENTS
Multiple micro-engagement events
invited the community to come out and
communicate through fun and thoughtful
activities. Placemaking workshops visualized
the wants of the community through the aid
of simple physical models. Wayfinding and
Paint the pavement workshops gathered
community members to gain input on mural
painting and wayfinding methods. A tree
planting and pollinator workshops discussed
species to be planted, planting locations
and possible “friends of popular grove park”
establishment. The findings of the workshop
helped narrowed down the approaches and
possibilities for interventions. As well as
maximized the opportunities for feedback
and community engagement.
9
STUDENT ENGAGEMENT ACTIVITIES
PAINT THE PAVEMENT
Community members discussed access and
wayfinding, and directed the creation of a
pavement mural.
TREE & POLLINATOR PLANTING
Workshop participants discussed suitable
park plants and identified locations for
planting and park elements such as a
Reimagined park with flower beds by the
tennis court, flowering trees for shade near
the playground and a cared for horseshoe
activity area.
PLACE IT WORKSHOP
In this virtual engagement event, urban
planner James Rojas asked participants to
build their favorite childhood memory using
nearby objects and build their vision of park
using the same objects.
EARTH DAY EVENT
Participants volunteered to clean the park
and pick up litter, provided feedback on the
Master Plan, and took the survey.
Figure 5: University of Utah students at a Paint the Pavement micro-engagement event.
Figure 6: University of Utah students at a Tree and Pollinator Planting micro-engagement event.
Figure 7: University of Utah students participate in a virtual placemaking micro-engagement event.
Figure 8: University of Utah students at a Earth Day micro-engagement event.
10
OUTREACH LOCATIONS
– Public Lands Master Plan Page 5
Students engaged the community at 38 different public space locations. This outreach
involved parks, libraries, open spaces, trails, and other areas. Students and staff
distributed a total of 467 flyers and 593 postcards. Figure 2 is a map of the locations
that were visited by students and staff.
Figure 2: Staff & Paired Outreach Locations to Parks and Other Areas
PUBLIC OUTREACH
Students and Public Lands staff engaged the community at
38 different public space locations. This outreach involved
parks, libraries, open spaces, trails, and other areas.
Students and staff distributed a total of 1,380 postcards, 500
door hangers, 230 posters, 920 Earth Day event flyers, and
230 Earth Day Event posters. The map shows locations that
were visited by students and staff.
Figure 9: Salt Lake City Public Lands Staff outreach locations for Engagement Window #2.
Figure 10: University of Utah student outreach locations. Source: University of Utah Student Outreach Summary Report, May 2021.
11
– Public Lands Master Plan Page 5
Students engaged the community at 38 different public space locations. This outreach
involved parks, libraries, open spaces, trails, and other areas. Students and staff
distributed a total of 467 flyers and 593 postcards. Figure 2 is a map of the locations
that were visited by students and staff.
Figure 2: Staff & Paired Outreach Locations to Parks and Other Areas
SURVEY RESPONDENTS REACHED
SLC RESIDENTS BY ZIP CODE 2021 Online Survey (1,228 respondents did not provide a zip code)
84103841038411684116
8410484104
8411984119
8411584115
8411184111
8410184101
8410284102
8410584105
8411284112
8410884108
8410684106
8410984109
8410384103
304121016325314
8411984119 84111841118410184101 84105841058411284112ZIP CODE
# SURVEY RESPONDENTS 88 99
84115841158410984109
104
8410484104
145
8410284102
173
8410884108
110
8411684116
161
8410684106
12
ENGAGEMENT BY THE NUMBERS
Figure 11: The table above provides a snapshot of total engagement events and number of participants.
Figure 12: Tree and pollinator planting engagement.
Figure 13: Students promoting the Reimagine Nature survey.
ONLINE PUBLIC SURVEY #2 3,318
4 STUDENT-LED PLACEMAKING EVENTS 69
16 INTERCEPT EVENTS 582
COMMUNITY COUNCIL PRESENTATIONS 260
2 FACEBOOK OPEN HOUSE EVENTS 848
SPANISH VIEWS 195
ENGLISH VIEWS 653
SOCIAL MEDIA POSTS43 FACEBOOK + 39 TWITTER + 29 INSTAGRAM + 4 NEXT DOOR = 115 POSTS
3 EMAIL NEWSLETTERS to 7,907 people
TOTAL REACHED ENGAGEMENT WINDOW TWO
5,077
TOTAL REACHED ENGAGEMENT WINDOW ONE
7,082
TOTAL DIRECTLY REACHED ALL REIMAGINE
NATURE ENGAGEMENT 12,159
13
PARTICIPATION FINDINGS
SURVEY PARTICIPANTS BY
NEIGHBORHOOD
The online survey reached 3,318 people
in total. As only approximately 63% of
survey respondents answered the question
asking what their zip code is, it is difficult
to accurately assess which neighborhoods
survey participants are from. However, the
overall survey distribution by zip code of
survey number two closely mirrors the
distribution of survey number one. The map
on page 11 shows which neighborhoods
were reached by zip code.
The East Liberty Park, Capitol Hill and
Avenues neighborhoods had the highest
number of recorded survey respondents,
followed by the East Bench, Sugarhouse
and Central City neighborhoods. Downtown,
East Central, West Salt Lake, North West Salt
Lake, and Liberty Wells were in the middle
range of number of survey respondents,
and the Ballpark neighborhood as well as
west and southern portions of the Central
Community planning area had the lowest
number of survey respondents.
DIVERSITY OF SURVEY
PARTICIPANTS
During engagement window one, students
from the University of Utah played a key role
in reaching a diverse survey audience that
is more representative of the community’s
population. They increased diverse
participation by visiting sites throughout Salt
Lake City where they shared information
about the project and invited people to take
the online survey. Students also participated
in Public Lands staff-lead focus groups with
stakeholder organizations who provide
services to underrepresented populations.
During the second engagement window, the
students promoted the online survey rather
than a separate intercept survey, so the
dataset was not split up in a way to compare
the demographics of student-promoted
survey participants. However, in comparing
the public online surveys from the first and
second windows of engagement, survey
number two shows an increase in participant
diversity. The participation among nearly all
minority groups doubled from survey number
one to survey number two, indicating that
the student-led activities were likely a big
contributing factor to increasing the diversity
of survey and engagement participation.
14
REPRESENTATIVE PARTICIPATION
SURVEY DEMOGRAPHICS
ASIAN
AMERICAN INDIAN
BLACK / AFRICAN
AMERICAN
HISPANIC / LATINO
NATIVE HAWAIIAN /
PACIFIC ISLANDER
WHITE
OTHER
PREFER NOT TO SAY
5.4%
1.4%
2.3%
21.6%
1.5%
73.1%
3.4%
1.5%
0.3%
0.5%
4.0%
0.3%
80.0%
1.2%
4.0%
PUBLIC SURVEY 1 SALT LAKE CITY DEMOGRAPHICS
2.2%
1.3%
1.4%
8.2%
0.5%
76.3%76.3%
2.4%
7.7%
PUBLIC SURVEY 2
Figure 14: The online survey conducted during engagement window two was more successful at reaching a diverse audience that is more representative of the community’s population. This is an improvement from the previous online survey conducted during engagement window one. The chart above compares the diversity of survey participants for both online surveys. To help boost input from people of color, University of Utah students conducted micro-engagement events and outreach throughout Salt Lake City and Public Lands staff led focus groups with stakeholder organizations who provide services to underrepresented populations.
FINDINGS
Targeted engagement improved the
diversity of survey respondents, with
minority participation in survey two
increasing an average of 232% from that
of survey one.
15
WHAT WE HEARD
The focus of engagement window two was to gather
feedback and input on the Master Plan framework,
including refined goals and initial transformative
projects ideas.
It also served as a check point with the community
and stakeholders to verify that the Master Plan was
developing in the right direction, had community
support, and provided an opportunity to contribute
any important ideas that may be missing from the
Master Plan.
The following pages cover the responses received
from the community through the online survey, focus
groups and micro-engagement events that comprised
engagement window number two.
16
VISION STATEMENT
REIMAGINE NATURE PLAN VISION STATEMENT:
Reimagine Nature provides transformative ideas that have the ability to heighten our Public Lands’ impact on the city’s livability, equity, and stewardship over the next 20 years. Our natural lands, urban forest, city parks and city golf courses are cared for to be resilient for increasing environmental challenges, and also innovatively adapted to meet the diverse needs of our growing population. We aspire to create and sustain quality outdoor spaces that are inclusive, accessible, and culturally relevant; ensuring everyone benefits from fair and appropriate investment.
Q: Do you think this plan vision statement is
on the right track?
20%40%0%60%80%100%
No
82% (2066)
15% (386)
2% (56)
No
Adjustment Needed
Yes
Adjustment
Needed
Yes
17
5 PLAN GOALS
Q: Do you think these should be the
plan goals?
PLAN GOALS Feedback from the first survey and stakeholder conversations led tothe prioritization of these five overarching goals for what the Public Lands Master Plan should seek to achieve or improve. These goals will be used as an organizing frameworkfor recommended strategies, practices and actions.
1. Connect: Accessible and Connected Green Spaces
2. Welcome: Active, Authentic and Inclusive Places
3. Protect: A Commitment to Stewardship
4. Grow: Expand our Park System
5. Sustain: Environmental Health and Sustainability
20%40%0%60%80%100%
No
87% (2197)
11% (280)
1% (33)
No
Adjustment Needed
Yes
Adjustment
Needed
Yes
18
10 TRANSFORMATIVE PROJECTS
COMMUNITY PROJECT
SATISFACTION
The survey asked respondents to rate
their satisfaction with each of the ten
transformative projects. Each question
was prefaced with a project description
and potential project strategies that could
contribute to the overarching transformative
project. The chart on page x compares
the percent of respondents that indicated
they were somewhat or extremely satisfied
with the transformative projects. The
projects that received the most selections
for respondents being extremely satisfied
were grow our urban forest at 71% and
put environment first at 70%. These were
followed by connect mountains to the lake
at 65%, meet me at the river at 62% and
downtown comes alive outside at 61%.
These responses indicate strong support for
environmental enhancements of Salt Lake
City’s public lands, a desire for increased
system connectivity and access to trail-
based recreation, and the need to activate
downtown with more green spaces.
While the projects just five minutes from
here and telling our stories only had 38%
and 47% of respondents indicting they
were extremely satisfied, the majority of
respondents were still either somewhat
satisfied or extremely satisfied, with 77%
indicating some level of satisfaction for
both projects. This demonstrates that there
is overall community support for the ten
transformative projects, with between 77%
and 92% of respondents indicating some
level of satisfaction for the projects and only
10% or less of respondents indicating some
level of dissatisfaction.
The following pages show these descriptions
and respondent satisfaction levels for each
project.
Figure 15: Postcards with information about the 10 Transformative Projects and a link to the online survey were distributed by University of Utah students and SLC Public Lands Staff.
19
TRANSFORMATIVE PROJECT APPROVAL
JUST 5 MINUTES
FROM HERE
10%
30%
50%
70%
90%
SOMEWHAT
SATISFIED
EXTREMELY
SATISFIED
CONNECT
MOUNTAINS TO
THE LAKE
SATISFACTION RATES FOR THE 10 TRANSFORMATIVE PROJECTS
REIMAGINE
NEIGHBORHOOD
PARKS
COMING SOON
TO A PARK NEAR
YOU
MEET ME AT THE
RIVER
37%
38%
26%
65%33%
54%31%
52%
27%
62%
10%
30%
50%
70%
90%
TELL OUR
STORIES
DOWNTOWN
COMES ALIVE
OUTSIDE
GROW OUR
URBAN FOREST
WELCOME TO THE
GREEN
PUT
ENVIRONMENT
FIRST
30%
47%
26%
61%
21%
71%24%
57%
20%
70%
JUST 5 MINUTES
FROM HERE
10%
30%
50%
70%
90%
SOMEWHAT
SATISFIED
EXTREMELY
SATISFIED
CONNECT
MOUNTAINS TO
THE LAKE
SATISFACTION RATES FOR THE 10 TRANSFORMATIVE PROJECTS
REIMAGINE
NEIGHBORHOOD
PARKS
COMING SOON
TO A PARK NEAR
YOU
MEET ME AT THE
RIVER
37%
38%
26%
65%33%
54%31%
52%
27%
62%
10%
30%
50%
70%
90%
TELL OUR
STORIES
DOWNTOWN
COMES ALIVE
OUTSIDE
GROW OUR
URBAN FOREST
WELCOME TO THE
GREEN
PUT
ENVIRONMENT
FIRST
30%
47%
26%
61%
21%
71%24%
57%
20%
70%
JUST 5 MINUTES
FROM HERE
10%
30%
50%
70%
90%
SOMEWHAT
SATISFIED
EXTREMELY
SATISFIED
CONNECT
MOUNTAINS TO
THE LAKE
SATISFACTION RATES FOR THE 10 TRANSFORMATIVE PROJECTS
REIMAGINE
NEIGHBORHOOD
PARKS
COMING SOON
TO A PARK NEAR
YOU
MEET ME AT THE
RIVER
37%
38%
26%
65%33%
54%31%
52%
27%
62%
10%
30%
50%
70%
90%
TELL OUR
STORIES
DOWNTOWN
COMES ALIVE
OUTSIDE
GROW OUR
URBAN FOREST
WELCOME TO THE
GREEN
PUT
ENVIRONMENT
FIRST
30%
47%
26%
61%
21%
71%24%
57%
20%
70%
20
1. JUST 5 MINUTES FROM HERE
• Potential Projects:
• Establish a multi-lingual signage and wayfinding program.
• Initiate an information campaign and tools for learning about parks, activities, and recreation opportunities.
• Promote other public green space use like libraries and school grounds as part of a connected system.
A WAYFINDING AND SIGNAGE CAMPAIGN THAT MAKES IT EASIER TO EXPLORE NEARBY PARKS, TRAILS AND PUBLIC SPACES
Q: PLEASE RATE YOUR SATISFACTION WITH
JUST 5 MINUTES FROM HERE
10%20%0%30%40%50%60%70%
Percentage
38% (924)
37% (896)
16% (378)
7% (158)
3% (62)
Extremely dissatisfied
Somewhat dissatisfied
Neither satisfied nor dissatisfied
Somewhat satisfied
Extremely satisfied
21
Neither satisfied nor dissatisfied
Somewhat satisfied
Extremely satisfied
2. CONNECT MOUNTAINS TO LAKES
• Potential Projects:
• Connect trails from the eastern side of the Wasatch mountains to the Foothills Natural Area, the 9 Line Trail to the Jordan River Parkway Trail and west to the Salt Lake Marina and Mountains.
• Implement all remaining proposed trails including the McClelland Trail, Folsom Trail, Surplus Canal Trails, and Foothills Trails.
• Begin to implement the Seven Greenways Vision, creating a connected regional system of greenways along Salt Lake City’s Creeks, including locations to uncover creeks, add trails, improve natural habitat, and provide for recreation.
COMPLETE MISSING LINKS IN REGIONAL TRAILS AND INVEST IN GREENWAYS TO ENHANCE NATURE And CREEKS WITHIN THE CITY
Q: PLEASE RATE YOUR SATISFACTION WITH
JUST 5 MINUTES FROM HERE
10%20%0%30%40%50%60%70%
Percentage
64%
(1528)
26% (624)
5% (127)
3% (66)
2% (37)
Extremely dissatisfied
Somewhat dissatisfied
Neither satisfied nor dissatisfied
Somewhat satisfied
Extremely satisfied
22
3. REIMAGINE NEIGHBORHOOD PARKS
• Potential Projects:
• Identify priorities for equitable park redevelopment.
• Engage neighbors in redesigning and adding activities to parks that reflect their interests, culture and the character and history of the area.
• Promote volunteerism, donation, and adopt-a-park/
friends groups.
TRANSFORM PARKS INTO VIBRANT COMMUNITY SPACES THAT EMPOWER RESIDENTS TO CONTRIBUTE TO THEIR NEIGHBORHOOD IDENTITY
Q: PLEASE RATE YOUR SATISFACTION WITH
REIMAGINE NEIGHBORHOOD PARKS
10%20%0%30%40%50%60%70%
Percentage
53% (1268)
33% (783)
9% (204)
4% (86)
1% (30)
Extremely dissatisfied
Somewhat dissatisfied
Neither satisfied nor dissatisfied
Somewhat satisfied
Extremely satisfied
23
4. COMING SOON TO A PARK NEAR YOU
• Potential Projects:
• Promote partnerships for arts, music, performance, fitness, urban agriculture and games in parks.
• Provide programming for nature-based education, volunteerism, outdoor recreation, and horticulture.
• Re-energize City parks and neighborhoods by adding concession operations that will generate revenues to reinvest in park improvements and repairs.
HELP OUR PARKS, LARGE AND SMALL, COME ALIVE WITH ACTIVITIES AND EVENTS THROUGHOUT THE YEAR
Q: PLEASE RATE YOUR SATISFACTION WITH COMING
SOON TO A PARK NEAR YOU
10%20%0%30%40%50%60%
Percentage
52% (1225)
31% (729)
11% (251)
5% (107)
2% (43)
Extremely dissatisfied
Somewhat dissatisfied
Neither satisfied nor dissatisfied
Somewhat satisfied
Extremely satisfied
24
5. MEET ME AT THE RIVER
INVEST IN PROJECTS AND MAINTENANCE ALONG THE JORDAN RIVER PARKWAY THAT WILL PROMOTE EQUITY, ACCESS, SCENIC BEAUTY, DIVERSE RECREATION, AND HEALTHY ECOLOGY ALONG THE PARKWAY
• Potential Projects:
• Establish and integrate welcoming park spaces and landscaping along the river to foster community gathering and bring the river into focus as one of SLC’s most desirable recreation destinations.
• Restore and enhance natural areas along the river for improved biodiversity, habitat and a healthy environment.
• Improve the former Glendale Waterpark, Jordan Park, and the historic International Peace Gardens to create regional attractions and event space with characteristics that celebrate and preserve community culture and diversity.
• Establish a self-serve kayak rental program on the Jordan River, complete with multilingual signage and river-access improvements to make water recreation accessible to more
people
Q: PLEASE RATE YOUR SATISFACTION
WITH MEET ME AT THE RIVER
10%20%0%30%40%50%60%Percentage62%
(1450)
27% (630)
6% (150)
4% (83)
1% (32)
Extremely dissatisfied
Somewhat dissatisfied
Neither satisfied nor dissatisfied
Somewhat satisfied
Extremely satisfied
25
6. TELL OUR STORIES
REVEAL PAST AND PRESENT STORIES FROM OUR DIVERSITY OF EXPERIENCES THAT HAVE SHAPED THIS VALLEY, GIVING FOCUS TO UNDERREPRESENTED AND INDIGENOUS PEOPLE. EXPRESS THESE STORIES THROUGH LANDSCAPES, STRUCTURE, PLACEMAKING, AND
• Potential Projects:
• Initiate a storytelling project with partners to collect, share, and display stories relevant to public lands.
• Invest in restoring and interpreting iconic structures and landscapes such as Allen Park, Fisher Mansion, and Warm Springs Park.
• Engage our communities in identifying more meaningful names for our local parks.
Q: PLEASE RATE YOUR SATISFACTION WITH TELL
OUR STORIES
10%20%0%30%40%50%60%
Percentage
47% (1091)
30% (699)
16% (369)
5% (116)
3% 61)
Extremely dissatisfied
Somewhat dissatisfied
Neither satisfied nor dissatisfied
Somewhat satisfied
Extremely satisfied
26
7. DOWNTOWN COMES ALIVE OUTSIDE
• Potential Projects:
• Invest in Downtown SLC’s Pioneer Park to create a vibrant destination for daily activities and events that serve the region.
• Reimagine Downtown SLC’s wide streets in key locations to create a green loop of trees and green space, pedestrian- and bicycle-friendly paths, and flexible space for pop-up festivals and recreation.
• Initiate creative projects and partnerships to integrate a network of large and small green areas and plazas into a mosaic of public outdoor spaces that become the foundation of an activated downtown.
• Grow SLC’s downtown and Central Community park access, where future growth is expected to be the highest in the City yet has the least access to parks and trails.
INCREASE THE PROVISION OF GREEN AND ACTIVE SPACES DOWNTOWN THAT WILL CONTRIBUTE TO LIVABILITY AND ECONOMIC VITALITY
Q: PLEASE RATE YOUR SATISFACTION
WITH DOWNTOWN COMES ALIVE OUTSIDE
10%20%0%30%40%50%60%70%Percentage61% (1415)
26% (603)
8% (179)
4% (94)
2% (41)
Extremely dissatisfied
Somewhat dissatisfied
Neither satisfied nor dissatisfied
Somewhat satisfied
Extremely satisfied
27
8. GROW OUR URBAN FOREST
• Potential Projects:
• Launch a public awareness campaign to support new trees and their watering/care.
• Increase tree canopy cover to improve air quality and advance environmental equity in westside neighborhoods.
• Invest in tree planting within street projects.
• Maximize planting of appropriate trees on all our publicly owned landscapes such as golf courses, parks and street medians.
• Invest in the equipment and resources to responsibly reuse wood from trees removed from our urban forest to create usable wood products such as mulch for our parks, playgrounds, trails and gardens.
BUILD PUBLIC AWARENESS TO SUPPORT NEW TREES STEWARDSHIP THAT ALLOWS URBAN FORESTRY TO PLANT TREES IN ALL PUBLICLY OWNED LANDSCAPES
Q: PLEASE RATE YOUR SATISFACTION WITH
JUST 5 MINUTES FROM HERE
10%20%0%30%40%50%60%70%
Percentage
71% (1636)
21% (491)
5% (105)
3% (58)
1% (23)
Extremely dissatisfied
Somewhat dissatisfied
Neither satisfied nor dissatisfied
Somewhat satisfied
Extremely satisfied
28
9. WELCOME TO THE GREEN
• Potential Projects:
• Introduce alternative recreation and activities on golf courses for general public recreation such as walking paths/ trails, concessions, off-leash dog walking, Frisbee golf, running races, cross country skiing or groomed sledding.
• Incorporate additional environment benefits through tree plantings, diversifying vegetation, stormwater management, and nature centers in our golf courses.
• Re-wild and preserve native plant and wildlife sanctuaries outside of playable golf areas.
• Expand golf’s involvement in environmental protection by incorporating constructed stormwater wetlands in unplayable areas of our courses.
INVITE APPROPRIATE ALTERNATIVE USE OF OUR PUBLIC GOLF COURSES FOR GREATER BENEFIT
Q: PLEASE RATE YOUR SATISFACTION WITH
WELCOME TO THE GREEN
10%20%0%30%40%50%60%70%Percentage57% (1317)
25% (573)
7% (171)
6% (138)
5% (111)
Extremely dissatisfied
Somewhat dissatisfied
Neither satisfied nor dissatisfied
Somewhat satisfied
Extremely satisfied
29
10. PUT ENVIRONMENT FIRST
• Potential Projects:
• Foster a robust native plant and pollinator habitat program that includes volunteer and educational opportunities operated out of Public Lands greenhouses and plant farms.
• Host citywide education and engagement programs focused on environmental stewardship, citizen science, and connection with the natural world through SLC’s public spaces.
• Increase landscape resiliency to climate change by reclaiming degraded landscapes with beneficial plants, healthy soils, and habitat for birds and wildlife.
CULTIVATE MORE BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITY IN PARKS AND NATURAL AREAS
Q: PLEASE RATE YOUR SATISFACTION WITH
PUT ENVIRONMENT FIRST
10%20%0%30%40%50%60%70%Percentage70% (1599)
20% (468)
7% (161)
2% (39)
1% (31)
Extremely dissatisfied
Somewhat dissatisfied
Neither satisfied nor dissatisfied
Somewhat satisfied
Extremely satisfied
30
PRIORITIZATION OF PROJECTS
PROJECT URGENCY AND
IMPORTANCE
Survey respondents were asked to rate
both the urgency and importance of
the ten transformative projects. These
questions were designed to gain insight
into community priorities for each project,
highlighting which projects should happen
right away and which projects should be
prioritized because they are the most
impactful and provide value.
When comparing urgency versus
importance, two projects stood out
significantly as being both the most urgent
and most important. Put environment
first was ranked the highest by survey
respondents in both categories, with 73%
ranking it as very important 72% ranking it
as very urgent. The next highest-ranking
project was grow our urban forest, with 71%
ranking it as very important and 68% ranking
it as very urgent. This again reinforces the
community’s desire for using sustainable
principles in managing Public Lands and
improving the local environment with natural
amenities.
These projects also were viewed as
significant and held high support with focus
group participants. Overall, the question
responses show that all projects are valued
by the community. When combining the
selections for medium urgency and very
urgent, the 10 transformative projects were
selected by between 56% and 94% of
respondents as being urgent. The combined
selections for project importance show that
the 10 transformative projects were selected
by between 70% and 95% of respondents as
important.
TOP CHOICES FOR
OVERALL IMPORTANCE:
1. GROW OUR URBAN
FOREST - 97%
2. PUT ENVIRONMENT
FIRST - 95%
3. REIMAGINE
NEIGHBORHOOD
PARKS - 89%
4. CONNECT MOUNTAINS
TO THE LAKE - 88%
TOP CHOICES FOR
OVERALL URGENCY:
1. GROW OUR URBAN
FOREST - 95%
2. PUT ENVIRONMENT
FIRST - 94%
3. REIMAGINE
NEIGHBORHOOD
PARKS - 87%
4. MEET ME AT THE
RIVER - 83%
31
URGENCY AND IMPORTANCE OF PROJECTS
JUST 5 MINUTES
FROM HERE
10%
30%
50%
70%
90%
CONNECT
MOUNTAINS TO
THE LAKE
URGENCY AND IMPORTANCE OF THE 10 TRANSFORMATIVE PROJECTS
REIMAGINE
NEIGHBORHOOD
PARKS
COMING SOON
TO A PARK NEAR
YOU
MEET ME AT THE
RIVER
42%
41%48%
39% 49%
23%
44%
40%
10%
30%
50%
70%
90%
TELL OUR
STORIES
DOWNTOWN
COMES ALIVE
OUTSIDE
GROW OUR
URBAN FOREST
WELCOME TO THE
GREEN
PUT
ENVIRONMENT
FIRST
40%
19%
42%
39%
27%
68%
41%
35%
22%
72%
VERY
URGENT
VERY
IMPORTANT
MEDIUM
URGENCY
MEDIUM
IMPORTANCE
41%
15%
51%
19%
39%
49%46%
43%54%
25%
41%
45%
22%
73%
40%
40%
26%
71%
42%
44%
45%
25%
32
NEIGHBORHOOD FINDINGS
Equity is one of the Master Plan value
lenses that drives prioritization and decision
making. This has raised the importance of
reaching underrepresented communities
during the engagement process. To
understand more about how individual
communities can be best served by Public
Lands, survey responses were sorted by
neighborhood to target responses from
areas that have higher concentrations of
underrepresented populations including
minority populations, older and younger
populations, and lower income populations.
Survey responses from the Northwest, West
Salt Lake and the northern and western
portions of the Central Community are
displayed below.
Like the overall survey results, survey
respondents from these neighborhoods
consistently chose “put environment first”
and “grow our urban forest” as both the
most urgent and most important of the
ten transformative projects. The Central
Community respondents rated these with
the highest percentages of very important,
with 81% for “grow our urban forest” and 78%
for “put environment first.” This is compared
to 73% and 71 % respectively in the overall
survey.
The next highest rankings for project
urgency and importance corresponded
geographically with the location of the
neighborhoods, with the Northwest and
West communities selecting “reimagine
neighborhood parks,” “meet me at the
river,” and “connect mountains to the
lake” and the Central community selecting
“downtown comes alive outside,” “reimagine
neighborhood parks” and “connect
mountains to the lake.” This shows a support
for investments that will directly enhance
natural amenities close to home, such as the
Jordan River Parkway and Downtown parks
while also increasing park, open space and
trail connectivity city-wide.
NEIGHBORHOOD RESPONSES
33
Northwest Community
Urgent
1. PUT ENVIRONMENT
FIRST - 73%
2. GROW OUR URBAN
FOREST - 69%
3. REIMAGINE
NEIGHBORHOOD
PARKS - 50%
4. MEET ME AT THE
RIVER - 48%
Important
1. PUT ENVIRONMENT
FIRST - 76%
2. GROW OUR URBAN
FOREST - 74%
3. MEET ME AT THE
RIVER - 61%
4. REIMAGINE
NEIGHBORHOOD
PARKS - 59%
West Community
Urgent
1. PUT ENVIRONMENT
FIRST - 69%
2. GROW OUR URBAN
FOREST - 68%
3. MEET ME AT THE
RIVER - 61%
4. REIMAGINE
NEIGHBORHOOD
PARKS - 43%
Important
1. GROW OUR URBAN
FOREST - 78%
2. PUT ENVIRONMENT
FIRST - 74%
3. MEET ME AT THE
RIVER - 64%
4. CONNECT MOUNTAINS
TO THE LAKE - 50%
NEIGHBORHOOD RESPONSES
Central Community
Urgent
1. PUT ENVIRONMENT
FIRST - 79%
2. GROW OUR URBAN
FOREST - 71%
3. DOWNTOWN COMES
ALIVE OUTSIDE - 45%
4. REIMAGINE
NEIGHBORHOOD
PARKS - 40%
Important
1. GROW OUR URBAN
FOREST - 81%
2. PUT ENVIRONMENT
FIRST - 78%
3. DOWNTOWN COMES
ALIVE OUTSIDE - 51%
4. CONNECT MOUNTAINS
TO THE LAKE - 50%
34
SURVEY COMMENTS
COMMUNITY IDEAS AND INPUT
The two survey questions prompting write-
in comments received a total of 1,838
responses.
The first question “What changes would
you suggest, if any, to the Vision or Goals?”
received roughly 120 responses that
expressed positive support for the vision
and goals statements. 238 comments
suggested changes to the vision and
goal statement language. 107 comments
suggested additions to the vision or goal
statements. The remainder of comments
were an assortment of specific strategies
suggested to support the goals, the most
common ones listed here in order of
occurrences:
• Environmental/natural resources/habitat;
• Golf courses;
• Park feature requests;
• Trails; and
• Unhoused populations management.
The second open ended question was
more general, asking if there is anything
else to consider or include in the Master
Plan. Roughly 100 comments expressed
appreciation for the plan or had no
additional considerations. Some themes
within the comments included critique for
the project public engagement process,
details for the Transformational Projects,
priorities to emphasize or desire for
more clarity about funding/timelines. The
remainder of comments covered a wide
variety of topics, the most common ones
listed here in order of occurrences:
• Park feature requests (such as dog parks/off-leash, restrooms, water recreation features, signage, concessions, ADA accessibility and more);
• Trails;
• Golf courses;
• Management/maintenance/safety;
• Environmental interests (water conservation, air quality, energy conservation, native plants/invasive species, climate change resilience, light pollution, wildlife habitat, pesticides and more);
• Trees;
• Unhoused populations;
• Desire for additional parks and open space conservation;
• Connecting to green spaces through trails and public transportation;
• Education and programs; and
• Urban farming, gardens, and edible forests.
35
“I think the
vision statement
should include
explicit language
on climate
change.”
“I’m concerned
about allowing
people and off
leash dogs on golf
courses. There are
plenty of stray
balls- injuring
those that happen
to be walking near
by would not be
unusual if you open
these spaces up.”
“Since more
people are using
the outdoors,
education on
how to treat and
take care of it is
essential.”
“safety for
marginalized and over
policed communities.
for black and brown
people public spaces
are not always safe
(RIP Trayvon Martin,
Tamir Rice, Darren
Hunt and many more).
part of access for
these communities is
assurance that they
wont get shot or
arrested just for
existing in public
spaces while being
a person of color.
some sort of police
and emergency service
outreach to ensure
this message is heard
would be appropriate.”
SURVEY COMMENTS
“More emphasis
on making
areas bike and
bus friendly
and reducing
the need to
drive to parks.”
36
“Emphasizing the
removal of invasive
species (especially
trees) from all
public lands to
further spread
into natural or
wilderness areas.”
“Consider
senior and
disabled
people when
you reimagine
parks.”
“Consider the
water needs of
current and
future vegetation;
make plans that
reduce water use
with native and
adaptive species
while adding
trees and other
plants.”
SURVEY COMMENTS
“Require
that all new
apartment
building
complexes have
green spaces as
part of their
design.”
“Increased
educational trips
into the foothills
by school age
children.”
“Please consider
the plants as
more than just
beautifying
landscape for
people. Nature
isn’t just a
setting for
human activity.”
37
“Honoring
native/
indigenous
people and
land.”
“Espero que
se preste más
atención a
los aspectos
medioambientales.”
“Food forest!
Preserve the
last remaining
orchards and
increase free
food abundance
in our urban
areas.”
“Recognizing
recreational
practices of all
cultures.”
“BATHROOMS at
trails and parks.”
“MORE DOG
PARKS!!!!!!”
SURVEY COMMENTS
“You need food
at the parks. A
few restaurant
spaces at each
of the big parks
would CHANGE
how people
use the park.
Incorporate
families and
eating and I’ll
be there every
weekend.”
38
HOW INPUT WILL BE USED
The survey feedback relayed
that the Master Plan framework,
vision, goals and transformative
projects are on the right track,
direct Public Land’s investments
and strategies over the next 10-
20 years and have support from
the community.
Survey input will inform the
refining of Master Plan projects,
strategies and actions and help
to prioritize plan goals and the
ten transformative projects.
39
COMMUNITY INPUT ON MASTER PLAN ELEMENTS
40
NEXT STEPS:
• Master Plan review by Parks,
Natural Lands, Urban Forestry
and Trails Board.
• Master Plan review by City
Council.
• Explore prioritization methods
using community feedback
and value lenses of equity,
livability and stewardship.
• City review and adoption
process.
PROJECT TIMELINE
COMPLETEDNEXT STEPSWINTER 2020/2021 PHASE I:
DISCOVER:
FOUNDATION OF UNDERSTANDING
SLC PUBLIC LANDS
August 26, 2020
Six-Week Community Engagement
Window #1 Opens
WINTER-SPRING 2021 PHASE II:
REIMAGINE: VISIONING
TRANSFORMATION
March 17 -May 7 2021:
Community Engagement
Window #2
SUMMER-FALL 2021 PHASE III:
TRANSFORM: DRAFT AND FINAL
MASTER PLAN
Quarter 3 2021
Final Community Engagement
Window #3
41
APPENDICES
A. 2021 Reimagine Nature Community
Survey Instrument
B. Advertisement Methods
C. University of Utah Student Report
Appendices available upon request by emailing Nancy Monteith:
nancy.monteith@slcgov.com
MARY BETH THOMPSON
Chief Financial Officer
ERIN MENDENHALL
Mayor
DEPARTMENT OF FINANCE
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 245
SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84114 TEL 801-535-6403
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
_______________________________ Date Received: __________________
Lisa Shaffer, Chief Administrative Officer Date sent to Council: _____________
TO: Salt Lake City Council
Dan Dugan, Chair
DATE: March 2, 2022
FROM: Mary Beth Thompson, Chief Financial Officer ________________________________
SUBJECT: Council Consent Agenda #5 Items Fiscal Year 2021-22
Associated with Budget Amendment #7
STAFF CONTACTS: John Vuyk, Budget Director (801) 535-6394 or
Mary Beth Thompson (801) 535-6403
DOCUMENT TYPE: Consent Agenda/Establish Grant Projects from Grant Holding Account
RECOMMENDATION: The Administration recommends that the City Council consent to the transfer
of these grants and donations from the holding account and establish a
project budget for them.
BUDGET IMPACT: Grant Holding Account ($ 166,979.00)
New Grant Project 166,979.00
BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION: The grant holding account was established to fund grants between
budget amendments with the understanding that the grants would be submitted as part of the next
budget opening. Items transmitted are placed on a Council Consent agenda and then formally
approved during the following budget amendment. On occasion, a similar process is employed for
donations to the City.
Where necessary, resolutions were previously passed authorizing the Mayor to sign and accept these
grants and donations.
EXHIBITS: Consent Agenda Detail
Consent Agenda Summary
Lisa Shaffer (Mar 3, 2022 06:59 MST)
Fund Expenditure Amount
Revenue
Amount
Ongoing or One-
time FTEs
1 National Renewal Energy Lab (NREL), Solar Energy Innovation Network (SEIN) Round 3 Multi-Stakeholder Team Misc Grants 166,979.00 166,979.00 One Time 0
Total of Budget Amendment Items 166,979.00 166,979.00 0
Fiscal Year 2021-22 Consent Agenda #5 Budget Amendment #7
Initiative Number/Name
Section G: Council Consent Agenda - Grant Awards
Section I: Council Added Items
Section G: Council Consent Agenda – Grant Awards
G-1 National Renewal Energy Lab (NREL), Solar Energy Innovation
Network (SEIN) Round 3 Multi-Stakeholder Team
Misc. Grants $166,979
Department: Public Services (Youth & Family) Prepared By: Christopher Thomas/Melyn Osmond
The Department of Sustainability applied for and received $166,979 in grant funding for the Solar Energy Innovation
Network (SEIN) Round 3 Multi-Stakeholder Team grant program from the National Renewal Energy Laboratory.
The funding will be used to increase uptake of commercial solar and/or storage in underserved communities through
involvement from trusted stakeholders, community listening sessions, three to five solar and storage benefit case studies,
and culturally relevant outreach tools and resources that address solar PV market barriers.
Funding is allocated for:
Travel $3,582
Three trips to Golden, Colorado for Team Lead (Senior Energy & Climate Program Manager) to participate in SEIN -hosted
cohort peer exchange workings sessions and symposium.
Contractual $163,397
Subrecipient contract to facilitate stakeholder convenings, guide case study assessments, and develop solar/storage
resources, outreach materials, and deliverables.
No match is required.
A public hearing was held on 12/7/21 for this grant application.
Signature:
Email:
Garrett A. Danielson (Mar 3, 2022 15:38 MST)
Garrett A. Danielson
garett.danielson@slcgov.com
ERIN MENDENHALL
Mayor
OFFICE OF THE MAYOR
P.O. BOX 145474
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 306
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84114-5474
WWW.SLCMAYOR.COM
TEL 801-535-7704
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
______________________________ Date Received: 3/4/2022
Rachel Otto, Chief of Staff
Date Sent to Council: 3/4/2022
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: 3/4/2022
Dan Dugan, Chair
FROM: Rachel Otto, Chief of Staff
Office of the Mayor
SUBJECT: Board Appointment Recommendation: Sugarhouse Park Authority Board of
Trustees.
STAFF CONTACT: Jessi Eagan
jessi.eagan@slcgov.com
DOCUMENT TYPE: Board Appointment: Sugarhouse Park Authority Board of Trustees.
RECOMMENDATION: The Administration recommends the Council consider the
recommendation in the attached letter from the Mayor and appoint Richard Layman as a member of
the Sugarhouse Park Authority Board of Trustees.
ERIN MENDENHALL
Mayor
OFFICE OF THE MAYOR
P.O. BOX 145474
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 306
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84114-5474
WWW.SLCMAYOR.COM
TEL 801-535-7704
March 4, 2022
Salt Lake City Council
451 S State Street Room 304
PO Box 145476
Salt Lake City, Utah 84114
Dear Councilmember Dugan,
Listed below is my recommendation for membership appointment to the Sugarhouse Park
Authority Board of Trustees.
Richard Layman - to be appointed for a four year term ending, starting from the date of City
Council advice and consent.
I respectfully ask your consideration and support for this appointment.
Respectfully,
Erin Mendenhall, Mayor
Cc: File
ERIN MENDENHALL
Mayor
OFFICE OF THE MAYOR
P.O. BOX 145474
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 306
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84114-5474
WWW.SLCMAYOR.COM
TEL 801-535-7704
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
______________________________ Date Received: 3/4/2022
Rachel Otto, Chief of Staff
Date Sent to Council: 3/4/2022
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: 3/4/2022
Dan Dugan, Chair
FROM: Rachel Otto, Chief of Staff
Office of the Mayor
SUBJECT: Board Appointment Recommendation: Historic Landmark Commission.
STAFF CONTACT: Jessi Eagan
jessi.eagan@slcgov.com
DOCUMENT TYPE: Board Appointment: Historic Landmark Commission.
RECOMMENDATION: The Administration recommends the Council consider the
recommendation in the attached letter from the Mayor and appoint Amanda De Lucia as a member
of the Historic Landmark Commission.
ERIN MENDENHALL
Mayor
OFFICE OF THE MAYOR
P.O. BOX 145474
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 306
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84114-5474
WWW.SLCMAYOR.COM
TEL 801-535-7704
March 4, 2022
Salt Lake City Council
451 S State Street Room 304
PO Box 145476
Salt Lake City, Utah 84114
Dear Councilmember Dugan,
Listed below is my recommendation for membership appointment to the Historic Landmark
Commission
Amanda De Lucia - to be appointed for a four year term ending, starting from the date of City
Council advice and consent.
I respectfully ask your consideration and support for this appointment.
Respectfully,
Erin Mendenhall, Mayor
Cc: File
ERIN MENDENHALL
Mayor
OFFICE OF THE MAYOR
P.O. BOX 145474
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 306
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84114-5474
WWW.SLCMAYOR.COM
TEL 801-535-7704
CITY COUNCIL TRANSMITTAL
______________________________ Date Received: 2/11/2022
Rachel Otto, Chief of Staff
Date Sent to Council: 2/11/2022
TO: Salt Lake City Council DATE: 2/11/2022
Dan Dugan, Chair
FROM: Rachel Otto, Chief of Staff
Office of the Mayor
SUBJECT: Board Appointment Recommendation: Utah Performing Arts Center Agency.
STAFF CONTACT: Jessi Eagan
jessi.eagan@slcgov.com
DOCUMENT TYPE: Board Appointment: Utah Performing Arts Center Agency.
RECOMMENDATION: The Administration recommends the Council consider the
recommendation in the attached letter from the Mayor and appoint Katie Hansen as a member of
the Utah Performing Arts Center Agency.
/
( )
,,,,,,,11111 ,,.,,,'
ERIN MENDENHALL
Mayor
OFFICE OF THE MAYOR
P.O. BOX 145474
451 SOUTH STATE STREET, ROOM 306
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84114-5474
WWW.SLCMAYOR.COM
TEL 801-535-7704
February 11, 2022
Salt Lake City Council
451 S State Street Room 304
PO Box 145476
Salt Lake City, Utah 84114
Dear Councilmember Dugan,
Listed below is my recommendation for membership appointment to the Utah Performing Arts
Center Agency.
Katie Hansen - to be appointed for a four year term ending, starting from the date of City Council
advice and consent.
I respectfully ask your consideration and support for this appointment.
Respectfully,
Erin Mendenhall, Mayor
Cc: File
.. Ji. ..
'•
/ ;\
trfj
\ .. l
,,,,, u111 ,v·'
Date/Time Opened Popular Topic Contact Name Description
3/24/2022 11:06 Public Comment Melissa Clyne Please issue Correction...the public comment period for the Kum gas station does not end until 3/25/22.
Your information below incorrectly states 3/21/22.Is there a reason you are limiting the opportunity for
public discourse on this extremely disputed corner?A Resident against this suggestion,Melissa Clyne
3/24/2022 14:40 ADU Jennifer Mabey Dear Ms Fowler:I hope that you will consider making changes to the current rules around Auxiliary
Dwelling Units.It's time to examine the current roadblocks that are standing in the way of homeowners
like me who would like to add an appropriate ADU to their property.I began making plans to build a 2-car
garage with an ADU above it a few years ago,and ran into two main difficulties.The first is that the
current rule only allows an ADU to be 50%of the square footage of the original structure.This probably
seems reasonable in the abstract,but I live on.16 of an acre,and my home is 768 square feet.That leaves
ample room on my property for an additional structure while leaving plenty of yard space.However,a
384 square foot ADU is just too small.Secondly,the rules require a very large buffer around the property
line,which would result in the garage/ADU taking over the center of my back yard.I can understand that
there could be some concern about an ADU being built right next to a neighbor's home.However,the
current rule seems extreme.In addition,I have alleys on the side and back of my property,so there
would not be any impact on neighbors even if it were built next to the property line.Given these
circumstances,I emailed the city to learn how to request a review to see if I could be granted an
exemption or waiver.I was informed that there was no process to appeal regardless of the circumstances
I described.I put my dreams on hold until a chance encounter with Mayor Mendenhall this past summer
reignited my plans.I explained to her the challenges I had experienced,and she assured me that I
shouldn't have any problem with my plans given my circumstances.She thought that the rule was that an
ADU could be 650 square feet or 50%of the original structure size.She also assured me that there was a
way to appeal the proximity to the property line given the alleys.Game changer!As reasonable as the
650 square foot rule sounds,it is not how the rule currently reads.I tell you this story not to throw the
Mayor under the bus(it's not reasonable to expect her to know every rule),but because the current rule
is so limited even our leaders can't believe it's the current reality!I hope that in addition to looking at the
size limit and proximity to the property line issues you will also look at height limitations.I hadn't given it
any thought since I have 2 story houses around mine,but I understand that the height limitation rules
also create issues for those interested in adding an ADU above a garage.As you look for solutions to the
housing challenges that Salt Lake is facing,I hope that you will adjust the ADU rules so that homeowners
like me can be part of the solution.Thank you for your time and consideration.Jennifer Mabey
3/29/2022 10:04 Off-Leash rules Sue Nola Hello,An off-leash dog viciously attacked a deer in our neighborhood on Tuesday.A Wildlife Control
officer had to euthanize the deer and remove it from my neighbor's yard yesterday.This is just off the
Bonneville Shoreline Trail east of Popperton Park.My neighbor found the suffering deer in her yard the
night of the attack and we checked our security cameras to see what happened to the deer.The dog kept
biting the deer's legs to maim it per what I can see on my security camera before the injured deer and
dog jumped down into my neighbor's yard where the dog apparently further attacked the deer.All-the-
while the dog's owner was running through a field to get to the dog that had outrun the owner by a long
ways.My neighbor said the deer had significant head and neck injuries and was bloodied and suffering
until the Wildlife Control officer arrived to put the deer down.The dog's owner leashed his dog and
walked away from the attack leaving the deer to suffer.Would you please patrol the Popperton Park area
and adjoining Bonneville Trail trailhead to the east for off-leash dogs.The heavy trail season is just
beginning with lots of people walking/running/bicycling and filtering onto the hills and trails with off-
leash dogs.Most dogs aren't leashed.Attached is a photo of the Wildlife Control officer removing the
euthanized deer from my neighbor's yard yesterday.Thank you,Sue Nola
3/29/2022 11:22 FY22 Budget Jan Hemming Dan:I would like to see Miller Park improvements included in the Parks annual budget for 2022-23.
Wasatch Hollow and Allen Park have huge chunks.Even the controversial Foothills trails development has
$1,579,681(two line items).How do we get on Parks'radar screen?Should we start with Kristin Riker
and Tyler Murdock?Best.Jan
3/29/2022 16:14 Fleet Block Aleyzia Grant GoodMorning Im emai!ing you in regards to your fleet block property that you guys have I'm inlove with
this building and been looking into how to go about trying to start a non profit organization to give back
to the community I think that would be a beautiful spot for it with a great meaning to the world with this
building I would want to make it a place of love and giving back to the people I would start off with free
resources,hygiene,work shops etc as well having boy and girls activities for the kids to be able to just
enjoy give people hope letting them know there is a way for change no matter what situation your in it
would be my pleasure to hear back have a great day!Aleyzia
Date/Time Opened Popular Topic Contact Name Description
4/1/2022 10:23 Ivory Homes Anne Albaugh Hi Anne,Thanks for forwarding your message on to me.I'm glad so many neighbors have stayed involved
through the process.After submitting four iterations of this petition,I'm eager to see what the Planning
Division and Planning Commission have to say about Ivory's request.I've said from the beginning that
resident feedback and appropriateness for the area is what will form my decision on this issue.I've been
watching the process carefully.I've been in regular contact with Preserve Our Avenue Zoning Coalition
and attended all Greater Avenue Community Council discussions on the topic.I'm also reviewing the
many emails,voicemail messages,and petition signatures I have received.Hope you are doing well.Best,
Chris Chris Wharton Salt Lake City Councilmember District Three(He/Him/His)
(EXTERNAL)Fwd:Ivory Homes...Again! Forwarded message From:Anne
Albaugh<mailto:annealbaugh@xmission.com»Date:Wed,Mar 30,2022 at 8:22 AM Subject:Fwd:
Ivory Homes...Again!To:Chris Wharton Chris,
Please do not let this happen....this is so important.Million dollar homes that only the.01%can afford
does NOT solve our housing crisis.Help the city build real affordable housing...not this monstrosity.
March 30,2022 Dear Mr.Echeverria:I have written to you before and I am writing again in response to
Ivory Homes and their continued push,push push to get into the Avenues with their ridiculous plan to
build 23 homes on land zoned for 11.Who,exactly,do they think they are?I do not know where you live,
but I would guess that you and your neighbors-just like here on the Avenues,must comply with zoning
rules.Why does Ivory Homes think that they do not have to comply?They knew when they bought the
land that it was zoned for 11 homes...now they want to build 23.Why would they think they can do this?
Someone,somewhere in Salt Lake..the Planning Commission,the City Council or some powerful entity
has led them to believe that if they push us long and hard enough that their plan will work.Do not let this
plan work!It is only about Ivory making a lot more money.It does not address the impact their huge,ugly
development will inflict on our neighborhood.Help us please to protect our zoning...we need our zoning
and master plan in place to protect against the threat of wildfires,protect our wildlife and the entirety of
the upper Avenues proximity to wild lands-from the west side near this parcel of land all the way to the
University of Utah on the East.We need to keep density to within our master plan...this is important.
Don't allow Ivory Homes to create this monstrosity and run away....please.Thank you,Anne Albaugh
4/1/2022 10:24 Ivory Homes Jim Tanner Hi Jim,Thanks for sharing your concerns.I live just up the road from you on 200 West.I'm glad neighbors
have stayed involved on this issue.Ivory's petition is nearing the end of the evaluation period by our
Planning Division.The next step will be the Planning Commission.It isn't appropriate for Council
Members to comment on pending requests before these important steps in our process because there
are still opportunities for changes to be made.However,I have said from the beginning that resident
feedback and appropriateness for the area is what will guide any discission I make.This is an issue I've
been carefully watching.I've been in regular contact with Preserve Our Avenue Zoning Coalition,and
attended all Greater Avenue Community Council meetings.I'm also reviewing the many emails,voicemail
messages,and petition signatures I have received.Because of the stage this is in it would be important to
share your concerns directly with planning.It is important to have a strong voice from the neighborhood
on record when this comes before the Planning Commission and then the City Council.Best,Chris Chris
Wharton Salt Lake City Councilmember District Three(He/Him/His)
From:"Tanner,Jim"To:"Wharton,
Chris"Subject:(EXTERNAL)675 North Street Ivory Homes Development--Please stop this silliness I live on
508 N Center Street,SLC 84103.Please stop this from ever happening.Ivory Homes just needs to go
away.They don't care about the neighborhoods here,the quality of life,etc.Please declare this off limits
to them.I'm not even sure why they continue to be allowed to resubmit.No means no,and this is not
good for the city or the neighborhood.Regards,Jim Jim Tanner Global Vice President,Partner Offer
Strategy Verint
4/4/2022 16:31 Homelessness Brendan Mcllravy Park City transplant now living(and loving it)in the Marmalade District and VERY concerned with the
massive homeless encampment at the corner of N Victory Road and Beck Street.This encampment is
complete with RV's,cars and 30+tents.I have seen cars coming and going(most likely selling drugs)and
this camp now spills into N Gateway Park which keeps me(and most definitely my gf)from running
through the park.Very sad to buy a$500,000+condo and have a homeless encampment as neighbors.
This encampment is a disgrace to this beautiful city and I hope you take steps to remove.Please give me
your thoughts.Thanks.Brendan Mcllravy
Date/Time Opened Popular Topic Contact Name Description
4/4/2022 16:45 D1 Vacancy Anonymous I am a current college student at the University of Utah.My rent has just increased 20%.I am already
Constituent working full time while being a full time student,and I can barely afford my rent anymore.I have a large
room,however I cannot have anyone move in to split rent because I live with three other roommates
already.I think the city code that limits housing to 3 unrelated individules is unfair and outdated.You say
you want to make housing more affordable,why not start by letting more students live together?There
is already a housing shortage,increasing the number of renters per house helps that shortage and lowers
costs for said renters.I know so many others that are struggling because of rent increases.The biggest
population in Salt Lake is 18-34 year olds,which is the population with the most unmarried adults.This
means they are the most likely to rent with other roommates.The city code primarily impacts this
population,one that is burdened with student loans and minimum wage jobs due to little or no
experience in the workforce.Allowing more adults living together in houses that can accommadate,like 4
to 5 bedroom homes,will greatly benefit this population and decrease the housing crisis.
4/5/2022 14:41 Isabella Dahlquist I live at the Central Station Apartments and I am contacting you all about the parking situation.There is
not enough parking for all the current units and more apartments are being built all around my current
building.I have been here for 1 month and I have been towed 2 times.I cannot afford to be towed all the
time.I have 3 small children and it is difficult to park farther away.I have heard so many people complain
about the parking and even the tow company said they here everyone complain as well.When I talk to
the management of the building,they say that is downtown living but that isn't fair to us all.I may have
to break my lease and move away from SLC since I cannot afford to always be towed.There wouldn't be
an issue if another parking structure was built to accommodate.Isn't there a law that states you have to
have enough parking for each unit?I would like someone to contact me to discuss further.Thank you,
Isabella Dahlquist